Baifn929~—asbri~ Fok
r= Ft
Nas eaas
ny
LIBRARY
NEW Y ORK
ULLETIN OF THE »oce
GARDEN
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
Vot. 61 January-Marcu, 1962 Parr 1
CONTENTS
Life History Notes on Epiplatymetra grotearia Packard. John
Adams Comstock
The Significance of the Petroliferous Nodules of Our Desert Moun-
tains. W. Dwight Pierce
A New Pasiphaea (Crustacea, Decapoda, Natantia) from Southern.
Californian waters. John C. Yaldwyn
Nonmarine Molluscs from Recent Sediments near Vernon, Apache
County, Arizona. Robert J. Drake
Records of Snakes from Joshua Tree National Monument, Cali-
fornia. Richard B. Loomis and Robert C. Stephens
Monarchistic Dominance in Small Groups of Captive Male Mos-
quitofish,Gambusia affinis patruelis, Melba C, Caldwell and
David K. Caldwell
G. W. Horn’s Land Gastropod Locality in Arizona. Robert J. Drake
Dependence on Temperature of Ca/Mg Ratio of Skeletal Structures
of Organisms and Direct Chemical Precipitates out of Sea
Water. George V. Chilingar
Report of a Scyphozoan Stephanoscyphus simplex Kirkpatrick from
the Arctic ocean. Carolyn Brahm and John L. Mohr
Issued May 11, 1962
en"
xB
Set! ae
mo Qo i
Usbs- .
Val Glr¥ &
}
Southern’ California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS
Theodore Downs). 21M 6b saa. he en ae hc Op er President
Richard! Belioomilisy 6 sea. 8. << chalin oe eee ee ee First Vice President
Mol maPAG Wilber ee ae Re geo Second Vice President
Gretchen: Sibley) 1.0.) on ae eG tins, sets Secretary
loi IVE arin sy. cee eter ae ae teh Slee met teeta Assistant to Secretary
WY, Dwight Pierce™ ic!) is /.ahs ie 60 a eens Ve ee: er Treasurer
David Ke Caldwell. 20), 22/508. a2 se Napa. ae erates, ene ree Acting Editor
DIRECTORS
Charles Burch Lloyd M. Martin
John A. Comstock W. Dwight Pierce
Theodore Downs Gretchen Sibley
Hildegarde Howard © Ruth D. Simpson
Richard B. Loomis Fred S. Truxal
John A. White
ADVISORY BOARD
John L. Baird Theodore Payne
J. Stanley Brode Kenneth E. Stager
A. Weir Bell Louis C. Wheeler
Russell E. Belous Richard Stone
Thomas Clements Richard H. Swift
Dorothy Martin Peter P. Vaughn
Charles A. McLaughlin Sherwin Wood
STANDING COMMITTEES
Finance Publications
Russell E. Belous, Chairman ' Richard B. Loomis, Chairman
Conservation : Hospitality
Donald D. Shipley, Chairman Fred S. Truxal, Chairman
Library Membership
Dorothy E. Martin, Chairman Jay M. Savage, Chairman
Junior Academy
Laurel Woodley, Chairman
SCIENCE SECTIONS
Anthropology Botany
Charles E. Rozaire, Chairman Richard G. Lincoln, Chairman
Earth Sciences Experimental Biology
Peter P. Vaughn, Chairman John L. Baird, Chairman
Invertebrate Zoology Physical Sciences
Elbert L. Sleeper, Chairman George V. Chilingar, Chairman
Vertebrate Zoology
Dennis G. Rainey, Chairman
OB RIES OU WL UU)
WHEREAS the Southern California Academy of Sciences has re-
gretfully accepted the resignation of
DR. JOHN ADAMS COMSTOCK
as Editor of the BULLETIN
AND WHEREAS Dr. Comstock joined this Academy on June 23,
1919, was elected a member of the Publications Committee immedi-
ately thereafter, and has served continuously since then as Editor of
the BULLETIN
AND WHEREAS he has he and loyally served this Academy in
many other official capacities, to wit: Secretary, 1921-1926; President,
1926-1927; Treasurer, 1937-1939; Secretary-Treasurer, 1939-1948,
and member of the Board of Directors since June 17, 1920
AND WHEREAS under his editorship the monographic series
known as the Memoirs of the Academy was introduced in 1938, and
six numbers have been published
AND WHEREAS he has contributed to the BULLETIN many out-
standing scientific articles on the subject of Lepidoptera, accompanied
by meticulously rendered illustrations of life histories drawn from life,
all of which have enhanced the reputation of the BULLETIN as a
scientific journal
AND WHEREAS he has led other scientists into active work for the
Academy by his verbal eloquence, his congeniality, and his own ex-
ample of devoted service
Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the Southern California
Academy of Sciences hereby expresses to Dr. Comstock the sincere
thanks of all members and officers who have profited by his long, out-
standing service as an eloquent literary spokesman in the promotion of
scientific knowledge, and extends to him hearty wishes for his continu-
ing good health and success in scientific achievement.
to
THEODORE Downs, President
GRETCHEN SIBLEY, Secretary
LIFE HISTORY NOTES ON EPIPLATYMETRA GROTEARIA
PACKARD
JoHn Apams Comstock
Del Mar, California
During the summer field work of the Los Angeles County Museum
group of entomologists in the Tonto Creek area of Gila County, Arizona,
we were able to obtain eggs of Epiplatymetra grotearia, on July 1, 1956.
These were reared to maturity, which made possible the following rec-
ord of its life history, no portion of which has heretofore been published.
Eco
Barrel-shaped, with rounded ends. Length, 1.1 mm, Width, 0.75 to
0.89 mm. The eggs were laid on their sides. In captivity they were
placed in a single row.
The color is a delicate ivory-green when first laid, changing later to
ivory-white, speckled with small brown dots and dashes, as shown on
Figure 1. At first there appears to be a number of faint longitudinal
Figure 1. Ege of Epiplatymetra grotearia. Enlarged X 50.
lines on the surface of the egg, barely discernible under X 16 magni-
fication. Later these lines become indistinguishable.
There is apparently a cap-like micropyle at one end of the egg, but
this is faintly indicated in only a few examples, and is absent in the
others.
The 18 eggs in our original lot all hatched on July 14, 1956. The
young larvae were tried on leaves of oak, peach, cherry, pine, rasp-
berry and willow. They accepted the willow, and several were carried
to maturity on it.
4 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
First Instar Larva
The newly emerged larvae were long and cylindrical, of the charac-
teristic “looper” type. They averaged 5. mm. in length. The head was
wider than the first segment. The face and front were dull yellow, the
mouth parts slightly darker, and the antennae black. The ocelli were
prominent, and jet black.
Body: Ground color, translucent light yellow. There is a very nar-
row middorsal longitudinal yellow stripe, bordered by a very wide
olive-green band. Below this, and on the ventral surface, the color is
hght yellow.
The legs are concolorous with the venter as are also the single pair
of prolegs. No setae are distinguishable with a X 16 hand lens.
LARVA OF 13 MM. LENGTH
Head, 0.9 mm. wide, which is also the average width of the body seg-
ments. The upper half of the head is light orange-yellow and the lower
half white.
The body is regularly cylindrical throughout. The ground color is
light yellow-green. The segmental junctures are yellow.
There is a middorsal longitudinal band of light green margimed with
yellow. Lateral to this is a narrow dull green stripe, on which there are
minute black dots placed approximately one to a segment. Lateral and
below this are several narrow longitudinal stripes, alternately green
and yellow.
The infrastigmatal fold is yellow. The venter is striped as is the lat-
eral surface. The spiracles are indistinguishable. The legs and prolegs
are concolorous with the body.
On September 10, 1956 most of the larvae were mature, anda typical
example was described as follows:
Mature Larva
Length, 30. to 34. mm. Widest segment of body (7th) 2.5 mm. The
shape is unusually elongate, and cylindrical.
Head width, 2. mm., very flat. Ground color, light tan. The adfrontal
sutures are barely discernible as delicate brown lines.
The front is speckled with light brown, which is absent down the
center, where the tan ground gives the appearance of a light stripe.
Near the clypeal juncture there are two dark brown dots, one each side
of the light middle area.
The cheeks are mottled with light brown dots and crossed longi-
Life history notes on Epiplatymetra grotearia is
tudinally by two lines of blackish-brown dots, these lines ending on
each cheek at the outer margin of the clypeus.
The mandibular area, including the clypeus, is of the same shade as
the ground color, except for a darker shading medially.
The mandibles are tipped with black, the antennae are hyaline light
tan, and the ocelli are black.
In the middorsal area of the body there is a longitudinal crenulated
and partly discontinuous pair of stripes, occasionally accented with
black dots. Lateral to this is a pair of crenulated black stripes which ap-
pear and disappear in an irregular manner. This line is an extension
of the similar dark line on the cheeks, and it tends to become obsolescent
near the cauda.
Below this the body is mottled with numerous light brown dashes,
dots, and broken longitudinal stripes. There is a semblance of a wavy
white longitudinal band substigmatally. This becomes well defined
near the cauda, and is there edged superiorly with a dark brown line.
On the first three segments this light substigmatal band is bordered in-
feriorly with a broad band made up of black dots.
The spiracles are conspicuous and are margined with black.
The venter is longitudinally marked in stripes of various shades of
brown. The legs are concolorous with the body. The single pair of pro-
legs bear a whitish longitudinal band edged with dark dots, and the anal
prolegs are marked somewhat similarly.
The crochets are dark brown. The few scattered setae are very short |
and inconspicuous. The larva is illustrated on Figure 2.
7 eA
Length, 13 mm. Greatest width, 3.6 mm. The ground color is light
tan on the cephalothorax and wing cases, and yellow-tan on the ab-
dominal segments. The cremaster is deep blackish brown. The three
middle segmental junctures of the abdomen are wide bands of deep
brown, the remaining junctures being narrow.
The outer edges of the antennae are widely bordered with deep
brown and the fronds are marked by well defined narrow brown lines.
The eyes are tan, with a marginal shading of light brown. The wing
cases are striated over the venules.
On the third and fourth abdominal segments there are protruding
papillae over the spiracles resting on large dark brown blotches. The
remaining spiracles are small and deep brown.
A few broken blotches occur middorsally on the first five abdominal
segments.
6 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
The cremaster terminates in a long cone, topped by two straight
black shafts that are only slightly recurved at the tips. On each side of
these there are three short yellow hooklets, markedly recurved,
hie Sa
pera
Figure 2. Larva and pupae of Epiplatymetra grotearia. Central, dorsal aspect of
mature larva. Left, dorsal aspect of pupa. Right, ventral aspect of pupa. All figures
enlarged X 414. Reproduced from drawings by the author.
All of the structural features of the pupa are adequately shown on
Figure 2. The first imago emerged September 27, 1956.
THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PETROLIFEROUS NODULES
OF OUR DESERT MOUNTAINS!
W. DwicutT PIERCE?
Los Angeles County Museum
In the last six or seven years there have come to notice multitudes of
odd-shaped nodules containing beautiful silicified fossils and petroleum.
Prior to 1954, they had been written off as pseudofossils.
The first collection of the nodules was made by W. E Foshag of the
U.S. National Museum, at the abandoned Town of Borate in the Calico
Mountains of San Bernardino County, in the early 1930’s. It was not
then known that they contained fossils.
In January 1954, Dr. Allen M. Bassett of the U.S. Geological Survey,
while studying boron deposits, broke open a nodule which contained a
fossil dragonfly. He examined other nodules and called them to the at-
tention of Dr. Allison Palmer, of the Survey in Washington. Palmer
and Bassett collected from a number of sites opposite Camp Rock on
Mule Canyon Drive; and by acid treatments Palmer found many in-
teresting fossil msects.
I had the pleasure of seeing the Palmer collection in Washington in
1955, and shortly after, had a visit from Mr. and Mrs. John H. Rouse,
amateur collectors, who had independently found insects in several
nodules by cracking them open. They had seen a fossil fish skeleton in
a nodule found by H. G. Kirkpatrick, and were in search of another fish
when a dragonfly was disclosed.
The first Los Angeles County Museum party visited the Calico
Mountains in May 1956, and we have had four expeditions with a total
personnel of 51 persons, collecting 29,000 nodules (each one numbered
and recorded by site, altitude, and collector). Other people have col-
lected great numbers of nodules, and some very beautiful specimens
have been extracted by them.
A total of 100 sites are now known to the writer. While the Calico
Mountains in San Bernardino County was the original discovery area,
we have now added the following as nodule sources: Tick Canyon, near
Lang, in the San Gabriel Range of Los Angeles County; several sites
1Read at the Annual Meeting of the Academy on May 19, 1961.
2Curator Emeritus.
™“N
8 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
on Mt. Pinos, in the Frazier Mountains, Ventura County; Skull Can-
yon, a branch of Horse Canyon in the Tehachapi Mountains, in Kern
County; Lane Mountain, northeast of Barstow and northwest of the
Calico Mountains. and also Lenwood Hill, south of Barstow; and the
Horse Shoe Hills. east of the Calico Mountains. all in San Bernardino
County; and finally Ryan, in Death Valley, Inyo County.
The significance of this distribution is that all of the sites are sources
of borax, and are located on or close to andesitic volcanoes.
It makes an interesting pattern when we consider the triangle of the
Mojave Desert, bounded on the north by the Garlock Fault, margining
the Tehachapi Mountains, and with Death Valley at the northeastern
tip; and on the southwest by the San Andreas Fault, margining the
transverse mountain ranges of the San Gabriel and San Bernardino
Mountains; with Tejon Pass at the junction, and Mt. Pinos the fulcrum
of the great Mojave Squeeze. And then on the axis of the Squeeze are
Lane Mountain. Lenwood, the Calico Mountains. and Horse Shoe Hills.
However, I expect more sites to be uncovered in the Panamints, and
elsewhere in our desert volcanic areas.
One of the first significant features of these findings is that possibly
by means of the insect and other fossils, we can correlate the various
boron deposits of California.
All of the material so far found is of Miocene age; that is, from 20 to
25 million years old.
There are two series of fossil and petroleum bearing nodules in the
Calico Mountains and the Frazier Mountains. The upper courses of
nodules are bluish gray in color, while the older deposits contain only
pale gray to whitish nodules. The nodules brought out from the borax
mines are bluish. Inasmuch as all of the borax mines have been sealed
off by the State, we have not been able to get much matrix material for
the blue nodules, The white nodules are in lake bed deposits exposed by
erosion in the Canyons.
From both series of nodules we obtain several kinds of fossils. When
a new lot of nodules is brought in, each nodule is numbered and ex-
amined under lens for external specimens. Two percent of all the nod-
ules examined have actual petrified insects, impressions, or moulds of
insects, including many wings, visible on the outside.
Certain types of nodule invite cracking. and display cavities formerly
occupied by dragonflies, other large insects, and even a beautiful beetle.
Some of these odinles were actually formed by concretion around the
insect. Many others, on cracking, display specimens and moulds of in-
sects which have not been preserved, but the space they occupied is so
Significance of petroliferous nodules 9
clearly outlined that the origmal occupant can be readily determined.
Most of this type are in the upper or blue layers, and silification did
not always take place. The strontium or celestite fossils are all in these
upper deposits.
The finest fossil material in rr blue and white nodules is obtained
by digestion of the nodules by acids which do not injure insect tissues,
or the silicified replicas of insects. The acids so far effective are 20 per-
cent solutions of formic, acetic, and hydrochloric acid, and a weaker so-
lution of nitric acid. In the case of externally exposed fossils we use the
slower hydrogen peroxide. The processes take from a day to weeks.
When we find an impression we pour in latex and obtain a cast of the
original occupant, so perfect that we can identify many of them.
To date, the findings in the nodules obtained by Dr. Palmer at Wash-
ington, Mrs. Ruth Kirkby at Riverside, Mr. John Gibron, Sr., at Camp-
bell, and myself include specimens in 26 orders of invertebrates as fol-
lows, from the Calico Mountains, unless otherwise noted:
Turbellaria, or flat worms of three families, and also many strings of
eggs, some showing embryos.
Mollusca.
Anostraca, or fairy shrimps, in various stages of growth, and multi-
tudes of their coprolites, and even the eggs in the ovarium.
Ostracoda, from Calico Mountains, and also from Lenwood Hill.
Copepoda, from Lane Mountain.
Acarina, water mites, and their eggs, several species.
Arachnida, water spiders, several species.
Scorpionida, claw of a Scorpion.
Chelonethida, pseudoscorpion, several claws.
Myriapoda, a centipede.
Collembola, springtails.
Odonata, dragon flies and damsel flies.
Ephemerida, may flies, and clusters of eggs.
Plecoptera, Stone fly nymph.
Corrodentia, bark louse young.
Isoptera, five species of termite wings, and soldier head.
Thysanoptera, both suborders of thrips, several species.
Chermodea, jumping plant lice, adults, and wings.
Aphidodea, aphids.
Homoptera, several species of leafhoppers.
Hemiptera, several families of bugs, including egg of one.
Orthoptera, fragment of one grasshopper.
10 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Coleoptera, several families of beetles, cluding larvae and adults. Also
found in the Frazier Mountains.
Lepidoptera. crystallized aquatic moths, and impression of large moth.
Hymenoptera, a crystallized Braconid parasite, an ant, and impression
of a wasp.
Diptera. several families of midges and flies, including eggs, larvae,
pupae, adults. Also found in the Frazier Mountains.
Pisces, two fish skeletons.
Aves, crystallized feathers, and also feather impressions.
Mammalia, crystallized hairs of mammals.
In the plant kingdom:
Diatoms of several types.
Algae of many kinds.
Mosses of several types. stems and leaflets.
Pond weeds, entire plants.
Seeds of higher plants. also impression of a leaf.
One beetle had died and been filled with fungus, and then crystal-
lized, and the masses of fungus protrude from the segments of the crys-
tal skeleton.
Thus we have a good cross section of Miocene life in 3-dimensional
preservation. The best of it is that in numerous specimens the internal
structures, muscles, and nervous system have been preserved.
While crystal replication of insects and plants is absolutely new to
Paleontology since 1954. We may also add as new records the finding of
fossil TR pSIESGA or flat worms, never before reported. Another first is
the twenty or more kinds of fossil eggs. Dr. Hermann Weyland in
Bavaria has, since our first announcement, reported insect eggs from
hgnite.
The beautiful fossils have another story to tell; that of sudden death
and quick preservation. In proof of this are a may fly, which has an
active life of one day. in front of her mass of eggs: several Heleid
midges caught half way out of their pupa cases; a pair of bugs, and a
pair of flat worms in copula; strings of eggs showing embryos in vari-
ous stages of development; and fairy shrimps w ne eggs in the brood
pouch. In fact, the multitude of insect larvae and pupae in perfect 3-
dimensional preservation tell of rapid kill and preservation. There are
other cases of decomposed bodies preserved in that condition. The tiny
pond weed with corm, rootlets, and leaves in perfect form is a good ex-
Significance of petroliferous nodules 14
ample. Whatever the state of the biological material at the moment of
catastrophe, that is the state that has been preserved for us.
The nodules are of several types. There are true concretions formed
around dragonflies and other large insects; however, the insects in these
are not silicified, sometimes strontium preserved. There are concretions
formed by sudden solidification of boiling minerals, in which the for-
mation is radial from a nucleus. These do not contain fossils. The com-
monest type are flat layered nodules, which were originally part of a
layered bottom formation, and they almost uniformly display biological
material.
I interpret from the nodules that life in the lake was normal often
for many years, and then sudden catastrophe killed everything in the
lake and preserved it. The fossils are not confined to nodules, for we
find good specimens in matrix lake bed strata. In such matrix there is
also petroleum. Such catastrophes occurred many times in the thou-
sands of years represented by this lake bed series.
In addition to the deposit in the lake bed of volcanic gases, liquid and
ash, there was violent earthquake tumbling of the rocks, and we see
many evidences of upturned lake beds, of folding and twisting, and in
the anticlmes and synclines we find nodules in position in strata which
had been flat when they rolled in.
My interpretation of the majority of the fossil bearmg nodules is
that the lake beds were uplifted and tilted by earthquakes, and then
sunbaked, cracked, and broken, and the nodules thus formed fell back
mto the waters, rolled and tumbled and got their rounded form; and
new deposits grew up around them, setting them in the matrix in
which we now find them. Often a nodule was broken at the point of fold
showing that the folding took place when the layers were soft. There
are many evidences that the nodules are older than the matrix m which
they now are, and it can be seen that the surrounding matrix was grad-
ually built around them.
We also find matrix layers unbroken, containing the same kinds of
insect remains. The matrix was laid down in two annual layers, which
are of different colors; and in most areas these annual double bands
measure 25 to the inch. At this rate the vertical wall of 88 feet in the
southwest quarter of section 24, containing three great bands of nodule
bearing strata could have taken up to 26,400 years to deposit. Thus we
know that the lake existed either constantly or periodically for many
thousands of years, and that there were many periods of volcanic dis-
turbance.
The oldest bed, judging from its lowest position, contains more spe-
12 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sct. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
cies of insects, and a greater diversity of species than the upper beds;
and tentatively we might suggest that some species which originally
existed in the lake or lakes, were extinguished, while only certain forms
persisted through the centuries.
There are two peculiarities to the fossil deposits: one is that the bio-
logical material is crystallized either as silicate, or as strontium celestite.
The other is that petroleum is present in practically every fossil bearing
nodule.
The strontium preservation is commonest in the upper strata of blue
nodules, or in the white concretions containing dragonflies. The silica
preservation is in two states, crystal and colloidal. The colloidal silica
fossils have perfectly clear mes, and are complete replications of the
skeletons of the plants or msects, even to the hairs on the antennae and
the septa in the compound eyes.
A replication like this requires a catalytic process of exchange of
silica for chitin.
The petroleum phenomenon is unusual and I believe very important
to us. The odor of petroleum in the mines and caves is so strong that one
can hardly stand it. If you rub two nodules together you smell petro-
leum. If you dissolve the nodule in acid, the petroleum foams up in
great quantities.
When you break a nodule you may find a great quantity of hardened
petroleum in the heart of the nodule, and sometimes it is still Liquid.
Specimens containing insects may have a petroleum film surrounding
the insect. The crystallized beetle with the fungus was full of petro-
leum, which came out when the specimen was put in xylol. Sometimes
silicification has not taken place and the insect tissues are red; however,
when dropped in xylol the entire specimen is dissolved. We solved this
and saved the insect tissues by avoiding xylol and clearing in terpineol
before mounting in balsam.
In the past it has been said that petroleum was formed from plant
tissues and from diatoms. In this lake there were pond weeds, algae.
diatoms, great layers of coprolites of fairy shrimp, and the animal life
of the lake. I hold that all forms, plant and animal, which were con-
verted into silica, contributed the substance which became petroleum.
In other words, there was another catalytic process: the formation of
petroleum from the biological material freed by silicification, and even
that which was not silicified. I have now concluded that the two cata-
lytic actions were independent of each other, and there are cases where
each process was incomplete. There are insects with half of the body
silicified and half not.
Significance of petroliferous nodules 13
It is well known that catalysis is brought about by the presence of a
substance which does not itself enter into the final product. There was
present at every site so far investigated, a well known catalyzer, boron.
Boron is a primary volcanic product, and the primary deposits are those
we must seek for our fossils. Borax is water soluble and has washed
down from the volcanic primary sites to settle in brine basins as sec-
ondary boron, forming the dry lakes of the desert.
Boron is well known for its affinity with silicon, and boron silicate
glass is one of the finest glasses known for laboratory work. Boron is
also recently in the limelight as a catalyzer for the improvement of the
quality of gasoline. Boron is volcanic, and has been mined at every site
where the petroliferous fossil bearing nodules are found. Colloidal sili-
con replications of living creatures have never been found elsewhere
than in the neighborhood of borax deposits on andesitic volcanoes. Be-
cause of these facts I reason that boron was the catalyzer responsible,
when in highly heated condition, for the killing, preserving, and repli-
cating of the insects and plants; and for the formation of the petroleum
from their remains.
Since there is every evidence that the two catalytic processes were
rapid, I reason that what happened once can happen again. Therefore,
I challenge the chemical profession to produce in their retorts, petro-
leum from the waste biological material of our cities on a 24-hour basis.
If I am right, the fuel supply of the future is assured us forever.
The problem may not be simple until we know all the ingredients
and proportions. There is another factor that must not be overlooked.
Many important chemical processes require a living, active agent at
some step in the process. Some of the known agents in manufacture are
bacteria, yeasts, fungi, and algae.
There were in these lakes algae and diatoms. The nodules yield beau-
tiful silicified specimens of many types of algae, and often multitudes
of diatoms.
Algae in lakes are known to take carbon dioxide from calcium bi-
carbonate and deposit the calctum carbonate as sediments. Likewise,
algae have an affinity for silica in water, transforming it into colloidal
silica. As long as I believed the two catalytic processes dependent one
upon the other, I felt that perhaps the algae would be necessary to the
commercial production of petroleum, and then the process might be
slower. The latest findings indicate that petrolification was not depend-
ent upon silification, and in that case colloidal silicon in the presence of
boiling boron, might release the tissues for immediate conversion into
petroleum. Of course our catalytic process will require the presence of
14 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
certain gases; and we are certain that in volcanic gases there are hydro-
gen, carbon dioxide, and sulphur gases.
Strontium entered the picture only im a small part of the nodules;
however, it must not be discounted.
Even if we prove that the petroleum in the volcanic mountain nod-
ules was produced by boron catalysis, this does not necessarily mean
that petroleum has not also been formed by other processes. We may
have, however, pointed the way for solving the other types of forma-
tion.
It has long been thought that petroleum was formed in salt water;
however, now we have evidence of its formation in fresh water into
which volcanic salts came suddenly, and fresh water life continued in
subsequent years.
Most reports on boron indicate that it is primarily volcanic; second-
arily is leached into sinks and flat beds; and finally seeps into the ocean.
May we not suspect that perhaps boron can still have catalytic powers
in its secondary and tertiary phases?
A NEW PASIPHAEA (CRUSTACEA, DECAPODA,
NATANTIA) FROM SOUTHERN
CALIFORNIAN WATERS?
JouHwn C. YaLpwyn?”
Allan Hancock Foundation, University of Southern California
Since 1949, members of the Allan Hancock Foundation and of the De-
partment of Biology, University of Southern California, have under-
taken an increasingly intensive study of the fauna and ecology of the
mid-waters of the deep basins, especially the San Pedro Basin, off the
coast of Southern California. During the course of this work several new
or unusual species of macrurous decapod Crustacea (shrimps and
shrimp-like forms) have been obtained. The bulk of the collections
made before September 1960 had already been examined and identified
by Dr. John S. Garth of the Hancock Foundation, and specimens of the
Pasiphaea described here had been sent to Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., of
the U.S. National Museum and had been recognized by him as a new
species, though not described. Thus it has been my privilege, while
working on these deep-water Crustacea during 1960-61, to describe this
Pasiphaea in the first of a series of studies on this interesting material.
The San Pedro Basin, lying between San Pedro and Santa Catalina
Island, has an area of about 655 square kilometres and a maximum
depth of about 912 metres, while the sill depth (the depth of the lowest
point on its rim) is about 737 ‘metres. The new Pasiphaea has been
taken as shallow as about 300 metres over this basin, as well as in nets
that have touched the basin floor (actual depth of capture unknown),
but it does occur in abundance, at least during daylight, at depths of
about 550 to 700 metres. It has almost always been associated with
Sergestes similis Hansen and appears to occur in a shallower zone than
that in which the larger, more intensely pigmented, Pasiphaea emar-
ginata Rathbun is usually taken.
Though occurring in numerous hauls in the San Pedro Basin, as well
as in the deeper Catalina and San Nicolas Basins further offshore, the
new Pasiphaea is recorded here from only four selected stations as its
1Allan Hancock Foundation Contribution No. 245.
On leave from the Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand; visiting Ful-
bright Advanced Scholar supported by a grant from the National Science Founda-
tion.
15
Fig. 1, lateral view carapace (arrow indicates extent of dorsal carina); fig. 2,
lateral view abdomen; fig. 3, lateral view anterior part of carapace; fig. 4, dorsal
view tip of telson; fig. 5, antennule; fig. 6, scaphocerite; fig. 7, mandible; fig. 8,
ist maxilla; fig. 9, 2nd maxilla; fig. 10, 1st maxilliped; fig. 11, 2nd maxilliped;
fig. 12, 3rd maxilliped; fig. 13, 1st pereiopod; fig. 14, 2nd pereiopod; fig. 15, 3rd
Va
i
\
i
pereiopod; fig. 16, 4th pereiopod; fig. 17, 5th pereiopod; fig. 18, male ist pleopod;
fig. 19, male 2nd pleopod. Figs. 1 to 17 from holotype, 18 and 19 from paratype,
carapace length 17mm. Figs. 5 to 19 of right appendage. Figs. 1 and 2 to same
scale; figs. 4, 7 to 11, 18 and 19 to same scale; figs. 5 and 6 to same scale; figs. 12
to 17 to same scale.
Z.
@)
18 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
occurrence and bathymetric distribution will be discussed in detail in
a future paper on the bathypelagic natant decapod Crustacea taken by
the Velero IV off Southern California.
TABLE 1
Selected Allan Hancock Foundation stations in the San Pedro Basin from which
Pasiphaea chacei n.sp. was obtained. All the specimens from these four stations are
to be regarded as type material.
Net Down Net Up
Sta. No. Date Position Time Fms_ Position Time Fms Remarks
7186-60 Oct.28 33-36-11 1035 475 33-30-52 2 metre net
1960 118-32-13 118-22-48 hit bottom
during 114
hours at
depth.
7221-60 Dec.9 33-37-36 1008 463 33-27-13 1510 461 Isaacs-Kidd
1960 118-32-28 118-17-24 Mid-Water
Trawl at 1931
ft. by gauge;
4 hours at
depth.
7273-61 Jan.23 33-39-07 1015 458 33-27-47 1503 IKMWT at
1961 118-31-02 118-16-06 1986 ft. by
gauge; 34%
hours at
depth.
7299-61 Feb.24 33-38-03 1005 468 33-25-48 1510 458 IKMWT at
1961 118-32-39 118-16-48 2341 ft. by
gauge; 4
hours at
depth.
SECTION CARIDEA
Family PAsIpHAEIDAE
Genus Pasiphaea Savigny, 1816
Pasiphaea chacei new species
Ty pes: Holotype, female, carapace length 19mm. from Station 7186-60
(Allan Hancock Foundation Catalogue No. 601). Paratypes, 1 female
11mm.° from Station 7186-60; 2 males 12 to 17mm., 30 females and
immature 6 to 15mm., 2 ovigerous females 19mm., from Station 7221-
60; 10 males 10.5 to 15mm., 24. females and immature 7.5 to 20mm.
“The carapace length, in mm., is used as the standard length throughout.
New Pasiphaea from southern California 19
(including 1 ovigerous 20mm.) from Station 7273-61, and 190 speci-
mens, of which a sample of 50 consisted of 19 males 11.5 to 19.5mm.
and 31 females 9.5 to 22mm. (3 ovigerous 19 to 21mm.), from Station
7299-61.
Diagnosis: Telson truncate distally. Carapace dorsally carmate, with
a characteristic, slender, acute rostrum projecting anterodorsally at
least as far as cornea. Abdomen smooth, not carinate. 1st pereiopod
with 0 to 12 meral spines, 2nd with 6 to 23 meral spines. Fingers of 2nd
pereiopod subequal with palm.
Description: Rostrum (gastric spine of some authors) prominent,
relatively long and slender, acute, directed obliquely dorsally, without
a curve, to extend anteriorly at least as far as cornea. Carapace with a
distinct carina on anterior 2% of dorsal surface, posterior third smooth
and rounded. Lateral surface of carapace with suprabranchial carina.
Anterior margin produced dorsally mto a blunt, convex lobe, not ex-
tending as far anteriorly as the broadly rounded lower orbital angle;
this angle continuing ventrally mto a weakly concave emargination,
which in turn passes through a broadly rounded angle to trend oblique-
ly posteroventrally into a concave emargination at level of branchio-
stegal spine, then into the deep branchiostegal sinus. Branchiostegal
spe prominent, arisimg behind, and projecting beyond, anterior
margin.
Abdomen smooth, all segments dorsally rounded and unarmed; 6th
strongly compressed dorsally but not carinate. Pleura of 1st and 2nd
broadly rounded; pleura of 3rd to 5th produced somewhat anteroven-
trally, 5th with concave ventral margin. 6th half as long again as 5th,
with weak dorsolateral carina. Telson a little shorter than 6th segment,
with a broad, longitudinal groove dorsally and a truncate distal mar-
gin armed with four pairs of spinules graded in size from a short me-
dian pair to a relatively long lateral pair.
Eyes well developed, cornea rounded, well-pigmented and broader
than ocular peduncle.
Antennular peduncle with first segment reaching with less than 1
its length beyond eyes. Stylocerite narrow in dorsal view and relatively
widely separated from first antennular segment proper; in lateral view
dorsal margin forming an acute point distally which passes ventrally
into the rounded anterior margin of the broad ventral portion of the
stylocerite. Two antennular flagella present, dorsolateral flagella with
about 13 enlarged basal segments in female, about 17 in male; enlarged
basal section in male considerably broader and more abruptly passing
into the flagellum proper than in the female; this character is especially
20 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
useful for sexual differentiation. Antennal peduncle reaching to about
midpoint of antennular peduncle, basal segment with strong, obliquely
directed spine. Scaphocerite reaching distally beyond antennular pe-
duncle to about last enlarged flagellar segment; outer margin weakly
convex, produced into a strong distal tooth projecting full length be-
yond lamella, which is 31 times as long as wide.
Mandible consisting of toothed incisor process only, palp absent. 1st
maxilla with small, rounded proximal endite, strongly toothed distal
endite and long, simple endopod armed with a single stout seta. 2nd
maxilla with no endites visible, simple, well developed endopod and
large scaphognathite. 1st maxilliped reduced to large elongate lamella,
articulated distally. 2nd maxilliped simple, with distal segment articu-
lated normally with penultimate, no epipod or exopod. 3rd maxilliped
reaching a little beyond scaphocerite, ultimate segment long and slen-
der, somewhat less than twice length of penultimate and shorter than
antepenultimate, exopod well developed.
All pereiopods with well developed exopods, but no epipods. 1st pe-
reiopod reaching with fingers and half palm beyond scaphocerite. Fin-
gers slender, cutting edges toothed, tips curved and capable of crossing
one another, ¥4 length of elongate, parallel-sided palm. Palm with
medioventral row of about 5 to 7 slender, movable spines, as shown
alongside fig. 13. Carpus 13 palm, armed with distoventral spine.
Merus 5/4. palm, armed ventrally with from o to 12 (usually 2 to 9)
unevenly sized and irregularly placed spines. Ischium about 14 length
merus, unarmed. Basis with strong, distoventral spe. 2nd pereiopod
reaching with fingers and half palm beyond scaphocerite. Fingers
elongate, slender, cutting edge toothed, tips curved and capable of cross-
ing one another, subequal in length to elongate palm, which is some-
what narrower distally than proximally. Carpus a little less than 14
palm, armed with strong distoventral spine. Merus 5/3 length palm,
armed with from 6 to 23 (usually 14 to 21) unevenly sized spines
spaced relatively evenly along entire ventral margin. Ischium about
1/, length of merus, unarmed. Basis with distoventral spine. 3rd pereio-
pod slender, attenuated, reaching to distal end of antennal peduncle,
dactyl subequal to carpus and about 1/10 propodus which is 24 merus.
Ischium a little less than 14 merus, all segments unarmed. 4th pereio-
pod short, reaching to basoischial articulation of 2nd pereiopod, dactyl
1, propodus, carpus about 14 propodus, merus equal to carpus and pro-
podus combined, ischium to 1 carpus, propodus and dactyl combined.
5th pereiopod distinctly longer than 4th, reaching a little beyond is-
chiomeral articulation of 1st pereiopod. Dactyl Halle eley broad, and
New Pasiphaea from southern California BL
rounded distally, a little more than 14 propodus and a little more than
1 carpus, carpus subequal to ischium and 2/5 merus.
First pleopod male and female with broadly ovate endopod and short
appendix interna bearing some hooks distally. 2nd to 5th pleopods male
and female with slender appendix interna, 2nd pleopod male with in
addition a slender and shorter appendix masculina. Uropods elongate,
exopod longer than endopod, exopod with lateral margin produced into
distal spine reaching beyond distal margin of lamella.
Eggs large and relatively few in number, measuring after preserva-
tion, 1.79 to 1.88 < 1.26 to 1.38 mm.
TABLE 2
Branchial Formula.
Maxillipeds Pereiopods
1st Qnd 3rd 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th
Pleurobranchiae : i : 1 1 1 1 {
Arthrobranchiae : ; ‘ 1 1 1
Podobranchiae
Epipodites
Exopodites : ‘ 1 1 1 1 1 1
Color in Life: The body and appendages are mainly transparent,
while the eyes are dark golden: brown. There is an irregular scattering
of large, stellate, red chromatophores on the body and appendages, dif-
fering greatly in concentration with the size of the specimen. Small
specimens are almost colorless, while in larger specimens the carapace
at least appears pink, the fingers are very red with the curved tips grey-
black in color. Eggs in an early stage of development are colorless. The
viscera appears through the carapace as a dark mass anteriorly and
yellow gonads posterodorsally (in mature specimens).
In comparison with Pasiphaea emarginata, taken in the same area, P.
chacei is considerably less pigmented, especially on the carapace, the
pereiopods and the anterior segments of the abdomen.
Maturity and Sexual Differentiation: The smallest ovigerous female
examined in the material available had a carapace length of 19mm.,
however, some females at a carapace length of 15mm. had a small, but
quite distinct, ovary, containing ova, clearly visible posterodorsally
through the transparent cuticle of the carapace. Males with a carapace
22 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
length of 15mm. or less had an extremely small appendix masculina,
which at a carapace length of 12mm. and below was usually not dis-
cernible. The difference in width of the enlarged basal segments of the
antennular flagella, as described above, is, however, a clear sexual dis-
tinction at all sizes down to at least a carapace length of 1omm., and in
larger specimens can be easily used for “in hand” sexing without
magnification.
The size at maturity then is a carapace length of about 15 to 16mm.,
with all males above this size bearing a well developed appendix mas-
culina and all females above this size with a clearly visible, developing
ovary.
Variation in Meral Spinulation: The number of spmes on the meri
of the 1st and 2nd pereiopods has been widely used in this genus as a
systematic character. Considerable variation within a species has been
recorded previously (e.g. in Pastphaea sivado by Stephensen, 1923).
but the extent of this variation both within a species and between the
right and left members of a pair of limbs im the same individual is often
not fully appreciated. Fifty specimens selected at random from Station
7299-61 gave the following figures. (Data for 2nd pereiopods in paren-
thesis. )
The spines on the merus of the 1st pereiopod (2nd pereiopod) varied
from o to 12 (6 to 23), with 90% (80%) of the sample having from
2 to g (14 to 21) on the right member. Sexually mature specimens
tended to have more than immature specimens. Thus the variation in
the 23 mature specimens was from 2 to 12 (15 to 23) with an average
of a little more than 6 (18), while in the 27 immatures the variation
was from o to g (6 to 19) with an average of a little more than 3 (a
little less than 14.). The difference in the number of spines between the
right and left member of the 1st pereiopods (2nd pereiopods) varied
from o to 3 with an exceptional 5 (0 to 4); in 38% (28%) there was
no difference between the right and left member, in 40% (38% ) there
was a difference of one, and in 18% (18%) a difference of 2, one speci-
men had a difference of 3 and one of 5 (five specimens had a difference
of 3 and three a difference of 4.).
In a general way the greater the number of spines on the 1st pereio-
pod the greater the number on the 2nd. The ratio of the number of
meral spines on the right 1st to the number on the right 2nd in the
sample varied from 1:1.6 to 1:9 (96%) with one at 1:12 and one at
1:16. The difference between the number of spines on the right 1st and
the number on the right 2nd varied from 4, to 17 with 76% between 10
and 14, and the average at a little over 11.
New Pasiphaea from southern California 23
Finally it should be stated that there is a great variation in the size of
the meral spines present, and that all recognizable spines have been
counted no matter how small. Sexual significance in variation was
tested for, but no correlation could be made.
Systematic Position: The carinate carapace, the smooth abdomen and
the distally truncate telson clearly distinguish this species from all but
five of the approximately 34 described and recognized species and
forms of the genus Pasiphaea. These five species are as follows: P sivado
(Risso, 1816) from the North Atlantic, Mediterranean and Indo-West
Pacific; P unispinosa Wood-Mason, 1893, from the Indian Ocean; P
magna of Rathbun, 1904. (only questionably identified by Rathbun as
P. magna Faxon, 1893) from Californian waters; P flagellata Rathbun,
1906, from Hawaiian waters, and Pasiphaea sp. oc. de Man, 1920, from
Indonesian waters.
Pasiphaea chacei differs from P sivado (first adequately described by
Zariquiey, 1957) in that the latter has the carapace compressed but not
actually carinate and a small but distinct spine posterodorsally on the
6th abdominal segment (personal observation from Mediterranean ma-
terial) ; it differs from P unispina in which the condition of the abdo-
men is undescribed, in the number of spines on the meri of the 1st and
and pereiopods, only o and 1 respectively in the latter species; it differs
from P magna of Rathbun (which I am convinced is conspecific with
P. magna Faxon) in that Rathbun’s specimens have the 2nd to 5th ad-
dominal segments carinate (personal observation from Rathbun’s orig-
ial material ) ; it differs from P flagellata, in which the condition of the
dorsal surface of the carapace is undescribed in the literature, in that
the carapace is non-carinate in the latter (personal observation from
Rathbun’s original material), and finally P chacei differs from Pasi-
phaea sp. oc of de Man in that the carapace in the latter is compressed,
but not actually carimate dorsally, and the number of spines on the
meri of the 1st and 2nd pereiopods is, as in P unispina, o and 1 respec-
tively. In addition to the above differences the characteristic, slender,
prominent rostrum, extending beyond the anterodorsal margin of the
carapace, Clearly distinguishes P. chacei at a glance from these and other
similar species.
Comparison with Pasiphaea emarginata Rathbun: The only other
species of Pasiphaea taken commonly in the San Pedro Basin is P emar-
ginata Rathbun (P. pacifica Rathbun, with a deeply forked telson, oc-
curs very rarely). Though P emarginata has a carinate abdomen and
a weakly, but distinctly, distally-emarginate telson in adult stages, in
juveniles these features are not at all apparent and may, especially in
24 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
damaged material, be impossible to make out. It has been found, how-
ever, that in juvenile P emarginata (at carapace lengths of less than 11
mm. ), though the telson may be apparently distally truncate, there are
always at least 5 pairs of spines on the distal margin of the telson and
often a small medial spine as well, while in P. chacei (juveniles and
adults) there are almost always only 4 pairs of distal spines. In the rare
cases Where more than 4 pairs are present, identification must be
made from rostral shape, strength of branchiostegal spine and depth of
branchiostegal smus.
In general P emarginata, in contrast to P. chacei, is usually bigger,
specimens with a carapace length up to about 45mm. are quite common
from San Pedro Basin (compared to a maximum of about 22mm. in
P. chacei), and more brightly colored; in P emarginata the carapace
appears deeper anteriorly as the posterior margin of the branchiostegal
sinus is longer; the front (the anterodorsal margin of the carapace) is
more prominent and reaches as far as the suborbital angle; the rostrum
does not extend up to the front and is separated from the front (in lateral
view) by a much less acute angle or more often a smooth curve (in
juveniles the rostrum may extend almost vertically); the branchio-
stegal spine is considerably shorter and does not extend much beyond
the anterolateral margin of the carapace; there is a distinct, submar-
ginal, low carina around the dorsal portion of the branchiostegal sinus;
the dorsal carina of the carapace extends nearly to the posterior margin
and the 2nd to 5th abdominal somites are distinctly cariate.
Remarks: It gives me great pleasure to name this species for Dr.
Fenner A. Chace, Jr., whose work on Crustacea, especially Western
Atlantic Caridea, is so well known, and to memorialize his name, along
with those of other eminent carcinologists—Alcock, Doflein, Faxon and
Rathbun—in the wide-ranging and typically bathypelagic genus.
Pasiphaea.
I wish to thank Dr. John S. Garth for suggesting and aiding this
study, and for permission to examine these specimens, and also the Al-
lan Hancock Foundation for the use of laboratory space and equipment.
LITERATURE CITED
STEPHENSEN, Kk.
1923. Decapoda-Macrura excl. Sergestidae. Rep. Danish Ocean. Exped. Mediter-
ranean, 2 (1D3):1-85. 27 figs.
ZARIQUIEY ALVAREZ, R.
1957. Decadpodos espanioles XIII—Las Pasiphaeas del Mediterraneo occidental.
Trabajo Museo Zoologia Barcelona, n.s. Zool., 11 (5):1-31, 9 pls.
NONMARINE MOLLUSCS FROM RECENT SEDIMENTS
NEAR VERNON, APACHE COUNTY, ARIZONA
Rosert J. DRAKE
The University of British Columbia
INTRODUCTION
Mr. James Schoenwetter, of the Geochronology Laboratories of the
University of Arizona, had in 1960 worked out a B. C. 1500 to A. D.
1300 pollen sequence for the Vernon area as part of studies on post-
glacial climatic and resulting cultural changes for northern Arizona.
In the summer of 1961, Mr. R. H. Hevly continued work in the region,
concentrating on the pre-B. C. 1500 time. Mr. M. E. Cooley of the U. S.
Geological Survey collaborated in stratigraphic field studies of the Re-
cent geology.
In connection with gathering material for C-14 dating, samples for
pollen analysis were also taken; invertebrate remains also discovered
were turned over for checks on the preliminary paleo-environmental
mmplications shown by pollen and lithologic work. In order to put on
record findings from stratigraphy and malacology for the immediate
area, the following description is presented.
Unirs IV & Ill
Six miles north of the town of Vernon lies old Laguna Salada with an
associated series of beach deposits with archaeological materials of early
man and later puebloid affinities. It isin T. 11 N., R. 25 E. A large ar-
royo drains southeasterly into the northwest end of Laguna Salada; the
elevation is ca. 6,300 feet. Messrs. Helvy and Cooley took samples from
the arroyo wall in fluviatile and/or lacustrme deposits. Four strati-
graphic units were in sequence in the arroyo; their approximate ages
were determined. In the top two units (IV & IT) invertebrate remains
were collected with matrix. For the molluscs, mostly freshwater, the
return was low and only genus-level determinations are presented at
this time.
Unit IV—Rust stained sand and gravel; with Cretaceous (?) brachio-
pod shells, apparently of one kind.
Sample No. LS-3, 13-F:
(Grey sand and gravel. )
to
Or
26 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
GYRAULUS
PURIEL ID
: LYMNAEID
SUCCINEID
Figure 1. Commonly occurring nonmarine molluscan remains in Recent deposits
near Vernon, Arizona. Scale lines = 1 mm.
Gyraulus, rare in comparison to Unit III samples. Fragments of
brachiopod shells or a Cretaceous (2) oyster-like bivalve.
Unit III.—Clays, sands, and gravels.
Sample No. LS-3, 12F-“B” [superior position | :
(Dark brown clay.)
1 lymnaeid freshwater snail shell; illustrated in Figure 1. Abun-
dant Cretaceous (?) foraminifera; large, some up to 1.5 X 7.0 mm
and illustrated in Figure 2. 1 framentary Gyraulus, a freshwater
Nonmarine molluscs from Arizona Recent sediments 27
snail shell. Fragments of the body whorl of a large snail; possibly
freshwater, and a lymnaeid.
Sample No. LS-3, 12-F:
(Dark brown clay. )
Numerous succineid terrestrial, [ ?amphibious], snail shells; ex-
ample illustrated in Figure 1. Foraminifera; same kind as in previ-
ous sample. Fragments of Cretaceous (?) brachiopod shells. Many
Gyraulus. Fragments of body whorls of freshwater snails or suc-
cineids or both.
Sample No. LS-3, 11-F:
(Grey sand and gravel. )
Many Gyraulus; example illustrated in Figure 1. 1 fragmentary
terrestrial pupillid snail shell; illustrated in Figure 1.
[ Yellow brown clay. No invertebrate remains discovered. |
ye aD Caz
Figure 2. Examples of Cretaceous (?) foraminifera occurring in Unit III of
reported Recent sediments near Vernon, Arizona. Scale lines = 1 mm.
DiscussIon
In Pleistocene and Recent alluvial deposits in the Southwest, it 1s some-
times suspected that redeposition has occurred. In many areas where
the Recent geology has been little studied, it cannot be readily known if
often present terrestrial and freshwater molluscan fossils are i situ or
not. Therefore, the presence of Cretaceous (?) brachiopods and fora-
minifera with Pleistocene or Recent snail shells in the old Laguna
Salada area is phenomenal.
28 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
SUMMARY
The presence, by very evident redeposition of much older organic fos-
sils, Cretaceous (?) brachiopods and foraminifera, in beds of Units IV
& III points to the existence in the immediate region of a marker for
possible future value to correlation. Additional interdisciplinary studies
are needed to determine the extent in time and space of the particular
alluviation pattern depositing sediments in Units IV and III.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am grateful to Mr. Hevly and Mr. Cooley, also to Dr. P. S. Martin of
the Chicago Natural History Museum for the opportunity to study the
material and situation. Drs. W. H. Mathews, V. J. Okulitch, and A. E.
Cockbain of my University kindly examined the unusual forams. This
report constitutes partial results of research supported by Grant NSF-
184.72 from the Anthropology Program of the National Science Foun-
dation, 1961-1962.
RECORDS OF SNAKES FROM JOSHUA TREE NATIONAL
MONUMENT, CALIFORNIA?
RicHarp B. Loomis AND RoBERT C. STEPHENS
Long Beach State College
The following preliminary report represents the compilation of rec-
ords of snakes obtained in or near Joshua Tree National Monument
from August, 1959 through 1960. These specimens were taken in con-
nection with detailed studies of the flora and fauna being conducted by
the authors and others at Long Beach State College, with the generous
aid of the Monument staff.
The records listed below include those which fill certain distribu-
tional gaps, represent range extensions and in most cases represent the
first published account of the species within the Monument.
Fifteen species of snakes were taken within the Monument. A total
of 150 snakes are listed below, including 125 records from the Monu-
ment. Most of the snakes were found on the roads, either dead (DOR)
or alive (AOR). Some identified examples were not saved either be-
cause of their poor condition or when alive, because of adequate samples
available from the area.
Examination of the seasonal data reveals that most of the snakes were
taken between late March and the first of July (130 of 150 records).
This coincides in part with the amount of collecting since the reduction
of snakes obtained per night discouraged additional trips. However, col-
lecting trips were conducted in and around the Monument in every
month of the year, and the Monument staff picked up specimens when
possible. A summary of the records is as follows:
Jan.—o, Feb.—o, March—24, April—38, May—46, June—23, July—
5, August—5, Sept.—3, Oct.—6, Nov.—o, Dec.—o.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank the following persons who have aided in the assembly
of specimens and observations: Dr. Dennis G. Rainey, Dr. Elbert L.
Sleeper, Mr. South Van Hoose, Mr. Julius C. Geest, Mr. Kenneth D.
1Contribution No. 3 from the Biological Sciences Department, Long Beach State
College, California.
30 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Peyton and others, all from Long Beach State College; Superintendent
William R. Supernaugh, Mr. James R. Youse, Park Naturalist and
others on the staff of Joshua Tree National Monument. To Mr. Super-
naugh and to the National Park Service, we extend our appreciation
for permission to study the flora and fauna and to collect specimens in
the Monument. Investigations in the field were supported (in part) by
a research grant (E-34.07) from the National Institutes of Health, Pub-
lic Health Service.
ACCOUNTS OF THE SPECIES
The records of the snakes (15 species, 150 records, 108 specimens) are
listed from southwest to northwest, m the Monument and adjacent to
the Monument (to the north). Unless otherwise indicated, all localities
are within the Monument and the dates are for the year 1960.
Several localities mentioned below are not on the map in the folder
for Joshua Tree National Monument, or on other maps usually avail-
able. These are as follows, with their position from well known points:
Cottonwood Spring Y (= 1 mi. NW Cottonwood Spring), Pinto Y (=
g mi. S Monument Headquarters in Twentynine Palms) and Lower
Covington Flat Camp, in Riverside County, 0.5 mi. S of San Bernardino
County line (= 8 mi. S of the town of Joshua Tree ).
The 108 specimens indicated in parentheses are in the Herpetological
Collection of Long Beach State College.
Lichanura roseofusca gracia Klauber
Desert Rosy Boa
Specimens examined.—Total 5, as follows: Riverside County: 3.5 mi.
S Cottonwood Spring Y, AOR, 13 May (1); 3.2 mi. N Cottonwood
Spring Y, AOR, 16 June (1); Road W of Hidden Valley at junction of
Stokes Road, 4.000’, 2 May (1); San Bernardino County: Indian Cove
Camp No. 4, 3300’, 21 May (1). ADJACENT TO MONUMENT, San
Bernardino County: 0.3 mi. N Monument Entrance, Lower Covington
Flat, 4.100’, 7 Oct. (1).
Additional Record.—Total 1, as follows: ADJACENT TO MONU-
MENT, San Bernardino County: La Contenta Road, 2 mi. S of Twenty-
nine Palms Highway (3 mi. N of Monument Entrance), AOR, 11
April (Sight record, E. L. Sleeper).
All of the Rosy Boas examined were similar in coloration, being typ-
ical of the desert subspecies to which they are assigned. The northwest-
Snakes from Joshua Tree National Monument 31
ern examples have more irregular (serrated) edges to the reddish body
stripes than do those from near Cottonwood Spring.
Arizona elegans eburnata Klauber
Desert Glossy Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 12, as follows (AOR, unless otherwise
noted): Riverside County: 1.1 to 1.5 mi. S Cottonwood Spring Y, DOR,
15 May (1), 16 June (1); 2.7 mi. NW Cholla Cactus Garden, 15 June
(1); 0.2 mi. W Pinto Y, 24. June (1); 6.8 mi. W Pinto Y, 4400’, 9 Aug.
(1); Lower Covington Flat Camp, 4.700’, Can Trap, 11 June (1), 17
July (1). San Bernardino County: 7 mi. S Monument Headquarters,
Twentynine Palms, 3200’ (2.8 mi. S Monument Entrance), 2 April
(1); 1.8 mi. N Lower Covington Flat Camp, 6 Sept. (1); 4.6 mi. N
Lower Covington Flat Camp, 23 July (1). ADJACENT TO MONU-
MENT, San Bernardino County: 1 mi. W of Joshua Tree, 2900’, 9 Aug.
(1); 0.5 mi. S, 4, mi. W town of Joshua Tree, La Contenta Road, 14,
May (1).
The Glossy Snake is widely distributed throughout the Monument,
having been taken as high as 4.700 feet. It was the most abundant noc-
turnal snake at higher elevations.
Chionactis occipitalis occipitalis (Hallowell)
Mojave Shovel-nosed Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 2, as follows: Riverside County: 2 mi. NW
Old Dale Junction, 2200’, AOR, 15 May (1). ADJACENT TO MON-
UMENT, San Bernardino County: Twentynine Palms, 2000’, 15 May
(Oe
Hypsiglena torquata deserticola Tanner
Desert Night Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 5, as follows: Riverside County: 0.5 mi.
N Old Dale Junction, 2500’, AOR, 14, May (1); 1 mi. S Old Dale Junc-
tion, DOR, 21 May (1); 1 mi. N White Tank Campground, 3800’,
AOR, 29 May (1); Lower Covington Flat Camp, both in can trap,
4,700’, 16 June (1), 23 June (1).
The specimen from White Tank seems to possess certain character-
istics of the coastal subspecies, H. t. klauberi. Additional specimens are
needed to determine if this represents intergradation between the two
subspecies, or retention of characters of the coastal form as it is being
submerged by the desert subspecies.
32 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Lampropeltis getulus californiae (Blainville)
California Kingsnake
Specimens examined.—Total 2, as follows: Riverside County: 3.1 mi.
N Cottonwood Spring Y, AOR, 15 June (1). ADJACENT TO MON-
UMENT, San Bernardino County: 1 mi. E Joshua Tree, 2800’ DOR, 15
May (1).
Masticophis flagellum piceus (Cope)
Red Racer
Specimens examined.—Total 11, as follows: Riverside County: 0.2 mi.
NE Hidden Valley Entrance, DOR, 24 April (1); 1.5 mi. W Pinto Y,
DOR, 9 April (1). San Bernardino County: 5 to 7 mi. S Monument
Headquarters, ‘Twentynine Palms, DOR, 8 May (1), 6 September (1) ;
2.9 mi. N Lower Covington Flat Camp, 29 May (1). ADJACENT TO
MONUMENT, San Bernardino County: Twentynine Palms, 31 Au-
gust 1959 (1); 2 to 3.6 mi. N Monument Boundary, La Contenta Road
(1 to 3 mi. S, 4.mi. W town of Joshua Tree), March (3), AOR, 8 May
(1), AOR, 23 June (1).
This is another widespread species, probably being present through-
out the Monument. It is more abundant at elevations over 2800 feet.
Masticophis lateralis lateralis (Hallowell )
California Striped Racer
Specimens examined.—Total 4, as follows: Riverside County: 1 mi. N
Salton View, DOR, 8 April (1); 1 mi. N Hidden Valley, DOR, 9 April
(1); Lower Covington Flat Camp, 4.700’, 26 March (1). San Bernar-
dino County: Lower Covington Flat, 2.5 mi S Monument Entrance,
4300’, AOR, 2 April (1).
Additional records.—Total 2, as follows: Riverside County: Eureka
Point, 2 mi. W Lower Covington Flat Camp, 5300’, 7 August 1959 (1,
dead, not saved) ; Lower Covington Flat Camp, 4.700’, 30 April (Sight
record, E. L. Sleeper).
The striped racer is found in the Pinon-Juniper association at eleva-
tions above 4.000 feet. The example from San Bernardino County re-
gurgitated an adult Eumeces gilberti. The easternmost record (Hidden
Valley) represents a range extension of approximately 26 miles to the
east of the nearest records from the San Bernardino Mountains.
Phyllorhynchus decurtatus perkinsi Klauber
Western Leaf-nosed Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 20, as follows (AOR, unless otherwise
Snakes from Joshua Tree National Monument Be
noted): Riverside County: 1.6 to 5 mi. S Cottonwood Spring Y, 13 May
(2), 14 May (2), 21 May (1), 28 May (1); 1.4 mi. SW Old Dale
Junction, DOR, 21 May (1); 0.4. to 4.3 mi. NW Old Dale Junction, 13
April (1), 14. May (4), 15 May (1); Cholla Cactus Garden, 2 April
(1); 2 to 4.2 mi. NW Cholla Cactus Garden, 15 April (1), 16 June
(1); 2 mi. SE White Tank, 29 May (1); White Tank, 3800’, 15 June
(1). San Bernardino County: 4.mi. S Monument Headquarters, ‘Twen-
tynine Palms, DOR, 13 April (1), 3 June (1).
Additional records.—Total 10, as follows (all AOR and released):
Riverside County: 0.5 to 2 mi. S Cottonwood Spring Y, 21 May (2),
3 June (1); Old Dale Junction, and 0.3 to 4.3 mi. NW, 21 May (3),
29 May (1); Cholla Cactus Garden and 2.5 mi. NW, 3 June (2); 2.8
mi. SE White Tank, 26 June (1).
This is perhaps the most abundant snake in the Monument although
it seems to be restricted to the lower elevations, rarely above 3000 feet
although one record is from 3800 feet. Most of the records (19 of 30)
are from the month of May.
Pituophis melanoleucus deserticola Stejneger
Great Basin Gopher Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 9, as follows (DOR, unless otherwise
noted): Riverside County: 0.5 mi. N Pinto Y, 25 March (1). San Ber-
nardino County: 1 mi. N Pinto Y, AOR, 23 June (1); 4. mi. S Monu-
ment Headquarters, Twentynine Palms (0.1 mi. S Monument En-
trance), 3000’, AOR, 22 May (1), 12 April (1). ADJACENT TO
MONUMENT, San Bernardino County: 3 to 3.5 mi. S Monument
Headquarters, Twentynine Palms, AOR, 5 March (1), 24, April (1),
25 April (1); 1 mi. W Indian Cove turnoff (7 mi. W Twentynine
Palms), 21 May (1); 1 mi. E town of Joshua Tree, 15 May (1).
This subspecies seems to be restricted to the northern edge of the
Monument. No examples of the Gopher Snake were taken in the south-
ern half of the Monument where the subspecies affinis is to be expected.
Rhinocheilus lecontei lecontei Baird and Girard
Western Long-nosed Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 5, as follows: Riverside County: 1.8 mi. N
Cottonwood Spring Y, AOR, 22 October (1); 0.3 mi. S Old Dale Junc-
tion, DOR, 12 April (1) and 12 July (1). San Bernardino County: 6
mi. S Monument Headquarters, Twentynine Palms, DOR, 11 April
(1). ADJACENT TO MONUMENT, San Bernardino County: Road
to Indian Cove, 1 mi. N Monument Entrance, DOR, 23 April (1).
2A, Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
All of the specimens possess the desert pattern usually referred to as
the subspecies Rhinocheilus lecontei clarus Klauber. All of the localities
are below 3000 feet in elevation.
Salvadora hexalepis (Cope)
Western Patch-nosed Snake
Specimens examined.—Total 14, as follows (DOR, unless otherwise
noted): Riverside County: 4,.mi. S Cottonwood Spring Y, 2500’, 14 May
(1); 1.6 mi. S Old Dale Junction, 27 March (1); 2 mm. S Pinto Y
(White Tank) 3800’, 12 April (1); 0.5 mi. S to 0.5 mi. N Pinto Y, 26
March (1), 2 April (2); 1.5 W Pinto Y, 21 Oct. 1959 (1); Entrance
to Hidden Valley, 23 April (1). Lower Covington Flat Camp, 4.700’,
caught near camp, 12 April (1). San Bernardino County: 1.5 mi. N
Lower Covington Flat Camp, AOR, 10 April (1). ADJACENT TO
MONUMENT, San Bernardino County: 1.5 to 2.5 mi. S Monument
Headquarters, ‘Twentynine Palms, 28 Oct. 1959 (1), 13 April (1); 1.5
mi. N Monument Entrance, Lower Covington Flat, AOR, 23 April
(1); 0.5 mi. S, 4,mi. W town of Joshua Tree, 9 Oct. (1).
Additional records.—Total 2, as follows: Riverside County: Cholla
Cactus Garden, 3 June (1, DOR, not saved) ; 4, mi, SE Pinto Y, 21 May
(1, DOR, not saved).
No subspecific determination has been made of the specimens of
patch-nosed snakes from the Monument. The two specimens from the
south edge of the Monument (near Cottonwood Spring Y and Old Dale
Junction) seem to represent typical examples of S. h. hexalepis (Cope),
whereas those specimens at the northern edge of the Monument ex-
hibit characters of both S. h, hexalepis and S. h. mojavensis Bogert.
Additional specimens are needed to determine the subspecies present,
the ranges of each and the areas of intergradation.
Trimor phodon vandenburghi Klauber
California Lyre Snake
Specimen examined.—Total 1, as follows: Riverside County: 1.9 mi.
NW Cholla Cactus Garden, 2800’, DOR, 5 September 1959 (1).
This represents a slight range extension to the east from the west side
of the Little San Bernardino Mountains.
Crotalus cerastes Hallowell
Sidewinder
Specimens examined.—Total 26, as follows (AOR, unless otherwise
noted): Riverside County: Cottonwood Spring Y, 12 July (1); 2.6 mi.
Snakes from Joshua Tree National Monument 35
S to 7 mi. NW Old Dale Junction, 1900’ to 2700’, 12 March (1), 25
March (7), 26 March (1), 15 April (1), 14, May (1), 15 June (1), 22
Oct. (1); 3 mi. NNE Old Dale Junction, 12 July (1); 1 mi. SE to 3 mi.
NW Cholla Cactus Garden, 25 March (1), 27 March (1), 9 April (2),
13 April (1), 15 April (1), 15 June (1); 0.5 mi. S Belle Campground,
3800’, 9 May, DOR (1), 14. May (1). San Bernardino County: 5 mi. S
Monument Headquarters, ‘Iwentynine Palms, 26 March (1); ADJA-
CENT TO MONUMENT, 1.2 mi. S Monument Headquarters, 2400’,
g August (1).
Additional records.—Total 4, as follows: Riverside County: Old Dale
Junction, 26 March (1, AOR and released) ; 4..3 to 5 mi. NW Old Dale
Junction, 26 March (1, AOR and released), 29 May (1, AOR and re-
leased); 4,.m1. NW Cholla Cactus Garden, 26 March (1, DOR, not
saved ).
Determination to subspecies was not made for these specimens.
Klauber (1944: 102) indicated that the area of intergradation between
C. c. cerastes and C. c. laterorepens Klauber is to be expected along the
Riverside-San Bernardino County line. Specimens from the northern
edge of the Monument seem to be C. c. cerastes. Most of the specimens
were taken below 3000 feet, although one adult was taken alive at dusk
on the road at 3800 feet near Belle Campground.
Crotalus mitchelli pyrrhus (Cope)
Southwestern Speckled Rattlesnake
Specimens examined.—Total 12, as follows: Riverside County: 2.5 mi.
NW Old Dale Junction, DOR, 23 April (1); 5.4. mi. NW Old Dale
Junction, 27 March (1); 1.5 mi. SE Cholla Cactus Garden, AOR, 13
April (1); Cholla Cactus Garden, 2300’, AOR, 15 May (1); 0.2 mi.
S Eureka Point, 2 mi. W Lower Covington Flat, 5200’, 12 June (1).
San Bernardino County: 8 mi. SE town of Joshua Tree (3 mi. SE Mon-
ument Entrance), AOR, 15 June (1); Lower Covington Flat, 0.3 to 3
mi. SE Monument Entrance, AOR, 29 April (1), AOR, 15 May (1),
DOR, 29 May (1), AOR, 11 June (1). ADJACENT TO MONU-
MENT, San Bernardino County: 3.5 mi. S Monument Headquarters,
Twentynine Palms (0.5 mi. N Monument Entrance), 15 May (1); 1
mi. N Monument Entrance, Lower Covington Flat, AOR, 15 May (1)
The Speckled Rattlesnake has been found throughout the Monument
in rock habitats. Several specimens were taken in areas some distance
from conspicuous rock outcrops, but they usually were in higher eleva-
tons.
36 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sct. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Crotalus viridis helleri Meek
Southern Pacific Rattlesnake
Specimens examined.—Total 3, as follows: Riverside County: Lower
Covington Flat Camp, 4.700’, 11 April (1), 30 April (1); Jumbo Rocks,
4000’, 11 mi. S Twentynine Palms, DOR, 5 August 1959 (1).
Additional record.—Total 1, as follows: Riverside County: Lower
Covington Flat Camp, 4.700’, 23 May (Sight record, E. L. Sleeper).
These localities represent a range extension of more than 30 miles to
the east for the southern subspecies which has been reported from the
San Bernardino Mountains.
LITERATURE CITED
KRLAUBER, -I: M.
1944. The Sidewinder, Crotalus cerastes, with description of a new subspecies.
Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 10(8):91-126. pls. 6-7, fig. 1 map.
MONARCHISTIC DOMINANCE IN SMALL GROUPS
OF CAPTIVE MALE MOSQUITOFISH,
GAMBUSIA AFFINIS PATRUELIS
Mesa C. CaLpwE.t! and Davin h. CaLpwe.u”
Los Angeles County Museum
Dominance-subordinance interrelations among vertebrates have re-
ceived considerable attention in recent years. Allee (1952) summarized
the literature dealing with the more commonly reported of these, the
peck-right or peck-dominance hierarchy, which has been described
for all classes of recent vertebrates. A less frequently reported social
order (also discussed, briefly, in the same paper by Allee) is that in
which the despot not only dominates all of its associates, but also in-
hibits any interaction between the remaining members of the group.
Collias (1944: 90) used the term “‘monarchistic” for this type of social
organization.
Such a monarchistic dominance has been reported for captive male
albino laboratory mice (Uhrich, 1938), for captive male domestic
cats (Winslow, 1938), by Cooper (1942) for captive African lions
(males over males and females), and possibly for captive male Ameri-
can chameleons (Evans, 1936). Allee (1952) mentioned that it is
known to occur in fishes, but did not cite a specific species.
We now report the finding of monarchistic dominance behavior in
captive male mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis patruelis Baird and
Girard. Monarchistic was the: usual dominance behavior demonstrated
by the groups studied, in March and April, although one group of four
fish for a time demonstrated a peck-right (or thrust-right ) domimance
of sorts in which three of the four interacted (the fourth neither chased
nor was chased). This display of different types of dominance in
mosquitofish is thus similar to the variations in types of social orders
shown for the laboratory mouse (Uhrich, 1938). Although the fish were
not actually measured, our notes indicate that in each of the dominance
relations established during this study, the largest fish was the despot.
This was true in the case of the American chameleons studied by Evans
(1936), but was not true for the domestic cats reported on by Winslow
(1938).
1Also Department of Zoology, University of California, Los Angeles.
2Also Research Associate, Florida State Museum, and Collaborator in Ichthyol-
ogy, Institute of Jamaica.
3,
38 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
MATERIALS
Male Gambusia affinis patruelis were collected from a stream running
through the botany garden on the University of California campus at
Westwood Village, Los Angeles, California, and were identified using
keys provided by Hubbs (1926).
PROCEDURE
Under varying conditions, up to four male Gambusia were integrated
in a five-gallon aquarium and the water level reduced to one gallon, to
reduce the area of confinement. Although in this series of observations
there were many forms of aggressive behavior, possibly including some
nipping or biting, thrust was taken as the most clear-cut demonstration.
The thrust is usually directed at the victim’s flank. Aside from thrust,
preliminary dorsal fin erection forms a major part of the aggressive
pattern.
Fighting, on the other hand, is carried out by the fishes making an
“*S” shape of their bodies and giving a sharp flip to the caudal fin. This
propels a current of water against the opponent. On one occasion, two
Gambusia fought continuously for 15 minutes using these “tail blows”
(such as those described for other species of fishes by Tinbergen, 1958:
25), with intermittent thrusts at each other’s flanks, before the domi-
nant individual was established.
This dominant individual, or despot, roams freely throughout the
tank. Once beaten, the subdued individual usually flees from the agres-
sor. Submission is indicated by holding quite still, or by swimming very
slowly. The body is held parallel to the bottom of the tank. Fast swim-
ming almost invariably brings on an attack by the despot. On occasion,
a submissive individual will elude observation by the despot by smking
down into the aquarium where it seems to attract less attention.
Marking.—100 grams of Alizarin Red S dye were dissolved in 100
cc. of distilled water, and between 0.1 and 0.2 cc. were injected intra-
muscularly either in the caudal region, in the dorsal fin region, or both.
This method allows for three separate markings and for one unmarked
control.
In a series of 15 markings or remarkings, between April 12 and
April 21, death was caused twice. Death was immediate, and mechani-
cal marking injury was considered responsible. At no time was further
ill effect noticed from this freshly-made solution. It should be noted
that old Alizarin Red S solution is toxic to fish. On one occasion a solu-
tion 30 days old was used to mark eight males. Six died immediately
Monarchistic dominance in male mosquitofish 39
(apparently not from mechanical injury), one showed distress, and
one showed no apparent ill effect.
Specimens retained their stain for varying lengths of time (two to
seven days) and remarking did not interfere with the experiments.
RESULTS
Experiment 1 (13 March)
In a preliminary observation, definite aggression was shown by one
of the larger males and in the space of one hour no interaction was
noted between the other three. The aggressive individual thrust at the
other three, who would flee from it. The agressive actions by the despot
were almost continuous.
Experiment 2 (21 March)
In this experiment the despot (which suppressed interaction between
the remaining fish) was removed as soon as its dominance was estab-
lished (in less than 30 minutes). There was an occasional interaction
between submissive fish (three such interactions were noted in one
hour), but this was rare once dominance was established. As the despot
established himself, he was removed from the aquarium and placed in
a container marked A. Interaction by the remaining three fish was be-
gun almost immediately, and when another became dominant (atter
four to five minutes) he was transferred to a container marked B. Be-
fore his removal, he suppressed interaction between the remaining two
fish. When one of these remaining two fish became dominant (after
one to two minutes ), he was placed in a container marked C. The fourth
individual was placed in a container marked D.
Experiment 3 (11 April)
Four fish were starved for four days and then were integrated. A
piece of shrimp was introduced and two of the fish carried out a 15-
minute battle directly above the shrimp. During the fight, both of the
other fish came under and fed. Once both fish stopped fighting to chase
off a feeding fish, but immediately resumed their fight. After a domi-
nant alpha individual was established, he curtailed interaction among
the other individuals by (1) chasing any fast-moving fish m the
aquarium—this could be either a chasing or a chased individual, or
both, but his presence would stop the interaction, and (2) by juxta-
posing his body (on two occasions) between an aggressor and his vic-
tim. In this latter instance, all three individuals held quite still.
40 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sct. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Experiment 4 (12 April)
In this series of experiments, times of establishment of successive
dominance were noted and the individuals were placed in separate
tanks marked A, B, C, and D in their successive order of rank when
the preceeding despot was removed. The time required for A to be-
come despot was not noted, but after his removal, B became despot in
10 minutes, and after his removal C became despot in four minutes. A
was marked in the caudal region, B was left unmarked, C was marked
in the region below the dorsal fin, and D was marked in both the caudal
and dorsal regions.
Experiment 5 (12 April)
One hour after Experiment 4, the fish were integrated again and the
same successive ranking manifested itself as each despot was removed.
A was despot within ten minutes. After A was removed, B became
dominant over C and D within four minutes, and after the removal of
TABLE 1
Number of thrusts in 30-minute periods in Dominance-Subordinance relationships
of the mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis patruelis, after monarchial hierarchy estab-
lished. Upper, four fish; Middle, after A removed, three fish remaining; Lower,
after A and then B removed, two fish remaining.
(Submissive individual on top of table, aggressive individual on side )
A B C D
A - 8 2 2
B 1 - 0 1
C 0 0 - 3
D 0 0 0 -
B C D
- 11 8
0 - 0
0 0
C D
C - 8
Monarchistic dominance in male mosquitofish AA
B, C, became dominant over D in four minutes. This was the same suc-
cession of monarchy as shown before marking.
Experiments 6 and 7 (13 and 14 April)
Experiment 4. was repeated twice within the next two days, with the
same succession of monarchy resulting, using the same four individ-
uals. In Experiment 6, the successive times in which the despot as-
sumed his position were three, five and ten minutes. ‘Times were not
recorded in Experiment 7. In both of these experiments, the fish were
well fed before they were integrated, after bemg kept in separate con-
taimers for nearly 24. hours.
During Experiments 6 and 7 the number of thrusts made by each
individual was tabulated. Table 1 shows these data and clearly indi-
cates that interactions among individuals below the despot were in-
frequent. It should be stated that they occurred early in the experi-
ment, though this is not indicated in the table. In addition, thrust fre-
quency is not very stable. Various factors seemed to influence the num-
ber of thrusts: (1) The existing despot varies as to degree of aggressive-
ness, and (2) The existing submissive individuals vary as to degree of
submussiveness. If the submissive individual flees easily, he is harassed
more than one that does not—as fleemg almost always stimulates chas-
ing and thrusting. Also, if the submissive individual remains quiet,
rather than moving around, he is usually ignored.
Experiment 8 (20 April)
In order to observe the effect of prior residence, B of Experiment 4.
was placed in the aquarium and A was removed to a separate container
for five days. Then A was returned to the aquarium. B thrust at A who
did not flee, but could be edged around in a circle by B for the first
ten minutes. For the second ten minutes, the fish usually avoided each
other. Then A thrust at B twice within the next ten minutes, after
which A became completely dominant. The pattern of A’s thrusts at
B after 50 minutes was as follows: Over a ten-minute period; five
thrusts, rest, search, rest, six thrusts, rest, seven thrusts, rest, seven
thrusts, rest, eight thrusts, rest, two thrusts, rest, five thrusts, rest. Dur-
ing this time, the submissive individual, B, would try to avoid contact
if approached by the despot, A, or would hold very still. B fled quickly
if thrust at.
Experiment 9 (21 April)
In the last experiment of this series, the effect of hunger on the
dominance order of the fishes from Experiment 4. was studied. Indi-
42 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
viduals C and D were separated and starved for seven days. Individuals
A and B, also separated, were well fed. The four fish were then inte-
grated and food was introduced. For the first six minutes, D (the
omega individual in the succession of monarchy) thrust, chased, and
inflicted tail blows at A, B, and C. The following four mimutes, C was
dominant, engaging in the same aggressive actions against the other
three fish. A then engaged B. During this period, C and D were inter-
mittently feeding when not fighting. For a period of three hours and
20 minutes there was no continuing despot, and fighting occurred be-
tween all individuals. After this period, A reestablished himself as the
alpha despot. Therefore, hunger, like prior residence, played a dis-
rupting role in the dominance order, but did not have a permanent
effect.
SUMMARY
There is definite dominance and subordination in small groups of
captive male Gambusia affinis patruelis in which:
1. The dominance-subordination relationship is not affected by the
marking methods employed during the study.
to
. Usually, instead of a descending peck-order or thrust-order within a
group, a single individual is dominant and represses aggression by
other members of the group. This may be termed monarchistic
dominance.
3. Within a short while after removal of a despot, a new despot mani-
fests himself.
4. The order of succession of monarchy shows constancy over a period
of time.
5. Dominance order is disrupted for a brief period of time by prior resi-
dence of a usually submissive mdividual, and for a much greater
length of time by starvation of a usually submissive individual. In
each case, the usually submissive individual becomes despot for a
brief period.
jo)
LA peck-right or thrust-right of sorts is sometimes demonstrated.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank Dr. Nicholas E, Collias of the Department of Zo-
ology of the University of California, Los Angeles, for suggesting the
experiments and for his critical examination of the manuscript. Dr.
Richard E. Whalen of the Department of Psychology of the same uni-
Monarchistic dominance in male mosquitofish 43
versity also made many helpful comments on the completed manu-
script.
LITERATURE CITED
ALLEE, W. C.
1952. Dominance and hierarchy in societies of vertebrates. Colloques internation-
aux du centre national de la recherché scientifique. Structure et physiologie
des sociétés animales, 34: 157-182 pls. 1V-VII
COLLIAS, N. E.
1944. Aggressive behavior among vertebrate animals. Psysiol. Zool., 17: 83-123.
COOPER, J. B.
1942. An exploratory study on African lions. Comp. Psychology Mono., 17(7):
1-48.
EVANS, L. T.
1936. A study of a social hierarchy in the lizard, Anolis carolinensis. J. Genetic
Psychol., 48: 88-111.
HUBBS, C. L.
1926. Studies of the fishes of the order Cyprinodontes, VI. Material for a revision
of the American genera and species. Univ. Michigan Mus. Zool., Misc. Publ.
No. 16., 87 p.
TINBERGEN, N.
1958. The study of instinct. Clarendon Press, Oxford, England., 228 p.
UHRICH, J.
1938. The social hierarchy in albino mice. J. Comp. Psychol., 25: 373-413.
WINSLOW, C. N.
1938. Observations of dominance-subordination in cats. J. Genetic Psychol., 52:
425-428.
4A. Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sct. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
G. W. HORN’S LAND GASTROPOD LOCALITY IN ARIZONA. Camp Grant
in southern Arizona is the designated type locality for several species of verte-
brates and invertebrates. It is where George H. Horn (Ewan 1955: 52), the
coelopterist, collected terrestrial molluscs in the 1860’s; he later gave them to
William M. Gabb in Philadelphia. Three kinds were described as new by Gabb
(1866).
E. L. Cockrum (1960), in commenting upon the collecting spot for the type
material of Onychomys torridus torridus (Coues), a grasshopper mouse, has given
a history for changes of name and localities for long deactivated Camp Grant. His
summary was necessitated by the mammal locality being considered in some re-
cent publications to be in Graham County instead of at the junction of Aravaipa
Creek and San Pedro River in Pinal County (2160 feet elevation, T. 7 S., R. 16 E.,
8 mi. N. & 5 mi. W. of Mammoth). In Gabb’s paper and H. A. Pilsbry’s mono-
graph (1940, 1948), the confluence of the streams was indicated; the molluscan
type material was probably from stream rejectamenta as Pilsbry has noted.
Although Gabb described three species of minute pulmonates from the locality,
two remain valid. The Pupa (Modicella) arizonensis was shown (Pilsbry 1948:
921) to be Pupoides albilabris (C. B. Adams). Pupoides hordaceus (Gabb) [=Pupa
hordeacea Gabb, 1866] is now represented by only one worn shell from the type
lot (Pilsbry 1948: 924-5). Helix hornii Gabb 1866 has become Thysanophora
horni (Pilsbry 1940: 986).—Robert J. Drake, University of British Columbia.
LITERATURE CITED
COCKRUM, E. LENDELL
1960. The type locality of the southern grasshopper mouse. Jour. Mammal. 41
(4): 515-516.
EWAN, JOSEPH
1955, San Francisco as a mecca for nineteenth century naturalists. pp. 1-63 in A
CENTURY OF PROGRESS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES. California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
GABB, WILLIAM M.
1866. Descriptions of three new species of land shells from Arizona. Amer. Jour.
Conch. 2 (4): 330-331, pl. 21. Teste 1 October 1866.
PMGSBRY. IH. 7AG
1940. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico). Vol. 1, Part 2. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mono. 3, Vol. 1, Part 2.
1948. Ibid. Vol. 2, Part 2.
DEPENDENCE ON TEMPERATURE OF Ca/Mg RATIO OF
SKELETAL STRUCTURES OF ORGANISMS AND DIRECT
CHEMICAL PRECIPITATES OUT OF SEA WATER
GEORGE V. CHILINGAR
University of Southern California
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN Ca/Mg Ratio oF SKELETAL STRUCTURES
OF ORGANISMS AND TEMPERATURE
As shown by Chilingar (1953: 206) and Chave (1954.), there is an
mverse (“hyperbolic”) relationship between the Ca/Mg ratio in the
skeletons of organisms and the temperature of the water in which they
live. Figures 2 through 11 show the relationship between the mean
yearly temperature of sea water and the Ca/Mg ratio’ of various groups
of organisms, arranged in the order of increasing phylogenetic com-
plexity. Sixty two per cent of the data plotted in these graphs are based
on the analyses by Clark and Wheeler (1922) and 23 per cent on the
results obtained by the writer. Although many analyses of organisms
by Clark and Wheeler are not accompanied by temperature data, the
exact description of location and depth enables one to determine the
temperature from oceanographic literature. Additional data (15 per
cent) were obtained from Chave (1954), who plotted MgCO, content
of skeletons versus temperature of sea water, The “Ca/Mg ratio versus
temperature” curves generally have a “hyperbolic” shape. The average
Ca/Mg ratios of various groups of organisms, however, are different,
and there is very little relationship between the average Ca/Mg ratio
and the phylogenetic level (Figure 1).
Some scattering of the points in Figure 3 can be explained by the
fact that samples of Foraminifera analyzed contained both benthonic
and pelagic forms, whereas the temperature recorded is that of the bot-
tom water.
Very high Ca/Mg ratios of the skeletons of madreporarian corals
(Figure 5) are due to the fact that aragonitic organisms contain very
small amounts of magnesium. Chave (1954.) demonstrated that ara-
gonitic organisms seldom contain over 1 per cent magnesium carbonate.
The Ca/Mg ratio, therefore, largely depends on the mineralogic form
of the carbonate. For example, in the case of gastropods and pelecypods
1Weight ratios. The Ca and Mg contents were determined by the writer by using
wet chemical technique with double precipitation.
45
ATIVDILINIOOVAHG
YSIHOIH
———= SWC a
46 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
AVERAGE Ca/Mg RATIO
5 § & 6 Circus, Be
(e) 8 {e) (e) {e) (e) 3
= WwW b (0)
Oo oO P53 Oo ce) o O ce) Oo
IBS co ae
|
Py [rokaminiFers (|
| ALGAE
oe
A
Peek teehee
Pac eae
MA
Ci ebetobed
PP fecbofee
alas
Bir pes lirica
Figure 1. Relationship between Ca/Mg ratio and the phylogenetic level of or-
ganisms.
the presence of a few per cent of calcite causes a marked decrease in the
Ca/Mg ratio.
The X-ray analysis conducted by the writer showed that madre-
porarian corals do not contain calcite, whereas the organisms plotted
in Figures 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 are devoid of aragonite.
Even small variations in temperature are reflected in the Ca/Mg
ratios of organisms. For example, Rhipidogorgia flabellum Linné at
24.5° and 25° C. had Ca/Mg ratios of 9.04:1 and 8.3:1, respectively
(Figure 4,). The spines of Tripneustes ventricosus (Lamarck) have a
Ca/Mg ratio of 14.3:1 at 24.5° C. and 12.1:14 at 26° C.
Ca/Mg ratio of skeletal structures AT
EFFrect OF TEMPERATURE ON Ca/Mg Ratios or CHEMICAL
PRECIPITATES FROM SEA WATER
Mixtures of CaCO; and MgCO,; have been precipitated from 500
cc. samples of sea water on adding 300 cc. of saturated solutions of
Ca(HCO;).>. Figure 12 shows inverse relationship between the tem-
perature and Ca/Mg ratios of precipitates obtained at the end of 48
hours. The “hyperbolic” shape of ““Ca/Mg ratio versus temperature”
curve is possibly due to the rapid rate of precipitation of CaCO, at high-
er temperatures, which enables CaCO, to trap more MgCOs;.
In another set of experiments, 300 cc. of saturated solutions of
Ca(HCO;).2 were added to 500 cc. samples of sea water with enough
Na.CO; to bring the solution to the verge of clouding. The higher mag-
nesium content of the precipitates in these experiments (Figure 13)
was possibly due to the precipitation of magnesium as Mg (OH )>, be-
cause the solubility product of Mg (OH). is exceeded at a pH of around
9.49.
DiscussIoN
The similarity in shape of “Ca/Mg ratio versus temperature” curves
of primitive invertebrates and direct chemical precipitates suggests that
the Ca/Mg ratios of these organisms are either controlled to some ex-
tent by the conditions in the surrounding environment (namely, varia-
tion of the solubility products of CaCO,, MgCO;, Mg(OH)s, etc. at dif-
ferent temperatures ), or that the internal processes somewhat resemble
the external processes. The former explanation becomes even more
plausible when one remembers that primitive invertebrates do not have
autonomous blood systems (open to outside environment) and their tis-
sues are transfused by sea water.
Different organisms have different Ca/Mg ratios; hence, the chem-
ical composition of protective and skeletal structures is not entirely con-
trolled by the physical-chemical properties of the surrounding environ-
ment. Inasmuch as different organisms possibly attain different pH
within their tissues, the Ca/M¢g ratios of their skeletons is probably also
related to this pH. The writer (1956a: 32) had previously shown that
the Ca/Mg ratio of direct precipitates decreases with higher pH.
Examination of Figures 12 and 13 also suggests that the “Ca/Meg
versus temperature” curves of organisms, which could attain high pH
(—S> 9.49) within their tissues and precipitate magnesium as
Mg(OH)>., might approach a straight line.
It is also interesting to note that the writer (Chilingar, 1956b: 211)
proved that the Ca/Mg ratios of Strongylocentrotus pur puratus (Stimp-
48 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
RATIO
oO 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TEMPERATURE ies
Figure 2. Relationship between the Ca/Mg ratio of Lithothamnium skeletons and
temperature. Analyses by Chave (1954, p. 273): 1, 2—Lithothamnium sp., Alas-
ka; 3—Lithothamnium sp., Maine; 4—Lithothamnium sp., California; 5, 6—
Lithothamnium sp., Japan; 7-8—Lithothamnium sp., Bermuda. Analysis by
Chilingar: g—Lithothamnium sp., Guam.
Ca/Mg ratio of skeletal structures 49
Omorr4e 6 8 10 l2 4 16 te 20 22.124 °26 28° 30°32
TEMPERATURE cle
Figure 3. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of Foraminifera and tem-
perature. Analysis by Clarke and Wheeler (1922, p. 2): 1—Globorotalia menardii
d’Orbigny. Analyses by Chilingar: 2—Foraminifera sample No. 7, off San Diego,
California, depth of 2560 feet (Bandy, 1953); 3—Foraminifera sample No. 4, off
San Diego, California, depth of 380 feet (Bandy, 1953); 4—Foraminifera sample
No. 1261, off San Diego, California, depth of 375 feet (Bandy, 1953); 5—Vora-
minifera sample No. 960, off San Diego, California, depth of 260 feet (Bandy,
1953); 6—Foraminifera sample No. 345, off San Diego, California, depth of 200
feet (Bandy, 1953); 7—Foraminifera sample off Louisiana, Gulf of Mexico, depth
of 102 feet; 8—Sorites sp., South of Tortugas, Florida; g—Sample of Foraminifera
from Bikini; 1o—Miniacina alba Linné, Bahamas; 11—Quinqueloculina auberi-
ana @’Orbigny, south of Tortugas, Florida; 12—Archaias adunca Fichtel and Moll,
Key West, Florida; 13—Sorites mar ginalis Lamarck, south of Tortugas, Florida,
depth of 29.3 meters.
0 2 4 6 8 10 le 14 16 I8 20° 22 "24m2eures
TEMPERATURE TAS
Figure 4. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of Alcyonarian corals and
temperature. Analyses by Clarke and Wheeler (1922, p. 9): 1—Aleyonium car-
neum L,, Agassiz, 2—Lepidisis caryophyllia Verrill, 3—Pennatula aculeata Dana.
4—Rhipidogorgia flabellum Linné, 5—Gorgonia acerosa, Pallas, Florida. Analysis
by Chilingar: 6—Rhipidogorgia flabellum Linné, Bahamas.
Ca/Meg ratio of skeletal structures 51
TEMPERATURE °C.
Figure 5. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of Madreporarian corals and
temperature. Analyses by Clarke and Wheeler (1922, p. 6): 1—Flabellum ala-
bastrum Moseley, 2—Deltocyathus italicus Michelotti, 3—Desmophyllum ingens
Moseley, 4—Dasmosmilia lymani Pourtales. Analyses by Chilingar: 5—Madre-
pora sp., 6—Madracis sp., 7—Dendrophyllia sp.
Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol: 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Or
LS)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 3
TEMPERATURE =G:
Figure 6. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletens of Sea Urchins and tempera-
ture. Analyses by Clarke and Wheeler (1922, p. 22): 1—Echinus affinis Morten-
sen, 2—Strongylocentrotus fragilis Jackson, 3—Lytechinus anamesus H. L. Clark,
4—Tretocidaris affinis Philippi, 3—Echinometra lucunter Linné, 6—Mellita sex-
iesperforatus Leske. Analyses by Chilingar: 7—Eucidaris sp., Bahamas, 8—Echi-
nometra lucunter Linné, Bahamas.
Ca/Meg ratio of skeletal structures 53
Ca “Mg RATIO
7
OM 2 A> 6 8 10 l2 14 16 't8 20 22 e4 26 28 30
TEMPERATURE FG
Figure 7. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of Star Fishes and tempera-
ture. Analyses by Clarke and Wheeler (1922, p. 26): 1—Ctenodiscus crispatus
Retzius, 2—Benthopecten spinosus Verrill, 3—Plutonaster agassizii Verrill, 4—
Leptasterias compta Stimpson, 5—Odontaster hispidus Verrill, 6—Ctenodiscus
procurator Staden, 7—Orthasterias tanneri Verrill, 8—Asterina minuta Gray, 9—
Linckia guildingti Gray. Analyses by Schmelck (1901): 10, 11—Arcaster tenuts-
pinus (Diiben and Koren).
54 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
Oo 2 4 6 8 10 l2 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TEMPERATURE Ce
Figure 8. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of Ophiurans and tempera-
ture. Analyses by Clarke and Wheeler (1922. p. 29): 1—Ophiomusium lymani
W. Thomson, 2—Ophioglypha sarsii Liitken, 3—Ophiocamax fasciculata Lyman,
4—Ophioglypha lymani (Ljungman), 5—Ophiocoma pumila Litken, 6—Ophio- -
myxa flaccida Say.
Ca/Mg ratio of skeletal structures 55
Ca / Mg RATIO
@ Ce) (o)
a
a
Figure 9. Relation between Ca/Mg ratio in Crinoid skeletons and temperature.
Analyses by Clarke and Wheeler (1922, p. 17): 1—Heliometra glacialis (Leach)
var. maxima (A. H. Clark), 2—Promachocrinus kerguelensis Carpenter, 3—An-
thometra adriani Bell, 4—Ptilocrinus pinnatus Clark, 5—Florometra asperrima
Clark, 6—Pentametrocrinus japonicus Carpenter, 7—Hathrometra dentata Say,
8—Hypalocrinus naresianus Carpenter, 9—Metacrinus rotundus Clark, 10—
Parametra granulata Clark, :1—Crinometra concinna Clark, 12—Tropiometra
carinata Lamarck.
56 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
60
50
O©-2 4 6 8 10 le l4 16 I8 20 22 24 26 28
TEMPERATURE °C.
Figure 10. Relationship between temperature and Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of
Ostracods (analyses by Chave, 1954. p. 273).
Ca/Mg ratio of skeletal structures Ba
RATIO
Ca /Mg
Ore 4 6 8 10 2 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
TEMPERATURE Ge
Figure 11. Relationship between Ca/Mg ratio in skeletons of Barnacles and tem-
perature (analyses by Chave, 1954, p. 273).
58 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
TEMPERATURE mG
Figure 12. Relationship between temperature and Ca/M¢ ratio of direct chemical
precipitates from sea water on adding saturated solutions of Ca( HCOs)>.
O 10 20 30 40 50 ‘60 70 80 GOFFIOOM IO
TEMPERATURE bal OF
Figure 13. Relationship between temperature and Ca/Mg ratios of direct chemical
precipitates from sea water on adding saturated solutions of Ca(HCOs). with
NaeCOs.
Ca/Mg ratio of skeletal structures 59
son) and Mytilus californianus Conrad are proportional to the Ca/Mg
ratio of sea water in the aquarium. This finding suggested that possibly
other invertebrates also assimilate more magnesium in the environ-
ment having a higher concentration of magnesium.
CoNCLUSIONS
The findings of the present study can be summarized as follows:
1. There is an inverse (“hyperbolic”) relationship between the
Ca/Mg ratio in the skeletons of organisms and the temperature of the
water in which they live.
2. Different organisms have different Ca/Mg ratios and there is very
little relationship between the Ca/Mg ratios and the phylogenetic level
of organisms.
3. Inverse relationship exists between the Ca/Mg ratios of direct
chemical precipitates out of sea water and the temperature.
4. The Ca/Mg ratios of direct chemical precipitates out of sea water
are also controlled by the pH of the medium of deposition.
5. The similarity in shape of “Ca/Mg ratio versus temperature”’
curves of invertebrates and direct chemical precipitates suggests that
the Ca/Mg ratios of these organisms are controlled to some extent by
the effect of temperature on solubility products of CaCO;, MgCOs,
Mg(OH)., etc. The differences in magnitude of Ca/Mg ratio in dif-
ferent organisms may be related to the growth mechanism and compo-
sition and pH of the body fluids.
The future line of research suggested by this work is to make a de-
tailed study of the variation in the Ca/Mg ratios of skeletal and protec-
tive structures of organisms on varying the pH and chemical composi-
tion of the sea water.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This author is greatly indebted to Drs. T: Clements, W. H. Easton, K. O.
Emery, O. L. Bandy, C. M. Beeson, and R. H, Merriam of the Uni-
versity of Southern California, whose help and critical advice were in-
valuable in carrying the present study to completion.
The investigator would also like to express his appreciation to G. P.
Kanakoff of the Los Angeles County Museum and A. H. Clark of the
Smithsonian Institution for supplying numerous skeletal and protective
structures of organisms.
Some wet chemical analyses have been done by A. Dollar of the
Griffmn-Hasson Laboratories, Los Angeles, California. The help ex-
tended by H. A. Lowenstam and W. Orr is also greatly appreciated.
60 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sci. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
BIBLIOGRAPHY
CHAVE, Kk. E.
1954. Aspects of biogeochemistry of magnesium, 1. Calcareous marine organisms.
Jour. Geology, 62(3): 266-283.
CHILINGAR, G. V.
1953. Use of Ca/Mg ratio in limestones as a geologic tool. Compass, 30(4,): 202-
209.
1956a. Note on direct precipitation of dolomite out of sea water. Compass 34.(1):
29-34.
1956b. Use of Ca/Mg ratio as a geologic thermometer and bathometer. Abstract
of paper presented at XX International Geological Congress, Mexico, p. 211.
1956c. Use of Ca/Mg ratio of limestones and dolomites as a geologic tool. Ph.D.
Dissertation, University of Southern California, 140 pp.
BANDY, O. L.
1953. Ecology and paleoecology of some California Foraminifera, Part I. Jour.
Paleontology, 27(2): 161-183.
CLARKE, FE W, and WHEELER, W. C.
1922. The inorganic constituents of marine invertebrates. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof.
Paper 124, 62 pp.
SCHMELCK, L.
1901. Chemi om syandets faste bastanddele. Norske Nordhlaus Expedition, 9(28):
1-71.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$8.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual] Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $6.00)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine
numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually
from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—one issue only). Issued four num-
bers (January, May, July and October) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August, Vol. XX,
No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII; No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-
April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6,
November-December.
From 1925 to 1961, including volumes XXIV to 60, three numbers were pub-
lished each year. Beginning with volume 61, four numbers will be published each
year.
MEMOIRS
Wol4e 1938) Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, i944. Vol. 3, Part 1, 1947.
Wolk 3, Part 2, 1949. Voll. 3, Part 3, 1056.
61
62 Bull. Sou. Calif. Acad. Sct. / Vol. 61, Pt. 1, 1962
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
For Sale at the Appended Prices
BULLETIN
TO TO NON-
MEMBERS MEMBERS
ole SIN Og 7r ol OOF nonce scarce nena era eer me ae $1.00 $1.00
Be Ae ees el O (Sar nate cote koe cae nay dee orate aaa eee oe a 1.00 1.00
Ba mes OS hae 2 18 () fetes ree a OST see CE eons ea 1.00 1.00
eel LO ) ieyeraer tcc ticen Sn hee, Ge ee aT en 3.00 3.00
Pies spe csaind Mess 0010) dia, aeRO a AR den a HRP OLE EG cor es 2.00 2.00
Bo) reper 8 11 Oat ane eee mieten as Ran eT Sse Copper aero 1.50 1.50
al eee OMS es eeaen accra cia Sort cause ote R RVR uce A oce a aoe 3.00 3.00
BOR oO MIO Medea sok eeu tee ee 4.00 4.00
Heater Layo igi gears OK oye ha ae see ee WA ah ted PR ae eater a yen oat 1.50 1.50
Pumas ao OS teat Reged 1 pee ee ee ere Rei ne ee eee 3.00 3.00
Gieers1 10 eyes Pg Lee oA 0) 8 Sealy gach Au Naor Pero RR A ecient te ey ferns 1.00 1.00
bof 1 O Miharu (OD (Vie iee heh ea. ean Pann simatn \.cecea mp etaeey neces ates 1.00 1.00
DONTE Se ee eit eae APU CINE EERE Sa, FA ED Aye 2.00 2.00
BO Seem D £5 Ain OO 4n (Cacia) nase aa) canes eee 1.00 1.00
oO Aaa a eS 1190 Su (Gach ie acityaee eoeee ee ereae 1.00 1.00
eS ange ai NOD Oi con fey Pec AI note Or ee Lr ee 1.00 1.00
HD. O te een Oe OO fat (ea cla) eeu suet shale teytace ron ea a Pee 1.00 1.00
ea is ames 2S Sun OO Sr Geach) erevescr spate a ieee 1.00 1.00
fe eh) Al 3), 1929 (CaCI) i rod sae ab Abe ahha ase 1.00 1.00
Zee O Ohana uel O Oile mesac ony 3 sey gen eran eee ane pee ees 1.00 1.00
MSc AP. Gh.) BOSD, (a ag eens sus ce Sooo: 1.00 1.00
93 Ong OO MELO S Oita ce-a ee ean ba ae oe caer nc ta eer a 2.00 2.00
2093.5 sReelelO Sd eachi\tias ce. cere tarps oreo eee nee 1.00 1.00
Bae il so) Sy NIB MCR eal nea caman gn ease @uls.au neo ¢ 1.00 1.00
UEBioy, Horii ess Ano Ro) (Ker clol neta atlas oe Goma eee au et 1.00 1.00
2a SON eee D593, a (CaCl) keer ieee ime see ne er ee 1.00 1.00
Se Oe ech lie SOS 8K (each) mere pu nyc ee 1.00 1.00
eS Oo ce nO 355193. 0 s(eachi aera ee es area 1.00 1.00
PE BO WUT 3 1OA0 th Ae athe. (anes ee ge ee 1.00 1.00
PeAQ ios sO 3: OAM (Gach) fic) aeeruc eee See emer 1.00 1.00
Ad ie NO eS rad CAO (GAG i) ienew ade epee eee ee ee 1.00 1.00
BAD Se ee le 3 WL O43 4(@achy\ usin eee ya eee 1.00 1.00
BEA ees MEO . 2] eae 8
Solanum eleagnifolium, leaves .......... =. ..)-- see 7
Prosopis juliflora, leaves and stems ©. .-. 70... 2p eee 6
Mimosa biuncifera, leaves and stems ......... ssa eee 1
Salsola kali, leaves... ... 0... 3 s.0..545 0) 00) eee 1
Twigs, miscellaneous ..... 8.00. ss. sob See 95
Pebbles:and dirt): . 22 oo3.344 ociwes eee ee ee ee 95
Tube weaving spider biology 69
Number
Materials (continued ) Cocoons
Excrement
MIO MSC MEPRER ar etl Se etna e CARR NAR Ue 5 Ae Ny A Re 13
TRYAIGIOREE: 5 oo: .ot 6 oi RAL NORE Ite aiURS ocala eR ae) ee 15
(Caattiereypil lieie oi abt ba east ec See anaes i ane eran en ane 3
Arachnida
SaliciGlaceeee net hse Prec Mie ac Rede yk 1
Insecta
(COMSOVDUEIRA, oes tileeene aaa ent Hiei cy aan ee it eara ce ir aera 12
Carabidacy 2 Chrysomelidae ...... 8
ATHTTUCICRS oo na ooo e 2 Staphylinidae ...... 2
Mialachidae ........ 1 Melyridae ......... 1
Scarabaeidae ....... Y Clenidace aa 1
Pleo MICK Amuem Nr ln kann wea eee a mentan Ate 2D
Hormieidae —) 5.25. 18 Dxpidaeynttenis ceive 1
Chaleidae ss. 8)... 1 Small parasitic wasps . 19
HOI OM LCkme Mae «hs iets ia ee epee SRN 95
@icadellidae......... 25 Chermidae ye 12
Membracidae ...... 1 uloordae peers: 1
J SUSTaaUTOUNSTEE) Sven en pues Mee ea ar ee PC ar ng ae ae pe eee 15
IMinnerdaer et. oe le 4 Anthocoridae ....... 11
liyaerdaenn 2 5s 7 Mineidaeae. 2555 oe). 1
IDI cetaMPP Nee kes ee tae Ra aI ad AN 15
IMiumscidaes...:...8 15 Chironomidae? ..... 1
Vhysanoptera .......... URN AG ote Saran HUAN Cla ea NS Ht Lid ee 1
Me pido ptenaperi a ahs aire eta e Mee, Lae aay he alate aan etter 14
Gelechiidae, Smallimoths <->... - if
larval cocoons .... 11 Gaterpillarsee ee ae 1
The exterior of the cocoons consists primarily of small twigs, leaves,
seeds, pebbles and excrement, tied together with a maze of silk. Cocoon
building, although not observed, probably begins in June or early July
and judging from the number of seeds represented, continues into
late fall. A number of cocoons collected on October 31, 1961, contained
fresh green leaves of Acacia constricta, fresh flowers of Tidestromia
lanuginosa, seeds of Amaranthus palmeri and A. fimbriatus m the
loose outer covering which would indicate building activity in Septem-
ber and October. By November the females are content to rest in the
cocoon opening (Fig. 7) and there was no indication of recent con-
70 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
struction or egg laying activities in the field. Two females, that were
brought into the laboratory and kept with their cocoons in petri dishes,
each spun an additional egg sac and laid a few eggs in them around
the middle of November. Since the females had no building materials
available, the sacs protruded from the cocoon entrances and were out
of line with the other sacs because the cocoons were lying on their
sides. In 1960, by December 20 all the females had died or at least
departed from the cocoons.
PREY
If the remains of prey incorporated in the cocoons is indicative of the
dietary preferences of D. canities, irrespective of relative abundance,
they feed primarily on Cicadellids (leafhoppers ), small wasps of many
species, Formicidae (ants), Chermidae (Psylids or jumping plant
lice), Diptera (flies), and Anthocoridae (flower bugs or minute pirate
bugs). However, all the above plus many more insects are common in-
habitants of the plants in which the spiders occur and it would seem
that the size of the prey rather than quality governs the selection. With
only one exception (Scarabaeidae—Diplotazxis ) all the prey was small.
Although the larval cocoons of the Gelechiidae are listed above with the
prey, it is not at all certain that they don’t represent building mate-
rials rather than food. These larval cocoons of Gelechia aulaea Clarke
(det. by Lloyd Martin) are common in Acacia constricta from mid-
summer through the winter months and are occupied by the cater-
pillars until October and November when they drop to the ground to
pupate. Eleven cocoons of D. canities were found to contain from one
to six of these Gelechia coccons and since the latter are firmly attached
to the plants and seldom drop to the ground during the spider’s period
of activity, it is assumed that some, if not all, were collected on the
plants and therefore might have contamed caterpillars. The remains of
a caterpillar were found in one D. canities cocoon.
Hasrirat, 7.8 m1Les N.E. oF Porta
Another population of D. canities was located 7.8 miles N.E. of Portal
on an east facing limestone hillside where the vegetation cover was
entirely different from that on the adjacent valley floor and at 1.5 miles
northeast of Portal. The principal plants in the order of their abun-
dance were as follows: Fouquieria splendens (Ocotillo) , Opuntia phaea-
cantha, Opuntia engelmanni, Ferocactus wislizent (Barrel cactus),
Acacia gregii (Catclaw), Parthenium incanum (Mariola), Callian-
dra sp. (False mesquite), Larrea tridentata (Creosote bush), Agave
Tube weaving spider biology 71
schottu (Century plant), Flowrensia cernua (Yar bush), Gutierrezia
muicrocephala and a number of small herbs. The dominant vegetation
along the base of the hill and extending on out into the valley was L.
tridentata (Creosote bush) and F. cernua (‘Tar bush). Both plants were
also represented on the hillside although outnumbered by the first
seven species listed above.
On November 29, 1961, 25 cocoons were collected in an area rough-
ly 100 yards square, all plants being examined. Fourteen were sus-
pended between the leaves of Opuntia phaecantha which is a low grow-
ing nopal that usually has grass, Calliandra sp. or other vegetation
growing around it, seven were well camouflaged in Parthenium in-
canum, three were suspended between low leaves of the taller growing
Opuntia engelmanii and one was exposed in a dead Gutierrezia micro-
cephala plant. Even though Creosote bush and ‘Tar bush were inter-
mixed with the above plants no cocoons were found on them which was
also true of two other areas examined in which they were the dominant
species. Neither of these plants are represented on the Portal plot where
D. canities is known to be present.
Cocoons
The cocoons that were suspended in Opuntia (Fig. 8) were made up
primarily of materials from underlying or adjacent plants and only
three out of 17 contained recognizable pieces, spines (5), from the
cactus. Most of the leaves that were used were from Calliandra sp.
Those suspended in Parthenium were made up primarily of materials
from this plant with a liberal use of leaves especially on the outer cov-
ering. The coccon on Gutierrezia was an old one but appeared to con-
sist mostly of materials from this plant with the addition of pebbles
and grass stems. All were found within a foot of the ground. The in-
sect remains incorporated in the cocoons were in almost the same rela-
tive numbers and kinds as in the Portal plot. In the 25 cocoons there
were three live and two dead D. canities, one live Chiricanthium in-
clusum and one dead Phidippus sp. which represents a considerable
reduction in adult population of D. canities in a month’s time between
the two collecting dates—October 31 and November 29.
In D. canities the cocoons appear to serve in three capacities for the
benefit and survival of the species. (1) As a protective covering for the
egg sacs; (2) As a centralized protective and feeding retreat for the
female; (3) As a central anchor for the sheet web that spreads out be-
neath it for trapping prey. For what is probably its primary function,
that of protecting the egg sacs against the climatic elements, predators
72 Bulletin So. Calif, Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
and parasites, it has a number of advantageous features but unfortu-
nately these are not entirely infallible. Its camouflaged construction,
the space at the entrance and habit of the female to repose there prob-
ably have a deterring effect on predators and parasites but some of
these have found ways of getting around these protective features. The
construction of the cocoon and arrangement of the egg sacs appear to
afford the best protection against the climatic elements and probably
developed as such because the species overwinters in three vulnerable
stages—eggs, deutova and spiderlings.
Eco Sacs
In many spiders the female lays a mass of eggs, covers them with a
silken sheet and then molds the mass into the egg sac characteristic of
her species (Gertsch, 1949: 33). Others use viscid secretions or fine silk
lines to hold the eggs together. D. canities apparently uses neither of
these techniques as the eggs are loose in the sac, the sac is only about
half to three-quarters filled and its surfaces do not bear the imprints of
the enclosed eggs. The fact that the eggs are laid loose or at most with
a temporary adhesive probably accounts for why the sacs are only par-
tially filled. Egg sac construction and egg laying have not been
observed.
The spinning of the egg sacs and laying of the eggs begins at the top
of the cocoon since the contents of the upper sacs are more advanced
in development than those at the lower end, at least by the end of Octo-
ber. The sacs are spun on one side of the hollow interior of the cocoon,
they are shingled one on top of the other, with the inner edges elevated —
above the outer edge at about a 45° angle to the long axis of the cocoon
(Fig. 9). The first sac is located a short distance in from the narrowed
upper end of the cocoon and the last is immediately inside the cocoon
entrance with its lower outer edge almost flush with the edge of the
opening (Fig. 10). When the female is inside the opening (Fig. 7) she
is covering this last egg sac. The passageway through the cocoon nar-
rows down immediately in front of the last egg sac and while it would
allow for movement of the spiderlings it appears to be too small for the
female to move through. Each sac is individually surrounded by a net-
work of pale yellow silk attaching it to the margin of the cocoon and
to the adjacent sacs. A heavier layer of silk, extending from side to
side on the cocoon, covers all the sacs (Fig. 11). The opposite wall of
the cocoon is also covered with silk but not as densely.
Each egg sac is lenticular or discus shaped, from 5 to 6 mm. in di-
ameter, and is made of pale yellowish silk woven so tightly as to give
Tube weaving spider biology 73
them a parchment-like appearance. The edges of the two halves are
rather loosely silked together, probably to enable the spiderlings to
escape readily (Fig. 12). In 54 cocoons gathered near Portal in 1961,
the number of egg sacs in each varied from 2-10 with an average of 4.6.
In 25 cocoons taken in 1961, at 7.8 miles N.E. of Portal, they varied
from 1-8 egg sacs in each with an average of 3.9 per cocoon, The
shingled and angled arrangement of these sacs would be a definite
advantage during wet weather if moisture seeped in at the top of the
cocoon. The first sac would direct it downward and outward, thus pro-
tecting the remaining sacs beneath it.
Eces
The eggs are opaque, white, cylindrical and vary from .75-.80 mm. in
diameter (Fig. 13). They are laid free in the sacs, never completely fill
it and there is no impression of the eggs on the side wall of the sac. The
deutova (Fig. 14) vary from .80-.95 mm. in lengths, the cephalothorax
and legs are white, the eyes are black and the abdomen is a pale brown.
The first molt spiderlings vary from 1.0-1.5 mm. in length and the
color is the same as in the deutova. In 50 egg sacs taken at random the
number of eggs or deutova in each varied from 41-164 with an aver-
age of 113. Since there is an average of 4.6 and 3.9 sacs per cocoon this
would give an average reproductive potential of 520 offspring per fe-
male at Portal and 441 at 7.8 miles N.E. of Portal. However, as pointed
out by Gertsch (1949:35) spiders that lay many more eggs than D.
canities have a survival average of only one pair per female. This figure
seems inordinately low for the maintenance of the poulation and it
would be expected that more would survive under favorable environ-
mental conditions and there would therefore be a fluctuation in the
population from year to year.
When multiple egg sacs are spun by a single female, the number of
eggs tends to decrease in the later ones (Gertsch, 1949:35). In D.
canities there is some irregularity in individual cocoons, for example,
one had the following number of eggs in the order laid: 117, 150, 137,
141, 109; and another 101, 147, 133, 130, 111, 94. However, if the
average number is taken for the last five sacs in 25 cococns in the order
laid it is 135, 132, 121, 114, 86 or a gradual decrease as is known to
occur in some other species. When the cocoons were collected near
Portal on October 31, 1961, all but one of the last sacs laid contained
eggs, the other had deutova; in the next to last, 21 contained eggs, four
had deutova; and in the third from the last, 11 contained eggs, eight
had deutova, four contained both eggs and deutova, one had a preda-
74, Bulletin So. Calif, Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
ceous larva and the last a parasite larva. In the cocoon that had ten egg
sacs, the first four laid contained 1st molt spiderlings, the next three
deutova, the eighth had 100 deutova and eight eggs and the last two
were still in the egg stage. Out of the 25 cocoons only five had spider-
lings in a total of ten egg sacs.
In the 25 collected at 7.8 miles N.E. of Portal on November 29, 18
of the last sacs laid contained eggs, two deutova, three were empty be-
cause of predator activity and two had parasite larvae and pupae. In
the 22 next to last sacs laid, 13 contained eggs, three deutova, one eggs
and deutova, three a predaceous larva and two parasites. In 19 third
from the last sacs, six contained eggs, eight deutova, three a predaceous
larva, one parasite, one eggs and deutova. Predatism and parasitism
appears to be higher in this location than at Portal and might be due to
the more exposed position of the cocoons on the Opuntia plants (Fig.
8). No parasites or predators were found in the seven cocoons on P
incanum which were well camouflaged (Fig. 15).
PREDATISM AND PARASITISM
Predatism and parasitism are both operating against the early stages
of D. canities. One predaceous larva will feed on the contents of as
many as three egg sacs, thus destroying around 340 potential spiders
and a single parasite larva working in one sac will destroy an average
of 113 eggs or deutova to complete its development. So far as known
no parasites of D. canities have previously been recorded and although
two wasp parasites have been reared, the true association has been estab-
lished for only one of these, Arachnophaga picea (Riley). This wasp
(Figs. 16 and 17) is ant-like in appearance and behavior, belongs in
the family Eupelmidae and has previously been recorded as a parasite
of Chrysopa californica, Argiope argentata, A. sp., Epeira sp., and
Phidippus opifex (Muesebeck, Krombein and Townes, 1951:512).
The manner in which the egg is deposited in the egg sac of D. canities
has not been ascertained but apparently the female lays only one per
sac as only one larva is found in each (Fig. 18). As early as October 31
these larvae are ready to pupate but in 1960 on December 20 both lar-
vae and pupae were found in the sacs and the adults emerged in the
laboratory between January 8 and February 3, 1961. Pupation takes
place in the sac (Fig. 19) after all the D. canities eggs and deutova
have either been eaten or destroyed. On November 29 one larva of
A. picea was found with an ectoparasitic larva on its anterior end which
killed it, but thus far we have been unable to rear the adult for deter-
mination.
Tube weaving spider biology AB;
Figure 2. Suspended cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) in Salsola kali L.
Photo by Mortenson.
Figure 3. Suspended cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) in Acacia constricta
Benth. Photo by Mortenson.
Figure 4. Top view of Diguetia canities (McCook) cocoon suspended in Acacia
constricta Benth. Photo by Mortenson.
Tube weaving spider biology WH.
Figure 5. Cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) showing guy lines, tangle
lines and sheet web. Photo by Mortenson.
Figure 6. Cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) showing composition. Photo
by Mortenson.
78 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Figure 7. Entrance to cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) showing female in
opening. Photo by Mortenson.
Figure 8. Cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) suspended in Opuntia phaea-
cantha, Photo by Mortenson.
Tube weaving spider biology 79
‘ :
Figure 9. Cross section of cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) showing cover-
ing over ege sacs and angle at which they lay. Photo by Mortenson.
Figure 10. Entrance to cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) showing position
of last ege sac and flap made of two rabbit droppings. Photo by Mortenson.
80 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Figure 11. Cross section of cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) showing cov-
ering over egg sacs on bottom of passageway. Photo by Statham.
Figure 12. Cross section of cocoon of Diguetia canities (McCook) with silk
cover removed and egg sacs opened. Photo by Statham.
Tube weaving spider biology 81
Figure 13. Eggs of Diguetia canities (McCook) in egg sacs. Photo by Morten-
son.
82 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Figure 14. Deutova and shed corions of the eggs in the egg sac of Diguetia
canities (McCook). Photo by Mortenson.
RG
‘| =) 4. > ee ‘ : 5 xe
t. a’ a. ie Ved
Figure 15. Cocoon of Diguetia canities TS suspended in Parthenium in-
canum. Photo by Mortenson.
bee
y
Tube weaving spider biology 82
Figure 16. Adult (dorsal view) of Arachnophaga picea (Riley). Photo by Mor-
tenson.
Figure 17. Adult (lateral view) of Arachnophaga picea (Riley). Photo by
Mortenson.
84 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Figure 18. Mature larva of Arachnophaga picea (Riley) in egg sac-of Diguetia
canities (McCook). Photo by Statham.
Figure 19. Pupa of Arachnophaga picea (Riley) in egg sac of Diguetia canities
(McCook). Photo by Mortenson.
Tube weaving spider biology 8
Figure 20. Larva of Cymatodera sp. in egg sac of Diguetia canities (McCook).
Photo by Mortenson.
Figure 21. Pupal cell of Cymatodera sp. in egg sac of Diguetia canities (Mc-
cook). Photo by Mortenson.
86 Bulletin So. Calif, Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
In 1960 no predaceous larvae or signs of their work were encoun-
tered in any of the egg sacs examined at the Portal plot. In 1961 they
were found to be not uncommon in this location and at 7.8 miles N.E.
of Portal were even more abundant and had destroyed the contents of
a number of egg sacs. Although none have been reared as of this writ-
ing they belong to the beetle family Cleridae and probably to the genus
Cymatodera (Fig. 20). Entry into the egg sac is made through the
bottom or sides where small holes are cut by the larva. The adult beetle
probably lays her eggs on or nearby the cocoon from where the larvae
work their way into the egg sacs. As many as three larvae were found
in some of the larger cocoons but the usual number was one. Each larva
consumes the contents of from one to three egg sacs and usually pu-
pates within one of the sacs although one pupal cell was found just out-
side and another could not be found even though three sacs had been
destroyed. They move from sac to sac by cutting holes in the parch-
ment-like side walls near the bottom and are thus concealed from view
from above.
The pupal cell (Fig. 21) is constructed of coarse white strands, silk-
like in appearance, on the outside which are firmly anchored to the
spider silk and egg sac walls and an inner layer of finer strands which
line the cell. These layers harden and give the cell a fairly rigid outer
covering. This substance is probably the oral exudate which is used by
many Clerids in the construction of their pupal cells (Balduf, 1935:
110). The larvae of Cymatodera have previously been reported as
predators of many kinds of wood boring beetles, larvae of various hy-
menoptera and moth caterpillars (Balduf, 1935:107-111) but this
appears to be their first recorded invasion of the Aranea.
DIscussION AND SUMMARY
It is known that in many desert areas these spiders prefer various spe-
cies of cactus for their nest building sites. However, with a species as
widespread as D. canities such plants are not always available and it
is no surprise that their distribution is neither limited by nor confined
to regions where such succulent vegetation dominates. In an area
roughly eight miles in extent along the eastern foothills of the Chiri-
cahuas between Portal and Harris Mountain there are four adjacent
but distinct types of vegetative cover, two of which are occupied by
D. canities.
At 1.5 miles N.E. of Portal the dominant shrubs in this thorn shrub
area are Acacia constricta and Prosopis juliflora which accur in about
equal numbers but the spiders are found mostly on the former. In the
Tube weaving spider biology 87
next and adjacent area extending from two to three miles N.E. of Por-
tal the dominant plant is Flowrensia cernua in which no D. canities
were located. It is doubtful that this represents a sampling or survey
error since hundreds of plants were examined closely on two different
occasions. Their absence might better be explained by the fact that the
plant is resmous, has a hop-like odor and there are not as many small
insect prey in this type of vegetative cover as in the thorn shrub area.
The next area surveyed was from three to six miles N.E. of Portal in
which the dominant plant was Larrea tridentata sparsely intermixed
with Flourensia cernua, Here again no spiders or their cocoons were
found even though the same area was covered where Chew found one
specimen on Larrea. This one may have been moving around from
adjacent Parthenium incanum plants in which it is now known they
construct their cocoons. The characteristic open growth at the base of
the Larrea plants, the paucity of subsidiary growth beneath them and
their strong characteristic odor might be the determining factors inhib-
itmg or preventing the establishment of colonies of D. canities in this
type of vegetative cover. Larrea also has a limited insect fauna as com-
pared with many other plants.
Since both of these plants were absent from the Portal plot there was
no way of checking on them in this known D. canities colony. How-
ever, at 7.8 miles N.E. of Portal the spiders were found in an area domi-
nated by two species of Opuntia, the low-growing O. phaecantha being
preferred, and even though both Larrea and Flowrensia were inter-
mixed and in close contact neither contained cocoons. Parthenium in-
canum which when growing in Larrea or Flourensia contained no
cocoons, had them when in association with Opuntia.
When the female D. canities constructs her cocoon in herbaceous or
woody plants, she utilizes materials from these as well as from adjacent
plants and material found on the ground. When they are suspended
in succulents such as Opuntia, practically all of the building materials
are obtained from the plants growing beneath or around these plants.
The cocoons are usually suspended in openings within two feet of
the ground and each has one and sometimes two sheet webs beneath
for capturing prey which consists primarily of ants, small parasitic
wasps and leafhoppers. The cocoons contain an average of from 3.9 to
4.6 egg sacs and each of these has an average of 113 eggs. There is an
overall decrease in the number of eggs laid between the first and last
egg sacs and the upper sac is the first one constructed.
One parasite, Arachnophaga picea (Riley) a wasp belonging to the
family Eupelmidae, has been reared from the egg sacs of Diguetia
388 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
canities and it has an ectoparasite on its larva which has not as yet been
reared. The primary predator of the immature stages is a beetle be-
longing to the family Cleridae and probably to the genus Cymatodera.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Our appreciation is expressed to Dr. Willis J. Gertsch of the American
Museum of Natural History for identifying the spiders, to Dr. B. D.
Burks of the U. S. National Museum for the name of the parasite and
to Miss Marjorie Statham of the American Museum of Natural His-
tory for supplying some of the photographs.
LITERATURE CITED
BALDUF, W. V.
1935. The Bionomics of Entomophagous Coleoptera. John S. Swift Co., Inc., pp.
1-220.
CHEW. R. M.
1961. Ecology of the Spiders of a Desert Community. J. New York. Ent. Soc., V. 69:
5-41.
GERTSCH, W. J.
1935. Spiders from the Southwestern United States, with Descriptions of New
Species. Amer. Mus. Novitiates, 792:1-31.
1949. American Spiders. New York: D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., 285 p.
KEARNEY, T. H. anp PEEBLES, R. H.
1951. Arizona Flora. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press, 1032 p.
MUESEBECH, C. EF W; KROMBEIN, Kk. V., ann TOWNES, H. Kk.
1951. Hymenoptera of America North of Mexico, Synoptic Catalog. U. S. Dept.
Agriculture, Agriculture Mono. No. 2, 1420 p.
STUDIES IN NEARCTIC DESERT SAND
DUNE ORTHOPTERA
Part VI
A NEW GENUS AND THREE NEW SPECIES OF LARGE
SAND-TREADER CAMEL CRICKETS FROM THE COLORADO
DESERT WITH KEYS AND NOTES
Ernest R. TINKHAM
Indio, California
This is another treatise on the Sand Dune Fauna completed under a
erant from the National Science Foundation.
For quite some years now, especially during the course of four sum-
mers of extensive exploration and intensive study on the sand dune
biotae of the North American Deserts and with the accumulation of
considerable materials representing well over a dozen new species, it
has been increasingly apparent that the sand-treader camel cricket
genus Ammobaenetes Hubbell 1936, is not a congeneric one.
The genotype of Ammobaenetes is Dahinia phrixocnemoides Cau-
dell 1907, a small Rhaphidophorid possessing, in the apical half of its
straight caudal tibiae, a closely packed group of 5 to 6 pairs of long
aciculate spurs forming a “sand basket” by which it jumps and digs
readily in loose drifting sand and from which it derives both its scien-
tific and common names. The female has a rather long, straight, slen-
der ovipositor whose length is approximately one-half that of the body
length and with which she oviposits rather deeply in the loose sand.
Restricted to, and existing on, the sand dunes of the Colorado Desert
and dune areas peripheral to it but pertaiming to the Gila Desert, both
eremological components of the Great Sonoran Desert, is a group of
much larger sand-treaders whose body size is two to three times that of
members of true Ammobaenetes as based on the genotype. The large
males of this group possess strongly arched or bowed caudal tibiae and
the ovipositor of the female is very short and heavy, its length about
one-sixth body length, or approximately the length of the pronotum.
All species of this sand-treader complex have these important features.
Their habits and life zones differ from those of the genus Ammobae-
netes and it is obvious that here, contained in the genus Ammobaenetes,
is a generic entity quite distinct from that genus. It is the purpose of
this paper to describe this generic entity and the various species repre-
senting 1t.
To facilitate the student, a provisional key is here presented.
89
gO
—
bo
Ov
OV
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
ProviIsIONAL GENERIC KEY TO THE SAND-T READER
CAMEL CRICKETS AND ALLIES
. Mesotibiae with 3 to 5 pairs of dorsal spines( sometimes irregularly
placed) exclusive'cf the’calcars -....... 2... 7. 2 ae 3
Mesotibiae with 2 pairs of dorsal spurs (sometimes only 3) exclusive
of the-calcars <0 2. vei id nen ae et be oe 2
. Sand basket present and formed by crowding apically of 4 pairs of
long aciculate spurs. Ovipositor equal to the pronotal length
5g An Bens OM Ot ee ene Ne We dee on pee Rhachocnemis Caudell
Sand basket absent. Ovipositor exceeding the length of the pronotum
cee Ceuthophilus, Pristoceuthophilus, Udeopsylla, Styracosceles
. Sand basket formed of 4 to 6 pairs of long aciculate spurs, somewhat
flattened on their mner faces and crowded apically on the caudal
tIDIAC™ ecco hi bk oe eh ne ee ee Sal eee 5
Sand basket absent .....-. <. 02 0.2 J.0<) 4). eee 4
. Caudal tarsomeres—3, their distoventral angles well rounded. Ovi-
positor 1.5 to 2.0 times their pronotal length. ..Dathinia Haldeman
Caudal tarsomeres—4, their distoventral angles strongly acute. Ovi-
positor equal to pronotal length ............ Dathiniodes Hebard
. Size small; external inferior keel of caudal femora untoothed or with
a few minute teeth. Caudal tibiae straight. Ovipositor long, slender,
about one-half body length or twice pronotal length ........ hex Sarg
Size medium to very large; external inferior keel of caudal femora
bearing strong teeth. Caudal tibiae straight or strongly arched. Ovi-
positor short and heavy, its length about the pronotal length .... . 6
. Size medium to medium large. Caudal tibiae strongly arched in the
male, female straight. External inferior keel of caudal femora with
row of uniform strong teeth; internal keel also dentate. Tarsomere
ratio 3-4-4, the distoventral angles spinose or acute
ee rere er Ae OL0IAOZIES Il. GBA.
Size medium to very large. Caudal tibiae straight in both sexes. Ex-
ternal inferior keel of caudal femora with 2 to 4 very large spike-like
teeth centrally situated on the keel, preceded and followed by smaller
teeth. ‘Tarsomere ratio 3-4-4, the distocentral angles spmose or acute
Pe Ronn tre Oe os Re ew Be Daihinibaenetes Tinkham
New sand-treader camel crickets g1
7. Tarsomere ratio 3-4-4, their distoventral angles well rounded
I ee PsP ke Walle wide IB oN gl als Dathiniella Hubbell
Tarsomere ratio 3-4-3; their distoventral angles spined or acute
5 010 6 6 6.5) 5, 8 NOE eet ee ean Sree Sooner Ammobaenetes Hubbell
Macrobaenetes NEW GENUS
The new genus Macrobaenetes is amply distinguished from Ammo-
baenetes Hubbell by many characters as: much larger size, the strongly
arched or bowed caudal tibiae of the male, the dentition on dorsal ridge
and inferior keels of the caudal femora which in Ammobaenetes is
nondentate; by the tarsomere ratio of 3-4-4 instead of 3-4-3 as in Am-
mobaenetes; by the long first caudal tarsomere which im Ammo-
baenetes is very short; by the short ovipositor bemg about half the
length observed in Ammobaenetes in relation to body length and by
other minor features as well.
The males of Macrobaenetes are distinguished from all other large
sand-treaders by the strongly arched caudal tibiae; the female separated
from Dathinibaenetes Tinkham by the fine teeth on the external in-
ferior keel of the caudal femora and by the same character from
Dathinia and Daihiniodes which do not possess sand baskets, that is, at
least 5 pairs of long aciculate spurs, somewhat flattened internally and
crowded apically and without any small teeth intervening between
these long spurs.
Description: Form typical of the heavier-bodied Rhaphidophorids. Max-
illary palpi with all segments slender and elongate, the apical palpo-
mere broadened and recurved in the distal two-thirds, its ventral sur-
face sunken or excavate to leave a sensitized periphery; labial palpi
with segments elongate, the apical segment enlarged in distal half.
Pronotum with foremargin slightly concavely emarginate; lobes of
all thoracic notites with slight narrowly reflexed margins. Leg spina-
tion as follows: forefemora unspined dorsally, ventrally unspined ex-
cept for single tooth on internal keel. Foretibiae unspined dorsally ex-
cept for small uniform pair of calcars; ventrally with 4 pairs of long
tapering spurs plus the apical calcars, the external row much the larger.
Foretarsi trimerous, segments 1 and 2 very short, segment 3 twice their
combined length; distoventral angles of 1 and 2 lobate, of 3 acute. Mid-
dle legs with meso femora unspined dorsally and ventrally except for
a tooth on each lower genicular lobe. Mesotibiae dorsally with 3 to 4
pairs spines plus apical calcars; ventrally with 3 pairs smaller spurs,
Q2 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2. 1962
spaced as dorsally, plus apical calcars. Mesotarsomeres 4, segments 2
and 3 very short, 1 equal to 4 and each twice length of 2 and 3, disto-
ventral angles acutely rounded in 1 and 4, acutely lobate in 2 and 3.
that of 2 much the largest. Hind legs with semiappressed teeth on the
dorsal ridge; external inferior keel with 16 to 18 large heavy teeth and
internal inferior keel with 14-16 much smaller ones. Teeth in the fe-
male much smaller. Caudal tibiae of male strongly arched; the ventral
keel unspined except for median appressed subapical tooth and pair of
small attingent calcars; the dorsal keels with 7 evenly paired spurs, 5
pairs of which form the sand basket in the apical quarter plus the long
apical calcars which are also part of the sand basket. Caudal tarso-
meres—4, segments 2 and 3 very short, segment 4 twice the length of
2 and 3, segment 1 about one and one-third times the length of 4; dis-
toventral angles similar to those of mesotarsus. Genitalia with supra-
anal plate roundly triangular, deflexed; cerci long, acuminate, hirsute:
subgenital plate with rather strong forcipate arms. Ovipositor short, its
length shghtly less than the pronotal length; dorsal valvulae terminat-
ing in acute tooth; ventral valvulae bearing 4 uncinate apical hooks.
Genotype: Macrobaenetes kelsoensis new genus and new species.
The generic name refers to the large size of these sand treaders which
distinguished them from Armrmobaenetes Hubbell which are of much
smaller size, some species being rather minute.
A key to males of this new genus, based on some of the more im-
portant taxonomic features, is presented below.
Key TO THE MALES OF Macrobaenetes NEW GENUS
1. Size very large. Caudal femora with basal portion of the lower genic-
ular lobes armed with 2 or 3, rarely 1 tooth; dorsal teeth confined to
ridge; usually 16-18, sometimes 15-22 teeth on external inferior
keel. Sides of mesonotum nontuberculate. . . .valgum (Strohecker )
Size large. Caudal femora with basal portions of lower genicular
lobes armed with 1, rarely 2 teeth; dorsal teeth confined or not con-
fined to dorsal ridge; 8-20 teeth on the external inferior keel. Sides
of mesonotum tuberculate or nontuberculate ................. Y
bo
. Dorsal mesotibial spurs—3 pairs. Caudal femora with dorsal teeth
confined to ridge; external inferior keel with 14-20, usually 16-18
large closely spaced teeth. Sides of mesonotum nontuberculate
Sica ce ESTAR oR Te FI Os ok eee He Be ene kelsoensis n. sp.
New sand-treader camel crickets 93
Dorsal mesotibial spurs—4 to 5 pairs. Caudal femora with dorsal
teeth running in oblique rows exteriorly onto upper portion of outer
pagina; external inferior keel with 9 to 18 teeth. Sides of mesonotum
wile Glemtae TleelG Ang ie ek Ce ie. See nena ee rrene 3
3. Usually five pairs of dorsal mesotibial spurs. Abdominal notites
sparsely tuberculate; metanotum sparsely tuberculate. External in-
ferior keel of caudal femora with usually 8-10, sometimes 8-13 large,
muldelwaciacedmteetht eae ee en algodonensis n. sp.
Usually 4 pairs of dorsal mesotibial spurs. Abdominal notites and
metanotum with sides heavily tuberculate. External inferior keels
of caudal femora with usually 13-14, sometimes 9 to 18 large, strong,
lescmnndelyasmacedsteeth . 555s ser qe asec 1: slerrapintae n. sp.
Macrobaenetes kelsoensis NEW SPECIES
FIGuRE 1
Differs from valgum (Strohecker ), algodonensis n. sp. and sierrapintae
n. sp. by possessing only 3 pairs of dorsal mesotibial spurs, instead of
4 or four and 1% or 5 pairs; from algodonesis n. sp. and sierrapintae
n. sp. by the lack of dentate tuberculation on the flanks of the mesono-
tum; by the confinement of the dorsal teeth to the dorsal ridge in the
caudal femora and by the greater number of large strong teeth on the
external inferior keel of the caudal femora; from valgum (Stroh.) by
possessing only 1 instead of 2 or 3 teeth at the base of the inferior ge-
nicular lobes of the caudal femora. These characters plus others in the
spimation and spuration of the caudal tibiae offer ample means to the
serious student for their separation.
Description of Male: Size medium large, mesonotum with flanks non-
tuberculate; metanotum and abdominal notites with flanks with few
tubercles. Leg spmation as follows: forecoxal vertical keel unispinate;
forefemora untoothed dorsally and ventrally except for a single long
apical spine on the inner inferior lobe. Foretibiae dorsally unspined ex-
cept for the apical calcars; ventrally with 4 pairs of spurs on the apical
half, the outer 4 the largest, plus a larger pair of calcars. Foretarso-
meres—3, segments 1 and 2 very short, 3 twice length of 1 and 2; dis-
toventral angles of 1 and 2 lobate, of 3 normal. Middle legs with meso-
coxal keel unspined; mesofemora unspined dorsally and ventrally on
the keels with each inferior genicular lobe bearing a single spine.
Mesotibiae dorsally with 3 pairs aciculate spurs, 1 pair in basal half, 2
pairs in apical half, plus smaller apical calcars; ventrally with 3 ex-
04 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
ternal spines and 2 internal spines plus calcars. Mesotarsomeres—4,
segment 1 and 4 equal and each twice the length of 2 and 3 combined
which are both very short; distoventral angles of 1 and 4 acute, of 2
produced into a large, acute, spindle-shaped process with segment 3
similarly shaped and smaller and interdigitating with it posteriorly.
Hind legs typical. Caudal femora with dorsal teeth small and confined
to the ridge; external inferior keel with 17-18 strong widely-spaced
teeth plus a basal tooth or spine on the inferior genicular lobe; internal
inferior keel with 13-15 very widely spaced much smaller teeth plus
basal and apical teeth on the internal inferior genicular lobe. Caudal
tibiae ventrally unspined except for the preapical spur plus the apical
and almost attingent calcars; dorsally with 7 pairs of spurs plus apical
calcars arranged in this fashion: first pair small, aciculate, at about the
basal third and preceded by 2 outer and 6 internal small teeth; second
pair spurs about the apical two-thirds, preceded by 6-7 external and
6-8 internal larger teeth; third pair preceded by 1-2 external and 2 in-
ternal teeth; fourth pair preceded by 0-1 and 0-0 internal teeth; the
rest of the sand basket entire; the first 3 pairs of spurs smallest and
semi-aciculate, the remainder long and narrowly spathulate for dig-
ging and forming the sand basket. Caudal tarsomeres 4, first slightly
longer than 4 which is twice the combined length of the very short
second and third segments; distoventral angle of 1 acute, 2 large and
spindle-shaped as typical in the genus, 3 smaller than 2 and inter-
digitating with it posteriorly and 4 normal.
Holotype Male: Kelso Dunes, San Bernardino County, California, elev.
2500 feet, April 30, 1960. Ernest A. Tinkham; on bare hard packed
sand ridges one-half mile inland from margin. Calliper measurements:
body length 19.0; pronotum 4.8; caudal femora 14.1 x 5.8; caudal
tibiae 12.3 mms. Holotype in the Tmkham Eremological Collection.
Description of Female: Size medium, slightly smaller than the Holo-
type, differing from the type in the followmg features: caudal tibiae
straight and variations of spination as follows: forelegs with forefemora
similar to Type; foretibiae ventrally with 4 large external and 3 in-
ternal smaller spurs plus larger calcars; protarsomere as in Type. Mid-
dle legs as in Type. Hind legs: caudal femora much smaller in length
and depth with dentition much reduced: dorsal teeth of ridge much
reduced in size and numbers and largely confined to a simgle row on
the internal edge; dentition of lower keels greatly reduced, the external
inferior keel hear ing 11-14 small scattered eoth plus a small basal tooth
on the inferior genicular lobe; internal inferior keel with 12-14 mmute
New sand-treader camel crickets 05
and widely scattered teeth plus 1-2 small basal and 1 larger apical tooth
on the inferior genicular lobes. Caudal tibiae straight, dentition and
spuration less than in Holotype and as follows: external dorsals with
5-6 minute teeth preceding the first spur at the basal third, 9-12 larger
variable teeth preceding spur 2 at the apical third, 1-2 similar teeth
preceding spur 3 and rest of spurs of sand basket entire; internal dorsals
with 7-8 small teeth preceding spur 1 at the basal third, 9 variable
larger teeth preceding spur 2 at the apical third, 1 tooth preceding spur
3 and rest of sand basket entire. Caudal tarsomeres as in the Holotype.
Genitalia: Supraanal plate roundly triangular; subgenital plate semi-
circular. Ovipositor slightly less than the pronotal length; dorsal valvu-
lae obliquely truncate with its apex armed with an acuminate spine;
ventral valvulae with 4 uncinate hooks, the two at the extreme apex
much the largest.
Alloty pe Female: Same data as the type. Calliper measurements: body
length 15.4; length to apex of ovipositor 17.8; caudal femora 11.2;
caudal tibiae 9.8; ovipositor 3.7 mms.
Paratype Males: 80, same data as the Holotype but collected on the fol-
lowing nights; 1955: June 18,2 % ; 1957: June 14,1 3, June 30,2 3;
SSE O 475 June 10) 13), July 12" 5 1959: May 9, 25 3;
IMayeZ35 (515); 1900: April 30; 203, May 10,8 3 ; 1961: April 15,
10 %. Range in measurements: body length 14.5-18.0; pronotum 4.2-
4.8; caudal femora 11.8-16.0, caudal tibiae 9.2-13.0 mms. Paratypes to
be distributed to the major orthopterological museums.
Paratype Females: 60, same data as the Holotype but collected on the
following nights: 1955: June 17,1 9; 1957: June 14,1 ?, June 30,
Pen 58-7/Npril 195572 July tol); 1959: May, 952 9 May 23,
oe 960 = April 305,209) May 148 951961: 15 2.
All paratypes similar to their respective Types.
Historical Ecology: Although I led a small group of young entomolo-
gists to the Kelso Dunes for the first time on June 25-26, 1954, it was
not until my second visit on June 17-18, 1955, that the presence of the
giant sand-treader became known. The small sand-treader Ammo-
baenetes n. sp., to be shortly described, is usually quite abundant in the
soft sand of the marginal areas where Creosote, Sand Paper weed, Gal-
leta Grass (Hilaria rigida) are common but the giant sand-treaders
96 Bulletin So. Calif, Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
dwell on the hard packed sand ridges at least half a mile inland from
the dune margins. On my third trip July 12-14, 1956, no Macro-
baenetes had survived to that late date and only 2 Armmobaenetes were
found. In the summer of 1957, I commenced my first summer of sand
dune research under a three-year grant from the National Science
Foundation and my dune research was greatly increased thereby. On
June 14-16, I collected 25 “Ammos” and on June 30-July 1 took 2
‘“Ammos” and 3 Macrobaenetes. On the sixth trip, Oct. 25-26, a fine
drizzling rain, the only rain in 17 Kelso trips, made a strange night on
the dunes. At this time the tiny nymphs of both genera were out and
their burrows marked by small sand piles were much in evidence next
morning on the sunlit dunes. Despite the winter rams of 1958 that
brought a nice array of spring flowers out and made the margins of
the Kelso Dunes like drifts of snow from the large white petals of the
Dune Primrose, sand-treaders were not abundant, indicating that not
winter rains but the late summer and early fall rains regulated the
abundance of these creatures. Collections were made on April 19-20,
1958, and later on when the heat of late summer had seared the plant
life, I took 7 males and no females and 4 “Ammos” the night of June
10. Still later, after midnight the night of July 1, I found 2 “Macros”
and 2 “Ammos.” Visits were also made on Sept. 22-23 and Oct. 9-10
of that year. In the spring of 1959 I commenced offermg my new
course “Nature Study of the Desert” for the Extension Department of
San Diego State College and began bringing large classes of teachers
and laymen to the Kelso Dunes on an overnight study trip. Such large
classes greatly augmented my collecting propensities but naturally de-
stroyed the value of comparative collecting by one person. 1959 trips
were made on May 9-10, May 23-24, October 17-18; 1960 trips were
on April 30-May 1, May 14-15, Oct. 22-23; 1961 trips on April 15-16.
Biology: The ova of Macrobaenetes kelsoensis ni. sp. 1s oval elliptical
and measures 3.0 x 1.4 mms. in diameter. The exact compliment of
ova per female is not known but is in the neighborhood of 50. Where
the eggs are laid is not known for certain, but they are probably de-
posited down in the stygian chambers deep in the damp sand for their
chorion walls are thin and subject to desiccation, and the only place
providing constant moisture for the ova would be in their chambers.
They do not inhabit animal burrows like the much rarer Ceuthophilus
fossor Hubbell. The advent of the late summer rains in August and
September bring out the tiny young and by October these are about
the size of a large “match head” although there is naturally some size
New sand-treader camel crickets 07
range. Their presence on the hard-packed sand ridges, half a mile in-
land from the loose sand and vegetated margins, is conspicuously indi-
cated by the small mounds of sand that in favorable locations resemble
the colonies of certain terrestrial bees. With experience one can distin-
guish between their mounds and those of scorpions, solpugids and spi-
ders. I have taken some of these small young and by placing in small
cartons with sand and feeding daily with a little lettuce have brought
them through to maturity about the time those on the Kelso Dunes are
maturing. These October nymphs are undoubtedly in their second
stadia of their lives, there is another molt in January which brings them
to almost half-grown size, and perhaps another molt in March before
the final molt in April. The young dig their tunnels rather shallowly
because the temperatures are cool during the winter months but the
tunnels lengthen with the maturity of their occupants. The adults in
May and June dig down at about 35-40 degrees of angulation with the
surface and continue in a straight line downwards to pierce deeply in
the damp sand layer which is usually down 8 or 9 inches. At the end
of their tunnel, often two feet or more in length, they excavate a small
chamber hardly bigger than themselves and here they rest during the
day with their heads always pointing upwards and outwards. How
they know, down in that blackness when evening is approaching is per-
haps best explainable in the marvelous time mechanism possessed by
wild creatures, but as dusk or darkness approaches, the sand-treaders
are usually found at the mouths of their burrows waiting for darkness
to encompass the dunes so that they can begin their purposeful peri-
grinations.
At night their wanderings are almost entirely in search for food
which seems to be mainly the seeds of the Dune Grass (Orzyopsis hy-
menoides ), bits of organic matter such as dried leaves, perhaps nibbles
on green dune grass cut down by Kangaroo rats or other dead protein
matter such as bits of dead insects or otherwise. No mating observations
have ever been witnessed in nine years of study.
The Kelso Dunes are always damp 6-8 inches down, sometimes only
3-4 inches down, even during the driest years. It is believed the Kelso
Dunes have their origin in subterranean or subammean springs em-
anating from the delta region of the Mohave River some miles to the
southwest in what is called the “Devil’s Playground” for even the high-
est Kelso Sand Peak of 700 feet elevation and undoubtedly the highest
in the United States, is always wet to the top. This fortuitous circum-
stance is what creates the remarkable and rather indiginous nature of
the biotae of the Kelso Dunes.
98 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Enemies: ‘The only known enemy is the Sand Dune Scorpion (Para-
nurctonus mesaensis Stahnke). I have found complete and partial re-
mains of these sand treaders in the scorpions’ chambers down in the
sands. Their enemies have enemies, too, for the American Raven pur-
posely hunts for the sites of the scorpion burrows and exhumes the
creatures with their long heavy beaks, whack off their lethal extremi-
ties and devour their juicy bodies. Scorpions also kill and eat their own
kind, the larger preying on the smaller, so that the effect of scorpions
on the sand treader population is negligible. The great factor controll-
ing sand-treaders is heat and the advent of the torrid heat of late May
and early June soon decimates the sand-treader population. In general
the female sand treaders survive longer than the males because their
bodies are packed with developing ova.
This interesting new species of the new genus Macrobaenetes which
is restricted to aeolian sand dunes of the Colorado Desert and its peri-
pheral area, is named after that magnificent pile of quartz sand, whose
high peak of 700 feet is unquestionably the highest in the United States.
Orthopteran associates: The Kelso Dune fauna is considerable. Noc-
turnal associates are the new Ammobaenetes, the large camel cricket
Ceuthophilus fossor Hubbell and a new Jerusalem cricket that may
represent a new genus as well as the following Decticids in good years
(1.e. considerable winter precipitation), the large grey, black-winged
Capnobotes fulginosis, the very rare Anoplodusa arizonensis, and a
new species of Eremopedes. Diurnal associates are mostly acridids such
as Coniana snow on the sands, Xeracris minimus im clumps of Petal-
onyx Thurberi, Ligurotettix coquilletti on the stems of Creosote, Trim-
erotropis p. pallidipennis an ubiquitous desert species as well as the
mantids Litaneutria minor and Stagmomantis. Sand roaches of unde-
termined species are also found on the dunes at night; these are being
studied by Drs. Gurney and Friauf.
Macrobaenetes valgum (STROHECKER)
FIGURE 3
Dathiniodes valgum Strohecker, 1960: 31-32, fig. 1.
Strohecker’s decision to refer the present genus to Dathiniodes “largely
on the basis of its tarsomeres” and not on the sum total of its char-
acters as should be done for more accurate placement, has resulted im
placing this creature in a genus that does not possess a “‘sand basket.”
Thus, in choosing a single character, he has not only ignored a char-
acter of great taxonomic importance, the “sand basket?’ but by so doing
New sand-treader camel crickets 99
has ignored zoogeographical concepts as well. In 1936, Hubbell defined
the faunistics of his new genus Dathiniodes as dwelling “on high plains
and eastern foothills of Rocky Mountains in Colorado, to southwestern
Texas and Arizona” and I might add, as was also known to Strohecker,
as living in the wet, cool, hard gypsum sand substrata of the White
Sands. It is hardly conceivable or possible that a creature dwelling in
such an environment and at a considerable elevation as defined above,
could exist on the torrid sands of the Colorado Desert at elevations little
above or even below that of sea level.
Macrobaenetes valgum (Strohecker) differs from kelsoensis n. sp.,
algondonensis, n. sp. and sierrapintae n. sp. by possessing usually 2 or
3 instead of 1 basal tooth on the inferior genicular lobes of the caudal
femora. From kelsoensis n. sp. it is further separated by its large size
and the dentition and spuration of the caudal femora and caudal tibiae;
from algondonensis n. sp. and sierrapintea n. sp. by lacking tubercula-
tion on the flanks of the mesonotum and by the greater number of teeth
on the external inferior keel of the caudal femora and by the confine-
ment of the dorsal teeth to the ridge in the caudal femora.
Description of Male: Size very large and typical. Mesonotum usually
smooth, metanotum and first five abdominal notites weakly tubercu-
late, the tubercles confined to a sparse row on the flanks just cephalad
of the posterior margin. Forelegs with forecoxal vertical keel unispin-
nate; forefemora dorsally and ventrally unspined except for a slender
spine on the internal inferior genicular lobe; foretibiae dorsally un-
spined except for the calcars, ventrally with 4 pairs of spurs, outer row
the largest, on the apical two-thirds, plus a pair of larger calcars. Pro-
tarsomeres—3, segments 1 and 2 very short, segment 3 twice combined
length of 1 and 2; distoventral angles of 1 and 2 acutely lobate, of 3
acute. Middle legs; mesocoxal ridge unspined; mesofemora dorsally
unspined, ventrally with a small spine arisimg from each of the in-
ferior genicular lobes; mesotibiae with 4, sometimes 3 or 3 and 1,
dorsal pairs of spurs plus large calcars, ventrally with 3 external and 2
internal spurs plus larger calcars. Mesotarsomeres—4, segments 1 and
4 equal and each twice the combined length of the very short second
and third segments, segment 2 large and acutely spindle-shaped with
the smaller segment 3 interdigitating posteriorly with it; distoventral
angle of 1 and 4 acute, of 2 and 3 acutely lobate. Hind legs: caudal
femora with dorsal teeth confined to ridge; external inferior keel with
usually 16-18, sometimes 15-22, large strong, uniform, mostly evenly
spaced teeth; internal inferior keel with 12-17 much smaller, much
Se
100 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
more widely spaced teeth; both lower genicular lobes with 2 or 3 basal
teeth or spines. Caudal tibiae typically arched with 7 large or very
large pairs of spurs plus an apical pair of very large calcars located as
follows: first pair smallest, aciculate, located about the basal third and
preceded by 2-7 external and 5-8 internal small teeth; second pair of
spurs about the apical two-thirds, shghtly larger in size and preceded
by 5-6 external and 7-8 internal larger teeth; 3rd pair larger still and
preceded by 1-3 external, 1 internal teeth; rest of sand basket entire.
Subgenital plate with forcipate arms.
Males, 100, collected as follows: 4 miles west of Indio: 1952: 10 %.
April 26; 1955: 4 6, April 10,5 @ , April 26, 3 3, May, O-eIOa7el0
3, May 18; 1958: 1 § mymph, Feb. 21, 11 8, April 12,5 §, May
3, 6. 3 miles west of 1000 Palms: 1958: 8 %, May 33 195925353, -
May 5, 4 8, May 16,2 3, May 19,1 3, May 21; 1960: 18 &, April.
Palm Springs Depot: 1952: 12 4, May 1. All collected by E. R. ‘Tink-
ham.
Description Female: Size medium large but smaller than the larger
male. Form typical for Macrobaenetes females and characterized chief-
ly by leg spination as follows: Forelegs with vertical procoxal keel uni-
spimate; forefemora unarmed dorsally and ventrally with a spine
emanating centrally from the internal inferior genicular lobe; fore-
tibiae dorsally unspined with apical calcars; ventrally with 3 internal,
4 external aciculate spurs in apical half plus pair of larger calcars, the
external spurs much the largest and forming the tines of a fossorial
basket. Protarsomeres—3, the first two segments very short, segment 3
twice their combined length; distoventral angle of segments 1 and 2
acutely lobate, of 3 normal, the segment bristling with short golden
hairs. Middle legs with mesofemora dorsally unarmed and ventrally
both keels unarmed but with both lower genicular lobes unispinate with
a central tooth. Mesotibiae dorsally with 3 and 4% to 4 pairs of acicu-
late spurs, 1 and 1% to 2 in basal half, 2 pairs apical half plus terminal
calcars; ventrally with 2 pairs spurs at middle and apical third plus
terminal calcars. Mesotarsomeres—4, the first and fourth segments
equal and each twice combined length of the very short second and
third; distoventral angles of 1 acute, of 2 and 3 acutely lobate of which
2 is larger, of 4 almost normal. Hind leg with caudal femora with
dorsal teeth of ridge minute and very sparse and chiefly indicated as a
row on the inner edge; external inferior keel with 12-14 minute widely
scattered teeth with 1-2 variable small to very small basal teeth on the
inferior genicular lobe; internal inferior keel with 8-10 similar teeth
New sand-treader camel crickets 101
in basal half and with basal and apical tooth on the inferior genicular
lobe. Caudal tibiae with 7 pairs of dorsal spines plus apical calcars, the
first two pairs smaller and aciculate, the remainder larger and nar-
rowly spathulate and arranged as follows: first pair at the basal quarter
and preceded by 4-5 external and 6 internal minute teeth; 2nd pair
just distad of center and preceded by 7-8 external and 4-5 internal
larger teeth, 3rd pair about the apical third and preceded by 2 external
and 1-2 internal and similar teeth; rest of sand basket entire and closely
arranged to form the tines of the sand basket. Metatarsomeres—4, first
segment larger than 4th which is twice the combined length of the very
short 2 and 3 segments; their distoventral angles as in the mesotarso-
meres. Ovipositor shorter than the pronotum, very obliquely truncate
with terminal tooth; ventral valvulae with 4: teeth, the 2 apical un-
cinate, the 2 basal mere serrations.
Hypoallotype Female: 3 miles west of 1000 Palms, April 14, 1960,
Ernest A. Tinkham; on the wind-swept drift sand in sand dune valley.
Measurements: body length 19.8; length to apex of ovipositor 22.8;
caudal femur 12.4; caudal tibia 10.0; ovipositor 4.2 mms. Hypoallo-
type in the Tinkham Collection. A Hypoallotype is one described by a
person other than the describer of the species.
Hy poparaty pes: 149, with following data: 4 miles west of Indio: 1952:
iow pile ©) 1955: 5) 9)Aprl 1053/9 April 26, 3.9 May 9; 1957:
13 9 May 18; 1958: 2 9 nymphs Feb. 21,12 9 April12,1 9 May
3. 3 miles west 1000 Palms: 1958: 10 9 May 3; 1959: 6 9 May 5,
ieee Mayetion oo) May, 19%'5)'o May 2111960: 20.0) April id 1
mile N. Palm Desert: 1959; 15 9 May 21. Palm Desert Depot: 1952:
10 @ May 1. All collected by E. R. Tinkham. 3 miles W. 1000 Palms,
20 2 April 14, 1960, Jacques Helfer.
Hypoparatypes similar to the Hypoallotype. Range in measure-
ments: body length 14,3-21.9; pronotum 3.5-5.0; caudal femora 11.0-
13.8; caudal tibiae 8.8-10.8; ovipositor 4.4-4.0 mms. Hypoparatypes to
be distributed to various museums.
Distribution: M. valgum is found from the sand dunes just south of the
Palm Springs Depot, 9 miles west of Palm Springs, California, east
along the wind swept sand dune ridges to 2 miles west of Indio. The
species apparently does not cross south of Highway 111, nor does it ex-
tend as far east as where the Dillon Road joins Highway 66.
Ecology: This species is largely regulated in its abundance by the win-
ter rains which regulate the spring flowers of Coachella Valley. There
102 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
are some spots favorable to permanent habitation where springs keep
the sands damp, but in very dry years the species disappears over most
of the sand areas. :
Biology: No observations are available for the early stages in the fall.
The Feb. 21, 1958, collection record is the earliest and indicates the
species is more than half matured at this time. Temperature readings at
this time were at 9:25 p.m. with the sand damp from a recent rain as
follows: sand surface 57° and air temperature 62° Fahrenheit. On May
3, 1958, at 3 miles west of 1000 Palms many burrows were noted.
These went shallowly under the sand surface at about 2 inches depth
and parallel to the surface for about one foot then aneled downward
at about 40° to terminate in the damp sand substratum. Here the female
was found resting facing outwards and upwards. On this date many
males were found lying dead on the sands, due to lack of food, and
although females were fairly common at this date, males were rare.
The Sand Dune Scorpion sometimes prey on these sand treaders.
Orthopteran Associates: Nocturnal orthopteran associates mclude the
rare camel cricket, Cewthophilus fossor, the much rarer Stenopzlmatus
fuscus found in wet springs around Cathedral City and the common
sand roaches which are being studied by Drs. Friauf and Gurney.
Diurnal associates include Conana snowi on the plant Coldenia plicata.
Xeracris minimus on Petalonyx thurberi, Ligurotettix coquilletti on
Creosote stems, the common Trimerotropis p. pallidipennis, Cibolacris
parviceps aridus and Derotmema delicatula, the latter rare.
Macrobaenetes algodonensis NEW SPECIES
FIGURE 4
M. algodonensis n. sp. is differentiated from kelscensis n. sp. by pos-
sessing 5 instead of 3 pairs of dorsal mesotibial spurs, by the extension
exterioradly of the dorsal teeth on the ridge of the caudal femora and
by fewer teeth, quite widely spaced, on the external inferior keel of the
caudal femora; from valgum (Strohecker) by possessing 1 instead of 2
or 3 teeth on the basal portions of the lower genicular lobe of the caudal
femora, the fewer teeth on the external inferior keel of the caudal fem-
ora and by 5 instead of 3 or 4 pairs of dorsal mesotibial spurs; from
sierrapintae n. sp. by the weaker tuberculation on the flanks of the
metanotum and first five abdominal notites and by fewer and more
widely spaced teeth on the external inferior keel of the caudal femora.
New sand-treader camel crickets 103
Description of Male: Size medium large, form typical. Flanks of the
mesonotum bare, metanotum with less than 10 dentate tubercles, first
four abdominal notites with a few tubercles in a single row posteriorly.
Leg spination as follows: Forelegs with vertical keel of forecoxae uni-
spimate; forefemora unspimmed dorsally and ventrally with the inferior
genicular lobes each bearing a single spine or tooth, the internal one
the larger; foretibiae unspined dorsally plus the apical calcars, ven-
trally with 3 pairs of spurs in the apical half plus the calcars. Protarso-
meres—3, first 2 segments very short, third about 2 and 1% times 1 and
2; distoventral angles of 1 and 2 lobate, of 3 normal. Middle legs;
mesocoxae unspined; mesofemora unspined dorsally, ventrally as in
the profemora with an additional small tooth on the apical external
keel; mesotibiae dorsally with 5 pairs of long aciculate spurs plus sim-
ilar calcars, ventrally 2 pairs of spurs, one median, one apical plus
apical calcars. Mesotarsomeres—4, first slightly longer than the fourth,
the fourth about twice the combined length of the very short 2 and 3
segments; distoventral angles somewhat acute in 1 and 4, greatly pro-
duced in 2 and smaller in 3 which interdigitates posteriorly with it.
Hind legs typical; caudal femora with dorsal teeth mostly confined to
the dorsal ridge, some extending exterioradly in oblique rows onto the
upper edge of the outer pagina; external inferior keel with 9-10 mostly
large, widely spaced teeth plus a large tooth on the basal portion of the
lower genicular lobe; internal inferior keel with 6-11 very widely
spaced, minute teeth plus a basal tooth on the inferior genicular lobe.
Caudal tibiae with 8 pairs of spurs including the calcars cf which the
five apical pair plus the calcars are very long and narrowly spathulate
to form the sand basket, the remaining three pairs aciculate and ar-
ranged in this fashion: first pair small at the basal third preceded by 7
small teeth on each keel, 2nd pair at the apical two-thirds and pre-
ceded by 12-13 external and 8-10 internal similar teeth, third pair and
first pair of the “sand basket” preceded by 1-2 external and 2-3 internal
teeth, fourth pair preceded by 1 external and 1 internal tooth, rest of
the sand basket without teeth between them.
Holotype Male: Algodones Dunes, 15 miles NW of Yuma in California
and 14 mi. E bridge on All American Canal, Apr. 25, 1958. Ernest R.
Tinkham. Caliper Measurements: body length 11.8; pronotum 3.9;
caudal femora 14.9; caudal tibiae 12.2 mms. for dried alcoholic ma-
terial. Type in the Tmkham Eremological Collection.
Description of Female: Size similar to Holotype from which it differs
chiefly in spination of legs and genitalia. Forelegs with forefemora un-
104. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
spined dorsally and ventrally with the internal inferior genicular bear-
ing an apical spine, remainder as in Holotype. Middle legs as in Holo-
type. Hind legs with caudal femora shorter and less deep than in Holo-
type, the dentition much reduced and as follows: dorsal teeth on ridge
of caudal femora minute and largely confined to a row on the internal
edge; external inferior keel with 4 medium-sized teeth widely sep-
arated on the middle portions of the keel plus a basal tooth on the lower
genicular lobe; internal inferior keel unarmed with basal and apical
small teeth on the lower genicular lobe. Caudal tibiae dorsally with 8
pairs of spurs characterized as follows: externally first spur at basal
quarter preceded by 6 small teeth, second spur just distad of center and
preceded by 10-11 larger teeth; third spur just distad of the apical
third and preceded by 1-2 similar teeth; rest of spurs entire and form-
ing the outer tines of the sand basket; internal dorsal keel with first spur
at basal quarter preceded by 9-10 small teeth, second spur situated in
the middle and preceded by 6-7 larger teeth, spur three at about apical
third and preceded by 4 similar teeth and rest of sand basket entire.
Caudal tarsomeres as in Holotype. Ovipositor typical of the genus.
shorter than the pronotum; the dorsal valvulae obliquely truncate and
terminating in a spine; ventral valvulae with 4 apical uncinate hooks,
the two at extreme tip conspicuous, the two basal minute.
Allotype Female: Same data as the Holotype. Calliper measuremenis:
body length 14.3; pronotum 3.9; caudal femora 11.0; caudal tibiae
9.8; ovipositor 2.7. Allotype in the Tinkham Collection.
Paratype Males: 115 with data as follows: 19, April 28, 1952, same
location as Holotype; 13, April 25, 1958, same location as Holotype;
62, April 29, 1961, 2 miles west of Glamis, Calif.; 10, May 13, 1961,
same location; 8, 4 miles west Glamis, April 20, 1961S emerS;,
1960, 4 mis. W. Ogilby, Calif., Roth and Irwin. Range in measure-
ment as follows for series: 1952 series, body length 11.2-15.9; pro-
notum 3.0-4.2; caudal femora 10.7-15.0; caudal tibiae 8.8-13.5 mms.
2 miles W. Glamis series: body length 10.0-15.3; pronotum 3.0-3.9;
caudal femora 10.6-13.2; caudal tibiae 8.9-11.2 mms, 4 mis. W. Glamis
series: body length 16.5-19.2; pronotum 4.2-4.6; caudal femora 14.6-
17.0; caudal abiae 12.5-14.5 mms. Ogilby series: body length 10.5-
13.4; pronotum 2.7-3.0; caudal femora 11.0-10.9; caudal tibiae 9.1-9.2
mms.
Paratypes closely similar to the Holotype with slight variation in the
dentition of the caudal tibiae but within the species range.
New Sand-treader camel crickets 105
Paratype Females: 140 with data as follows: 9, April 28, 1952, same
data as Allotype; 10, April 25, 1958, same location as Allotype; 54,
April 29, 1961, 2 mis. W. Glamis; 41, May 13, 1961, 2 mis. W. Glamis;
26, 4 mis. W. Ogilby, June 5, 1960, Roth and Irwin. Range in measure-
ments for series as follows: 1952 series: body length, 13.2-22.8; pro-
notum 3.2-4.2; caudal femora 9.2-13.0; caudal tibiae 7.8-10.0; ovi-
positor 2.4-4.1 mms. 2 mis. W. Glamis series: body length 11.0-15.0;
pronotum 3.4-3.5; caudal femora 10.7-11.2; caudal tibiae 8.8-9.0; ovi-
positor 2.8-2.6 mms. Ogilby series: body length 12.8-17.0; pronotum
3.1-3.8; caudal femora 9.7-11.2; caudal tibiae 7.4-9.3; ovipositor 2.2-
3.8 mms.
Female Paratypes, closely similar to the Allotype but with consid-
erable size variation depending upon the aridity of the season.
Male and Female Paratypes to be deposited in the major museums
and the Tinkham Collection.
Ecology: The dune fauna in recent years with little precipitation is
much less than in such springs as 1953, when on the night of April 28,
the cold dunes, wet with a late evening cold rain, were covered with
dune creatures such as sand treaders, scorpions, solpugids, tenebrionid
beetles of several genera and species as well as geckos, all in consider-
able profusion and immobile on the cold sands. Never before or since
have I witnessed such an array of life.
The 1958 and 1960, and 1961 series of sand-treaders average much
smaller than the 1953 series. It was interesting in 1961 to find sand-
treaders at 4 miles west of Glamis (on the west edge of the dunes) to
be much larger than those 2 saute west of Glamis along the main ridge
of the Algodones.
Biology: Very little is known oe healy about the life history of this
new species but generally its life history is similar to that of M. kel-
soensis n. sp. and the other species. Some adults persist through until
mid-June, rarely to late June.
Orthopteran Associates: Nocturnal associates include sand roaches,
being studied and the large camel cricket Ceuthophilus fossor; diurnal
orthopteran associates include such acridids as Xeracris minimus,
Coniana snowi and the everpresent Trimerotropis p. pallidipennis.
Macrobaenetes sierrapintae NEW SPECIES
FIGURE 2
Differs from kelsoensis n. sp .and valgum (Strohecker) by the heavy
tuberculation on the sides of the meso-, metanotum and first five ab-
106 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
y
y/,
del £ AR Fizkha tx
Figure 1. Macrobaenetes kelsoensis n. g. et n. sp. Left hind leg of Holotype.
Kelso Dunes, San Bernardino County, California.
Figure 2. Macrobaenetes sierrapintae n. sp. Left hind leg of Holotype. Sierra
Pinta Dunes, 65 miles south of Mexicali, Baja California, Mexico.
New sand-treader camel crickets 107
y / CAI, EIR. Med A,
Figure 3. Macrobaenetes valgum (Strohecker). Left hind leg of male from dunes
3 miles west of 1000 Palms, Coachella Valley, Riverside County, California.
Figure 4. Macrobaenetes algodonensis n. sp. Left hind leg of Holotype Male.
Algodones Dunes, 15 miles NW of Yuma, Imperial County, California.
108 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
dominal notites; by the larger dorsal teeth of the caudal femora ex-
tending obliquely in rows onto the upper portions of the outer pagina;
by the dentition on the external inferior keel of the caudal femora and
the spination and dentition on the caudal tibiae. From Kelsoensis it is
further distinguished by possessing 4 or more pairs, instead of three,
dorsal mesotibial spurs and from valgus by having only one instead of
two or three teeth on the basal portions of both external and internal
lower genicular lobes of the caudal femora. From algodonensis n. sp.
it is separated by the greater dentition on the external inferior keel of
the caudal femora; the dentition and spuration of the caudal tibiae as
well as by the heavy tuberculation on the flanks of the metanotum and
first five abdominal notites which in algodonensis is sparse.
Description of Male: Size large, flanks of pronotum bare, mesonotum
posteriorly with few scattered tubercles; metanotum and first five ab-
dominal notites heavily dentate tuberculate. Leg spination as follows:
Forelegs with vertical procoxal ridge unispinate; profemora unspined
dorsally and ventrally with both lower genicular lobes unispinate, the
internal one larger. Protibiae dorsally with 2 internal, 1 external spur
basally plus apical calcars; ventrally with 3 pairs of aciculate spurs in
apical half plus a pair of larger similar calcars. Protarsomeres—3, first 2
segments very short, the third twice the combined length of 1 and 2;
distoventral angles of 1 and 2 lobate, cf three normal. Middle legs with
mesocoxal ridge unspined; mesofemora as in the profemora. Meso-
tibiae dorsally with 4 and 1% pairs of aciculate spurs, 2 pair basal half,
2 pair apical half and one intermediate spur on the external keel; ven-
trally as in the protibiae. Mesotarsomeres—4, first and 4th segments
about equal and each twice the combined length of the very short sec-
ond and third segments; distoventral angle of 1 lobate, of 2 produced
into a long acute spindle-shaped process with segment 3 similar but
smaller and interdigitating with it posteriorly, and segment 4 normal.
Hind legs with caudal femora very deep, the external inferior keel
gently arcuate; dorsal ridge bearing obliquely running rows of short
semi-appressed teeth extending exterioradly onto the upper portions of
the face of the outer pagina especially in the apical third; imferior
genicular lobes each with a basal tooth, the mner lobe also with an
apical tooth; external inferior keels with 13 to 14 mostly large, strong,
well spaced teeth; internal inferior keel with 12-13 much scattered and
much reduced teeth. Caudal tibiae strongly arched with 8 external
and 8 internal dorsal spurs of which 6 pairs in the apical region are
long, narrowly spathulate spurs and form the sand basket, the rest are
New sand-treader camel crickets 109
smaller and more aciculate, the basal 2 pairs located as follows: first
pair about the basal third and preceded by 4-5 external and 4-7 in-
ternal small teeth; second pair about the %rds position and preceded
by 7-9 external and 5-7 internal larger teeth; the third pair of spurs
preceded by 3 external and 2-3 internal similar teeth; pair 4 by 0-1
external and 1-0 internal teeth, the remainder of the sand basket entire.
Caudotarsomeres—4, segment 1 longest and longer than the first meso-
tarsomere, segments 2 and 3 very short, segment 4 about twice the
combined length of 2 and 3; lobation of the distoventral angle as de-
scribed in the mesotarsomeres.
Holotype Male: Sierra Pinta Dunes, 65 miles south of Mexicali on
Highway No. 5, Baja California, Mexico, April 3, 1958, Ernest R. Tink-
ham. Calhper measurements: body length 14.8; pronotum 4.4; caudal
femur 15.0 x 5.8; caudal tibiae 12.1 mms. Holotype in the Tinkham
Eremological Collection.
Description of Female: Closely similar in size to Holotype but differing
chiefly in dentition of hind legs and genitalia. Leg spination as follows:
Fore and middle legs as in Holotype. Hind legs with caudal femora
less massive and caudal tibiae straight. Caudal femora with minute
dorsal teeth and largely confined to a row on the internal keel; external
keel with 14-15 minute teeth plus a larger basal tooth on the inferior
genicular lobe; internal inferior keel unarmed, the lower genicular lobe
with 1-2 basal and 1 apical larger teeth. Caudal tibiae with only 7 well-
arranged pairs of spurs plus apical calcars, the external dorsal keel with
the basal pair situated at the basal quarter and preceded by 5-6 small
teeth, spur 2 just basad of the apical third and preceded by 10-11 larger
teeth, spur 3 at the apical quarter and preceded by 1 tooth, the rest of
the sand basket spurs entire or lacking teeth between them; internal
dorsal keel with all spurs opposite and matching those on the external
keel, spur 1 preceded by 6 small teeth, spur 2 preceded by 10-12 larger
teeth, spur 3 preceded by 1 similar tooth and rest of sand basket entire.
Caudal tarsomeres as in Holotype. Ovipositor shorter than the pro-
notum, the dorsal valvulae squarely and obliquely truncate with ter-
minal spine; ventral valvulae with 5 teeth of which the 2 apical are
uncinate, the median small and the two basal mere serrations.
Allotype Female: Same data as the Holotype. Measurements as fol-
lows: body length 13.8; length to tip ovipositor 16.8; pronotum 4.7;
caudal femur 13.3 x 4.5; caudal tibia 11.6; ovipositor 4.0 mms. Allo-
type in the Tinkham Collection.
110 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Paratype Males: 82, same location as Holotype but collected as follows:
10 8, April 11, 1953; 29 ¢, April 3, 1958; 18 %, May 13, 19615 all
E. R. Tinkham. 25 ¢, April 15, 1960, Pearson, San Diego State College.
Paratypes closely similar to the Holotype with slight deviation in denti-
tion of caudal tibia falling within the species range.
Paratype Females: 104; same locality as Holotype but collected as fol-
lows: 31 9, April 11, 1953; 26 2, April 3, 1958; 22 9 , May 13, 1961,
all E. R. Tmkham, 25 9, April 15, 1960 (Pearson; Michigan Cln).
Paratypes closely similar to Allotype.
Paratypes to be deposited in the major Museums and Tinkham Cln.
Ecology: With no meteorological stations or records available from
northeastern Baja California, it is difficult to determine good or bad
years as far as precipitation is concerned, but usually the west coastal
plain of the Gulf of California is exceedingly dry and drier than even
the Californian portion of the Colorado Desert. In 1953, the species was
fairly common in the swales lying between the bare sand ridges, these
swales being flat bottomed and containing semistabilized hummocks of
Atriplex polycarpa and Creosote (Larrea divaricata). On April 3,
1958, in the same swale I counted 25 specimens around one large hum-
mock of approximately 10 x 15 feet dimensions. In 1961, the sand
ridges bordering this swale had grown considerably in height but the
swale bottom was unchanged. Despite a winter with practically no
precipitation in the northern Californian portion of the Colorado Des-
ert, Macrobaenetes sierrapintae was not rare, although there were
rumors of a fall storm in 1960 crossing the area but not verified.
Biology: Nothing in particular is known about the more intimate life
history of this species. The sands are much drier than the Algodones or
Kelso Dunes and yet this distinct and attractive species survives under
much more xeric conditions.
Orthopteran Associates: These are very few. The only other nocturnal
orthopteran is a large species of Ceuthophilus of the fossor group and
sand roaches which are being studies by Dr. Gurney and Dr. Friauf.
The only diurnal orthopteran is the acridid Anconia integra which
feeds on Atriplex.
LITERATURE CITED
HUBBELL, THEODORE H.
1936. A monographic revision of the genus Ceuthophilus. Univ. Fla. Publ., 2 (1):
1-551, numerous figures.
New sand-treader camel crickets all
STROHECHER, H. FE
1960. Several new species of North American Orthoptera. Pan Pac. Ent., 36 (1):
31-35, 5 text figs.
TINKHAM, ERNEST R.
1947. New Species, records and faunistic notes concerning Orthoptera in Arizona.
Amer. Midland Nat., 38 (1): 127-149, 4 plates with many figs.
A NEW MEGAAHIPPUS FROM THE BARSTOW FORMATION
SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
Ricuarp H. TEDFoRD
University of California, Riverside
and
RaymMonp M. ALF
Webb Schoo] of California, Claremont
INTRODUCTION
The fossil beds of the Barstow syncline have been worked by amateur
and professional paleontologists since 1911. It was the good fortune of
the Peccary Society of the Webb School of California in 1955 to find
an upper molar of an anchitherine horse and later in 1957 to find a
palate of the same type of animal.
These discoveries represent the first record of the genus Megahippus
from the Pacific coast and the first reported from deposits of Barstovian
age.
We would like to thank Dr. M. C. McKenna of the American Mu-
seum of Natural History, and Dr. T: Downs of the Los Angeles County
Museum for critically reviewing the manuscript. The holotype was
carefully prepared by Mr. Sanford Gifford of Claremont, and the line-
drawing restoration painstakingly rendered by Mr. Robert Fakundiny
of Riverside.
The abbrevation UCMP refers to material in the University of Cali-
fornia, Museum of Paleontology collections; UCR to collections at the
University of California, Riverside; and RAM to material in the Ray-
mond Alf Museum, Webb School of California, Claremont.
All measurements are in millimeters.
SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS
Class MAMMALIA
Order PERISSODACTYLA
Family Equidae Gray, 1821
Subfamily Anchitheriinae Osborn, 1910
Genus Megahippus McGrew, 1938
(Genotype: Hypohippus matthewi Barbour, 1914)
Megahippus mckennai NEW SPECIES
Figures 1 AND 2
Etymology: Named in honor of Dr. Malcolm C. McKenna of the Amer-
ican Museum, who has been a constant inspiration in encouraging our
paleontological work.
113
114, Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Holotype: Palate with shattered, but complete, well worn cheek tooth
dentition, left I1/, right 12/, and both canines, RAM 6500.
Type locality: Barstow syncline, UCR locality 3695, western side of
“Fuller’s Earth Canyon” just north of major north bend approximately
in southwest corner of N.W. 14, sec. 14, T. 11 N., R. 2 W,, Opal Moun-
tam Quadrangle, 1:62,500, U.S.G.S. Edition 1955; 10,900 ft. N. 24°
W. of road intersection 2825: Brown sandstones overlying grey silt-
stones. Megahippus palate from the base of the sandstones, Strati-
graphic position near the base of the upper member of Barstow forma-
tion (Lewis, 1960).
Referred specimens: Well worn left M1/ or M2/, UCR 3696-1, lack-
ing both the labial and lingual borders, UCR locality 3696, outcrops on
south side of badland amphitheatre north of Fossil Canyon, approxi-
mately in center of N.W. 14, sec. 15, 1.11 N., R. 2 W, Opal Mountain
Quadrangle, 1:62,500 U.S.G.S. Edition 1955, 15,300 ft. N. 35° W. of
road intersection 2825: Greenish and tan siltstones and sandstones near
top of the upper member of the Barstow formation (Lewis, 1960).
Left lower jaw fragment with M/1 and M/2, UCMP 21215, fig-
ured by Merriam (1919, fig. 28) from UCMP locality 2060 north-
western exposures of the Barstow formation in the north limb of the
Barstow syncline at a stratigraphic position roughly equivalent to the
holotype of M. mckennai.
Merriam (1919:473) also mentions a fragmentary upper molar,
UCMP 21214 of “a large species of Hypohippus” from the Barstow
syncline, UCMP locality 2056, Barstow formation stratigraphically
slightly below the occurrence of the holotype of M. mckennai. This
specimen was not figured or further described and it is only provision-
ally referred here.
Fragmentary limb bones of a large anchitherme are known from
several horizons in the upper part of the Barstow formation of the Bar-
stow syncline. Some of these are described by Merriam (1910). They
compare closely in size and general morphology with the sample of
Hy pohippus nr. affinis described by Henshaw from ‘Tonopah, Nevada
(Henshaw, 1942).
Age: late Barstovian.
Diagnosis: Approximately 25 percent smaller than WM. matthew1; |mn-
gual cingula on premolars not as well developed as in M. matthew;
mesostyles with sharper crests than in M. matthew.
New Megahippus from California 13s
DEscRIPTION AND COMPARISONS
Palate: Only the sides of the skull anterior to the orbits and the ventral
rim of the right orbit are present in the holotype. The Barstow species
was compared with figures of Hypohippus osborni (in Osborn, 1918)
and 7. affinis (in McGrew, 1938) and directly with specimens of the
Tonopah H. nr. affinis.
The premaxilla is short and narrow with a pronounced constriction
in front of the P1/ alveolus. The I3/-C diastema is shorter than in H.
affinis and H. nr.affinis and about the length in H. osborni. The C-P1/
diastema is similar in length to that in H. nr. affinis, but much shorter
than in H. affinis or H. osborni.
The infraorbital foramen les in the ventral margin of the facial
fossa above the parastyle of P4/. Part of the deep facial fossa is visible
on the right side. It extends posteriorly from a point just above and
behind the infra-orbital foramen as a deep pocket into the anterior end
of the jugal and adjacent maxillary bones. The portion of the facial
fossa visible is more like that in Archaeohippus (both A. ultimus and a
specimen referred to A. mourningi from the Punchbowl formation,
Cajon Pass, California) than described in H. affinis and H. osborni.
Hypohippus ur. affinis, however, shows a deep malar pocket as in
Megahippus mckennai.
Crushing and distortion of the palate makes it difficult to discern the
true posterior border of the palatal portion of the palatine bone. It
seems to lie opposite the hypocone of M1/. Likewise, the exact position
of the posterior palatine foramen is in some doubt although the groove
which extends from this foramen anteriorly along the palatal surface
can be clearly seen opposite M1/ on the right side of the holotype.
Dentition: Incisors. The 11/ is the largest incisor with a massive, high
crown and prominent lingual cingulum. A deep median pit is present
on the occlusal surface which apparently opened laterally in early
wear. The I2/ is decidedly smaller than I1/, but like the latter it has
a massive high crown and large labially opening median pit on the oc-
clusal surface. This tooth lacks a lingual cmgulum at the stage of wear
of the holotype. The I3/ is unknown, but its alveolus indicates that it
was smaller than I2/.
The large and high crowned incisors are unlike those of any species
of Hypohippus. They agree with the large and procumbent lower in-
cisors held diagnostic of Megahippus and thus constitute one of the
principal reasons for assignment of the Barstow form to that genus.
116 Bulletin So. Calif, Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Figure 1. Megahippus mckennai, new species, palatal view of holotype, RAM
6500, approximately X0.5. Specimen whitened with ammonium chloride before
photographing. :
New Megahippus from California
Figure 2. Megahippus mckennai, new species, incisors and left cheek tooth series
in occlusal and lateral view, holotype, RAM 6500, X0.5. Teeth restored.
1
'
‘
'
‘
i]
‘
'
'
'
17,
118 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
Canines. Large teeth with recurved compressed conical crowns bear-
ing lmgual cingula.
Premolars. P1/ is a birooted or fused birooted tooth. The roots appear
relatively larger than in M. matthewi indicating that this tooth may
not have been as reduced as in the latter species. The P1/ is ovoid in
occlusal outline, flattened lingually, and bears low anterolabial and
well developed lmgual cingula. The longitudinal valley branches pos-
teriorly at this state of wear. There is a low anterolabial cinglum on
the P1/.
The premolars increase in size posteriorly with P4/ being the largest
molariform tooth. As in MW. matthewi P2/ and P3/ have continuous
Imgual cingula, somewhat better developed on P2/ than on P3/. P4/
lacks a cingulum on the lingual faces of the protocone and hypocone.
There is a cingulum on the anterior face of the protocone in all the
premolars. An homologous cingulum is conspicuously better developed
on the molars. This cmgulum is as well developed on the molars as on
the premolars in Hypohippus. The protocone P2/ is nearly circular
in occlusal outline at the stage of wear of the holotype; it has a flattened
anterior wall in P3/ and P4/. The protoconule is poorly differentiated.
The hypocone is smaller than the protocone except in P2/ and its pos-
terior wall is flattened. A crochet is present on the right and left P3/
and left P4/. There is a trace of this fold (angulation of the metaloph
border at the proper position) on P2/ and the right P4/. This is prob-
ably a very variable feature, but its frequency in the holotype suggests
that the presence of the crochet on some of the teeth may be a constant
feature. This fold is far more variable in Hy pohippus and usually pres-
ent only as a spur of enamel, not a dentine filled fold as in Megahippus
mckenna. The premolar mesostyles are sharper crests than in M,
matthewi, more as in H. nr. affinis from Tonopah.
Molars. The M1/ is the largest molar, the molars gradually decrease
in size posteriorly. The M1/ and M2/ are rectangular mm occlusal out-
line; the M3/ is wider anteriorly than posteriorly. In morphology the
molars are much like the premolars. They differ in having weaker
parastyles, stronger cingula anterior to the protocones, and in lacking
continuous lingual cingula (continuous across the protocone but not
the hypocone in M3/). The crochet is strong on M3/. In that tooth it
blocks the floor of the protoconal valley. A crochet is present on M2/ of
the holotype and represented on the M1/ by a thickening of the enamel
(left M1/) or angulation of the metaloph border (right M1/). The re-
ferred M1/ or M2/, UCR 3693-1, bears a well developed crochet.
Enough of the base of the hypostyle remains on M2/ to indicate that it
New Megahippus from California 119
was a crescent-shaped cusp connected by a ridge to the hypocone. The
ends of the crescentic hypostyle join the posterior cingulum enclosing
an enamel-lined pit which is still visible at this stage of wear. The hypo-
cone and hypostyle on M3/ are reduced over the condition in the an-
terior molars. The hypostyle is represented by a ridge which connects
the hypocone with the posterior cmgulum.
Discussion: The new species is clearly a member of the genus Mega-
hippus as defined by McGrew (1938:315). It differs from the Claren-
donian M. matthewi principally in being smaller sized. The lesser de-
velopment of internal cingula on the premolars and sharper mesostyles
in the Barstovian form may or may not serve as valid differences when
both species are better known. The P1/ may be slightly better devel-
oped in the Barstow species. It seems clear from the close relationships
of these animals that they very likely represent two members of a single
phyletic line. If true, the dominant morphological trend in that phylum
was simple size increase from the Barstovian to Clarendonian.
The discovery of the Barstow species carries this lineage back into
the later Barstovian, but does not appreciably clarify the exact ancestry
of the genus. There are many resemblances in dentition between
Megahippus and its contemporary Hypohippus. These resemblances
can be interpreted as implying either the derivation of the larger, spe-
cialized Megahippus directly from species that would be recognized as
belonging to the genus Hypohippus or the derivation of both genera
from a common anchitherine ancestor in the earlier Miocene. The
genus Anchitherium, long regarded as ancestral to Hypohippus, may
also have yielded Megahippus as an independent derivative.
Roughly contemporaneous with Megahippus mckennai is the well
known Hy pohippus osborni from Pawnee Creek (probably the Kenne-
saw fauna), Colorado, and H. nr. affinis from ‘Tonopah, Nevada. The
oldest well known species of Hypohippus is H. equinus from the Bar-
stovo-Hemingfordian Deep River fauna, Montana. Of about the same
age as the latter are specimens referred to H. osborni from various
Great Basin localities. Matthew (1924:72) mentions isolated teeth
from the Hemingfordian Sheep Creek fauna which agree with the Snake
Creek H. pertinax. These undescribed specimens are probably some of
the earliest known representatives of the genus. It seems clear that in
the early Hemingfordian or late Arikareean Hy pohippus merges with
Anchitherium, yet thus far this critical stage in the evolution of Hypo-
hippus lacks documentation.
Hy pohippus equinus is generalized enough in structure to serve as a
120 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
common ancestor for both the later Hypohippus species and Megahip-
pus. It occurs too late in time to be directly ancestral to Megahippus
unless one entertains the possibility of rapid hypertrophy of the denti-
tion in the course of evolution of this group in Barstovian time.
Isolated teeth and jaw fragments referred to H. osborni from the
Virgin Valley, Sucker Creek, Skull Springs, Beatty Buttes and Mascall
faunas are approximately contemporaneous with H. equinus. Most of
these teeth are slightly larger than those of the holotype of H. equinus.
and somewhat smaller than H. osborni. They show a reduced P/1 as
in H. pertinax and H. osborni, and in addition show a tendency to de-
velop a lingual cingulum on the protocone of the upper cheek teeth. A
distinct crochet appears on some of the upper cheek teeth from Virgin
Valley. Unfortunately no specimens showing the upper or lower in-
cisors are known from these Barstovo-Hemingfordian sites. When
Hemingfordian Hypohippus species become better known we may find
suitable ancestral types for the Barstovian Megahippus.
When we consider the hypothesis that Megahippus has an inde-
pendent origin in Anchitherium we find that the North American
Arikareean species of Anchitherium show no special affmity with
Megahippus. None of the new or Old World species of Anchitherium
whose skulls are known show the deeply pocketed facial fossae typical
of Megahippus. However, if we examine the Old World species we do
find forms whose dental features approach Megahippus. This is par-
ticularly true of the Asiatic species Anchitherium gobiense Colbert,
1939, which differs from the European A. aurelianense and approaches
Megahippus in such features as increased size, enlargement of I/1-2
and reduction of I/3, reduction of P/1, and lack of ribs on the labial
surface of the ectoloph between the styles. Unfortunately the two oc-
currences of A. gobiense, the Chokrak formation of the northern Cau-
casus (Tortonian, Borissiak, 1945) and the Tung Gur formation of
Mongolia (Sarmatian), are too late in time to represent animals con-
ceivably ancestral to Megahippus. Anchitherium gobiense probably
represents an Asiatic line of Anchitherium showing dental trends par-
allel to that of Megahippus just as its contemporary Paranchitherium
karpinskii Borissak, 1937, parallels Parahippus. Nevertheless it is
worthy of note that the closest approach to the dental peculiarities of
Megahippus lie in the Asiatic anchitherines.
TABLE 1
Measurements of the Palate and Dentition of Megahippus mckenna:
The lengths of the upper molariform teeth were measured across the
New Megahippus from California 124
occlusal surface from the protoconule to the hypostyle. Their widths
were measured at the base of the crown from the paracone to the proto-
cone. The lengths and widths of the incisors, canine and P1/ are maxi-
mum diameters.
Approximate length of palate from posterior
palatine border to tip of premaxillary 165
13/-C diastema 10.2
C-P1/ diastema ca 25
Width across premaxillary outside 13/ 4.4.1
Left I1/ - Length Aol
Width ca 17
Right 12/ Length IDG
Width ca 13.5
Left Canine Length ca 9
Width 7.8
Left P1/ Length ES
Width I
Left P2/ Length srl
Width 29.7
Left P3/ Length 26.4
Width 3553
Left P4/ Length 27.4
Width 38.2
Left M1/ Length DEY
Width So)
Left M2/ Length 2553
Width ca 39
Right M3/ Length 91.3
Width, paracone to protocone Silo7/
Width, metacone to hypocone Dies
Left P2/-P4/ Length 81.5
Left M1/-M3/ Length ca 77
122 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
LITERATURE CITED
BARBOUR, T. H.
1914. A new fossil horse, Hypohippus matthewi. Nebraska Geol. Surv., 4:169-173,
1 fig. 2 pls.
BORISSIAK, A.
1945. On the Equidae from the middle Miocene of Northern Caucasus. Trudy
Paleontologicheskogo Instituta Akademii Nauk SSSR, 13:1-52, 14 figs. 3 pls.
COLBERT, E. H.
1939. A new anchitheriine horse from the Tung Gur formation of Mongolia.
Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1019, 9 pages, 3 figs.
HENSHAW, P. C.
1942. A Tertiary mammalian fauna from the San Antonio Mountains near Tono-
pah, Nevada. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Pub. 530, p. 77-168, 7 figs. 11 pls.
LEWIS, G. E.
1960. Miocene vertebrates of the Mojave Desert. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., 71:1916.
MATTHEW, W. D.
1924. A third contribution to the Snake Creek fauna. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist..
50:59-210. 63 figs.
McGREW, P O.
1938. The Burge fauna, a lower Pliocene mammalian assemblage from Nebraska.
Univ. Calif. Publ., Bull., Dept. Geol., 11:437a-437c, 438-585, 12 figs.
OSBORN, H. E
1918. Equidae of the Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene of North America. Mem.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., n. ser., 2:1-217, 173 figs., 54 pls.
REPORT OF AN ECHIUROID WORM HAMINGIA ARCTICA DAN-
IELSSEN AND KOREN FROM THE BEAUFORT SEA. While the icebreaker
USS Burton Island was enroute to establish a research station on floe ice in the
Beaufort Sea, five bottom samples were taken. A complete echiuroid worm of the
species Hamingia arctica Danielssen and Koren was brought up in an orange peel
bucket by John Tibbs on September 6, 1960. This represents the first report of this
species in normal substrate in the Beaufort Sea, although the find was not unex-
pected. MacGinitie (1955) reports that H. arctica was washed onto the shore at
Point Barrow, Alaska after a storm. There are other reports of this species from
arctic and antarctic seas.
Hamingia arctica has been found from a depth of 20 to 440 meters and a re-
lated species, Hamingia sibogae has been reported by Sluiter (1902) from 4391
meters in the Banda Sea. These specimens have been found in clay or mud. The
specimen found by Tibbs was recovered from 110 meters in clayey silt.
This specimen agrees with the description of Wesenberg-Lund (1934) in both
internal and external characteristics including the observation that in her ma-
terial, the papillae described by Danielssen and Koren (1881) were lacking.
The only exception to her account is that the proboscis was somewhat shorter in
relation to the rest of the body. This difference is considered to be not significant.
The specimen was fixed in 7% formalin sea water buffered with hexamethyl-
enamine and preserved in 70% ethanol. Measurements of this preserved speci-
men are:
Length of trunk 35mm.
Widest diameter of trunk 18mm.
Length of proboscis 22mm.
Length of bifurcated part of proboscis 22mm.
These studies were aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research,
Department of the Navy, and the University of Southern California, NR 107-567.
We also gratefully acknowledge the use of the laboratory facilities of the Allan
Hancock Foundation.—Carolyn Brahm and John L. Mohr, Biology Department,
University of Southern California, Los Angeles 7.
LITERATURE CITED
DANIELSSEN, D. C., and J. KOREN
1881. Gephyrea. Den Norske Nordhavs-exped. (1876-1878) 4:1-58.
MacGINITIE, G. E.
1955. Distribution and ecology of the marine invertebrates of Point Barrow,
Alaska. Smithson. Misc. Coll. 128:1-201.
SLUITER, C. P
1902. Die Sipunculiden und Echiuriden der Siboga-Expedition, nebst zusam-
menstellung der Ueberdies aus dem indischen Archipel bekannten Arten.
Siboga-exped. 25:1-53.
WESENBERG-LUND, E.
1934, The Scoresby Sound committee’s second East Greenland expedition in 1932
to King Christian [X’s Land. Gephyreans and Annelids. Medd. Gronland
104(14) : 1-38.
ion
}
‘
—
’ i
Pe ee ae
tad 3
i
= uy “
Be z
© ccs
i 4 :
re
Ne
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$8.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $6.00)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine
numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually
from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—one issue only). Issued four num-
bers (January, May, July and October) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX,
No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-
April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6,
November-December.
From 1925 to 1961, including volumes XXIV to 60, three numbers were pub-
lished each year. Beginning with volume 61, four numbers will be published each
year.
MEMOIRS
Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part. 1, 1947.
Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. Vol. 3, Part 3, 1956.
SS
126
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 2, 1962
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
For Sale at the Appended Prices
BULLETIN
TO
MEMBERS
IN Oa 7iael DO Ate ees vay tegen ee ort a ose ein Shan cen ara $1.00
22 NOS pet, nal ei epee in dean 2 heya ees ea EE 1.00
SO AQ () ede ctr aaa ele ries Ai oa orth Orta aa eem kA si 1.00
SEG et KO) OY nancies emer ee ce te SB ut ener eee ree Ir Liha are 3.00
Pe” EI Sh OOO a fen rae eee cue, Mage eee SG ial eRe ee 2.00
BED alti ter estes age ae a eee ROT ee 1.50
Beil OTD Nea iy arene der era deca feysser long ec 3.00
poe OSA OMAGH ots Sate a cy Aeeenenia she An Vy An ene a 4.00
FARO C1 OW Oe te ea enne Sasa eee ccm We Areca ope ene 1.50
a get LO oS eave ai eal Mc are Ae MCLs aR an Me 3.00
el 1OD Ot etm ae ee A vette ciic e 1.00
PANE OO ireeerp aah fateh Py eunettee gree en eters eae 1.00
Bo DR 1h) DO RN Se a a Be ea in Re ee 2.00
2D S64 Of Ol4s (Gach )\r nme sae mietane Sense 1.00
HRS aSo are) Su WO) oya (CYs\el al) weer ae ore Sie Gis Hikeecarcin cr dict oc 1.00
ts a LOSG peice No ae meat aoe See oyun ree 1.00
oe idee ODT (Cache cies cheeses ciel eee 1.00
eels?! 53 OO 8 Geach) asia mesic tone ee use eee 1.00
2a OOOO Cache cans seri re Precuaieg he eee 1.00
229 toll BAR peti mals eee), Nanya A eine dae cans aR A 1.00
eels Dou OS2 (each aris eevee en Ce 1.00
e 9, TS aceite ne nay eee aN Arh RU ER Ai ts 2.00
Fel OS 4 (each ee as useres a5 hear cee aa sean 1.00
ep Ae OSS 1935 h((Ca chi) ees scn eee Ieee 1.00
22 ND “S193 6rG(eachi)icwy secret we buna ees See 1.00
2 Me Qe SRO 3 ei(each)) seers ence eee eee 1.00
ards OS OS Su(eachs) ern ay nees ee ee wae eae ere 1.00
He GSO 3 1193 OR Ceachs)! ak mane. cicerayes ene seme 1.00
aes 1940 EP gt as Okc COSI ieee ae 1.00
BANCO SS MOAI” (GACH) sors aration Free ee 1.00
cianiline On Sel OAD 1(Gach))® vac. neat hee ares 1.00
2 AON 3 MOAB M(eachi ne aac qe as hee ake 1.00
NED 3. NO AAG (ah) wesceo cin eee eee eco Ee 1.00
Pele 23. OAS a(eachiien cc acaee tes Gee eines 1.00
ie i. 32 1 O4Gn(Gach)) isc fat.d eee en eee 1.00
7D ND 3 EN OAT each: onic: c: peur seed eee een 1.00
eA De 3. 1948 Geach) on 2 cncae odes eee 1.00
ote De Sel O4Ol (Gach) pitaws me. eee cee ee 1.00
i? 253. 1950 (6ach)) VAs weruer ote ee 1.00
Be ARDS 2119 1 (Gachi) erase icine eae ate eee 1.00
MDS 1959 (each ee lke neal p cya ae ere 1.00
oO OPS 1953 (cache mare te ytene eee eee 1.00
Pelee OS el GOA (eachiie seas ae eae eee ee 1.00
TO NON-
MEMBERS
$1.00
1.00
1.00
3.00
2.00
1.50
3.00
4.00
1.50
3.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 127
MM meIoN 3 1955 (each) 4...) csstes seek ecole $1.00 $2.00
ae Mmmm S21. 956) (CaCl)... uae ea pees be se etic + 1.00 2.00
ee OM 2S 1957 (EACH) 050k. sists sane he nee © te 1.50 2.00
Se MMOS (958 (Gach) 9... 202s se buccs noes 1.50 2.00
ae Sam oe 959 (each) .4 We Bato es a eke Maran 1.50 2.00
ae) me OM Se OGON(CACH)! nunc a ceeds gc es ee 1.50 2.00
© GOL, © sore, ile TCC Renta ieee nee ee er 3.00
OO MMSE (CAH ne ile). eta sas nin 2 Beene 1.50 2.00
MEMOIRS TO TO NON-
MEMBERS MEMBERS
Woltlee OSS “paper cover ..... 0.26: tiene dees $2.00 $4.00
Wille a INOsesl939=—“papericover.).. ).0. 2.5.6. as. 1.25 2.50
2 11939——printed on oneisidelof page -..... .. 1.75 3.50
ae Mme ON OAS— paper COVED . <1. 066g 0 elle oie le ote 75 1.50
PSs ile GEN EY ICO KGe wolp nen en coe oe oe ud ook 1.00 2.00
Me Ome BL OFO- “papel COVEY 6 oi .cc cy ecw eos way: 1.00 2.00
Mee peo 956—— paper cOVer sks ae fee oe ve 1.50 3.00
MIscELLANEOUS, PUBLICATIONS OF AFFILIATED OR
Co-OPERATING ORGANIZATIONS
orquinia——volss1,)2)(all published) . 53. 30.-022..).0.. 5.0.22... unbound $1.00
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1960 (all published), chiefly Entomo-
logiicall, 1 callore jalletiexgae des da doe oes oeias 6 ae oer cine eee ais conc 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the
RolamSeantorsanyDiero)). VV Dalles oes oo ee we ne 1.00
A List of North American Lepidoptera in the Los Angeles County Museum.
Part I Butterflies (Suborder Rhopalocera), Lloyd M. Martin and Fred
S. Truxal. L.A. County Museum Science Ser. #18. Zool. #8, 1955. Price
$1.00 (add 15 cents for tax and mailing).
REPRINTS
Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphin-
goidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only,
to allow for additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin,
QB »'s 00 '0.0.9,8 B GOke SHORTEN UCR CU Ee ye RE i SURE i Rt at ieee Ue oleae Ae eer eee $ 50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mexico,
NO SESE PBIB OSD OT Oak ce WA geycl tech la) © auyine mnt cistsr aig les ues te psn ates vest years Pee 5)
Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board,
one side of page (without index) suitable for labels. .................. 3.00
A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and dis-
tribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis ....................... 50
A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 32 pages,
from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. Ingram ........... 50
Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL ISLANDS
BLOLOGICME SURVEY: Papers ttoi33.4. 5.5552 4-5 2554+ 5sse ose nee 3.00
Fauna and Flora of E] Segundo Sand Dunes, Papers 1-16 ................ 1.50
Address All Inquiries to
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U.S.A.
j os
Rie : ,
Iheet : ; Mote ay nan ti
iy : = COR Sova ee Benet Al rao
ij l 2 a
HI i pat . 7 7 ay
i i ; ¥
1h ‘ +
lel P ‘
n i
A 1
A \
y
aye 5
1 7
4
1
*
i Mi c
Art i ry ny
-
t s
5
7
(
= \
rcs j
Le 3
~ ds
5 -
ie
4 >
a ra ;
4
. =
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
Contributions to the BULLETIN may be in any of the fields of science, by any
_ member of the Academy. Acceptance of papers will be determined by the amount
_ and character of new information and the form in which it is presented. Articles
- must not duplicate, in any substantial way, material that is published elsewhere.
_ Manuscripts must conform to BULLETIN style and may be examined for scien-
_ tific content by members of the Publications Committee other than the Editor or
_ be sent to other competent critics for review.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(1) The 1960 AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals
_ is highly recommended as a guide. (2) Typewrite material, using double spacing
_ throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 814 x 11 inch stand-
ard weight paper. (3) Submit the original and one carbon copy. The author should
also keep a copy. (4) Place tables on separate pages. (5) Footnotes should be
_ avoided if possible. (6) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (7) Method
of literature citation must conform to BULLETIN style—see Vol. 61 and later
issues. Spell out in full the titles of non-English serials and places of publication.
_ (8) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers.
ILLUSTRATIONS—A\1l illustrations, including maps and photographs, should be
_ referred to as “figures:.’ Al] illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
_ proper proportions for reduction to BULLETIN page size. Permanent ink should
be used in making drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings) ; photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Cost of engravings in excess of
two pages will be billed to the author. A schedule of prices is given below. Origi-
nal illustrations and cuts will not be returned unless specifically requested when
the manuscript is first submitted.
PROOF—Authors will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re-
turned promptly. Changes in galley proof will be billed to the author. Unless
specially requested, page proof will not be sent to the author. Abstracts and orders
for reprints should be sent to the Editor at the time corrected galley proof is re-
turned; appropriate forms for these will be included when galley is sent. The
Bulletin does not furnish free reprints to the authors.
APPROXIMATE COSTS FOR ENGRAVINGS
(Price applies either to zinc etchings or half-tones)
VA page $13.00
th page 15.00
1 page 20.00
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP IN THE
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Membership is open to all scientists of all branches and to any person interested in
the advancement of science.
_ LIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: privileged to vote and attend all meetings
annually $ 3.00
_ UNLIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: also receive publicationsys, yas tuveie ie s/s $ 6.00
LIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: privileged to attend all meetings .......... $ 2.00
UNLIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: also receive publications ...... annually $ 4.00
LIFE MEMBERS: have all the privileges and receive all publications for life. .$100.00
FELLOWS: elected by the Board of Directors for meritorious services.
ih
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
CONTENTS
Suspected Melanophore Movement in Fishes beyond the Larval
Stage. Melba C. Caldwell and David K. Caldwell ...........
Taxonomic Changes and Descriptions of New Tingidae (Hemip-
tera). Carl J. Drake and Florence A. Ruhoff ..............-
Fossil Arthropods of California. 24. Some Unusual Fossil Arthro-
pods from the Calico Mountains Nodules. W. Dwight Pierce
PTLOG OTIS TET OFT, S72) oyte esc! aussie ees pec eae wien s biacdi ties «
On the Recognition of a Second Species of the Genus Pelagophycus.
PERPLIZI TD OUDSOTD a8 Meh AD vig Sac = ally ale alae cis dies) aiaie S16 4:6) (5 8s
Blood Parasites of Mammals of the Californian Sierra Nevada
Foothills, with Special Reference to 7rypanosoma cruzi Chagas
and Hepatozoon leptosoma Sp. N. Sherwin F Wood .........
A New Species of Chigger, Genus Euschoengastia (Acarina, Trom-
biculidae), with Notes on Other Species of Chiggers from the
Santa Ana Mountains, California. Richard B. Loomis and
Marilyn Burmell ..........2.0 20s cece eee rete ee ee es
A New Ambrysus from South America (Hemiptera, Naucoridae).
UME ENELICT Stas ier ee ae) seas) 20! alah n sla aielelnieiar vhs lacs! ¢ atele s
coe ee ae eres ae caeee rere seesr eee seen o
Issued October 24, 1962
BULLETIN en THE
VoL. 61 Juiy-SEPTEMBER, 1962 Part 3
185
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS
Mheodore DOWNS 616 2 o.00ciie ls scale citiene odes toe President
Hichard 35) Goons 's.36 22 Seis ofeie Stereos ates ee First Vice President
ORAL VV nite: 2.05 ec) SMa en, srg ies ee nce Sen ere Second Vice President
Gretchen Sibley 5... 0 jjc.3..os «niet. Go's aie so oe lene a Secretary
Gloyd Vis Martin Co sca. ste bs se eee aire tate ees Assistant to Secretary
W. Dwight Pierce |. 2 o/c \j. votes cle sia std « olga els bole de Treasurer
David Ri. Caldwell ...620 0.5 oie oie oooh oe dete se Editor
DIRECTORS
Russell E. Belous Charles A. McLaughlin Ruth D. Simpson
Theodore Downs W. Dwight Pierce Peter P. Vaughn
Richard B. Loomis Jay M. Savage John A. White
Lloyd M. Martin Gretchen Sibley
ADVISORY BOARD
M. Dale Arvey Herbert Friedmann Kenneth E. Stager
A. Weir Bell Hildegarde Howard Richard H. Swift
J. Stanley Brode Theodore Payne Fred S. Truxal
David K. Caldwell James A. Peters Louis C. Wheeler
John A. Comstock Elbert L. Sleeper Sherwin E Wood
STANDING COMMITTEES
Finance Library
Russell E. Belous, Chairman Dorothy E. Martin, Chairman
Publications Membership
Richard B. Loomis, Chairman J ay M. Savage, Chairman
Conservation Junior Academy
Henry Childs, Chairman Laurel Woodley, Chairman
Publicity
J. A. White, Chairman
SCIENCE SECTIONS
Anthropology Botany
Charles E. Rozaire, Chairman Richard G. Lincoln, Chairman
Earth Sciences Experimental Biology
Peter P. Vaughn, Chairman Ronald Kroman, Chairman
Invertebrate Zoology Vertebrate Zoology
Elbert L. Sleeper, Chairman Dennis G. Rainey, Chairman
The Bulletin is published quarterly by the Headeny. Address all communications to the
appropriate officer at the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles 7, California.
Printed by Anderson, Ritchie & Simon, Los Angeles, California
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
VoL. 61 JuLy-SEPTEMBER, 1962 Part 3
SUSPECTED MELANOPHORE MOVEMENT IN FISHES
BEYOND THE LARVAL STAGE?
Mesa C. CALDWELL? AND Davin h. CALDWELL®
Los Angeles County Museum
In his summary of the migration of melanophores, Parker (1948: 256)
stated that melanophore movement “‘is limited in amount and restricted
to the very early stages in the life of these cells” and that “locomotor
activity ...is apparently characteristic of chromatophores only in
their very early stages of growth” Parker (/oc. cit.) summarized the
conclusions of Franz (1935) by stating that “after they [chromato-
phores] have become members of a general pattern, even in larval in-
dividuals, they retain their places in that pattern and their original
locomotor powers seem to subside almost completely?’ However, it has
recently been strongly indicated (Caldwell, M. C., in press; Caldwell,
D. K., in press) that melanophores continue to move well beyond the
larval stage in some marine fishes that undergo metamorphosis with
an environmental change. This migration was shown for melanophores
in the second dorsal fin of an Atlantic goatfish, Mullus auratus Jordan
and Gilbert, up to a standard length of 47 mm., and for the soft dorsal,
soft anal, and caudal fins of the Atlantic short bigeye, Pseudopria-
canthus altus (Gill), to a length of 73 mm. In view of these findings
the generally accepted assumptions concerning melanophores in fishes
must be restricted to observed species.
In the development of the color patterns of certain marine fishes
(e.g., M. auratus, P. altus, Chaetodon striatus Linnaeus) the fins are
particularly susceptible to drastic color pattern changes at the time of
change of habitat. The change of pattern, however, is not restricted
to the fins. A change in body color pattern, as well as that of the verti-
1Portions of this study were aided by a grant to the senior author from The
Society of the Sigma Xi RESA Research Fund.
“Also, Department of Zoology, University of California, Los Angeles.
3Also, Research Associate, Florida State Museum and Collaborator in Ichthyol-
ogy, Institute of Jamaica.
129
130 = Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
cal fins, was noted by Gosline and Brock (1960:200, 201, Fig. 217 h
& i) for the Pacific butterfly fish Chaetodon lunula (Lacépede). The
changes are probably as much the rule as the exception among tropical
shallow-water marine fishes with a pelagic early stage. These changes
in color pattern should not be confused with that so frequently seen
in fishes responding to shifting changes in their environment, in which
the distribution of the pigment within the melanophores changes, often
very rapidly (Odiorne, 1957).
The first question raised in regard to a change in color pattern is
whether the melanophores arise in situ at the time of change of pat-
tern. Although only preserved fish were examined, the definite im-
pression gained in our observations is that the melanophores move and
that there is not a successive generation of melanin aggregates (Fox,
1957; Blackburn, 1950: 155) and degeneration of melanophores
(Odiorne, 1936: 28). Examinations of series of metamorphosing M.
auratus and P. altus clearly indicate progressive migration of melano-
phores from the base of the fins to a geneticaally fixed area on the fin.
The path of melanophore migration is out along the fin rays, although
some melanophores cross the interray membrane of the fin before com-
ing to rest (Caldwell, M. C., 7 press; Caldwell, D. K., in press). Enough
of these im proper location form the adult color patterns of the fins
typical of the species.
Ageregations of melanin-containing cells in regions of encysted
unidentified skin parasites (Fig. 1) in large preserved specimens
of Mulloidichthys xanthogrammus (Gilbert), one of the Pacific goat-
fishes, raises the possibility of the melanophores’ ability to migrate even
when the fish has become adult. The tissue surrounding parasitized
areas shows what appears to be a streaming of elongated melanin-
containing cells either into or away from the site of the cyst. Direct
observation of the parasitized areas should be made in vivo during the
formation of the aggregations to determine the direction of the flow.
If the cells arise in the infected area, and stream outward, they are
probably atypical cells caused by the parasite or melanin-containing
macrophages. If they migrate into the area, the melanophores could
possess a defense role similar to that of the leucocytes which they so
closely resemble histologically. This would necessitate a review of the
origin and role of the macromelanophores found in melanotic tissue
(Gordon, 1957) as it should be established that they are not initially
present as defense mechanisms.
A parasitized area on the lower jaw in a region in which melano-
phores normally do not exist contained no melanin-containing cells at
Melanophore movement in fishes 131
the site of infection. If melanophores arise in situ, they should be ex-
pected here as well as in other infected parts of the body. With one
exception, in all areas of M. xanthogrammus where there exists a
generalized spotting of melanophores and there was a parasite, there
was an accompanying aggregation of melanin-containing cells at the
site. The exception was an embedded parasite, smaller than the others,
that may well have been of too recent implantation to have stimulated
a reaction.
Figure 1. Encysted unidentified parasite in the
caudal fin interray membrane of a Pacific
goatfish, Mulloidichthys xanthogrammus,
showing associated heavy aggregation of mel-
anin-containing cells. Normal scattering of
melanophores (retouched in the photograph)
can be seen at the extreme top, left and bottom
of the photograph. (About X 10.)
The reaction of these cells is probably due to a chemical rather than
to a physical stimulus. One of the parasitized goatfish was found to have
two embedded and overgrown sand grains within the skin, neither of
which showed an aggregation of these cells, although they were in
an area normally having scattered melanophores.
The site of implantation of one of the parasites was dissected and
pigmentation was found to extend into the muscle tissue surrounding
the parasite.
132 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
This aggregation of melanin-containing cells around encysted para-
sites is probably not unusual. Hoffman (1960:439) refers to the cysts
as being “pigmented (usually with melanin, black . . .;’ but he makes
no mention of the term melanophores or of movement of pigment into
the infected area.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank the following for commenting on earlier versions of
the manuscript: Dr. Joseph M. Odiorne of the New York University
School of Medicine, Dr. Denis L. Fox of Scripps Institution of Ocean-
ography, and Dr. Otto H. Scherbaum of the Department of Zoology
of the University of California, Los Angeles.
LITERATURE CITED
BLACKBURN, M.
1950. The Tasmanian whitebait, Lovettia seali (Johnston) and the whitebait
fishery. Australian J. Marine and Freshwater Res., 1:155.
CALDWELL, DAVID k.
In press. Development and distribution of the short bigeye, Pseudopriacanthus
altus (Gill), in the western North Atlantic. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv..
Fish, Bull., 62(203): in press.
CALDWELL, MELBA C.
In press. Development and distribution of larval and juvenile fishes of the family
Mullidae in the western North Atlantic. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., Fish.
Bull., 62, in press.
FOX, DENIS L.
1957. The pigments of fishes. Jn Brown, Margaret E., Editor, The physiology of
fishes. New York: Academic Press, Inc., Vol. 2, pp. 367-385.
FRANZ, V.
1935. Struktur und Mechanismus der Melanophoren im Farbenkleid der Teleos-
tier. Zeitschrift Zellforschung, 23:150-197. (Not seen.)
GORDON, MYRON
1957. Physiological genetics of fishes. Jn Brown, Margaret E., Editor, The physi-
ology of fishes. New York: Academic Press, Inc., Vol. 2, pp. 431-501.
GOSLINE, WILLIAM A., anp VERNON E. BROCK
1960. Handbook of Hawaiian fishes. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 372
pp. 277 figs.
HOFFMAN, GLENN L.
1960. Synopsis of strigeoidea (trematoda) of fishes and their life cycles. U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Serv., Fish. Bull., 60 (175) :439-469.
ODIORNE, JOSEPH M.
1936. The degeneration of melanophores in Fundulus. J. Exp. Zool. 74:7-39.
1957. Color changes. In Brown, Margaret E., Editor, The physiology of fishes.
New York: Academic Press, Inc., Vol. 2, pp. 387-401.
PARKER, GEORGE H.
1948. Animal colour changes and their neurohumours. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 377 pp., 126 figs.
TAXONOMIC CHANGES AND DESCRIPTIONS
OF NEW TINGIDAE
(HEMIPTERA )
Carx J. DRAKE AND FLORENCE A. RUHOFF
Smithsonian Institution!
This paper describes a new genus and three new species of Tingidae.
The taxonomic changes include the suppression of several trivial names
of species as synonyms and the creation of either new names or resur-
rection of available names for homonyms that have been theretofore
overlooked. The location of the holotype is recorded beneath the de-
scriptions of each new species. We are indebted to Elmor Stromberg
and Lisa Biganzoli, both of Washington, D.C., for the fine illustrations.
This study was supported in part by National Science Foundation
Grant 18721.
New SyNoNnyMs
Diplocysta nubila Drake is suppressed as a synonym of Penottus mon-
ticollis (Walker ) ; Stephanitis oschanini Vasilev as synonym of S. pyri
(Fabricius): Jeleonemia lanceolata (Walker ) as synonym of T tricolor
(Mayr); Tingis bengalana Drake as synonym of Dasytingis rudis
Drake and Poor; Tingis himalayae Drake as synonym of T: buddleiae
Drake; Urentius abutilinus Priesner and Alfieri as synonym of
U. eunonymus Distant; and U. sentis Distant as synonym U. hystri-
cellus (Richter ).
Naitingis, NEW GENUS
Obovate or oblong, dorsal and ventral surfaces moderately clothed with
very short golden pubescence. Head very short, armed with the usual
dorsal spines; bucculae wide, areolate, closed in front; eyes moderately
large; antenniferous tubercles short, thick, bluntly rounded in front,
concave within. Antennae long, slender, segment I and II short, III
very long, and IV moderately long, only slightly swollen. Rostrum
long, reaching to end of sulcus; sternal laminae of rostral sulcus low,
areolate, widely separated from each other, open at base. Ostiolar sulcus
of metathoracic scent glands present on each metapleuron.
Pronotum moderately convex, punctate, tricarinate; collar distinct,
areolate, truncate in front, without hood; paranota narrow, erect, com-
posed of one row of small cells; outer margins of paranota and elytra
without hairs or bristles. Elytra slightly wider and longer than abdo-
men, divided into the usual division; costal area narrow, composed of
1United States National Museum (USNM).
133
134. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
one row of areolae, sometimes biseriate in hollow of costal area; dis-
coidal area extending beyond middle of elytron, on same level as the
sutural area; sutural areas overlapping each other so that their apices
he jointly rounded in resting position. Metathoracic wings longer than
abdomen. Legs moderately long, femora slightly swollen.
Type Species, Tropidocheila mayne
Schouteden, Africa
This new genus is founded for the reception of Tropidocheila maynei
and var. biseriata Schouteden, T) nyanzae Schouteden and Tingis
blukwana Drake. Biseriata represents a variety with a partial second
row of areolae in hollow of costal area.
Naitingis, n. gen., may be separated from Tingis and its subgenera
by the lack of pronotal hood, very narrow paranota, and dorsal cloth-
ing of very short golden hairs, The exterior margins of the paranota
and elytra are without hairs or bristles.
Engynoma isolata, NEW NAME
Tingis insularis Hacker 1929, Mem. Queensland Mus., vol. 9, p. 330.
pl. 34, fig. 10.
Engynoma insularis: Drake 1942, Jour. Washington Acad. Sci., vol.
S27 O07.
Since the trivial names of Tingis insularis (Horvath) (1902) and
Tingis insularis Hacker (1929) are homonyms, we are here proposing
the specific name of isolata for the species described by Hacker.
Tingis strictula (Puton)
Monanthia platychila strictula Puton 1878, Ann. Soc, Ent. France.
ser. 5, vol. 8, p. Ixvi.
Tingis strictula; Horvath 1906, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 4,
Sante
Tingis montana Lindberg 1932, Soc. Sci. Fennica Comm. Biol., vol. 3,
p. 42. (New Synonymy )
A comparison of a paratype of 7. montana Lindberg from Spain with
a specimen of 7? strictula (Puton) (det. Puton) from Oran, Algeria,
shows that these two trivial names were given to the same species, the
latter having priority by many years. The illustration by Lindberg
(loc. cit. p. 42, pl. 2, fig. 5) is Tingis cardui (Linnaeus) and not 7: mon-
tana as labeled.
Tingidae taxonomy 135
Tingis stachydis (Fieber )
Monanthia maculata Herrich-Schaeffer 1838, Wanzen. Insekt., vol. 4,
pp. 51, 56, pl. 123, fig. 389, a-c.
Monanthia stachydis Fieber 1844, Ent. Mon., p. 73, pl. 6, figs. 13-15.
Tingis maculata: Horvath 1906, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 4, pp.
69, 84.
The transference of Monanthia maculata Herrich-Schaeffer to the
genus Tingis by Horvath (1906) made the specific names of this species
and that of Tingis maculata Herrich-Schaeffer homonyms. As the first
revisors, we are here resurrecting Monanthia stachydis Fieber as the
available trivial name for the former species, and are citing the refer-
ences needed to verify the homonym and validity of stachydis as the
valid trivial name.
Galeatus maculatus (Herrich-Schaeffer )
Tingis maculata Herrich-Schaeffer 1838, Wanzen. Insekt., vol. 4, p. 68,
pl. 126, fig. 393.
Tingis subglobosa Herrich-Schaeffer 1838, Wanzen. Insekt., vol. 4,
p. 68.—Fieber 1844, Ent. Mon., p. 106, pl. 9, figs. 17-20.
Galeatus maculatus: Stal 1874, Ofv. Vet. Forh., p. 48.
As explained beneath the above caption, Jingis maculata Herrich-
Schaeffer and Monanthia maculata Herrich-Schaeffer (now in Tingis )
are homonyms. Stal (1874) correctly transferred 7’ maculata to the
genus Galeatus.
Galeatus spinifrons (Fallén)
Tingis spinifrons Fallén 1807, Monographia cimicum Sveciae, p. 38.
Galeatus spinifrons: Horvath 1906, Ann, Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 4,
19, OS:
Copium artemisifolium Shinji 1938, Zool. Mag. Japan, vol. 50, p. 316.
—Takeya 1951, Kurume Univ. Jour. (Nat. Sci.), vol. 4, p. 19. (New
Synonymy )
The type of C. artemisifolium Shinji from Honshti Island (Morioka
Island, Prov. Rikuchu), Japan, is apparently lost. Since the original
description of artemisifolium fits that of Galeatus spinifrons and since
it breeds on the leaves of Artemisia vulgaris, we are here treating the
two trivial names as synonyms, spinifrons having the priority by many
years. In a paper in press elsewhere, the authors have placed other
species in synonymy with spinifrons.
136 = Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Leptodictya elitha, NEW SPECIES
Large, very broad. Head blackish fuscous with dorsal spines testaceous;
bucculae dark fuscous. Pronotum blackish fuscous with hood, collar.
paranota, carinae, and apex of hind projection testaceous. Elytra pale
testaceous with exterior veins, six obliquely transverse bands (each
band consists of one depressed vein and adjoiming rows of cells) in
costal area blackish fuscous; subcostal area with veinlets brown; dis-
coidal area with boundary veins and two adventitious veins brown to
fuscous; sutural area with veimlets blackish fuscous. Antenna fuscous-
brown with first two segments blackish. Legs ight brown with tarsi
blackish. Body beneath black, with entire abdomen or only genital
segments reddish brown. Length 4.70 mm., width (elytra) 2.70 mm.
Head very short, armed with five, very long, sharp spines; eyes
moderately large, dark fuscous; bucculae long, wide, five areolae deep
in widest part, closed in front. Antennae long, slender, clothed with
whitish pubescense, measurements: segment I, 0.25 mm.; II, 0.12
mm.; III, 3.50 mm.; IV, 0.75 mm. Labium testaceous, extending to
base of sulcus; laminae of sulcus very wide, mostly biseriate, with
large V-shaped opening at base, without laminae on prosternum.
Pronotum moderately convex, coarsely punctate, tricarinate; me-
dian carina composed of one complete row of moderately large areo-
lae, plus two extra cells just behind the hood; lateral carinae less raised
than median carina, uniseriate, slightly constricted behind middle of
pronotal disc; hood moderately large, strongly compressed laterally.
about twice as long as high, feebly produced in front, extending back-
wards between calli on fore part of pronotal disc; paranotum fairly
wide, outer part reflexed so as to leave two rows of areolae on underside
and then between two and three rows on upper side, only the outer
row of latter resting on the dorsal surface of pronotum; posterior proc-
ess triangular, areolate. Ostiole and ostiolar canal prominent on each
metapleuron, the side of the channel raised, vertical and slightly tilted
posteriorly.
Elytra sharply widened at base, much wider and longer than abdo-
men, sutural areas only partly overlapping so that their apices, in
resting position, are separated from each other; costal area very wide
with areolae irregular in size, arrangement, and not in regular rows,
ten to eleven cells deep in widest part; subcostal area very narrow.
vertical, composed of two rows of small areolae, discoidal area extend-
ing beyond middle of elytron, acutely angulate at base and apex, seven
areolae deep in middle; sutural area large, with areolae as variable in
Tingidae taxonomy 137
size and as confused in arrangement as in costal area. Hind pair of
wings slightly longer than abdomen.
Holotype (male) and allotype (female), macropterous, Queros, Rio
Cosnipata, Department Cuszo, Peru, l.iv. 1952, EF Woytkowski, in
Drake Coll. (USNM).
The markings of the elytra are prominent and very similar in ap-
pearance to those in L. approximata. It differs from the latter species
by its larger size, slightly more elevated pronotal carinae, longer ce-
phalic spines, and especially by the longer and distinctly laterally
compressed hood. These two species have the sternal laminae of the
rostral sulcus biseriate.
Amblystira angella, NEW SPECIES
FicureE 1
Small, oblong, deep black, shiny, with hollow part of costal area brown-
ish testaceous; eyes moderately large, black; body beneath black, shiny,
sparsely clothed with pale pubescence; laminae of rostral sulcus black,
dull. Labium brownish with apex black. Antenna pale brown with
fourth segment black and shiny, the pubescent hairs sparse on third
segment, much more numerous and longer on fourth segment. Legs
pale brown with tarsi black, pubescence sparse and pale, Length 2.60
mm., width (elytra) 1.07 mm.
Head very short, with an irregular, median, longitudinal furrow
on vertex, armed with three, short, blunt anterior tubercles and two
longer, closely appressed, ridgelike occipital spines; buccal laminae
wide, areolate, black, closed in front. Labium extending to middle of
mesosternum; laminae of sulcus low, widely separated from each
other, composed of one row of tiny cells, present on all three sternal
divisions, closed at base. Antenniferous tubercles very short, thick,
blunt, concave within. Antenna moderately long, slender, measure-
ments: segment I, 0.10 mm.; II, 0.09 mm.; III, 0.70 mm.; IV,
0.38 mm.
Pronotum moderately convex, coarsely punctate, tricarinate, each
carina composed of a single row of very small areolae, lateral carinae
less raised than median and slightly divergent anteriorly; collar raised,
composed of three transverse rows of tiny punctures; calli small,
impressed, impunctate; paranotum narrow, slightly reflexed, slightly
wider at humeral angle, with two to three rows of tiny punctures,
distinctly obtusely angulate opposite humeral angle. Metathoracic
138 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Figure 1. Amblystira angella, n. sp.
scent glands with a prominent, nearly vertical sulcus on each meta-
pleuron.
Elytra with outer margins (also those of paranota) mimutely ser-
rate, longer than abdomen; costal area narrow, composed of one row
of small rounded cells on basal half, thence posteriorly in hollowed
part wider with large areolae and bi- to triseriate; subcostal area wide,
five areolae deep in widest part (six opposite apex of discoidal area) ;
Tingidae taxonomy 139
discoidal area reaching to middle of elytron, widened posteriorly,
obliquely truncate at apex, there six areolae deep, acutely angulate
at base; sutural areas overlapping each other at rest. Hind pair of
wings nearly as long as elytra, pale fuscous.
Holotype, macropterous female, (fig. 1), Monson Valley, Tingo
Maria, Peru, 29.11.1954, E. I. Schlinger and E. S. Ross, in Calif. Acad.
Sciences, San Francisco.
This shiny black species can be separated at once from all other
members of the genus by having the paranota distinctly angulate
opposite the humeral angles. As in other members of the genus, the
clavus is narrow and concealed beneath the backward projection of
the pronotum when elytra are in resting position.
Haedus oios, NEW SPECIES
FIGURE 2
Small, oblong, widest across apices of elytra, tapering anteriorly with
a large hollowed sinus behind the middle of outer margin of each
elytron; testaceous with head, pronotal disc and the discoidal, subcostal,
and sutural areas of elytra brownish, also with a wide transverse band
across apices of elytra dark fuscous; body beneath pale brown, shiny.
Antenna pale testaceous with fourth segment slightly brownish. Legs
pale testaceous with tip of tarsi blackish. Rostrum testaceous with tip
blackish. Buccal and sternal laminae of rostral sulcus testaceous, An-
tenniferous tubercles and cephalic spines pale testaceous. Length 2.65
mm., width (across middle and apices of elytra) 0.82 mm., and 0.95
mm., respectively.
Head short, armed with five very long, subporrect spines; bucculae
wide, mostly four areolae deep, closed in front. Labium extending to
middle of mesosternum; sternal laminae of sulcus uniseriate, com-
posed of one row of areolae, channel narrow and open at base. Antenna
very slender, sparsely clothed with short setal hairs, with longer hairs
on fourth segment; measurements: segment I, 0.10 mm.; IT, 0.08 mm.;
IIT, 1.20 mm.; IV, 0.32 mm. Antenniferous tubercles very long, trans-
versely compressed, feebly curved inwardly, extending slightly be-
yond apices of second sternal segments. Orifice and ostiolar channel
not visible on metapleuron.
Pronotum with sides narrowed anteriorly, moderately convex, retic-
uately punctate, tricarmate; median carina much higher than lateral
pair, raised anteriorly, biseriate behind hood, uniseriate with larger
rectangular areolae behind middle of pronotal disc, there with areolae
140 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
% ae ¢
?
ee
F dinkeRecasee
PUN OXCS fe
| BR ay
7 per BOCK Wt
ae x t
: \
4 ‘ =
Figure 2. Haedus oios, n. sp.
Tingidae taxonomy 141
shorter than high; lateral carinae low, indistinctly areolate, nearly
parallel; hood small, tectiform, angulately produced in front; para-
notum narrow, long, slightly reflexed, mostly uniseriate, wider and
biseriate opposite calli and collar. Legs very slender, indistinctly pu-
bescent.
Elytra with outer marginal veins (also that of paranota) minutely
serrate, apices partly overlapping in resting position; costal area fairly
wide, mostly biseriate; discoidal area mostly biseriate, nearly vertical,
extending a little beyond middle of elytron, widest behind middle,
there four areolae deep, with boundary vein separating it from subcos-
tal area obtusely angulately raised, highest behind middle, there and at
apex with black spots; sutural area with areolae subequal in size to
those in discoidal area; hypocostal laminae uniseriate, the areolae small
and rounded. Abdomen, as seen from beneath, rather densely clothed
with short, pale hairs along the upper margins of each side. Male para-
meres strongly curved inwardly.
Holotype, macropterous male, Salisbury, Southern Rhedesia, col-
lected by C. M. Smithers, in Drake Collection (USNM).
This species can be separated from other members of the genus by
the strongly constricted elytron behind the middle and the form of
body and color markings as shown in the illustration of the type.
Dictyonota maroccana Ribaut
Dictyonota maroccana Ribaut 1939, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, vol. 19,
p. 186.
An examination of the type (lectotype) of D. maroccana Ribaut,
brachypterous female, Djebel M’Goun Canyon Tessaut, Morocco,
1.1X.1915, shows that it belongs to the subgenus Alcletha Kirkaldy,
and that it is a synonym of aridula Jakovlev. Maroccana differs from
the latter in having the first antennal segment slightly longer and the
antenniferous tubercle more narrowed anteriorly and pointed at the
apex. The other structural characters are similar to each other.
Dictyonota tricornis (Schrank )
Acanthia tricornis Schrank 1801, Fauna Boica, p. 67.
Dictyonota dictyesthes Garbiglietti 1869, Bull. Soc. Entom. Italiana,
vol. 1, p. 274. —Drake and Ruhoff 1960, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., vol.
112, p. 7. (New Synonymy)
Dictyonota tricornis: Horvath 1906, Ann, Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 4,
p. 41.
142 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Dictyonota ifranensis Vidal 1951, Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, vol. 31,
p- 63. (New Synonymy )
Dictyonota tricornis americana Parshley 1916, Psyche, vol. 23, p. 164.
(New Synonymy )
An examination of the holotype of Dictyonota ifranensis Vidal,
macropterous female, Ifrane, Morocco, VI.1938, J. P. Vidal, shows
that it is inseparable from and a synonym of D. tricornis (Schrank)
(det. Horvath). An examination of many specimens of tricornis from
Europe shows that it is very variable in size and in the areolation of
the paranota and elytra, especially costal area. D. tricornis americana
Parshley is also suppressed here as a synonym of tricornis, as well as
dictyesthes Garbighetti.
FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA. 24. SOME UNUSUAL
FOSSIL ARTHROPODS FROM THE CALICO
MOUNTAINS NODULES.
W. Dwicut PIERCE
Los Angeles County Museum
and
JoHNn Grpron, Sr.
Campbell, California
The unusual silicified arthropods recovered from Miocene petrolif-
erous nodules, described in this article, were collected by Gibron at
U. S. Geological Survey Site #19057, the original discovery site of
Dr. Allen M. Bassett, reported on by Dr. Allison R. Palmer (1957).
This site is located in S.W. 1/4, Section 24, R.1.E., T-10.N., Calico Moun-
tains, San Bernardino County, California, at 2420 feet altitude. We
believe that this is the oldest fossil site yet reported on in this mountain
range.
The specimens were all extracted from the nodules by use of hydro-
chloric acid by Gibron and Mrs. Gibron (Julia). Critical study has
been made by Pierce, who also prepared the figures.
Class ARACHNIDA
Order ARANEI
Family Dictynidae
Genus Argenna Thorell
Argenna fossilis PETRUNKEVITCH 1957
FicurEs 1A AND 1B
A beautiful, crystalline spider; specimen 5275, (Gibron #H) was ob-
tained from the type site of the Petrunkevitch species, and although
larger than the type probably represents an older instar, It is mounted
in balsam.
Total length 2.16 mm., cephalothorax 0.96 mm., abdomen 1.20 mm.
The leg pattern (Table I) shows minor differences from those given
in the original description. (See Palmer, 1957:246-248. )
TABLE [|
Leg dimensions in millimeters of specimen No. 5275
Patella
and
Leg Femur Tibia Metatarsus Tarsus Total
J 0.68 0.68 0.40 0.36 212
II 0.60 0.64 0.40 0.32 1.96
III 0.60 0.64: 0.48 0.36 2.08
IV 0.68 0.76 0.40 0.28 Dil,
143
144.
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Fossil arthropods from California 145
The specimen is crystal clear except as mentioned below.
The nervous system is pigmented with black masses almost filling
the center of the cephalothorax, from which radiate nerves reaching
the whole length of the appendages, and a large mass in the abdomen.
The cribellum is transverse, and the four spinnerets seem to be in
a row, the outer ones larger with anal lobe below (Fig. 1b).
Order CHELONETHIDA Thorell
Suborder HETEROsPHYRONIDA J. C. Chamberlin 1929
Family Chthoniidae Hansen 1894
A silicified pseudoscorpion cheliceral claw was extracted from a nodule
from the same site (19057) noted above.
In view of the absence of any indication of poison apparatus in either
finger, and because the chela has no pedicel, but rather a socket for
attachment, it is assigned as follows:
Subfamily Chthoniinae Daday 1887
Tribe Lechytini J. C. Chamberlin 1929
Genus Lechytia Balzan 1891
FIGURES 2A AND 2B
Chamberlin (1929), in his monograph of this suborder, figured the
right chela of Lechytia pacifica (Banks) (Roncus ), which most closely
resembles this specimen in proportions and general shape, although
differmg in minor details. Banks (1893) very briefly described the
hand of his species from Washington state, and Chamberlin records it
also from California.
Length of chela 2.32 mm.; width 0.72 mm.; movable finger length
1.20 mm.; width 0.24 mm.
No setae are visible. The inner margin of each finger is armed with
small quadrate teeth, and similar teeth occur on the outer margin of
the movable finger, in the position often occupied by spmnarets.
A peculiar organ (Fig. 2c), looking like a tree growing out of a
Facing page:
Figure 1a, Side view of Argenna fossilis; size 2.16 mm. Figure 1b. Enlarged side
view of end of abdomen of A. fossilis, showing spinnerets. Figure 2a. Cheliceral
claw of pseudoscorpion, outer side; length 2.32 mm. Figure 2b. Inner side of base
of cheliceral claw of pseudoscorpion, showing articulation. Figure 2c. Enlargement
of unusual organ on finger of claw of pseudoscorpion. Figure 3. Posterior portion of
an Entomobrya; length of specimen 1.6 mm. Figure 4. Palaeosminthurus juliae.
new species of symphypleonid; length 2.4 mm. Figure 5a. Dorsal view of anterior
portion of Trogiid corrodentian; length of specimen 1.6 mm. Figure 5b. Face and
leg fragments of Trogiid corrodentian.
146 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
circular depression, occurs near the distal fourth of the movable finger.
The attachment of the chela is in a socket on the upper inner side.
a little beyond the base. This claw differs from L. pacifica, in which
the attachment is basal.
This seems to be the first fossil evidence of the pseudoscorpions in
America, although there are European records.
Class INSECTA
Order CoLLEMBOLA Lubbock 1873
Suborder ARTHROPLEONA Borner 1901
Family Entomobryidae (Tomésvary 1883) Gisin 1944
Genus Entomobrya Rondani 1861
Pierce (1960) described a fossil Collembolan, Entomobrya (Entomo-
brya) kirkbyae from the other side of the Calico Mountains in N.W.
Y% Section 19, R.2.E.,T10.N., a little over one mile away but in a much
later geological horizon of the Miocene. It measured only 1.50 mm..
for complete insect with extended springer.
A second record (Fig. 3) is now added, of a posterior portion of an
Entomobrya without the complete springer. The preserved portion
measures 1.6 mm., and therefore the entire insect would be consider-
ably larger than E. kirkbyae, but still could be a later instar of that
species.
Suborder SymMPHYPLEONA Borner 1901
The unusual specimen now to be described is in some respects inter-
mediate between the two suborders, and in absence of a collophore
would seem to stand by itself. The condensed form of the body other-
wise places it in this suborder but a number of characters require
separation to form a new family.
Family Palaeosminthuridae, New Family
Head with pigmented eyes beyond middle and lateral to insertion of
antennae, and with four clear lensed ocelli on vertex. Prothorax re-
duced, but bearing the only functional legs. Mesothorax greatly en-
larged; metathorax dorsally distinct. Middle and hind legs greatly
reduced. First abdominal indicated but without collophore. Anal
papilla and furcula distinct.
Genus Palaeosminthurus, New Genus
Fore legs elongate; middle and hind legs rudimentary; collophore lack-
ing; small oval spiracles on mesothorax; metathorax and first abdomi-
nal.
Fossil arthropods from California 147
Palaeosminthurus juliae, NEW SPECIES
FIGURE 4
Named in honor of Julia, Mrs. John Gibron, Sr., in recognition of her constant
collaboration with her husband in the work of collection and separation of the
fossils.
Although this interesting insect is crystallized and semi-transparent,
the white surface pigmentation remains.
Length, 2.4:mm.; height, 2 mm.
Head on flexible neck, directed downward, hypognathous. Antennae
located in front of the middle. Only two joints of one antenna remain.
Pigmented eyes outlined by a clear oval line occur lateral to the bases
of the antennae. On the vertex are two large oval, and two smaller
crescent shaped ocelli with clear convex lenses. These are placed in
the area where the so-called eye patches of separate ocelli occur in other
Collembola. An ensiform mandible is indistinctly visible, slender,
acute. Other mouth parts are indistinct in a foamy mass of crystal.
The prothorax is membranous, small, with a curved cervical plate
from base of head to anterior corner of coxae. The front legs are long
(one is complete except for claws), with coxa, trochanter, femur and
tibiotarsus in the proportions 30:20:50: 60.
Mesothorax massive, humped high above prothorax, strongly con-
vex, definitely defined by deep suture behind, but ventrally meets the
prothorax and abdomen in a point. Faintly the prescutum, scutum
and scutellum are defined, and on scutellum at the side is an elongate
oval opening which seems to be a spiracle, and on one side there is a
sinuous scar above this. The rudimentary second legs are indicated by
two segments, upon the side of the body below the first spiracle.
Metathorax dorsally consists of scutellum, but laterally this is pre-
ceded by a narrow scutum, which bears a transverse opening or spira-
cle, and below this are the rudiments of the third leg.
First segment of abdomen is dorsally distinctly outlined, bears an
opening or spiracle opposite that of metathorax, and the lateral bound-
ary is faintly outlined. There is no trace of a collophore, nor is there
any space for such an organ, as the mesothorax, metathorax, and first
abdominal come to a single ventral point adjoining the prothorax.
The second, third and fourth abdominal segments are one large un-
differentiated mass, except that from the venter of the fourth springs
the manubrium of the springer.
This organ is soft, two-segmented, and lacks the dens and mucro in
the present specimen.
148 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
The anal papilla, or fifth and sixth segments from side view, has
a dorsal and ventral process, with a central lobe (sixth).
The presence of eyes and ocelli, absence of collophore, reduction of
middle and hind legs, and great development of meso- and metathorax,
set this insect off as very distinct from any insect described in either
suborder of springtails.
Superorder CorRRODENTIA Burmeister 1839
Order CoPEOGNATHA Enderlein 1903
Suborder TRoGIOMORPHA
Family Trogiidae
FIGURES 5A AND 5B
A fragment of a crystallized procid is represented by Specimen 5282,
collected and extracted by Gibron.
This is the second record for this order, from the Miocene of the
Calico Mountains (for the first, see Pierce, 1960:45-46.).
Length of specimen 1.6 mm.; width of head 0.72 mm.
The head is turned down beneath the thorax, but the broad face is
complete with bulging eyes, broad clypeus and labrium. The thorax
is definitely three segmented, mesothorax largest. An oval disc on
metathorax may be a wing pad.
Order EPHEMERIDA Leach 1817
Family Baetidae Ulmer 1920
FiGcuREs 6, 7, AND 8
In article No. 23 of the Series W.D.P. recorded a fossil mayfly and her
egg mass found in Section 19, R.2.E., T10.N., Calico Mountains.
We are now able to report on three crystallized mayfly adults, Speci-
mens 5096, 5286, 5307; all found by Gibron at U.S.G.S. site No.
19057, noted above.
Fossil mayflies date back to the Permian Period, but the record is
based almost entirely on winged adults crushed and lying in shales.
In these new specimens we have two crystallized adults, and one
subimago, with only fragments of the wings, and it is hardly yet advis-
able to name them. The small size seems to limit them to the family
Baetidae. Only the genera Caenis, Baetis, Pseudocloeon and Cloeon
are recorded as holding species with adult size under 3 mm.
Organisms of decay are in all three specimens, indicating death be-
fore preservation. This is natural as the usual life of a mayfly is but a
day.
Fossil arthropods from California 149
Figure 6. Adult mayfly, No. 5286; length 1.96 mm. Figure 7. Subimago maylly,
No. 5096; length 1.92 mm. Figure 8. Adult mayfly, No. 5307; length 3.04 mm.
Figure 9. Adult chalcid wasp; length 1.88 mm. Figure 10a. Adult ichneumonid
wasp; length 6.0 mm. Figure 10b. Side view of head of ichneumonid wasp. Figure
11. Lepidopterous larva; length 1.03 mm.
150 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Specimen 5096 (Fig. 7) is a subimago, measuring 1.92 mm. Crys-
tallization is not clear cut. There are round bodies in the intestinal
tract.
Specimen 5286 (Fig. 6a and 6b), is a mature insect, measuring
1.96 mm. in length without its cauda; with three legs and antenna
visible. There is considerable brown pigmentation of the thoracic and
abdominal sclerites. Viewed from an unnatural angle, the posterior
margin of the head appears to be arched posteriorly, neither straight
nor emarginate, and this would seem to remove it from any of the
genera mentioned above. The antennae (Fig. 6b), have a short, trans-
verse first jomt, a longer but transverse second joint, and an elongate
third joint. The legs are short.
Specimen 5307 (Fig. 8) is a larger insect, measuring 3.04 mm.,
with only the bases of the caudal filaments present; and only the coxal
bases of the legs. In side view it has a typical mayfly appearance with
large meso-metathorax; small prothorax. Crystallization is not clear
cut due to decay materials which obscure many outlines.
Order HyMENOPTERA
Superfamily Chalcidoidea Ashmead
FIGURE 9
A minute crystallized Chalcid adult, Specimen 5289 (Gibron H35)
was recovered by Gibron, from a nodule from Site 19057, U.S.G.S.
Length 1.88 mm., specimen pigmented dorsally. Fragments of
wings, mouth parts, and legs are undecipherable.
Superfamily Ichneumonoidea
Figures 104 AND 10B
An excellent specimen of ichneumonid wasp, Specimen 5087 was re-
covered from a nodule found at Site 19057, U.S.G.S.
Length 6.0 mm, Crystallized, but with reddish brown pigmentation
on head, thorax and three abdominal segments. The head (Fig. 10b)
has three round ocelli, but mouth parts are not distinct, and only the
bases of antennae are present. The legs are long and slender.
Order LEPIDOPTERA
FicurE 11
A crystallized first instar larva, Specimen 5079 (Gibron #6) is an
interesting addition to the series collected at Site 19057, U.S.G.S.
Fossil arthropods from California 151
Size 1.03 mm. This larva has three pairs of legs, and also evidences
of four pairs of prolegs, and two caudal cerci. It is presented 1o repre-
sent the order until certain moths found by Mrs. Kirkby can be studied.
LITERATURE CITED
BANKS, NATHAN
1893. New Chernetidae from the United States. Can. Ent., 25:64-67.
CHAMBERLIN, J. C.
1929. Synoptic classification of false scorpions. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10,
4:50-80.
PALMER, ALLISON R.
1957. Miocene arthropods from the Mojave Desert, California. U.S. Geol. Surv.
Professional Paper 294-G; pp. 237-280, figs. 89-101, plates 30-34.
PIERCE, W. DWIGHT
1960. Fossil arthropods of California. No. 23. Silicified insects in Miocene nodules
from the Calico Mountains. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 59 (1):40-49, plates
14-17.
ON THE RECOGNITION OF A SECOND SPECIES
OF THE GENUS PELAGOPHYCUS'
E. YALE Dawson
University of Southern California, Los Angeles?
The Elk Kelp or Bull Kelp, Pelagophycus, is one of the best known
seaweeds of southern California and northwestern Baja California
where it grows abundantly in depths of 40-100 feet along the seaward
margins of the Macrocystis beds. The very long stipe with its massive
terminal pneumatocyst and antlers is a common sight on the beaches.
It has been known and described in the scientific literature since 1822,
and Setchell (1896, 1908, 1912) has given the extensive historical
and descriptive accounts of it that have established the currently ac-
cepted name Pelagophycus porra (Leman) Setchell.
In May, 1961, Dr. Wheeler J. North, diving at the north tip of
Catalina Island for a cruise of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography,
noticed and photographed specimens of a peculiar “dwarf” Pelagophy-
cus in which the stipes, of what appeared to be fully adult plants, were
only about 1 meter long, and the 5-7 meter-long blades lay along the
bottom in the manner of Laminaria farlowi. Inasmuch as neither he
nor other experienced divers had ever seen such Pelagophycus plants
elsewhere among the Channel Islands or along the mainland, he called
my attention to them and proposed to make special collections for
study. His observation brought to mind a group of juvenile, short-stiped
Pelagophycus specimens that I had dredged at depths of 48-90 feet
at Whites Cove, Catalina Island in 1948-49.
Dr. North subsequently searched on five dives along the west side
of Catalina Island from Catalina Harbor to Eagle Rock without find-
ing specimens of the Pelagophycus again, but upon my suggestion of
White’s Point on the east side, he succeeded in locating a colony near
Emerald Cove from which in July, 1961, he obtained a complete series
of specimens from juveniles to the largest adults present. These were
growing on a bottom of sand grading into silt at depths of 50-100+
feet. The greatest concentration was at about 90 feet. Although adult
1This study was conducted incidentally to other researches on Pacific marine
algae under support of contract Nonr-3096(00) Amend. 2 between the Office of
Naval Research and the Beaudette Foundation. Reproduction in whole or in part
is permitted for any purposes of the United States government.
2Allan Hancock Foundation.
153
154. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
ALINS
Figure 1, Pelagophycus giganteus. Juvenile plants collected at Catalina Island by
W. North, 7/25/61 at a depth of 90 ft., showing progressive development of stipe
and pneumatocyst, and division of blade. E represents a plant with 22 cm. stipe.
Note early development of haptera from lower part of stipe. These plants are
essentially equivalent in development to their counterparts in Fig. 2. All X 0.47.
Second species of Bull Kelp 15
Or
Figure 2. Pelagophycus porra. Juvenile plants collected at La Jolla by B. Best,
7/29/61 at a depth of 90 ft., showing progressive development of stipe and pneu- |
matocyst, and division of blade. E represents a plant with 77 cm. stipe. These |
plants are essentially equivalent in development with their counterparts in Fig. 1.
All X 0.47.
150 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
plants there were not so short-stiped as those observed and photo-
graphed on the west side of the island in April (10 ft. vs. 3 ft.), they
nevertheless showed distinct differences from the characteristic main-
land plants of Pelagophycus porra, and a comparison of the two forms
has led to a curious discovery.
A review of the Pelagophycus literature revealed that the Swedish
botanist Areschoug’s (1876) fragmentary type specimens of Nereo-
cystis gigantea, a collection by Gustav Eisen from Santa Catalina
Island, is, indeed, this dwarfish plant that shows such different char-
acters from the mainland Pelagophycus porra. The original description
clearly shows that Areschoug had a plant with long-elliptical vesicle
(5-6 cm. long, 3.5 cm. wide) and a doubly furcate “petiole” above
the vesicle. The type has been reexamined for me by Dr. Sten AhIner.
curator of the Naturhistorska Riksmuseet, Stockholm. It agrees in all
essential details with some of the Catalina Island topotypes recently
collected by North. Five years later, in 1881, Areschoug set up the
new genus Pelagophycus to receive Eisen’s plant, but in distinguishing
it from Nereocystis he did not recognize, working in his laboratory im
Sweden, the differences between his type specimen from Catalina
Island and the large plants with spherical vesicles that were known
on the southern California mainland. Neither did Setchell, many years
later at the University of California, recognize these differences, for
his experiences were only with mainland plants at San Pedro (Fig. 3).
and Areschoug’s imperfect type was in Sweden. Instead, Setchell’s
discovery of a much earlier description by Leman (1822) of the Cali-
fornia Elk Kelp led him to assume the Areschoug plant, the Leman
plant and his own to be a single species which he called Pelagophycus
porra according to Areschoug’s genus but Leman’s earlier specific
epithet. It is now clear, however, that Areschoug’s type actually rep-
resents a different species from the common coastal Pelagophycus
porra and is a plant of apparently restricted insular distribution. This
species, which must be known as Pelagophycus giganteus (Areschoug )
Areschoug, is distinguished from P porra according to the following
comparison:
P giganteus P. porra
HOLD-_ haptera developing from haptera confined to a short length of
FAST progressively higher lev- lowermost stipe, not extensive. 10-15
els on base of stipe, be- (20) cm. broad. usually attached to a
coming extensive. to 60 rock.
cm. broad or more, spread-
ing into sand and shell.
STIPE
VESICLE
ANTLERS
BLADES
Second species of Bull Kelp 157
P. giganteus
short, 10-35 cm. long in
young plants, reaching a
maximum of about 2.5-3
meters.
elliptical, to 12 cm. long,
9 cm. wide.
flattened.
4 only in number, com-
paratively large in young
plants, much longer than
the stipe, lying undu-
lately along the bottom.
P. porra
long, 1-3 meters in young specimens, to
20-27 meters long in adults.
essentially spherical, 12-20 cm. in diam-
eter.
essentially cylindrical.
usually 8, but sometimes 12-20, not es-
pecially large in young plants, usually
shorter than the stipe.
Except for specimens from the vicinity of San Pedro and La Jolla,
California, actual herbarium records of Pelagophycus are few. This is
largely due to the excessive size of the plant which makes preparation
Figure 3. Pelagophycus porra. A complete plant of medium size collected and
photographed by W. A. Setchell at San Pedro, Calif., in 1895. Note the numerous
blades, small holdfast and spherical vesicle giving rise to cylindrical “antlers.”
158 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
difficult. Accordingly, our knowledge of the range is based mainly on
observations.
From north to south the distribution of Pelagophycus porra is repre-
sented as follows:
Entrance to Tomales Bay, Central California. Drifted specimen only.
Santa Cruz Island, at 15-16 fms., between Smugglers Cove and
Yellow Banks anchorage. This C. L. Hubbs field note is verified by
personal communication with Dr. Thomas Sharp and Robert Fritzen
who report individuals 30-40 ft. long, almost certainly of P porra.
These men and Dr. North searched Anacapa Island but found no
Pelagophycus.
Figure 4. Pelagophycus giganteus. A medium size plant (left) and an adult plant
(right) collected at Catalina Island by W. North. Note the large spreading hold-
fasts, the relatively short stipes and the elliptical vesicles giving rise to flattened,
twice-furcate “antlers.”
Second species of Bull Kelp 159
San Pedro, California, Setchell 1146, Dec. 1895, 12 fms. (Herb.
WG.)
La Jolla, California. Several herbarium specimens in Herb. Han-
cock and Herb. U.C. Many observations by W. J. North from La Jolla
to Point Loma at depths of 40-100 ft.
San Diego, California. Several specimens from San Diego Bay and
Coronado Island in Herb. U.C. An extensive bed at Point Loma exam-
ined by Dr. North.
Off Tijuana Slough, Baja California, at depth of 120 ft. midway
between Point Loma and Islas Coronados. Observed by J. R. Stewart,
early 1957.
Islas Coronados, Baja California. Abundant at about 70 ft. on a bank
about 6 miles southeast of Isla Coronado del Sur. Observed by J. R.
Stewart and considered to be the largest colony known in Baja Cali-
fornia.
Bahia de Todos Santos, Baja California. Specimen in Herb. Farlow.
Punta San Jose, Baja California. Observations by Dr. Michael Neu-
shul, Nov. 18, 1957: “many plants up to 15 m. long at a depth of 18 m.
About half of them had a peculiar bend in the stipe [at about the point
of transition from solid stipe to hollow vesicle }?”
Punta San Jose to Isla San Martin. Observed on several occasions
from shipboard by Charles Martin. Some plants assuredly attached.
Islas San Benitos. Drifted specimens observed by the writer.
Apparently absent at Bahia Tortuga where North searched exten-
sively between depths of 25 and 80 ft.
Pelagophycus giganteus is known positively only from Santa Cata-
lina Island: the Gustav Eisen: type; Dawson 5609, 5599, 8055, Silva
4229, all from 8-15 fms. at White Cove; Silva 4261, cast ashore White
Cove; Dawson 4794, floating near Avalon; North 7/25/61, Emerald
Cove, 50-100 ft. (Fig. 1, 4) ; North, May 1961 (color photograph only )
north tip, west side, while setting anchor.
Young Pelagophycus plants now thought by North possibly to be
P. giganteus were observed at the outer edge of the Macrocystis bed at
the northeast end of San Clemente Island, Jan. 28, 1957. ““The Pelago-
phycus was noted at the bottom of a cliff estimated at 20 ft. high; the
divers remained at the top of the cliff which was at a depth of about
100 ft:’ Neushul reports similar observations of Pelagophycus at San
Clemente Island on the same date: “Northwest Harbor at 50 ft.; west
side of island at 78 ft’? A fragmentary specimen, probably of this
species but lacking stipe and pneumatocyst, from Wilson Cove, San
160 ~=Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Clemente Island is in Herb. U.C.: Silva 4715, Feb. 22, 1949, pulled
up on anchor from 12 m.
LITERATURE CITED
ARESCHOUG, J. E.
1876. De tribus Laminarieis et de Stephanocystide osmundaceae (Turn.) Trev. ob-
servationes praecursoriae. Botaniska Notiser, 3:65-73.
1881. Beskrifning pa ett nytt algslagte Pelagophycus, hérande till Laminarieernas
familj. Botaniska Notiser, 2:49-50.
LEMAN, D.S.
1822. Laminaria, in Levrault, Dictionnaire des sciences naturelles, 25:189.
SETCHELL, W. A.
1896. The Elk Kelp. Erythea, 4(12):179-184.
1908. Nereocystis and Pelagophycus. Bot. Gaz. 45:125-134.
1912. The kelps of the United States and Alaska. Jn Fertilizer resources of the
United States. 62 Coner., 2 Sess.. Sen. Doc., 190:130-178.
BLOOD PARASITES OF MAMMALS OF THE CALIFORNIAN
SIERRA NEVADA FOOTHILLS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI CHAGAS AND
HEPATOZOON LEPTOSOMA SP.N.
SHERWIN FE Woop
Los Angeles City College
INTRODUCTION
Blood films were made from 509 native mammals during the summers
of 1950, 1951, and 1952 at the San Joaquin Experimental Range,
O’Neals, Madera Co., California, while the writer engaged in the
study of the ecology of parasitic diseases, especially Trypanosoma cruzi
Chagas. Four more samples were received in 1953, bringing the total
to 513. This sampling program was greatly facilitated by concurrent
studies of other investigators on the mammals and reptiles in areas
where permanent drift traps were maintained. The prime purpose of
this paper is to identify and enumerate the blood protozoa.
The writer is indebted to the Pacific Southwest Forest and Range
Experiment Station, Berkeley, for use of facilities at the San Joaquin
Experimental Range, O’Neals, California; to Dr. E. L. Bibersteim,
University of California, Davis, for identification of the spirochetes;
to Dr. F D. Wood for suggestions in preparation of the figures; and to
Dr. G. H. Ball, University of California, Los Angeles, for supervision
of and helpful suggestions in preparation of the manuscript.
Previous publications on trypanosomes in conenose bugs (Wood,
1950), contaminative effect of conenose bugs (Wood, 1951a), trypa-
nosome development in bat bedbugs (Wood, 1951b), annoyance by
house invading conenose bugs (Wood, 1951c), occurrence of blood
parasites in 215 range mammals (Wood, 1952a), bug and mammal
transport (Wood and Wood, 1952), natural occurrence of Trypa-
nosoma cruzi (Wood, 1952b), and prevalence of ectoparasites (Au-
gustson and Wood, 1953) have dealt with related studies in this area.
Additional details of the general environment, wildlife habitat and
related investigations can be found in Hutchison and Kotok (1942)
and Reppert and Green (1958).
MATERIALS AND MrEetrHops
Most live animals were transported in small wire cages or live traps
to the headquarters laboratory building where a fresh blood sample
and one blood smear were taken from each animal. The fresh blood
161
162 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
was examined immediately and if spirochetes, trypanosomes, or
Plasmodium microgametes were seen, additional smears were made.
All terrestrial mammals were marked by a standard toe clipping
system of the station and released in the original area of capture. No
marked land animals were recaptured. Bats were marked with alumi-
num numbered bands from the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service and
some individuals were recaptured at irregular intervals, usually in new
roosts.
Rodents were run into wire cylinders from transport cages or live
traps and blood taken from the clipped tail or ears before marking.
Microtus and Peromyscus were sampled from ear veins. Dead animals
were sampled from the heart in addition to tissue touch preparations
from internal organs. Some samples were taken at the field plots where
ecological studies were under way. Since this is a dry dusty area for
most of the year, the smears show the usual contaminants of field
prepared slides.
Slides were stained with Jenner-Giemsa, labelled and stored for
future study. The 1950 slides were mounted in Piccolyte and all others
in Grubler’s Euparal Green.
Rapid examination of the summer 1950 slides revealed 30 infec-
tions. The recognition of pathological blood patterns and abnormal
cells led the writer to use differential blood counts in searching for
parasites in all other slides. A minimum of 200 leukocytes was counted
on all slides reported here. This technique resulted in detection of
many more parasites as noted below although some increase is at-
tributable to seasonal sampling.
The per cent of host cells infected and the number of parasites for
each 100 leukocytes were recorded for each differential count. Since
age of infection was unknown, great variation in numbers of leuko-
cytes was expected. Differentiation of neutrophils is the same as previ-
ously used for Peromyscus californicus (Wood, 1937).
OBSERVATIONS
One hundred twenty-five bacterial, protozoal, and helminthological
blood infections were found in 513 mammals representing 19 genera
and 22 species, a general infection rate of 24.3%. Thirty infections,
or 13.9%, were recognized in 1950 from 215 mammals. Seventy-seven
infections, or 34.19%, were detected in 225 in 1951 and 19, or 26%.
were found in 73 examined in 1952 (69) and 1953 (4).
‘Table 1 lists the number of uninfected and infected hosts. Chroma-
Blood parasites of mammals
14aq]18 lana} snosAwo19g
jaquips snyojnoiupu snasAwu018g
1y4oqg 440g snosAwo1ag
aDsod 1A SNIIULO{IIDI $NJOLIIY
{SOFT
juepoy
Y "sod ‘dan
TOVUTAA
snjo4npyy puv snosAwosag 104; ATeuruINs UOTdezUt 9yIse1ed pooyq [euoseas
@ AIA I,
PIULOF TED “YIOT YON 18 P2222]100
snpnva1su0] s1j0jDsawu sXu0JUOposy pay
1442q]19 tana] Snas{wmos9g
ljaquips snipjnoiupiu snos{wo1ad
myAog 1jhog snosXwmosag
SNJDULOUL SNJDULOUL SnYyJDUsOL3ag
sn4yI0 snaIUsofypa snyywUso1ag
10jbaajs sadiosn{ DuL0jJ0a AJ
avpsod1ADUL SNIIULO{I]DI $NJOLII J]
snutpipudsaq snosn{ snoisaidq ,
snoyfiond snpyjod snozo.jup
°
OS
Om
wnipousnigd %|a
eIUIOFITLD ‘sTean.Q ‘esuey [eyueutsedxgq umbeof ueg oy} wiory syeutueur Jo saytsered poolg
J Hidv EL
164 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
tin remnants representing nuclear fragments of Hepatozoon or Try pa-
nosoma were found in the monocytes on smears from 4 ¢@ and 4 2
Microtus californicus mariposae R. Rellogg,4 ¢ and 1 2 Peromyscus
boylu boyli (Baird) and 3 ¢ Peromyscus truei gilberti (J. A. Allen).
This means these rodents were infected at the time sampled although
no intact parasites or trypanosome “shadows” could be found. The
nuclear-like structure of these larger granular masses of irregular size
but generally spherical shape is distinct from the occasional small
azurophil granules seen in normal monocytes.
Double infections with Hepatozoon citellicola and Trypanosoma
microti were found in 3 ¢@ and 3 2 Microtus californicus. Try pano-
soma microti and microfilariae were found in 1 2 Microtus. Hepa-
tozoon muris with Trypanosoma cruzi was found in 1 ¢ Peromyscus
true. Hepatozoon muris and Trypanosoma peromysci were found in
1 ¢ and1 2 Peromyscus truei. Borrelia and Haemobartonella were
found in 1 @ and Haemobartonella with Hepatozoon muris in an-
other & Peromyscus truel.
Special effort was made to trap Peromyscus since this rodent was
found previously to be susceptible to infection with Trypanosoma cruzi
from California sources (FE D. Wood, 1934, S. F Wood, 1937). General
results for these rodents are summarized in Table 2 and indicate an
infection rate of 20.4%.
Figures 1 and 2 of Plate I are the first illustrations of Trypanosoma
cruzi from a naturally infected native host in California. The typical
regressive C form blood trypanosome (Pl. I, Fig. 1) was found in a
375 sq.mm. smear from 1 ¢ Peromyscus truei gilberti trapped 8-IV-52
from the garage shed near the horse barn in the headquarters area.
The trypanosome shows a deep basophilia characteristic of active
forms resident in the blood for some time.
Slides from a previously reported Peromyscus truei gilberti revealed
five typical blood forms in one thick drop and the one intact parasite
of Pl. I, Fig. 2 (Wood, 1952b). This transitional regressive parasite
shows increasing vacuolization and volutinization associated with the
Se of a erouniedl body form between figs. 2 and 3 of Pl. I of
Wood (1953). The lighter, more dispersed basophilia is a reflection
of the increased volume of the parasite preparatory to fission. The
flagellum and undulating membrane begin resorption as the kineto-
plast complex becomes more rounded and the parasite folds upon itself
assuming the rounded leishmaniform shape. These parasites probably
drift into capillary networks where, if host resistance is overcome, they
complete regression to the leishmaniform stage and by cell division
Blood parasites of mammals 105
10 pe {
Plate I. All figures were drawn with the aid of a camera lucida. Fig. 7. Typical
regressive C form Trypanosoma cruzi from ¢ Peromyscus truei gilberti, 8-1V-52.
Fig. 2. Circulating regressive Trypanosoma cruzi from Q Peromyscus truei gil-
berti, 6-VII-50. Fig. 3. C form Trypanosoma vespertilionis from tissue contact lung
preparation of ¢ Antrozous pallidus pacificus, 22-VII1-50. Fig. 4. Trypanosoma
peromysci from 92 Peromyscus b. boylii, 30-X11-51. Fig. 5. Trypanosoma microti
from ¢' Microtus californicus mariposae, 26-V1-51. Fig. 6. Trypanosoma neotomae
from 6 Neotoma fuscipes streatori, 8-1V-52.
give rise to more progressively differentiating parasites which re-
populate the blood stream as does Trypanosoma zapi (Davis, 1952).
Recent studies by Régo (1956) report developmental forms of Trypa-
nosoma cruzi in the circulating blood of white mice. This is probably
the way long standing light blood parasitemias are maintained al-
though limited foci of reticulotropic or myotropic forms are also
present.
166 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Microtus neutrophils averaged 2.7 (6.6%) segemented forms (0.5
to 7), 27.6 (68.5%) type (a) cells (8 to 53.5), 8.8 (21.7%) type (b)
cells (0.5 to 23), and 1.3 (3.2%) unsegmented forms (0 to 4.5) for
each 100 leukocytes from 23 infected voles. Six Microtus californicus
revealing infections with Hepatozoon citellicola (P\. II, Figs. 9 and 10)
during the differential counts showed 7.1% (3.2 to 15.5) infection of
monocytes. Three of these voles also revealed 81.1% (66.6 to 100)
infection of unsegmented neutrophils or 14.2% (1.8 to 37.7) of all
classes of neutrophils. Trypanosome and hepatozoan infections stimu-
late a shift to the younger type (b) and unsegmented neutrophils. In
six double infections with Trypanosoma microti (Pl. I, Fig. 5) and
Hepatozoon, trypanosomes averaged 111.6 (0.5 to 328.5), hepato-
zoans (2 infections) 0.5, one parasite in a monocyte (5.8% ) and one
in an unsegmented neutrophil (100% ). For seven voles with T. microti
only, trypanosomes averaged 38.7 (1 to 111.5).
Monocytes averaged 23.7% (10 to 35) for 14 infected Peromyscus.
Neutrophils for these same mice averaged 0.6 (2.2%) segmented
forms (0 to 3), 15.9 (59.3%) type (a) cells (4.5 10413) Be in(202176))
type (b) cells (1 to 21), and 3.2 (11.9% ) unsegmented forms (0 to 11)
for each 100 leukocytes. In one Peromyscus boylii with Hepatozoon
muris (Pl. II, Fig. 11) three parasites were found in monocytes
(9.69%). In four mice with Trypanosoma peromysci (Pl. I, Fig. 4),
trypanosomes averaged 280.7 (32 to 805).
In three Peromyscus maniculatus gambelii (Baird), Hepatozoon
leptosoma (PI. II, Figs. 13 and 14) averaged 3.6 (0.5 to 8) with 6.5%
(2.3 to 10) in monocytes and 45.8% in unsegmented neutrophils (two
mice).
In Peromyscus truei, one mouse with Hepatozoon muris (Pl. II,
Fig. 12) and Trypanosoma cruzi (Pl. I, Fig. 1) revealed 1.5 hepato-
zoans in monocytes (7.8%) and two mice with H. muris and T! pero-
mysci revealed 0.5 hepatozoans, 0 and 1, in monocytes (6.2%) and
8.7 trypanosomes, 0 and 17.5. Two mice with 7! peromysci only aver-
aged 24.2 trypanosomes (0 and 48.5) for each 100 leukocytes.
The following mammals were negative for blocd parasites: 2 <.
1 @ Spermophilus beecheyi fisheri, 14 Dipodomys heermanni tularen-
sis, 1 & Eutamias m. merriami,1 o,1 2 Lepus c. californicus,1 3
Lynx rufus californicus,2 3,4 9 Myotis yumanensis sociabilis, 1
Pipistrellus hesperus merriami, 1 3,2 9 Procyon lotor psora, 1 ?
Scapanus 1. latimanus, 1 3.7 2 Sylvilagus audubonu vallicola,
2 3 Tadarida brasiliensis mexicana, and 13 3.7 9 Thomomys bottae
mewa.
Blood parasites of mammals 167
o 9 i 14
Plate II. Fig. 7, Microgametocyte of Plasmodium sp. from <¢ Antrozous pallidus
pacificus, 9-VI1-51. Fig. 8. Macrogametocyte of Plasmodium sp. from ¢ Antro-
zous pallidus pacificus, 9-VII-51. Fig. 9. Hepatozoon citellicola in monocyte from
3 Microtus californicus mariposae, 19-IV-51. Fig. 10. Hepatozoon citellicola in
unsegmented neutrophil from © Microtus californicus mariposae, 19-IV-51. Fig.
11. Hepatozoon muris in a monocyte from < Peromyscus b. boylii, 30-XII-51.
Fig. 12. Hepatozoon muris from a monocyte from < Peromyscus truei gilbert,
8-IV-52. Fig. 13. Hepatozoon leptosoma sp. n., freed by rupture from a monocyte
from @ Peromyscus maniculatus gambelii, 8-IV-52. Fig. 14. Hepatozoon lepto-
soma sp. n., in a monocyte from @ Peromyscus maniculatus gambelii, 8-1V-52.
168 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Hepatozoon citellicola (Wellman and Wherry, 1910)
Gametocytes (Pl. II, Figs. 9 and 10) on one stained slide from a
California vole, Microtus californicus, averaged 9.3 gw long (8.1 to
10.3) by 3.9 w wide (3.3 to 4.5) for 25 specimens chosen at random.
The gametocyte nuclei of these parasites averaged 4.2 x long (3.9 to
Ob iby-3.3 jewides(31013:9)):
This sausage-shaped parasite exhibits a distinct limiting plasma
membrane which pulls away from the host cell cytoplasm in some
cells. The lightly basophilic cytoplasm appears irregularly vacuolated
towards each end of the cytosome. The average number of meta-
chromatic granules was 9.8 (6 to 14) for the 25 parasites, These are
similar to volutin granules of trypanosomes and occur in the nuclear
area or scattered through the cytoplasm. Most parasites le parallel to
the main axis of orientation of the monocyte nucleus but occasionally
the organism les within the crescentic cavity of the horseshoe shaped
structure.
The parasite nucleus is irregularly oval or rounded in shape tending
to be shghtly elongate. The peripheral chromatin (basichromatin )
appears in irregular clumps or bands separated by compact or broad
irregular parachromatin (oxychromatin) spaces and surrounding a
less dense central core of nucleoplasm.
Hepatozoon citellicolla is parasitic in the monocytes and unseg-
mented neutrophils of the blood of Microtus californicus mariposae,
San Joaquin Experimental Range, O’Neals, California. There is no
way at present of distinguishing this parasite from that described by
Wellman and Wherry (1910) from the California ground squirrel.
Spermophilus beecheyi. Since the same species of ground squirrel is
commonly associated with the foothill mammals studied here, their
name is used in preference to Hepatozoon microti (Coles, 1914) until
more data is available on the life cycle.
The host cells of the blood of the vole are the unsegmented neutro-
phils and monocytes. The cytoplasm of the unsegmented neutrophil is
moderately basophilic, lightly vacuolated, and with none or a few
distinct neutrophilic granules.
The ring shaped neutrophil nucleus shows a compact chromatin
structure similar to the smaller monocytes and larger lymphocytes.
Where the central aperture has enlarged and the circular, band-form
nucleus has become more labile, the parasite may extend mto the
immature neutrophils have not yet developed their distinctive granu-
lation. Older cells with more irregular banded nuclei show the diag-
Blood parasites of mammals 169
nostic granules clearly. One segmented type (a) neutrophil showed
Hepatozoon remnants in the densely granulated cytoplasm similar
to those seen in monocytes.
The moderately basophilic monocyte cytoplasm has a lightly vacuo-
lated and granular appearance. Granules are fine or coarse. The finely
granular appearance is due to the presence of normal azurophil
spherules similar to that found in the blood of other rodents. The
coarse granules, numbering 22 to 27 in the cells counted, are break-
down products of the nuclei of hepatozoans or trypanosomes as shown
by the similar structure and staining in the nuclei of these parasites.
The general absence of a perinuclear halo, variable shaped nuclear
structure, and extensive less basophilic cytoplasm distinguish this cell
from the lymphocyte. There are medium sized lymphocytes in Micro-
tus blood with looser chromatin organization suggesting a transition
form to the monocyte.
The monocyte nucleus has broad or narrow dense chromatin masses
with narrow or broad irregular parachromatin spaces. In younger
cells it is rounded or slightly crescentic. Older parasitized cells show
an elongate C shaped structure in which occasionally the lobes are
folded back over each other. The labile nucleus in one instance was
folded S like along one side of the cytosome.
Specimens are deposited at the Department of Zoology, University
of California, Los Angeles.
Hepatozoon muris (Balfour, 1905)
Gametocytes (Pl. H, Figs. 11 and 12) on one slide from Boyle’s
white-footed mouse, Peromyscus boyliu, averaged 8.2 wu long (7.8 to
9.3) by 3.5 w wide (3 to 4.2) for 15 specimens chosen at random.
The gametocyte nuclei of these parasites averaged 3.5 ww long (2.7 to
4.2) by 2.8 w wide (2.1 to 3.3). Measurement of seven parasites
from four slides of the Gilbert white-footed mouse, Peromyscus truet,
averaged 8 yw long by 3.4 w wide for the cytosome and 4 mu by 3.1
for the nuclei.
Terminal cytoplasmic caps within the parasites’ plasma membrane
of a substance staining similarly to the protoplasmic metachromatic
granules or nuclear chromatin distinguished this parasite from all
others studied here. The slightly shorter and broader cytosome oc-
casionally reveals from two to six free metachromatic granules. The
similarity in staining reaction of the substance of the cytoplasmic caps
to that of the metachromatic granules and nuclear chromatin suggests
170 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
origin from these cytosomal components. In some parasites, the caps
form a distinct broad band, 1 to 2 u thick at the center, and tapering
away to the plasma membrane halfway from the end of the cytosome
to the edge of the central nucleus. Parasites freed by rupture of the
host cell and those extending into the host cell protoplasm without
overlying the nucleus show this structure most clearly. Although
appearing homogeneous in side view in some cells, it is more granular
appearing in others. This narrower parasite appears more often in
varying positions in the host cell. It was found along the convex sur-
face of the host nucleus, within the elongate U shaped lobes, or ex-
tending across the cytosome at an angle to the nucleus.
The parasite nucleus is oval or rectangular with rounded corners.
The chromatin is peripherally concentrated in broad bands with
irregularly shaped less extensive parachromatin spaces. Some nuclei
appear nearly solid from one surface.
Hepatozoon muris is parasitic in the monocytes of the blood of Pero-
myscus boyliu boylu and P. truei gilberti from the San Joaquin Ex-
perimental Range, O’Neals, California. This parasite is probably the
same as the parasite described by Balfour (1905) from mononuclear
leukocytes of Mus decumanus and whose life history was reported by
Miller (1908). Although the cytoplasmic caps were indicated by Bal-
four (1905), Porter (1908) and Mackerras (1959), they were not
mentioned by Miller (1908). Hoogstraal (1957) noted these “caps”
in Hepatozoon balfourt.
The monocyte cytosome exhibits a lightly basophilic reticulated
cytoplasm often suggesting an alveolar pattern. There is sometimes a
perinuclear halo.
The monocyte nucleus shows broad homogenous, dense_basi-
chromatin masses separated with a few irregular, parachromatin spaces
detracting little from the general homogeneity of the structure. The
oval or slightly indented nucleus of normal cells becomes U shaped
in response to parasitism.
Specimens are deposited at the Department of Zoology, University
of California, Los Angeles.
DraGnNosiIs
Hepatozoon leptosoma, NEW SPECIES
Gametocytes (Pl. I, Figs. 13 and 14) on one slide from a Gambel
white-footed mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus, averaged 10.5 w long
(9.6 to 11.5) by 2.1 w wide (1.8 to 2.7) for 15 specimens chosen at
Blood parasites of mammals 171
random. The gametocyte nuclei of these parasites averaged 4.6 ws long
(2.4 to 6) by 1.7 w wide (1.5 to 2.4).
The elongated, crescent shaped parasite often occupies a position
within the concavity of the horseshoe-shaped nucleus of the monocyte
(Pl. II, Fig. 14). It is sharply delimited by a distinctly stiff plasma
membrane. It is narrowly elongate and crescentic with slightly baso-
philic, more homogeneous cytoplasm containing from five to twelve
metachromatic granules in some specimens. Although the commonest
orientation of the parasites is enclosed in the arms of the U shaped
nucleus of monocytes, some parasites lie under the plasma membrane
of the unsegmented neutrophils on the concave or convex side of the
host cell nucleus. In one instance, a parasite extended through the
opening of the neutrophil nucleus. In some parasites with terminally
displaced nuclei, a clearer large vacuolated area occupied the opposite
end of the cytosome.
In surface view, the oblong parasite nucleus consists of broad
chromatin bands with narrow irregular parachromatin spaces (PI. II,
Fig. 13). In some nuclei the bulk of the chromatin was distributed
peripherally presenting a tube effect with a central nucleoplasmic
core. In other parasites, the nuclear chromatin appeared barrel shaped
with parachromatin scattered through the nucleoplasmic core. In one
instance, the chromatin and parachromatin mass appeared cup-shaped.
Hepatozoon leptosoma is parasitic in the monocytes and unseg-
mented neutrophils of the blood of Peromyscus maniculatus gambelii
at the San Joaquin Experimental Range, O’Neals, California.
The host monocyte is similar to those described for Peromyscus calt-
fornicus insignis (Wood, 1937). Most nuclei of monocytes have an
elongate C shape enclosing the parasite. There are also numbers of
unsegmented neutrophils with heavy ring shaped nuclei of broad basi-
chromatin bands and narrow oxychromatin spaces crowding the para-
site to the edge of the cytosome.
Hepatozoon leptosoma may be distinguished from other California
rodent hepatozoans by size, narrow elongate form and preferred host.
Type specimens are deposited in the Department of ‘Zoology, Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles.
XENODIAGNOSIS
Xenodiagnosis was carried out for 186 mammals in 1950, 99 in 1951
and 71 in 1952 and 1953. The 356 mammals included 253 rodents.
91 bats, 8 rabbits, 2 raccoons and 2 domestic cats. This involved the
feeding of 1,275 conenose bugs, mostly laboratory raised, including
172 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
896 Triatoma p. protracta (Uhler), 321 T: rubida uhleri (Neiva), 49
Paratriatoma hirsuta Barber, and 9 Triatoma recurva (longipes ) Stal.
Most of these bugs were 1st and 2nd instar nymphs at time of initial
blood meal.
The 12 infections in Triatoma p. protracta were from three Gilbert
white-footed mice, Peromyscus truei gilberti, from the range head-
quarters area. Six 1st instar nymphs fed on 1 2 trapped 6-VII-50 in
an old wood pile, three of four 1st fed on 1 @ trapped 13-VII-50 near
buildings, and three 2nd fed on 1¢ trapped 8-IV-52 from the open
garage shed near the horse barn showed metacyclic Trypanosoma cruzi
in voluntary fecal droplets released from the 94th to 104th days after
the original infective meal.
DIscussION
Miller (1908) used the term mononuclear for lymphocytes of the rat
but listed the infected cells as large lymphocytes. Harris (1960) pomts
out that only monocytes and neutrophils are phagocytic. Miller (1908)
states that Hepatozoon is engulfed by the host cell with no effect on it
but Balfour (1905), Porter (1908) and Laird (1959) infer active pen-
etration of the host cell or nucleus by the parasite. If Hepatozoon ac-
tively penetrates the host cell, it could be found in any adaptable blood
cell. If we follow Harris (1960) and Miller (1908) as to engulfment.
then the host cells are neutrophils or monocytes. Hepatozoon canis is
reported from neutrophils (Laird, 1959). If the Hepatozoon gameto-
cyte is mature when released by the internal tissue cells, engulfment
would seem logical. In some species the red blood corpuscles are in-
vaded and “young” gametocytes are found so this would indicate active
penetration (Hoogstraal, 1957, Wellman and Wherry, 1910). In
heavy Hepatozoon citellicola infections of Microtus, both monocytes
and neutrophils contain parasites but not the lymphocytes. Coles
(1914) reported karyolytic action on the monocyte nucleus in Hepato-
zoon microti which was not noted here. The above observations suggest
engulfment of Hepatozoon citellicola by the host cells in view of known
function (Harris, 1960). Research on the cellular reactions to Hepato-
zoon might add new insight to the functions of leukocytes.
Analysis of the data as to season reflects the relationship of environ-
mental temperature to intensity of blood parasitemias. This is a definite
clue to use for retrieving material for additional study with the excep-
tion of those mammals restricted to warmer activity periods as bats.
Summer samples numbered 378, spring 76, and winter 59 with 74.
23, and 20 infections, respectively, for rates of 19.5, 31.2 and 33.8
Blood parasites of mammals 173
per cent. If we deduct the bats from the summer total, the infection rate
drops to 17.1%.
Of the 162 bats examined, 37 or 22.8% were infected. These mam-
mals offer a special study of the relationship of Trypanosoma cruzi and
T. vespertilionis which are closely allied species as shown in PI. I, Figs. 1
and 3. The life cycle of the Plasmodium (PI. II, Figs. 7 and 8) from
Antrozous deserves intensive study since this bat can be maintained in
captivity.
The use of the differential leukocyte count is well known as a diag-
nostic aid in clinical hematology. It was used here as an aid in enu-
merating and finding blood parasites, and to standardize coverage of the
smear. The same problem exists here for differentiation of lymphocytes
and monocytes as occurs in human blood (Fey, 1958, Harris, 1960).
Until detailed studies of normal blood of native rodents are made, it
is not possible to relate accurately changes in the blood picture to in-
fection. Therefore, the writer has used normal figures for Peromyscus
californicus and Mus musculus for the comparisons indicated below.
The structure of the rodent monocyte host cell is similar to that of
human blood in size of the cytosome, extent and staining of the cyto-
plasm and the usual-absence of a perimuclear halo. The dense banded
and blotched pattern of basichromatin with little oxychromatin is more
distinctive of lymphocyte nuclei than monocytes where the amount
of basichromatin and oxychromatin is more equal. The extensive
cytoplasm of these leukocytes of Peromyscus and Microtus and the
variable nuclear shape in an irregular S, C or U form agrees with
the differentiation for white mice (Fey, 1958). There is also con-
siderable numerical variability in normal white mice (Snell, 1941).
Detailed study of monocytes and lymphocytes led to the recognition
of the parasite remnants from normal cytoplasmic granulation. Both
hepatozoans and trypanosomes contribute to these remnants. Similar
chromatin remnants have been reported in polymorphonuclear neu-
trophils for Hepatozoon canis (Laird, 1959).
Differential leukocyte counts on 12 normal Peromyscus californicus
revealed 27% neutrophils, 7% eosinophils, 3% basophils, 9% mono-
cytes, and 54% lymphocytes since rodent lymphoid cells with wide
zones of cytoplasm are now considered monocytes (Fey, 1958, Harris,
1960, Wood, 1937). Normal differential counts for white mice of
various strains averaged 18% neutrophils, 2% eosinophils, 11%
monocytes, and 69% lymphocytes (Snell, 1941). Nino (1929) study-
ing the blood picture of white mice infected with virulent Trypanosoma
cruzi found an initial lymphocytosis followed by a neutrophil leuko-
174. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
cytosis 25 to 35 days after infection. The high neutrophil count then
persisted in numerical balance with the lymphocyte count until death.
Since Nino did not separate monocytes and the age of the wild infec-
tions here is unknown, it is not possible to compare the two sets of data.
Tabulated differential leukocyte counts here revealed a monocytosis
with marked reduction of neutrophils for three Peromyscus boyli with
Trypanosoma peromysci and four P. truei, one with T: cruzi, two with
T. peromysci, and one with T. peryomysci and Hepatozoon muris. A
monocytosis only was found in one P boylii with Hepatozoon muris
and one P. truei with T: cruzi. A neutrophil leukocytosis was found in
one P. maniculatus with Hepatozoon leptosoma and two P. truei, one
with 7. cruzi and one with T. peromysci but both also harboring Hep-
atozoon muris.
Differential counts for the California vole, Microtus, revealed a
lymphocytosis with reduced neutrophils in one animal with Try pano-
soma microti, A monocytosis only occurred in three voles with 7! mi-
croti and one with Hepatozoon citellicola. A monocytosis with reduced
neutrophils was found in one vole with 7! microti and two with T. mi-
croti and H. citellicola. A neutrophil leukocytosis was found in two
voles with 7. microti, seven with H. citellicola and two with both infec-
tions.
Galliard et al. (1959) demonstrated persistent low grade parasit-
emias in white mice with chronic infections of Zrypanosoma cruzi
long after experimental infection of the same mice with Borrelia dut-
toni and B. crociduri. Therefore, the presence of spirochetes in the blood
of Peromyscus truei is probably an important factor in maintenance of
T. cruzi infections in native rodents of California.
SUMMARY
Blood infections of mammals with Haemobartonella (12), Borrelia
(7), Trypanosoma cruzi (3), T. microti (17), T’ neotomae (2),
T: peromysci (10), T: vespertilionis (16), Plasmodium (19), Hepato-
zoon (36) and microfilaria (3) are recorded from central California.
Hepatozoon citellicola is reported from Microtus californicus muriposae
and Hepatozoon muris from Peromyscus boylu boylu and Peromyscus
truei gilberti. Hepatozoon leptosoma sp. n. is described from Pero-
myscus maniculatus gambeli.
Differential leukocyte counts used in finding parasites revealed a
neutrophil leukocytosis, lymphocytosis and monocytosis in infections
with trypanosomes and hepatozoans.
Blood parasites of mammals 175
LITERATURE CITED
AUGUSTSON, G. FE anp WOOD, S. F
1953. Notes on California mammal ectoparasites from the Sierra Nevada foot-
hills of Madera County. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sct., 52:48-56.
BALFOUR, A.
1905. A haemogregarina of mammals, H. jaculi (H. balfouri Laveran). Jour.
Trop. Med., 8:241-244.
COLES, A. C.
1914. Blood parasites found in mammals, birds, and fishes in England. Parasitol.,
7:17-61.
DAVIS, B. S.
1952. Studies on the trypanosomes of some California mammals. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Zool., 57:145-250.
FEY, EF
1958. Das weisse blutbild normaler mause des stammes agnes bluhn (AB.) Folia
Haematologica, 75:451-470.
GALLIARD, H., LAPIERRE, J. anp ROUSSET, J. J.
1959. Atténuation de l’infection a Trypanosoma cruzi chez la souris blanche par
différentes souches de Borrelia. Bulletin de la Société de Pathologie Exotique,
52:272-276.
HARRIS, H.
1960. Mobilization of defensive cells in inflammatory tissue. Bact. Reviews, 24:
3-15.
HOOGSTRAAL, H.
1957. Hepatozoon balfouri (Laveran) in Egyptian jerboas (Jaculus spp.) and ex-
perimental infection of the camel tick, Hyalomma dromedarii Koch. J. Proto-
zool., Suppl., 4:6.
HUTCHISON, C. B. ann KOTOR, EI.
1942. The San Joaquin Experimental Range. Calif. Agr. Expt. Sta. Bull., 663: 1-
145.
LAIRD, M.
1959. Malayan Protozoa 2. Hepatozoon Miller (Sporozoa: Coccidia), with an un-
usual host record for H. canis (James). J. Protozool., 6:316-319.
MACKERRAS, M. J.
1959. The haematozoa of Australian mammals. Aust. J. Zool., 7:105-135.
MILLER, W. W.
1908. Hepatozoon perniciosum (n. g., n. sp.) a haemogregarine pathogenic for
white rats, with a descr-ption of the sexual cycle in the intermediate host, a
mite (Lelaps echidninus Berlese). U.S. Hyg. Lab. Bull., 46:1-51.
NINO, EF L.
1929. Contribucién al estudio de la enfermedad de Chagas o tripanosomiasis
Americana en la Republica Argentina. Buenos Aires, Imprenta de la Univer-
sidad. 237 pp.
PORTER, A.
1908. Leucocytozoon musculi sp. n. a parasitic protozoan from the blood of white
mice. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 3:703-716.
REGO, S. F. pe M.
1956. Sobre encontro de formas tissulares do Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas 1909 no
176 = Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
sangue circulante do comundongo branco (Mus musculus). Folia Clinica et
Biologica S. Paulo, 26:17-45.
REPPERT, J. N. anp GREEN, L. R.
1958. Annotated bibliography of publications from the San Joaquin Experimental
Range. Calif. Forest & Range Expt. Sta., Berkeley, Tech. Paper No. 27. pp.
1-32.
SNELL, G. D.
1941. Biology of the laboratory mouse. Dover Publications, Inc. N.Y., 497 pp.
WELLMAN, F. C. anp WHERRY, WB.
1910. Some new internal parasites of the California ground squirrel (Otospermo-
philus beecheyi). Parasitol., 3:417-422.
WOOD, E D.
1934. Natural and experimental infection of Triatoma protracta Uhler and mam-
mals in California with American human trypanosomiasis. Am. Jour. Trop.
Med., 14:497-517.
WOOD, S. E
1937. Cytological variations in the blood and blood-forming organs of white-footed
mice experimentally infected with Trypanosoma cruzi. Univ. Calif. Publ.
Zool., 41:389-418.
1950. The distribution of California insect vectors harboring 7rypanosoma cruzi
Chagas. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.. 49:98-100.
1951a. Importance of feeding and defecation times of insect vectors in transmis-
sion of Chagas’ disease. Jour. Econ, Ent., 44:52-54.
1951b. Development of Trypanosoma cruzi in the bat bedbug. J. Parasitol. 37:
330-331.
1951c. Bug annoyance in the Sierra Nevada foothills of California. Bull. So. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 50:106-112.
1952a. Mammal blood parasite records from southwestern United States and
Mexico. J. Parasitol., 38:85-86.
1952b. Trypanosoma cruzi revealed in California mice by xenodiagnosis. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, 28:147-153.
1953. Hematologic differentiation of the intramuscular developmental forms of
Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas. Am. J. Trop. Med. and Hyg.. 2:1015-1035.
WOOD, S. EF anp WOOD, FE D.
1952. A water cooler for transporting heat sensitive animals, especially insects.
Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.,51:108-111.
A NEW SPECIES OF CHIGGER, GENUS EUSCHOENGASTIA
(ACARINA, TROMBICULIDAE), WITH NOTES
ON OTHER SPECIES OF CHIGGERS FROM
THE SANTA ANA MOUNTAINS,
CALIFORNIA
RicHarp B, Loomis aND MARILYN BUNNELL!
Long Beach State College
Examination of available specimens of several species of mammals,
from the Santa Ana Mountains and adjacent areas in Orange and
Riverside counties, California, has revealed larvae of eleven species of
chiggers. One species in the Genus Euschoengastia is described as new,
and range extensions of more than 200 miles to the southeast from
previous records are reported for five species. New host records are
listed, along with notes on the attachment sites and their seasonal
occurrence. Only the characteristics which are at variance with other
published information are described. Selected scutal measurements
are included for each species.
The Santa Ana Mountains are located in both Orange and Riverside
counties with the county line nearly bisecting the range. The moun-
tains are ten miles east of Santa Ana and some twenty miles from the
Pacific Ocean. The range covers nearly 400 square miles and has an
elevation of 5600 feet at its highest point.
The climate is affected by the position of the mountains, with south-
westerly winds driving the rain-bearing clouds at a right angle to the
length of the mountains. The wet season begins in December and ends
sometime in April. Over 90 per cent of the rainfall occurs during these
months. The rest of the year is considered the dry season. For addi-
tional information, especially on the biota, the reader should refer to
Pequegnat (1951).
ACCOUNTS OF THE SPECIES
The terminology used throughout this paper is that of Wharton, eg al.
(1951), with few modifications. All of the measurements are in ml-
crons. All of the larvae were studied by means of a phase contrast
microscope, with specimens mounted on slides in polyvinyl alcohol
L-P medium. Readers are referred to Brennan and Jones (1959) and
1Contribution No. 1 from the Biological Sciences Department. Acknowledg-
ment is made to the National Institutes of Health, Research Grant E-3407, for
assistance.
177
178 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Vercammen-Grandjean (1960) for certain taxonomic changes and for
keys including the species listed below.
Odontacarus linsdalei (Brennan and Jones)
S) pecimens examined. Total. 17 larvae, as follows:
RIVERSIDE CO., 244 mi. SW Lake Mathews, Dipodomys agilis, 16
April 1957.
Remarks. The above locality represents a range extension of 285
airlme miles to the southeast from the type locality in Monterey
County, California. Some variation was noted in the dorsal body setal
formula, 8-8-8-10-12-10-6-2-2 in above, as compared to the holotype
with 10-10-8-10-10-8-6-2-2. Averages of scutal measurements of 4
specimens are as follows: AW-55, PW-75, SB-25, ASB-26, PSB-18,
PNP ANIMES Se Alli 37 oP l-3 9" S272.
Neotrombicula californica (Ewing)
Specimens examined. Total, 59 larvae, as follows:
ORANGE CO., Modjeska Canyon, Neotoma fuscipes, 19 Jan. 1957
(19), Peromyscus californicus, 19 Jan. 1957 (2), 12 March 1957 (3).
RIVERSIDE CO., 234 mi. S, 4 mi. W Corona, Tin Mine Canyon,
Neotoma fuscipes, 17 March 1956 (26); 3 mi. SW Lake Mathews,
Neotoma lepida, 23 Feb. 1957 (7).
Remarks, Larvae were found attached to the external auditory canal
and the proximal areas of the pimna. Averages of scutal measurements
of 4 specimens from Orange Co. are as follows: AW-66, PW-80, SB-25.
ASB-34, PSB-25, AP-28, AM-38, AL-43, PL-43, S-83.
Neotrombicula dinehartae (Brennan and Wharton )
Specimens examined. lotal. 18 larvae, as follows:
ORANGE CO., 1 mi. E O'Neill Park, Trabuco Canyon, Peromyscus
californicus, 18 Nov. 1956.
Remarks. This locality represents a range extension of 285 airline
miles to the southeast from the type locality in Monterey County.
Chiggers were found attached to the external auditory canal with a
few scattered on the ear pinna. Averages of scutal measurements of 4
specimens are as follows: AW-65, PW-89, SB-23, ASB-36, PSB-23.,
AP-32. AME39: AL-55, PL-62.°S-78-
New species of chigger 179
Miyatrombicula scottae (Brennan)
Specimens examined, Total, 8 larvae, as follows:
ORANGE CO., 1 mi. E O’Neill Park, Trabuco Canyon, Peromyscus
californicus, 18 Nov. 1956.
Remarks. This record represents a range extension of 285 airline
miles to the southeast from Monterey County. Averages of scutal meas-
urements of 4 specimens are as follows: AW-39, PW-44, SB-12, ASB-
20, PSB-26, AP-22, AM-24, AL-21, PL-31, S-32. Most of these meas-
urements are slightly smaller than those given for the holotype.
Euschoengastia frondifera Gould
(Figures D anp E)
Euschoengastia frondifera Gould, 1956: 53.
Specimens examined. Total, 34 larvae, as follows:
RIVERSIDE CO., 8 mi. SSE Lake Mathews, Neotoma lepida, 22 Dec.
1956 (12); 3 mi. SW Lake Mathews, Neotoma lepida, 23 Feb. 1957
(21). ORANGE CO., Modjeska Canyon, Peromyscus californicus, 14
Milage Ia7 Ct).
Remarks. See remarks under FE. otophila for comparison of the two
species. Averages of scutal measurements from 7 types (Los Angeles
Co.) and from 4 specimens from Riverside Co., in that order, are as
follows: AW-62, 64, PW-80, 79, SB-30, 31, ASB-22, 18, PSB-16, 12,
AP-14, 13, AM-26, 22, AL-27, 30, PL-44, 43, S-31, 34. Larvae were
found attached to the external auditory canal.
Euschoengastia otophila, NEW SPECIES
(Figures A-C, F anp G)
Ty pe data. Holotype and 30 paratypes from 1 mile east of O’Neill Park,
Trabuco Canyon, Orange County, California, host Peromyscus calt-
fornicus, field number RL561118-1, collected 18 November 1956, by
R. B. Loomis. Additional paratypes from the same locality are listed
below. The holotype and two paratypes will be deposited in the Rocky
Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana. Paratypes, now in the
collection of R. B. Loomis, will be distributed to the United States Na-
tional Museum, the University of Kansas and to other appropriate
institutions and individuals.
Diagnosis. Resembling Euschoengastia micheneri Gould, E. lanceo-
180 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
PLATE I. Numbers adjacent to the nude setae represent measurements in mi-
crons. Euschoengastia otophila new species. Figure A. Scutum and eyes. Figure B.
Dorsal seta of the first posthumeral row. Figure C. Posterior dorsal seta. Figure F.
Lee I, showing nude setae. Figure G. Leg II, showing nude setae. Euschoengastia
frondifera Gould. Figure D. Dorsal seta of the first posthumeral row. Figure Jd
Posterior dorsal seta.
New species of chigger 181
lata Brennan and Beck, E. frondifera Gould, E. nifi Brennan and
Jones, and E. romola Brennan and Jones in having broadly expanded
dorsal setae, trifurcate palpal claw and lacking tibiala III. Differs from
E. micheneri and E. romola in having subterminala I; from E. lanceo-
lata and E. micheneri by nude or forked lateral setae on palpal tibia;
from E. nihi by presence of genuala HI; and from E. frondifera by
difference in shape of dorsal setae, dorsal setal formula 2-10-10-; and
longer humeral setae (40).
Description of holotype. (With differences noted in paratypes in
parentheses. )
Body: Small, nearly round. Color white in life, Two pairs of eyes
widely separated and ocular plate lacking. (Body length and width
varies from 246/265 to 379/333, average 260/270, in 10 specimens. )
Gnathosoma: Cheliceral base with few scattered puncta posteriorly.
Blade slender, typical, with tricuspid cap. Palpal femoral and genual
setae with numerous branches, dorsal and ventral palpal tibial seta
nude or forked. Palpal tibial claw trifurcate. Tarsus with 7 branched
setae and moderate tarsala (8). Galeal seta with 4 to 5 branches.
Scutum: More than twice as wide as long with scattered puncta
medially. Anterior and posterior margins of scutum sinuous; lateral
margins concave, diverging posteriorly. Sensillae clavate, short
stemmed and bases slightly posterior to bases of PL’s. AL’s subequal
and much shorter than PL’s. AM slightly shorter than AL’s. Measure-
ments of holotype as follows: AW-59, PW-76, SB-26, ASB-24, PSB-11,
AP-12, AM-23, AL-28, PL-41, S-31. Measurements of 4 types, aver-
ages and extremes, are as follows: AW-57 (55-59), PW-75 (74-77),
SB-26 (23-29), ASB-21 (18-24), PSB-11 (11-12), AP-13 (12-14),
AM-21 (20-23), AL-27 (26-28), PL-41 (39-43), S-30 (30-31).
Body setae: (see Figs. B and C) Approximately 50 broad dorsal
setae with numerous heavy setules. Dorsal setae of first row measuring
44 becoming progressively shorter (36m) and thicker posteriorly. One
pair of broad humeral setae (40m). Dorsal setal formula of holotype
2-10-10-10-8-6-4 (dorsal formula varying from 2-10-10-10-8-6-4 to
2-11-10-8-6-4-2). Ventral setae numbering from 34 to 40; small (23u)
and not broadly expanded. Last two posterior rows resemble dorsal
setae. Sternal setae (2-2) measuring 38m and 29 respectively.
Legs: Coxae lightly punctate. ‘Tarsala II longer than tarsala I, ratio
1.4 to 1.7. Tibialae I and II bluntly tipped. Arrangement of branched
setae similar to E. frondifera Gould, 1956. (See Figs. F and G). Nude
sensory setae (and measurements) as follows: Leg I, with 2 genualae
(11-13), microgenuala; 2 tibialae (11-13), microtibiala; mid-
182. = Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
dorsal tarsala (11-12), microtarsala, subterminala, parasubterminala
and pretarsala. Leg H, with genuala (6-7), 2 tibialae (6-8), long
mid-dorsal tarsala (17-19), proximal anterior microtarsala, and pre-
tarsala. Leg IIT, with genuala (7-8) (tibiala absent).
Specimens examined. Total, 62 larvae, as follows: Holotype and 61
paratypes, all from ORANGE CO., 1 mi. E O’Neill Park, Trabuco
Canyon, Peromyscus californicus, 18 Nov. 1956 (30); Modjeska Can-
yon, Peromyscus californicus, 19 Jan. 1957 (18); 12 March 1957 (6);
and 14 May 1957 (8).
Remarks. This species closely resembles E. frondifera but is sepa-
rated by the following characters. The dorsal setae are not flattened
dorsoventrally but are broad with numerous thickened setules. The
dorsal formula is variable in both species but E. otophila maintains a
2-10-10- as compared to E. frondifera with a 2-14-14. Humeral setae
are much longer, 40u as to 31 in E. frondifera. The lateral palpal
tibial seta is usually forked and occasionally nude whereas in E. fron-
difera it is usually nude and occasionally forked. One specimen of
E. frondifera was found with a series of E. otophila from Modjeska
Canyon.
Peromyscus californicus had heavy infestations of these larvae on
the pinae. Two mice had more than 100 chiggers on each of their ears.
Euschoengastia terrestris Gould
Specimen examined. Total, 1 larva, from RIVERSIDE CO., 24% mi.
SW Lake Mathews, Dipodomys agilis, 16 April 1957.
Remarks, This locality represents a range extension of 225 airline
miles to the southeast of the localities in Fresno, Monterey, San Mateo,
and Napa counties as reported by Gould (1956:56). Scutal measure-
ments of the single specimen are: AW-54, PW-66, SB-20, ASB-21,
PSB-21, AP-23, AM-25, AL-24, PL-36, S- lacking. The larva was
removed from the external auditory canal.
Euschoengastia californica (Ewing)
Specimens examined, Total, 150 larvae, as follows: ORANGE CO..,
1 mi. E O’Neill Park, Trabuco Canyon, Peromyscus californicus, 18
Nov. 1956 (23); Modjeska Canyon, Neotoma fuscipes (11), Pero-
myscus californicus (22), 19 Jan. 1957; Peromyscus californicus, 12
March 1957 (39); and 4 May 1957 (8). RIVERSIDE CO., 234 mui.
S, 4 mi. W Corona, Neotoma fuscipes, 17 March 1956 (5); 8 mi.
New species of chigger 183
SSE Lake Mathews, Neotoma lepida, 22 Dec. 1956 (19); Neotoma
lepida (21) and Peromyscus maniculatus (23), 23 Feb. 1957.
Remarks. Averages of scutal measurements of 4 specimens from
Orange Co. are as follows: AW-43, PW-55, SB-18, ASB-26, PSB-13,
AP-13, AM-32, AL-50, PL-47, S-31. The hosts were found with heavy
infestations in the external auditory canals and the chiggers were
grouped in clusters on the mner part of the ear pinna.
Euschoengastia radfordi Brennan and Jones
Specimens examined. Total, 6 larvae, as follows:
ORANGE CO., Modjeska Canyon, Neotoma fuscipes, 19 Jan. 1957
(5). RIVERSIDE CO., 3 mi. SW Lake Mathews, Neotoma lepida,
23 Feb. 1957 (1).
Remarks. Averages of scutal measurements of 4 specimens are as
follows: AW-52, PW-75, SB-25, ASB-25, PSB-11, AP-20, AM-28,
AL-47, PL-36, S-29.
Euschoengastia criceticola Brennan
Specimens examined. Total, 23 larvae, as follows:
ORANGE CO., 1 mi. E O’Neill Park, Trabuco Canyon, Peromyscus
californicus, 18 Nov. 1956 (9); Modjeska Canyon, Peromyscus calt-
fornicus, 19 Jan. 1957 (2); Peromyscus californicus, 12 March 1957
(1). RIVERSIDE CO., 234 mi. W Corona, ‘Tin Mine Canyon, Veotoma
fuscipes, 17 March 1956 (8). 8 mi. SSE Lake Mathews, Neotoma
lepida, 22 Dec. 1956 (3).
Remarks. This species is widespread throughout western United
States, from California eastward to Kansas. Averages of scutal meas-
urements of 4 specimens from Orange Co. are as follows: AW-50,
PW -61, SB-21, ASB-23, PSB-7, AP-11, AM-26, AL-30, PL-42, S-32.
The larvae were attached to the external auditory canal and the adja-
cent area of the ear pina.
Pseudoschoengastia occidentalis Brennan
Specimen examined. ‘Total, 1 larva, as follows:
RIVERSIDE CO., 3 mi. SW Lake Mathews, Peromyscus maniculatus,
23 Feb. 1957.
Remarks. The specimen from Riverside County represents a range
extension of 285 airline miles from previous localities in Plumas and
Monterey counties, California (Gould, 1956). Scutal measurements
184 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
of the single specimen are: AW-37, PW-57, SB-13, ASB-18, PSB-16,
AP-27, AM-19, AL-15, PL-26, S- lacking.
LITERATURE CITED
BRENNAN, JAMES M. ann E. kh. JONES
1959. Keys to the chiggers of North America with synonymic notes and descrip-
tions of two new genera (Acarina: Trombiculidae). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
52(1):7-16.
GOULD, DOUGLAS J.
1956. The larval trombiculid mites of California. (Acarina: Trombiculidae).
Univ. Calif. Publ. Ent., 11(1):1-116, pls. 1-26.
PEQUEGNAT, WILLIS E.
1951. The biota of Santa Ana Mountains. J. Ent. & Zool.. 42 (3-4) :1-84.
VERCAMMEN-GRANDJEAN, P. H.
1960. Introduction a un essai de classification rationnelle des larves de Trombicu-
linae Ewing, 1944 (Acarina: Trombiculidae). Acarologia, 2(4):469-471, 1
table.
WHARTON, G. W. D. W. JENKINS, J. M. BRENNAN. H. S. FULLER, G. M.
KOHLS anp C. B. PHILIP
1951. The terminology and classification of trombiculid mites (Acarina: Trom-
biculidae). J. Parasitol., 37:13-31.
A NEW AMBRYSUS FROM SOUTH AMERICA
(HEMIPTERA, NAUCORIDAE)
Ira La Rivers
University of Nevada, Reno
The distinctive genus Ambrysus, occurring from north-central United
States south to central Argentina, contains approximately 75 species
of aquatic, vegetation-crawling bugs. The following new species adds
another entity from the largely untapped South American reservoir
of these distinctive insects. It may be known as:
Ambrysus stali, NEW SPECIES
General appearance: size medium for the genus, rather narrow, 9.0-
9.25 mm. long, 5.0 mm. wide. Dorsum more-or-less unicolorous dark
brown, often blackish on head, pronotum and scutellum.
Head: Very deeply set into pronotum in center, its postero-centrum
squarely-set into pronotum. Shiny, Eyes completely flush with head
surface, convergent anteriorly, black, distinctly darker than head.
Head ratios are: (1) Total length to width (including eyes), 50::67
(75%); (2) Anterior distance between eyes to posterior distance,
28::43 (65%); (3) Anterior distance between eyes to inner eye
length, 28::30 (93%); (4) Posterior distance between eyes to great-
est length of head posterior to this line, 43::15 (35%).
Pronotum: Ratios are: (1) Width between anterior angles to width
between posterior angles, 55::102 (54%); (2) Median length to great-
est width, 36::100 (36%); (3) Distance between anterior and pos-
terior angles on the same side to perpendicular distance between an-
terior angle and baseline of pronotum, 55::52 (95%).
Scutellum: Unicolorous, blackish; ratio of three sides, anterior and
two laterals, 90::70::70.
Hemelytra: Lighter in color than remainder of dorsum, reddish-
brown to blackish. Embolia long, narrow (length to width 80::20=
25% ), narrow anteriorly, widest at posterior end. Hemelytra narrowly
exposing lateral connexiva and covering abdominal tip. Fully winged,
capable of flight, wing with one “costal”’ cell.
Venter: Blackish anteriorly, whitish posteriorly due to heavy pelt
of hydrofuge pile. Propleura fused medially, and free from posterior
slope of prosternum. Connexival segments smooth-edged, I-II non-
spinose, III-IV moderately spined at latero-posterior angles. Male gen-
ital process prominent, medium-sized, very broadly capitate with club
much swollen. Female subgenital plate-tip of tripartite shape, the broad
185
186 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
central swelling flanked by two sharp tips at the postero-lateral region
(see illustrations).
Legs: PROLEGS: Femur incrassate; ratio of length to greatest ven-
tral width, 72::45 (62%); Tibia and single tarsus fused into the usual
slender, moderately curved structure. MESOLEGS: Femur 2.5 mm.
long, ratio of length to median ventral width 70::10 (14%); Tibia
2mm. long, ratio of length to median ventral width 60::7 (12%), two
transverse rows of spines across distal tip, second row from tip incom-
plete. METALEGS: Femur 2.75 mm. long, ratio of length to greatest
median ventral width 80::10 (12%); Tibia 3 mm. long, ratio of length
to width 100::4 (4%), three transverse rows of spines across distal
end, the two non-terminal rows incomplete.
Figure 1. Ambrysus stali: (A) Terminal outline of female subgenital plate, holo-
type. (B) Male genital process, allotype.
Type and locality data: Holotype female, allotype male and several
paratypes from FRENCH GUIANA~—St. Laurent, October 1937, H. E.
Hinton. Paratypes from: DUTCH GUIANA—i4 November 1942,
16-19 September 1943, D. C. Geiskos; TRINIDAD, British West In-
dies, 27-29 October 1938, C. J. Drake; BRAZIL—Belem, 21 September
1937, H. E. Hinton—Manaos, September 1937, H. E. Hinton—Rio
Candeia, 30 November 1937, H. E. Hinton.
New South American Ambrysus 187
Location of types: Robert L. Usinger collection (Berkeley, Califor-
nia) —holotype, allotype and paratypes from the type locality as well
as from Dutch Guiana and Belem and Manaos, Brazil. Carl J. Drake
collection (Ames, Iowa) —one paratype from Trinidad, B.W.I. La Riv-
ers collection (Reno, Nevada) —paratypes from French and Dutch
Guiana; from Trinidad, B.W.I.; from Manaos and Rio Candeia, Brazil.
Snow Museum collection, University of Kansas at Lawrence—two par-
atypes from French Guiana. U.S. National Museum collection—one
paratype from French Guiana. British Museum (Natural History )—
one paratype from French Guiana.
Comparisons: the new species is closely related to Ambrysus ob-
longulus Montandon 1897. The differences between the two species
can be summarized as:
OBLONGULUS STALI
Male genital process parallel-sided, Male genital process strongly capitate.
non-capitate. Female subgenital plate Female subgenital plate tip trisinuate
tip quadrisinuate in outline. Known in outline. Known from the Guianas,
only from Central America. Trinidad and neighboring Brazil.
LITERATURE CITED
MONTANDON, A. L.
1897. Hemiptera cryptocerata. Fam. Naucoridae.—Sous-fam. Cryptocricinae.
Verhandlungen zo6dlogische-botanische Gesellschaft Wein, 47:6-23.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY
The Southern California Academy of Sciences met nine times during
the fiscal year 1961-1962. Seven of these meetings were held in the
Jean Delacour Auditorium at the Los Angeles County Museum, the
Botany Section was held at the Los Angeles State and County Arbo-
retum and the Annual Meeting was at Cerritos College, Norwalk. The
section on Earth Sciences held regular meetings at various schools and
institutions in the area.
The following talks were presented at the monthly meetings. The
Section on Invertebrate Zoology met September 15, 1961, and Dr. John
Belkin of U.C.L.A. presented a talk entitled “Entomological Work in
the Society Islands” The Section on Experimental Biology (including
Medical Sciences) heard the talk “Biological Clocks” by Dr. Karl
Hamner of U.C.L.A. on October 20. On November 17, Dr. Egon T.
Degens of California Institute of Technology presented the talk ‘“‘Proj-
ect New Valley —Geochemical Water Studies in the Sahara Desert”
for the Section on Physical Sciences. Dr. M. Dale Arvey of Long Beach
State College discussed “Birds of Colombia” for the Section on Verte-
brate Zoology on December 8. The Section on Anthropology met on
January 19, 1962, and heard “Climatic Changes as it affected early
human populations in the Great Basin” by Dr. Homer Aschman of
the University of California, Riverside. On February 16, the Section
on Earth Sciences presented Dr. Richard H. Tedford of the University
of California, Riverside, who reported on “Cenozoic Mammals from
Australia” The Section on Botany met at the Arboretum and heard
the talk “Plants and People of South Africa” by Dr. William Stewart,
the director of the Arboretum, on March 16. The Section of the Junior
Academy met April 13 and two papers were presented by junior mem-
bers.
The newly elected Board of Directors and Advisory Board met on
May 4, 1962, to hear reports and elect officers for 1962-1963.
The Second Annual Meeting was held at Cerritos College, Norwalk
on Saturday, May 12, 1962. More than 100 persons registered for the
Scientific Sessions, which consisted of 34 papers presented in the six
sections, Papers presented were:
A species problem in the genus Branchiostoma. Alfred Egge, Long Beach State
College.
Factors in the ability of the eastern Pacific Green turtle, Chelonia mydas agassiz1.
to orient toward the sea from the land. Melba C. Caldwell and David K. Cald-
well, Los Angeles County Museum. (Presented by D. K. Caldwell)
Carotenoid metabolism in a marine fish under heterosmotic conditions. Arthur
S. Lockley, Long Beach State College.
189
190 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 3, 1962
Intranasal chiggers (Acarima: Trombiculidae) in rodents from California and
northwestern Mexico. Richard B. Loomis, Long Beach State College.
Variations in the benthic fauna of Alamitos Bay marina, California. Donald J.
Reish, Long Beach State College.
On some effects of salinity variation in the ontogenetic development of selected
marine invertebrate animals. DeBoyd L. Smith, Cerritos College.
A correlation of the internal anatomy of the sand dune weevils with the geologi-
cal history of the Pacific coast. W. Dwight Pierce, Los Angeles County Mu-
seum.
A new cotylosaurian reptile from the Permian of southeastern Utah, and its
bearing on the origin of the reptiles. Peter P. Vaughn, University of California.
Los Angeles.
Pachyostosis in desmostylid bones. Edward D. Mitchell. Jr., Los Angeles County
Museum.
An approach to the study of molars in hypsodont cricetines. John A. White and
Theodore Downs. (Presented by White)
An analysis of heart sounds in the sidewinder. Crotalus cerastes. Robert K.
Mullen, San Fernando Valley State College.
Induction of melanin pigment formation in Drosophila melanogaster. A. D. Keith
and R. A. Kroman, Long Beach State College. (Presented by Keith)
Effect of age and stress on lipemia clearance in dogs. Harry Sobel, Veterans Ad-
ministration Hospital, Sepulveda, and Heriberto V. Thomas, St. Thomas Hos-
pital, Burbank. (Presented by Sobel)
Body form and swimming performance in the scombrid fishes. Vladimir Walters.
University of California, Los Angeles.
Call order and social behavior in the foam-building frog, Engystomops pustu-
losus. Bayard H. Brattstrom, Orange County State College.
A population study of the Sideblotched lizard, Uta stansburiana, in southern
California. Robert C. Stephens, E] Camino College.
The avifauna of a Joshua Tree woodland community. Dennis G. Rainey and
S. G. Van Hoose, Jr., Long Beach State College. (Presented by Rainey)
Metabolism of Chlamydomonas in sewage lagoons. Richard W. Eppley, Northrop
Corporation.
A systematic study of the Capsicum baccatum L. complex. William A. Emboden,
Jr., University of California, Los Angeles.
A study of photoperiodic inhibition of floral induction in a single leaf system.
Michael Stanford and Richard G. Lincoln, Long Beach State College. (Pre-
sented by Stanford)
Pollen of the Sarcolaenaceae, Madagascar. Sherwin Carlquist. Rancho Santa Ana
Botanic Garden.
Aquatic adaptations of marine and salt lake fungi. C. J. Anastasion, Rancho Santa
Ana Botanic Garden.
The origin of sea lions. Edward D. Mitchell. Jr., Los Angeles County Museum.
Paleontology and stratigraphy of Miocene marine deposits on San Clemente
Island, California. Jere H. Lipps, University of California, Los Angeles, and
Edward D. Mitchell, Jr., Los Angeles County Museum. (Presented by Lipps)
Oligo-Miocene marine-nonmarine relationships in southern California. Richard
H. Tedford, University of California, Riverside.
On some behavioral responses of intertidal mollusks in the presence of star-
fishes. DeBoyd L. Smith, Cerritos College.
The origin and distribution of the snout beetles of the Joshua Tree National
Monument and the adjacent region. Elbert L. Sleeper, Long Beach State
College.
Proceedings of the Academy 191
Observations of problem-solving behavior and associated sound production by the
Pacific bottlenose dolphin, Tursiops gilli. William E. Evans, Lockheed Cor-
poration.
The young Pacific Grey whales in Scammon Lagoon, Mexico. Robert L. Eber-
hart, Lockheed Corporation, and Kenneth S. Norris, University of California,
Los Angeles. (Presented by Eberhart)
The ecology of the late prehistoric population of the San Diego coast. Claude N.
Warren, Venice, California.
Colossal ground figures of the California deserts. Emma Lou Davis, Los Angeles,
California.
Radiocarbon dates from La Jolla laboratory. Carl L. Hubbs, Scripps Institute of
Oceanography.
Documentary research into polynesian ethnohistory. Richard P. Gilson, Los An-
geles State College.
The influence of agriculture on the aboriginal social organization of the lower
Colorado river tribes. Frederick Hicks, University of California, Los Angeles.
Over one hundred members and guests attended the annual dinner
meeting which featured an outstanding lecture by Dr. Laurence M.
Klauber on “Rattlesnakes and People?’
The success of the meeting was due largely to the enthusiastic co-
operation and help of the local committee, especially Dr. Henry Childs
and Mr. DeBoyd Smith, the co-chairmen. We appreciate the support
of Dr. Ralph F Burnight, President of Cerritos College, who presented
the address of welcome.
Fellows elected to the Academy were announced at the Annual
Dinner. They are: Dr. M. Dale Arvey, Long Beach State College; Dr.
Loye Holmes Miller, U.C.L.A. emeritus; Dr. I. M. Newell, Univer-
sity of California, Riverside, and Miss @rechien Sibley, Tas Angeles
County Museum.
The 1963 Annual Mating will be held Saturday, May 18, at the
University of Southern California. Dr. Jay M. Savage will serve as
the local chairman.
Dr. Peter P. Vaughn, as chairman of the Earth Sciences Section,
reports there were three technical meetings of the Section held during
1961-62 academic year: In November, at the University of California,
Los Angeles, Mr. James W. Warren spoke on “Skeletal growth zones
in living and fossil tetrapods: In December, at the Southwest Museum,
Dr. N. Gary Lane discussed “Faunal succession in the lower Bird
Spring formation, Clark County, Nevada” In March, at Orange County
State College, Dr. Bayard H. Brattstrom outlined various approaches
in “Progress towards a paleoecology of reptiles?’ Members of the Earth
Sciences Section presented eight technical papers at the May Annual
Meeting of the Academy at Cerritos College.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$8.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $6.00)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine
numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually
from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—one issue only ). Issued four num-
bers (January, May, July and October) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX,
No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-
April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6,
November-December.
From 1925 to 1961, including volumes XXIV to 60, three numbers were pub-
lished each year. Beginning with volume 61, four numbers will be published each
year.
MEMOIRS
Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part. 1, 1947.
Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. Vol. 3, Part 3, 1956.
i
i
e
iM
\
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
Contributions to the BULLETIN may be in any of the fields of science, by any
_ member of the Academy. Acceptance of papers will be determined by the amount
of
and character of new information and the form in which it is presented. Articles
must not duplicate, in any substantial way, material that is published elsewhere.
_ Manuscripts must conform to BULLETIN style and may be examined for scien-
_ tific content by members of the Publications Committee other than the Editor or
_ be sent to other competent critics for review.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(1) The 1960 AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals
is highly recommended as a guide. (2) Typewrite material, using double spacing
throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 814 x 11 inch stand-
_ ard weight paper. (3) Submit the original and one carbon copy. The author should
also keep a copy. (4) Place tables on separate pages. (5) Footnotes should be
avoided if possible. (6) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (7) Method
of literature citation must conform to BULLETIN style—see Vol. 61 and later
_ issues. Spell out in full the titles of non-English serials and places of publication.
(8) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers.
ILLUSTRATIONS—AJI illustrations, including maps and photographs, should be
referred to as ‘“‘figures:’ All illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
proper proportions for reduction to BULLETIN page size. Permanent ink should
be used in making drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings) ; photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Cost of engravings in excess of
two pages will be billed to the author. A schedule of prices is given below. Origi-
nal illustrations and cuts will not be returned unless specifically requested when
the manuscript is first submitted.
PROOF—Authors will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re-
turned promptly. Changes in galley proof will be billed to the author. Unless
specially requested, page proof will not be sent to the author. Abstracts and orders
for reprints should be sent to the Editor at the time corrected galley proof is re-
turned; appropriate forms for these will be included when galley is sent. The
Bulletin does not furnish free reprints to the authors.
APPROXIMATE COSTS FOR ENGRAVINGS
(Price applies either to zinc etchings or half-tones)
if, page $13.00
_Y page 15.00
1 page 20.00
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP IN THE
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Membership is open to all scientists of all branches and to any person interested in
the advancement of science.
LIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: privileged to vote and attend all meetings
annually $ 3.00
UNLIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: also receive publications .............. $ 6.00
LIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: privileged to attend all meetings .......... $ 2.00
UNLIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: also receive publications ...... annually $ 4.00
LIFE MEMBERS: have all the privileges and receive all publications for life. .$100.00
FELLOWS: elected by the Board of Directors for meritorious services.
ez
ng
ee
CR.
Seer le yiN OF THE ..
Southern California borane
Academy of Sciences ae
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
VoL. 61 OctToBER-DECEMBER, 1962 Parr 4,
CONTENTS
Notes on some reptiles and amphibians from western Mexico. How-
ard W. Campbell and Robert S. Simmons 193
Shoulder and upper arm muscles of salamanders. William A.
me Hilton 205
Observations on scouting behavior and associated sound production
by the Pacific bottlenosed porpoise ( TZursiops gilli Dall). W. E.
Evans and J. J. Dreher 217
Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—Channel Islands Bio-
: logical Survey. 34. A fossil bird, caracara, from Santa Rosa
Island. Hildegarde Howard 297
; A new Gulf of California Periploma. Mark E. Rogers 229
q The occurrence of Sonoraspis californica from east-central Nevada.
; Takeo Susuki and William W. Lumsden 233
Notes on the occurrence, observations and public health significance
of the Pajaroello tick—Ornithodoros coriaceus Koch, in Los
Angeles county. William G. Waldron
’ Errata
A new species of columbellid gastropod from Easter Island. Leo
| George Hertlein
E A new species of sand-burrowing marine Amphipoda from Califor-
i nia. J. Laurens Barnard
nad exatoray.OlNTITeO leer wie Wiles three ei GaSe cee. wulageg ee ayia a 253
Issued December 31, 1962
os!
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS
Theodore Downs . « 2). 222-0 dice en ons 5: oe ee President
Richard B: Loomis 2.32.2 sele 424-4 ee First Vice President
JohniA. White: 233755322 ee eee eee Second Vice President
Gretchen Sibley . ...\. 2... i.{. 2222000 eee ee ae Secretary
Licyd M. Martin'Ssp)). a2. eee. oe ee Assistant to Secretary
W. Dwight Pierce 2.0.2 2 Gon: Seine ee Treasurer
David K. Caldwell... 22. 2 05.. e el oS. na Editor
DIRECTORS
Russell E. Belous Charles A. McLaughlin Ruth D. Simpson
Theodore Downs W. Dwight Pierce Peter P. Vaughn
Richard B. Loomis Jay M. Savage John A. White
Lloyd M. Martin Gretchen Sibley
ADVISORY BOARD
M. Dale Arvey Herbert Friedmann Kenneth E. Stager
A. Weir Bell Hildegarde Howard Richard H. Swift
J. Stanley Brode Theodore Payne Fred S. Truxal
David K. Caldwell James A. Peters Louis C. Wheeler
John A. Comstock Elbert L. Sleeper Sherwin E Wood
STANDING COMMITTEES
Finance Library
Russell E. Belous, Chairman Dorothy E. Martin, Chairman
Publications Membership
Richard B. Loomis, Chairman Jay M. Savage, Chairman
Conservation Junior Academy
Henry Childs, Chairman Laurel Woodley, Chairman
Publicity
J. A. White, Chairman
SCIENCE SECTIONS
Anthropology Botany
Charles E. Rozaire, Chairman Richard G. Lincoln, Chairman
Earth Sciences Experimental Biology
Peter P. Vaughn, Chairman Ronald Kroman, Chairman
Invertebrate Zoology Vertebrate Zoology
Elbert L. Sleeper, Chairman Dennis G. Rainey, Chairman
The Bulletin is published quarterly by the Academy. Address all communications to the
appropriate officer at the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles 7, California.
Printed by Anderson, Ritchie & Simon, Los Angeles, California
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
VoL. 61 OcroBEerR-DECEMBER, 1962 Parr 4.
NOTES ON SOME REPTILES AND AMPHIBIANS
FROM WESTERN MEXICO
Howarp W. CAMPBELL
University of California!
Los Angeles
and
RoBERT S. SIMMONS
Baltimore, Maryland?
In the course of recent field work in western Mexico a number of
specimens were obtained that furnish additional information on the
distribution and variation of several species of reptiles and amphibians.
Singly these do not represent sufficient data to justify publication,
however, it was felt that the information is of sufficient interest to
justify a combined report. No effort has been made to list all of the
specimens collected, only those which present new information on the
distribution, variation, or taxonomic relationships of the species will
be considered.
We would like to express our appreciation to Mr. James kK, Anderson
of Berkeley, California, and-Helen Ann Campbell for their valuable
assistance and companionship in the field, and to Mr. Sam R. Telford
for many valuable criticisms and assistance in identifying several of
the specimens. Dr. Robert Stebbins of the Museum of Vertebrate
Zoology in Berkeley, and Dr. Doris Cochran of the U. S. National
Museum kindly allowed us to use specimens in their care for com-
parative purposes. Dr. Kenneth S. Norris of the University of Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, has reviewed the manuscript and made many
suggestions.
The following abbreviations have been used: MVZ, Museum of
Vertebrate Zoology, Berkeley; UCLA, Department of Zoology, Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles.
1Department of Zoology.
21305 Light Street.
193
— SS Oe
194 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
ANNOTATED LIstT OF SPECIES
Syrrhophis interorbitalis Langbartel and Shannon
One specimen, UCLA 14,599, was collected approximately 65 miles
N. Mazatlan, Sinaloa, on July 16, 1961. This specimen is a male, taken
while calling at 10:30 p.m. It was found in a crack in a granite boulder
on a densely vegetated rocky road-shoulder.
Apparently no additional specimens of this species have been re-
ported since the type description in 1955. The call of this specimen
was a long, drawn-out whistle, quite human in quality. Calls similar
to this were heard from a point well north of Culiacan, Sinaloa, to 10
miles south of Mazatlan, lending support to Duellman’s (1958) sug-
gestion that this species may range along the Pacific lowlands of
Sinaloa.
This specimen agrees with the type description in all essential details
except the interorbital ight band, which is barely discernable and
interrupted (see Fig. 1). It is well defined and continuous in the type
specimen.
Syrrhophis modestus pallidus Duellman
Four speciments of this species were collected (UCLA 14,600-3), all
on the night of July 19, 1961. Two were collected on the side of a steep
roadcut, 2.8 miles N. Tepic, Nayarit, and two in a similar situation
3.9 miles N. Tepic. The species was in full chorus following a mild
shower.
‘Two distinct pattern types are represented by these four frogs. ‘Two
are very light dorsally with little dark pigmentation. In one of these the
dark pre-ocular stripe continues posteriorly through the axilla to the
groin as a series of spots. The other two are heavily mottled dorsally
with dark reticulations on a light background. No structural differ-
ences could be discerned between these two pattern types, and the calls
are apparently identical.
The call of this species is a short “chirp:’ and was heard from the
northern outskirts of Tepic, Nayarit, into southern Sinaloa, a linear
distance of 110 miles. Along Mexico Hwy. 15 from Tepic to southern
Sinaloa these frogs are usually found calling on the steep sides of road-
cuts. Calling individuals are usually 6”-10” above the ground in the
vegetation, or sometimes perched on boulders. West of Mexico Hwy. 15
on Nayarit 54, the road to San Blas, the frogs are usually found calling
from low areas along the road shoulder, and seem to prefer calling sta-
Mexican reptiles and amphibians 195
Photograph by Robert S. Simmons
Figure 1. Syrrhophis interorbitalis from Sinaloa, Mexico, x3
tions on the ground. Too few specimens were taken to show whether
or not these apparent ecological differences might be correlated with
taxonomically distinct forms.
Enulius unicolor (Fischer )
A speciment of this snake, UCLA 14,604, was collected 9.6 miles S.
Santiago, Colima, on August 10, 1960. It represents the first record of
this species from the state and extends the range north westward from
Coalcoman, Michoacan, a linear distance of 65 miles.
It is a female, 349 mm. total length, with a small portion of the tail
missing. Scale counts are, ventrals: 185, subcaudals: 57, and anal
divided. This subcaudal count is considerably less than any previously
reported for the species, the lowest being 85 reported by Boulenger
(1896) for a female from Lake Nicaragua, Nicaragua. As only a small
portion of the tail is missing from this specimen it is doubtful if more
than 10 subcaudals are lacking. This would still give a count much
lower than the previous minimum.
The head scales are normal for the species. Dorsal scale rows are
196 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
17-17-17, and each has a single apical pit. The dorsal color is light
brown and each scale is outlined with a shghtly darker brown. Ventrals
and first scale rows are pearly white. There is no evidence of the hght
neck collar characteristic of E.. flavitotorques.
Gyalopion quadrangularis (Ginter )
Numerous specimens of this snake were collected in 1960 and 1961.
They were found rather abundantly from Navojoa, Sonora, to 40 miles
south of Mazatlan, Smaloa. Specimens from 47.5 and 55.2 miles south
of Culiacan, Sinaloa, show characters intermediate between the two
subspecies, G. g. guadrangularis and G. q. desertorum, thus confirm-
ing Dixon and Fugler’s (1959) decision to consider them as races of
the same species. Several specimens have been deposited in the Univer-
sity of Florida collections and in the junior author’s personal collection.
Specimens from the southernmost localities, 20-40 miles south of
Mazatlan, Sinaloa, show an extreme reduction of the dorsal bands,
these becoming small spots posteriorly and occasionally absent on the
tail. One specimen from 40 miles south of Mazatlan, which was unfor-
tunately not preserved, had no indication of the dorsal bands except
the nuchal band and two small spots posterior to it.
Lampropeltis getulus nigritus Zweifel and Norris
Two specimens were collected, both on the night of July 22, 1961. The
first, UCLA 14,645, an adult male, measured 1053 mm. total length,
of which the tail was 157 mm. It was collected 5.6 miles south of the
Sonora-Sinaloa State lme on Mexico Hwy. 15 in the state of Sinaloa.
The second, a juvenile male measuring 419 mm. total length with a
71 mm, tail, was taken 38.9 miles south Navojoa, Sonora. Both were
taken on the road around midnight after a slight shower. The surround-
ing countryside was semidesert with palo verdes (Cercidium), mes-
quite trees (Prosopis), and vegetated roadside ponds. The type and
paratype of this subspecies were collected under similar circumstances
(Zweifel and Norris, 1955).
These two specimens agree in high dorsal scale count, black colora-
tion, and other essentials with the type description of the subspecies
(Zweifel & Norris, supra. cit.). They are the fifth and sixth speci-
mens of this race to be reported and extend the range of the race, as
well as the species, southward, approximately 140 miles, mto Sinaloa.
Pseudoficimia frontalis hiltoni Bogert and Oliver, new comb.
One specimen of this uncommon snake was collected 11.5 miles N.
Mexican reptiles and amphibians 197
Espinal, Sinaloa, on July 22, 1961. Our reasons for the use of the tri-
nominal will be covered in the following discussion.
Our specimen, UCLA 14,644, is a male, 393 mm. total length, tail
80 mm., 20.3% of the total length. There are 34 dark blotches on the
body and 16 on the tail. There are 155 ventrals, 49 subcaudals. The
dorsal scales are smooth and m 17 rows. Supralabials are 7—7, infra-
labials 8—7, the anal is divided.
Pseudoficimia hiltoni was named in 1945 by Bogert and Oliver on
the basis of one specimen from Guirocoba, Sonora, Mexico. It was diag-
nosed as being closely related to P pulcherrima but with a propor-
tionally longer tail, wider light interspaces between the dark body
blotches, eight instead of seven infralabials, more subcaudals, and a
double instead of a single dark line across the frontal region of the head.
From the data they supplied their specimen could be distinguished
easily from pulcherrima, but falls within the range of P. frontalis in
many characters. The tail of the type of P. hiltoni, with a small portion
missing, comprises 18.8% of the total length; Taylor and Smith (1942)
state the range for male frontalis to be 16.2-19.1%. The tail of the pres-
ent specimen is 20.3% of the total length.
The light interspaces between the dorsal blotches in the present
specimen vary from one to three scales in width, intermediate between
hiltoni with three or more and frontalis with one.
Pseudoficimia frontalis and pulcherrima both possess seven infrala-
bials on both sides, hiltoni is stated to have eight. Our specimen has
eight on the left and seven on the right. The double band across the
frontal region found in Ailtoni is indicated in our specimen, but the
posterior band is incomplete. Only the anterior band is present in
frontalis.
Our specimen has 49 subcaudal scales, closer to Ailtoni with 50+
than to pulcherrima with a maximum of 43, but only one more than
the maximum of 48 reported for frontalis (Taylor and Smith, 1942).
Due to the intermediate nature of our specimen, and the slight dif-
ferences between the two forms, we feel that Pseudoficimia hiltoni
should be considered a northern subspecies of Pseudoficimia frontalis,
ranging from northern Sinaloa into southern, and possibly central,
_ Sonora.
Tropidodipsas occidentalis Oliver
Four specimens of this snake were collected in July, 1961. Two, UCLA
14,640-1, were collected 1:05 A.M. July 20, 1.2 miles south of Acapo-
neta, Nayarit. They were found D.O.R. within 25 feet of each other
198 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
between a pasture and a rocky hillside. UCLA 14,642 was taken 13.7
miles north of Mazatlan, Sinaloa at 12:00 midnight on July 20. It was
crossing the road between two rocky hillsides. UCLA 14,643 was
collected D.O.R., 16.2 miles north of Espinal, Sinaloa at 2:45 A.M.
July 22
Four species of Tropidodipsas belonging to the group characterized
by having 15 scale rows are currently recognized from the west coast
of Mexico. One of these, Tropidodipsas philippi, is recognized on the
basis of pattern. It has previously been considered a “‘spottted” snake
(Boulenger, 1896 and Shannon and Humphrey, 1959). However, a
reconsideration of Boulenger’s description in the light of Smith’s de-
scription of a specimen from “Colima” (1943) mdicates that it differs
from the others only in the possession of a light-colored venter. Other
specimens of Tropidodipsas from localities near Mazatlan, the type
locality of 7) philippi, show a tendency for the light body annuli to
become connected ventrally by a light stripe (Shannon and Hum-
phrey, 1959). Should this tendency be fully developed it could produce
the light-colored venter of philippi. The remaining dark areas between
the annuli could then be considered large rectangular “‘spots:’ Indeed,
this is how Boulenger (supra cit.) describes them. Additional speci-
mens from the west coast of Mexico may show that this condition is
a geographic variation within a wide-ranging species.
The other three species are black with w ite or yellow dorsal annuli
which frequently cross the venter. They are distinguished by details
of pattern and scutellation.
Tropidodipsas occidentalis, described from a Colima specimen by
Oliver (1937), was previously known only from the type and one
other specimen from Michoacan (Peters, 1954). In addition to our four
specimens there is a specimen collected near the type locality in Colima
by T. Papenfuss in the collection of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology
in Berkeley (MVZ 71367). Its characteristics are included in this
discussion.
The other two species, 7’ malacodryas and T. freiae, were named by
Shannon and Humphrey (loc. cit.) from single specimens from San
Blas, Nayarit, and central Sinaloa, respectiv ely. No additional speci-
mens of these species have been reported since the type descriptions.
Of the five unreported specimens at our disposal, one, MVZ 71367,
is Clearly referable to Tropidodipsas occidentalis. The other four speci-
mens show a varied combination of characters.
Tripidodipsas freiae, from central Sinaloa, is more similar to 7? occi-
Mexican reptiles and amphibians 199
dentalis from Colima and southward, than it is to 7! malacodryas or
any of our specimens (one of which is from within ten miles of the
type locality of 7’ freiae). A higher ventral count and more body an-
nuli distinguish 7: freiae from T: occidentalis (freiae: 200 ventrals, 18
annuli; occidentalis: 175-86 ventrals, 10-13 annuli). Several of the
other characters by which freiae was originally distinguished are vari-
able in the specimens we have examined. T° freiae is stated to have a
nuchal band only one scale row long. This varies from one to three and
one-half scale rows in specimens of occidentalis. The body annuli are
one scale row long in freiae, they vary from one to four in the others.
T: freiae is also stated to have three preoculars in the type description,
as opposed to two in occidentalis, however, the illustration of the type
specimen shows only two preoculars and a loreal, which is stated to be
absent in the type description. The three-preocular condition has also
been reported for one side of the head in a specimen from Michoacan
(Peters, 1954). Therefore, it seems that the length of the nuchal and
body annuli and number of preoculars are of little value in distinguish-
ing 7! freiae from T. occidentalis.
Tropidodipsas malacodryas is distinguished from T: freiae and
T: occidentalis by its lower ventral count (143) and the absence of
preoculars. Our four specimens agree most closely with these charac-
ters than with those of occidentalis or freiae. The ventral counts range
from 143-154, the preoculars are absent in two, and one small pre-
ocular is present on both sides in the other two. Our specimens do not
agree with malacodryas in subcaudal count; the type of malacodryas
has 96 subcaudals while our specimens have 40, 41, 43 and 44. Our
specimens also have fewer body and tail annuli than previously re-
ported for any of the other species.
The presence or absence of keels on the dorsal scales has previously
been considered of taxonomic value in defining species in this genus.
Our specimens are highly variable in extent of keeling. The type speci-
men of T. occidentalis is the only known specimen which completely
lacks keels on the scales. MVZ 71367 from Colima possesses weak keels
in the anal region. In the other specimens the keels are present but vary
from being weakly developed in the region of the vent to clearly indi-
cated over the posterior half, or more, of the body. No correlation of
degree of keeling with any other character could be discerned.
In general there appear to be two trends within these snakes from
the west coast of Mexico. From Nayarit north to central Sinaloa there
is a general tendency for reduction in number of body and tail annul,
200 ~=— Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
preoculars, ventrals, and subcaudals (the type of 7’ malacodryas is
exceptional in this last character). The type of T° freiae from central
Sinaloa is exceptional in all these characters, beg more similar to
specimens of 7! occidentalis from Colima. On the basis of the specimens
we have examined we are unwilling to make any decisions on the exact
relationships of these snakes. Our decision to assign our specimens to
Tropidodipsas occidentalis is only tentative in the absence of any com-
prehensive treatment of the forms. There may be one wide-ranging
highly variable species with recognizable geographic races, or two, or
even three, distinct species which are sympatric over part of their
ranges (Fig. 2).
Some comments on the status of the genus Exelencophis seem appro-
priate here. This genus was described by Slevin (1926) as Tantilla
nelsoni on the basis of a specimen from the Tres Marias Islands off the
coast of Nayarit. In 1942 Smith distinguished it from Tantilla and
erected the genus Exelencophis for the unique specimen. Since that
time the specimen has been lost and no others have been taken in col-
lections from these islands.
The herpetological fauna of these islands is little different from that
of the adjacent mainland. Most of the islands’ species may be assigned
to the same subspecies as the mainland populations (Zweifel, 1960).
The presence of this one endemic genus in the island group has caused
some comment by zoologists, and Zweifel compared the known charac-
teristics of this form with the mainland genera to which it might be
related. In his discussion of the relationship of Exelencophis to Tropido-
dipsas Zweifel cited the considerable difference in ventral and sub-
caudal counts of the two forms (130, 39, respectively, for Exelen-
cophis). The specimens of Tropidodipsas now available from adjacent
mainland areas have reduced the distinctiveness of these characters.
One hundred and forty-three ventrals have been recorded twice for
Tropidodipsas (type of T: malacodryas and UCLA 14,641), and two of
our specimens have subcaudal counts of 40 and 41, thus approaching
the condition in Exelencophis.
Examination of the type description of Exelencophis reveals two
additional characters which serve to distinguish it from Tropidodipsas;
the nasal is entire, and the first infralabials do not meet behind the
mental scale. This combination of characters is not found in other
forms of Tropidodipsas except in the type specimen of 7! annulifera.
Variations in the latter character are known to occur frequently in in-
sular populations of Tantilla in Florida (Telford, in MS), and we feel
Mexican reptiles and amphibians 201
that additional collecting on the Tres Marias Islands and adjacent
mainland may justify placing Exelencophis nelsoni in the genus
Tropidodipsas.
DURANGO
co Elota
4 Acaponeta
NAYARIT
SJ ® Tepic
T. OCCIDENTALIS
T. FREIAE z
T. MALACODRYAS Guadalajara
NEW SPECIMENS @
A
®
|
4
JALISCO
Figure 2. Localities for Tropidodipsas from the west coast of Mexico.
202 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
Typhlops braminus (Daudin)
A specimen of this snake was collected under a rock at the Mazatlan,
Sinaloa, airport on December 28, 1961, by F Howard and George
Sphon. The specimen, of undetermined sex, measures 69 mm. in total
length. It has been deposited in the collections of the University of
California at Los Angeles (UCLA 14,693).
This specimen represents the first record of this species from the
state of Smaloa and is the most northernly record for the species in
Mexico. Its occurrence here is not surprising in view of the species’
world-wide dispersal through the agency of man’s activities.
LITERATURE CITED
BOGERT, CHARLES M. ano JAMES A. OLIVER.
1945. A preliminary analysis of the herptofauna of Sonora. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 83(6): 297-426.
BOULENGER, G. A.
1896. Catalog of the Snakes in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). London. vol. 2.
DIXON, JAMES R. anv C. M. FUGLER.
1959. Systematic Status of two Mexican Species of the Genus Gyalopion Cope.
Herpetologica, 15(3): 163-4.
DUELLMAN, WILLIAM E.
1958. A review of the frogs of the genus Syrrhophus in western Mexico. Occ. Pap.
Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 594: 1-15.
OLIVER, JAMES A.
1937. Notes on a collection of amphibians and reptiles from the state of Colima,
Mexico. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 360: 1-28.
PETERS, JAMES A.
1954. The amphibians and reptiles of the coast and coastal sierra of Michoacan,
Mexico. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool., Univ. Michigan, 554: 1-37.
SHANNON, FREDERICK A. ann FRANCES L. HUMPHREY.
1959. ‘Two new species of Tropidodipsas from the West Coast of Mexico. Herpeto-
logica, 15 (4): 217-22.
SLEVIN, JOSEPH R.
1926. Expedition to the Revillagigedo Islands, Mexico, in 1925, III. Notes on a
collection of reptiles and amphibians from the Tres Marias and Revillagigedo
Islands, and the west coast of Mexico, with descriptions of a new species of
Tantilla. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 15: 195-206.
SMITH, HOBART M.
1942. A resume of Mexican snakes of the genus Tantilla. Zoologica, 27: 33-42.
1943. Summary of the collections of snakes and crocodilians made in Mexico
under the Walter Rathbone Bacon Traveling Scholarship. Proc. U.S, Natl.
Mus., 93(3169) :393-504.
Mexican reptiles and amphibians 203
TAYLOR, EDWARD H. ann HOBART M. SMITH.
1942. Concerning the Snake Genus Pseudoficimia Bocourt. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull.,
28 (2) :241-51.
ZWEIFEL, RICHARD G.
1956. A Survey of the Frogs of the augusti group, genus Eleuthrodactylus. Amer.
Mus. Novitates, 1813:1-35.
1960. Results of the Puritan-American Museum of Natural History Expedition to
western Mexico. 9. Herptology of the Tres Marias Islands. Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist., 119(2):81-128.
ZWEIFEL, RICHARD G. anp KENNETH S. NORRIS.
1955. Contribution to the Herpetology of Sonora, Mexico. Amer. Midl. Nat.,
54(1):230-49.
7 ft ‘> ~e * Ln
/ e
'
|
Li
;
t 2 r
3 a
a
x
z
'
~ a
5
SHOULDER AND UPPER ARM MUSCLES
OF SALAMANDERS
Wintitiam A. HILTON
Pomona College!
This is the fourth of a series of papers recently published on the mus-
cles of salamanders as a group. Previous to this, a series was completed
on the skeleton consisting of twenty or more separate articles with a
smaller number on other features of the group.
Certain areas or regions have been discussed separately as a matter
of convenience, but at the end of the morphological publications it is
planned to bring all together for a general summary as well as an ap-
plication to other topics in connection with the world group.
M. Cucullaris, Edgeworth ’20, Rylkoff ’24, Francis ’34; Onomas-
toideus, Funk 1827, Meckel 1828; Levator scapulae (in part), Carus
1828; Spini-sus-scapulare, Dugés 1834; Protractor scapulae (part),
Owen 1866; Curcularis et Sterno-cleido-mastoideus, Riidinger 1868;
Trapezius, Mivard 1869, Drier 1901, Osawa 1902; Capiti-dorso-
scapularis S. Cucularis, Firbinger 1873, Hoffman 1878; Petroso-
dorso-scapularis, Perrin 1899.
This sheet of muscle arises from cephalic-dorsal fascia and from the
posterior dorsal surface of the skull. It is inserted on the pro-coracoid
and scapula.
It is supplied by a branch of the 10th cranial nerve and a part of the
2d spinal.
It turns or depresses the head. When the head is firmly held it pro-
tracts the shoulder girdle.
M. Opercularis Gaup 98, Kingsbury and Reed 1909; Levator anguli
scapulae, Funk 1827, Riidinger 1868, Mivart 1869; Levator scapulae,
Carus 1828, Humphrey 1871, Osawa 1902, Rylkoff 1924; Sous-occi-
pito-adscapulaire, Dugés 1834; Protractor scapulae (part), Owen
1866; Basi-scapularis, Fiirbringer 1873, Hoffman 1878; Protractor du
scapulum, Perrin 1899; Levator scapuli, Driiner 1901.
This takes origin from the operculum of the ear capsule and is in-
serted on the anterior border of the supra-scapula.
It is supplied by fibers from the first spinal nerve. It acts in relation
to audition.
1Department of Zoology.
206 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
M. Dorsalis scapulae, Humphrey 1872, Firbinger 1873, Hoffman
1875, Osawa 1902, Francis °34; Sur-épmeux et Sous-épineux con-
joints, Cuvier 1800; Scapularis, Funk 1827; —Shulterblattmuskel.
Meckel 1828; (Subscapularis)., Carus 1828; Adscapulo-humeéral, sous-
épineux, Duges 1834; Suprascapularis, Stannius 1854, Ryhikoff 1924;
Subscapularis, Schmidt, Goddard, van d. Hoeven 1864; Supra- and
infra-spinosus, Owen 1866; Deltoid, Mivart 1869; Elevateur scapu-
laire du bras, Perrin 1899.
This arises from the dorso-lateral surface of the suprascapularis and
is inserted on the side of the humerus.
It is supplied by a branch of the 3d spinal nerve.
It elevates the arm.
M. Dorso-humeralis, Francis 1934; Grand dorsal, Cuvier 1828:
Latissimus dorsi, Funk 1827, Carus 1828, Stannius 1854-6, Schmidt,
Goddard and van de Hoven 1864, Owen 1866, Riidinger 1868, Mivart
1869, Humphrey 1872, Osawa 1902, Rylkoff 1924; Vertébrato- costo-
humeral, grand dorsal, Dugés 1834; Dorso- humeralie Furbinger
1873. Hoffman 1873-8; Elevator dorsal du bras, Perrin 1899.
This muscle behind the shoulder arises from fascia, it is inserted into
the edge of the shoulder jomt with another insertion into the anterio-
lateral border of the humerus.
It is supplied by the dorso-humeral nerve which comes from an anas-
tomosis of the 3d and 4th spinal nerves.
It retracts the humerus.
M. Thoraci-scapularis or Serratus magnus, Fiurbinger 1873, Hoff-
man 1873; Francis 1934; Depressor anguli scapulae inferioris, Funk
1827; Serratus anticus magnus, Carus 1828; Grosser Riickwartszieher
der Schulter, Meckel 1828; Costo-sous-scapulaire, ou grand denteleé,
Duges 1834; Levator scapulaore, ou grand dentelé, Dugés 1834; Leva-
tor scapulae et serratus anticus major, Owen 1866; Serratus anticus
magnus, Riidinger 1868; Serratus magnus, Mivart 1869, Humphrey
1872; Retractor et suspenseur du scapulum, Perrin 1899; Thoraci-
superiores-serrati, Rylkoff 1924.
This is a series of slips from the first ribs, inserted on the medial or
mesal surface of the scapula.
It is supplied by branches from the 2d, 3d and 4th spinal nerves.
It retracts the scapula.
Musc.ies EsPpEcIALLY RELATED TO THE UPPER ARM
M. Pectoralis, Schmidt, Goddard, van d. Hoven 1864; Owen 1866.
Salamander muscles 207
Mivart 1869, Humphrey 1872, Furbinger 1873, Hoffman 1873-8,
Rykoff 1924, Francis 1934; Grand pectoral, Cuvier 1800; P. inf. pec-
toralis major, Funk 1827. Grosser Buustmuskel, Meckel 1828; Ab-
domino-corico-humeral, portion du grand pectoral, Dugés 1834; Pec-
toralis major, Stannius 1854-6, Riidinger 1868; Pectoralis sternalis
with p. abdominalis, Eisler 1895; Téte sternale; Fléchisseur du bras,
Perrin 1899; Pectoralis magnus with pars anterior, Carus 1828.
This is a large fan-shaped flat muscle over the chest region. The
fibers converge to a tendon inserted on the back side of the humerus.
It is supplied by the pectoral nerve from the 4th and 5th spinal
nerves.
It draws the arm inwards toward the body.
M. Supracoracoideus, Osawa 1902, Rylkoff 1924, Francis 1934;
Portio media m. pectoralis major, Funk 1827; Portion of the big breast
muscle, Meckel 1828; Clavi-humeéral part of the great pectoral, Duges
1834; Pectoralis secundus, Stannius 1854-6; Pectoralis minor,
Schmidt, Goddard and van d. Hoeven 1864; Part of pectoralis, Owen
1866; Corico-branchialis proprius, Riidinger 1868; First part of the
coraco-brachialis, Mivart 1869; Epicoraco-humeral, Humphry 1872.
This arises from the cartilagenous portion of the coracoid. Its fibers
in a flat plate are inserted by a tendon on the posterior surface of the
humerus. Its more caudal portion is covered by fibers of the pectoralis.
It is served by the second and third spinal nerves.
It draws the arm towards the body.
M. Procoraco-humeralis, Fiirbinger 1873, Hoffman 1875-8, Osawa
1902, Rylkoff 1924; Portio superior m. pectoralis majoris, Funk 1827;
Vorwartszieher oder Heber des Oberarms Muskel, Meckel 1828; Acro-
mio-huméral, Deltoide, Dugés 1834; Deltoides, Stannius 1854-6,
Riidinger 1868; Subclavious, Mivart 1869; precoraco-brachial, Hum-
phrey 1872; Adductor inférior du bras, Perrin 1859.
This muscle arises from the pro-coracoid and is inserted near or on
the head of the humerus. It is supplied by the N. dorsalis scapulae on
the lateral border and by the N. supracoracoideus on the middle border.
When the foot is on the ground it assists in forcing the body forward.
When the foot is free from support is tends to draw the foot forward.
M. Coraco-radialis, Stannius 1854-6, Francis 1934; Biceps brachii,
Ridinger 1868; part of biceps, Mivart 1869; Coraco-radialis or biceps,
Humphrey 1872; Long fléchisseur de ’avant-bras, Perrin 1899; Co-
raco radialis, Osawa 1902.
This muscle arises from the ventral side of the coracoid and is not
208 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
very distinct from the last muscle. One end is inserted near the head
of the humerus, the other is on the middle mesial side, near the proxi-
mal end of the radius.
It is supplied by the Supracoracoideus nerve which comes from the
second and third spinal trunks.
Tt draws the arm towards the body.
M. Procoraco-humeralis, Firbinger 1873, Hoffman 1873-8, Osawa
1902, Rylkoff 1924, Francis 1934; Portio superior m. pectoralis ma-
joris, Funk 1827; Vorvartszierher oder Heber des Oberarms, dreiecki-
ger Muskel, Meckel 1828; Acromino-humeéral, deltoide, Dugés 1834;
Deltoides, Stannius 1854-6, Riidinger 1868; Subclavious, Mivart 1869;
Precoraco-brachial, Humphrey 1872; Adductor inférior du_ bras,
Perrin 1899.
It arises from the precoracid portion of the pectoral arch and is in-
serted on the head of the humerus.
Its lateral portion is supplied by a branch of the dorsal scapular
nerve, its middle part is supplied by the supracoracoid nerve.
If the arm is raised from the ground the contraction of this muscle
draws the arm forward with something of a twist of the humerus.
MM. Coraco-brachialis longus et brevis, Humphrey 1872, Fiirbin-
ger 1873, Hoffman 1873-8, Osawa 1902, Rylkoff 1924, Francis 1934;
Hakenarmmuskeln, Meckel 1828; Costo-huméral, Dugés 1834; Co-
raco-brachialis, Stannius 1854-6, Riidinger 1868, Schmidt, Goddard
and van d. Hoeven 1864; Second part of the coraco-brachialis, Mivart
1869; Coraco-brachialis longus, superficialis, and brevis, Eisler 1895;
Téte coracoidienne; flechisseur du bras, Perrin 1899; Deductor du bras,
Perrin 1899.
The long head arises from the postero-lateral border of the coracoid
a little towards its dorsal side. There is a fleshy insertion along the distal
half of the humerus on the posterior side.
The short head arises from the proximal half of the humerus on the
posterior side.
The muscle is supplied by the coraco-branchial nerves from the
ramus superficialis of the N. Branchialis.
Both parts of the muscle draw the arm cadually; if the foot rests on
the ground the body is propelled forward.
M. Subscapularis, Funk 1827, Stannius 1854-6, Riidinger 1868,
Mivart 1869, Osawa 1902, Francis 1934; Sous-scapulaire, Dugeés
1834; Coraco-brachialis or Subscapularis, Humphrey 1872; Subcoraco-
scapularis, Fiirbinger 1873, Hoffman 1873-8, Rylkoff 1924; Subscap-
Salamander muscles 209
ularis (dorsal portion) Subcoaracoscapularis, Eisler, 1895; Adductor
supérieur du bras, Perrin 1899.
This arises from the dorsal surface of the pro-coracoid and is inserted
on the dorsal surface of the humerus.
It is supplied by the subscapular nerve from the 3d spinal.
It draws the arm backwards. If the hand(foot) is resting on the
ground it helps advance the body.
M. Anconaeus, Firbinger 1873, Hoffman 1873-8, Rylkoff 1924,
Osawa 1902, Francis 1934; Anaconaeus internus et externus, Funk
1827; Triceps brachii extensor, Carus 1828; Strecker des Vorderarms,
Meckel 1828; Scapulo-humero-olecranien, or triceps, Dugés 1834;
Streckmuskelmasse, Stannius 1854-6; Triceps brachii S. anconaeus,
Riidinger 1868, Mivart 1869; Triceps and coraco-olecranalis, Hum-
phrey 1872; Extenseur de l’avant-bras, Perrin 1899.
This arises from the shoulder girdle and humerous by four heads
which unite to be inserted on the olecranon process of the ulna.
It is supplied by the extensor nerves.
Its function is to extend the forearm.
Head A, arises from the scapula near the posterior margin of the
gelenoid fossa. This part was called M.a.s. medialis, by Firbinger
1873; Hoffman 1873-8, Rylkoff 1924, Francis 1934; Anconaeus lon-
gus, Eisler 1895; Téte antérior, Perrin 1899; Anconaeus caput scapu-
lare, Osawa 1902.
Head B, arises by a long tendon from the inner, bony part of the
coracoid. It is rather small and joins the last division at about the
middle of the humerus. It has been called, M.a. coracoideus, by
Furbinger 1873, Hoffman 1873-8, Eisler 1895, Rykoff 1924, Francis
1934; Coraco-olecranonalis, Humphry, Téte postérieur, Humphrey
1872; Anconaeus caput coracoideum, Osawa 1922.
Head C, arises from the anterio-lateral surface of the humerus, to
later join the other parts of the muscle mass. It has been called,
M. anconseus humeralis lateralis, by Firbringer 1873, Hoffman
1873-8, Rylkoff 1924; Anconaeus caput humerale mediale, Osawa
1902; With head D=Teéte profunde, Perin 1899. It arises from the
lateral surface of the humerus.
Head D, arises from the surface of the humerus. It has been called,
M. Anconaeus humeralis medialis by Fiirbringer 1873, Hoffman
1873-8, Rylkoff 1924, Francis 1934; Aconteus caput humerale lat-
erale, Osawa 1902; With head C, Téte profunde, Perrin 1899.
Tt arises from the surface of the humerus.
210 + Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
M. Humero-antibrachialis, Rylkoff 1924, Francis 1934; Brachialis
medius, Funk 1827; Flexor brachu, Carus 1828; Oberer Beuger des
Vorderarms, Meckel 1828; Humeroradial s. biceps. Duges 1834; Hu-
mero-radialis, Stannius 1854-6; Osawa 1902; Biceps, Schmidt, Good-
ard, and van d. Hoeven 1864; Biceps and brachialis internus, Owen
1866; Brachialis internus, Riidinger 1868; Part of the biceps, Mivart
1869; Brachialis anticus, Humphrey 1872, Eisler 1895: Humero-anti-
brachialis inferior, or brachialis inferior, Fiirbringer 1873, Hoffman
1873-8; Court fléchisseur de l’avant bras, Perrin 1899.
This muscle arises from the flexor side of the humerus. It is inserted
on the proximal end of the radius.
It is supphed by one or more branches from the superficial division
of the brachialis nerve.
It bends the elbow.
CoMPARISONS
The preceeding general account follows Francis 1934, and is largely
based upon the muscles of Salamandra as a standard for comparison.
In the various groups there are variations in position and in size—es-
pecially with certain muscles. In general the pectoralis is constant in
form and appearance and the dorso-humeralis is about the same in all
groups. The dorsales scapulae varies in size, but the central part of the
shoulder muscles is convenient to start from in determing the others.
The procoracohumeralis and the supracoracoideus are seldom dis-
tinctive.
The greatest differences are found in the cucullaris and the so-called
opercularis or levator scapulae. As Dunn *41 pointed out, that called
the opercularis has really two different elements. When in Salaman-
dridae, Hynobiidae and Amblsttomidae it is all or part of the levater
scapulae; while in Plethodontidae it is part of the cuccularis.
PROTEIDAE
In Proteus, the procoraco-humeralis is especially long and slender.
At first sight it seems continuous with the abdomino-hyoideus, being
separed from it by a very slight line of connective tissue. The cucul-
laris is a long and slender filament and there is a very delicate levator
scapulae and also there are more posterior fibers which connect the
scapula with the body wall. A very delicate omo-arcualis (discussed
in another paper) is present.
Necturus is similar to Proteus but the procoraco-humeralis is not
so long in proportion to other parts. the omo-arcualis is more evident
and like Proteus the levator scapulae is incompletely differentiated
Salamander muscles 211
from the dorsal trunk muscles. The cucularis is more evident and of
two divisions.
SIRENIDAE
In Siren the levator scapulae is quite unusual. A single slip extends
from the pharynx to be inserted on the cartilagenous suprascapula. I
was not able to determine whether this was the case in Pseudobranchus
in the material at hand.
Siren has a well developed omo-arcualis as does Pseudobranchus as
well. The cucullaris has two divisions in Siren, but this and other
muscles of the region are not well developed.
AMPHIUMIDAE
The muscles of the shoulder girdle are greatly reduced. There is no
levator scapulae, the cucullaris is a single rather slender band. Includ-
ing the pectoralis there are two muscles of the region ventrally and
three dorsally. In a larva of 50 mm, the pectoralis is evident with slight
signs of two or three other muscles in the region.
CrYPTOBRANCHIDAE
The levator scapulae is incompletely separated from the trunk
muscles. Dorsally the scapula is connected to the wall by muscle fibers.
The cucullaris, a single band arises from the skull and dorsalfascia.
HyYNOBIIDAE
In Salamandrella, the levator scapulae muscle is single and forms
the opercular muscle. The cucularis is of two slips, the upper is the
larger. They arise from the skull and dorsal fascia.
The general position of the muscles in this form differs from many
other salamanders. A part of the suprascapularis muscle may be seen
from the outer surface.
AMBYSTOMIDAE
The levator scapuli which forms the opercularis muscle differs in
size in different species. It is frequently attached to a great part of the
cephalic border of the scapula, then narrows down to a small insertion
on the opercular plate. In some cases fibers are attached to skull parts
near. In larval-like forms such as Siredon it is not clearly separate
from the lateral muscles of the body. Some forms also have this con-
dition, partly due to the fact that transformation is quite recent. In one
212 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
specimen of Rhyocotriton which looked like an adult externally, this
muscle of two different parts ran to the neighborhood of the ear plate,
but all its fibers were attached to nearby bone and none to the plate
itself, which later however, was more like a columella than an oper-
culum.
In this family the cucullaris was usually of two parts, sometimes
three.
In Ambystoma maculatum larva of 45 mm length there were dis-
tinct opercular muscles, one seemed to be the cucullaris, but the leva-
tor scapulae muscles were not distinct, a more or less characteristic
larval condition.
SALAMADRIDAE
The levator scapulae has two slimps in some forms, one only in
others. In Diemyctylus viridescens, 1 found two slips for this, im
Taricha examined there was one broad one, in Pleurodellides two, in
Tylops two and in a specimen of Triturus cristatus, one.
The cucullaris attached to the skull and fascia in the head region
frequently had two slips.
PLETHODONTIDAE
The levator scapulae arises from the base of the skull and is in-
serted on the forward edge of the scapula. It is frequently, or is near the
portion of the cucullaris muscle which is attached to the operculum. In
most cases it is single, but it may have other fibers. The cucullaris is
usually of three parts. One of the deeper or lower portions forms the
opercularis muscle. Often parts of this slip or portions near are attached
to the skull. In all the genera examined the conditions were much like
those described. In Hydromantes, a powerful superficial branch of the
cucullaris runs in the same direction as the deeper opercular muscle,
but is very much longer and takes origin from the skull just back of
the orbit. Typhlomolge differs from most in having the larval conditicn
of the operculum muscle and a poorly developed levator scapulae
which last consists of a few weak strands well separated.
In the larval condition, the so-called operculis muscle does not end
on the free plate of bone in the ear and the levator scapulae muscle is
not well differentiated from lateral body muscles—a condition lke that
of Necturus.
Salamander muscles 213
Plate I: 1. Proteus shoulder girdle from the front. 2. Same from the side, cephalic
end at the right, dorsal side above. 3. Necturus, side view of shoulder muscles.
4. Crytobranchus, same from the side. 5. Amphiuma, breast muscles from the
front, right side. 6. Amphiuma, lateral shoulder muscles, left side. 7. Siren, side
shoulder muscles. 8. Salamandrella, side view of shoulder muscles. 9. Same as the
last with cucullaris removed. 10. Ambystoma maculatum adult, side shoulder
muscles. 11. The last with superficial muscles removed.
214 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
Plate IT: 12. Side shoulder muscles of Diamectylus viridescens. with the superficial
muscles removed. 13. D. viridescens, shoulder muscles in place. 14. Taricha torosus,
lateral shoulder muscles with the superficial ones removed. 15. Lateral shoulder
muscles of Desmognathus fuscus. 16. The same with superficial muscles removed.
17. Lateral shoulder muscles of Psepdotriton. 18. Deeper muscles of the last
19. Lateral shoulder muscles of Hydromantes platycephalus. 20. Outer view of the
muscles of breast and leg of Salamandra, after Francis. 21. Inner view of shoulder,
breast and upper leg muscles of Salamandra, after Francis.
Salamander muscles 215
INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS
A., Abdominal muscles; ACC Anconaeus coracoideus cucullaris;
AHL, Anconaeus humeralis; AHM, Anconaeus humeralis medialis;
C, Cucullaris; CBL, Coraco-brachialis longus; CR, Coraco-radialis;
DH, Dorso-humeralis; DS, Dorsalis scapuli; HA, Humero-anti-
brachialis; LS, Levator scapuli (operculus); O, Omo-arcualis; P,
Pectoralis; PH, Procoraco-humeralis; S, Supra-coracoideus.
SoME PERTINENT REFERENCES
DUNN, E. R.
1940. The “opercularis” muscle of salamanders. Jour. Morph., 69(2) :207-15.
IWAIMOIN,, TE Jal, Wet
1936. The myology of salamanders with particular reference to Dicamptodon en-
satus. Jour. Morph., 19(2):31-75.
EMERSON, E. T.
1905. The general anatomy of Typhlomolge. Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., 32:43-
76.
FRANCIS, E. T. B.
1934. The anatomy of the salamander. Oxford Press.
UNI, J
1938. Morphogenesis of the cranial muscles of Ambystoma punctatum. Jour.
Morph., 63:531-587.
SMITH, G. M.
1927. Detailed anatomy of Triturus torosus. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada. 3d ser. 21,
pp. 451-484.
WILDER, H. H.
1891. Contribution to the anatomy of Siren lacertina. Zoologische Jahrbiich, Abte.
Morphologie, 4:653-696.
ADDITIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF
EarLy PuBLICATIONS DEALING WITH THE
NoMENCLATURE OF SALAMANDER MUSCLES
CARUS, C. G.
1828. Tabulae Anatomium Comparativam illustrantes, Pars 1. Lipsae.
CUVIER, G.
1800. Lecons d’anatomie compareée. Paris.
DRUNER, L.
1901. Studien zur Anatomie der Zungenbein-, Keiemenbogenund Kehlpopfmuskel
der Urodelen, I Theil. Zoologische Jahrbiich, Abteilfiir Anatomie, vol. XV.
DUGES, A.
1834. Recherces sur lostéologie et la mycologie des Batraciens a leurs different
ages. Pt. II, p. 135, Paris.
IRIS ILI, 122
1895. Die Homologie der Extremiaten. Abhundlung der naturfulschende Ge-
schellschact zu Halle., 18:87-348.
FRANCIS, E. T. B.
1934. The anatomy of the Salamander. Oxford Press.
216 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
FUNK, A. EF
1827. De Salamandrae terrestris vita, evolutione, formatione. Tractatus, Berolini.
FURBINGER, M.
1873. Vergleichende Anatomie des Brustzhulterapparates. I Theil. Jena Zeits-
chrift, 7:237-320.
GAUP, E.
1901. Zur Kenntnis des Primordialcraniums der Amphibien und Reptilien. Ver-
handlungen anatomische Gesellschaft, 5 Versammlung in Miinchen, pp. 114-
120.
HOFFMAN, C. K.
1873-8. Amphibia. In Bronn’s Klassen und Ordungen des Thierreichs. Bd. VI, Abt.
II. Leipzig & Heidelberg.
HUMPHREY, G. M.
1871. The muscles and nerves of the Cryptobranchus japonicus. Jour. Anat. and
Physiol., London, vol. VI, pp. 1-61.
KINGSBURY, B. F, anv H. D. REED.
1908. The columella auris in Amphibia. Anat. Rec., 2:81-91. Also Jour. Morph.,
20 (for 1909) :549-620.
MECKEL, J. F
1821-33. System der vergleichenden Anatomie. 6 parts Halle. French trans., 10
vols., Paris, 1828-1838.
MIVART, ST. G.
1869. Notes on the Myologie of Menopoma alleghaniese. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1869: 260-278.
OSAWA, G.
1902. Beitrage zur Anatomie des japamischen Reisensalamanders. Maitteilung
medikament Fakultat Japan Universitat, Tokyo, vol. V, pp. 221-410.
OWEN, R.
1866-8. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of vertebrates, 3 vol., London.
PERRIN, A.
1899. Contribution a l’étude de la myologie et l’ostéologie comparée du membre
antérior chez un certain nombre de Batrachiens etde Sauriens. Bulletin Sct-
ence France, Belgique, T. XXXII, pp. 220-82.
RUDINGER, N.
1868. Die Muskeln der vorderen Extremitaten der Reptilian und Végeln. Natur,
Verhandlungen Hollandsche Maatschappij. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem, pp.
1-187.
RYLKOFF, H.
1924, Die Entwicklung der Schultermuskeln be urodelen Amphibien. Zeitschrift
fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 122:116-171.
SCHMIDT, F J. J.. GODDARD, Q. J.. ann VAN DER HOVEN, J.
1864. Anateekenigen over de anatomie van Crytobranchus japonicus. Natuur-
kunde Veh. v.d. Hollandsche Maatschappij v. Wentensch. te Harlem, 2 verz.
19 deel, pp. 1-66.
STANNIUS, H.
1854-6. Handbuch der Anatomie der Wirbeltiere, 11. Aufl., Buch II. Die Am--
phibien.
OBSERVATIONS ON SCOUTING BEHAVIOR AND
ASSOCIATED SOUND PRODUCTION BY THE
PACIFIC BOTTLENOSED PORPOISE
(Tursiops gilli Dall)"
W. E. Evans anp J. J. DREHER
Lockheed California Company
Burbank, California
INTRODUCTION
The sounds produced by cetacea and the possibility of their use for
communication has long been of interest to scientists. As early as 1935,
the sound production of cetacea in the Black Sea was observed and the
hypothesis offered that these sounds could be communicative in nature
(Tomulin, 1955). Since this time the literature pertaining to this hypo-
thesis has become voluminous (see, for example, Tomilin, 1955;
Frazer, 1947; McBride and Hebb, 1948; Wood, 1953; Lilly, 1961;
Norris and Prescott, 1961; and Dreher, 1961). Although some of these
contributions on the subject of cetacean sound production and com-
munication have been based on observations of wild populations, the
majority of the more recent work has been based on captive animals.
The study of the communicative behavior of captive animal popula-
tions, especially cetacea, has many advantages over field observations.
In working with cetacea, which are normally quite mobile, the re-
stricted environment affords better control of observational conditions
as well as the possibility of long-term constant monitormg of sound
production and concurrent behavior. On the other hand, one is limited
to working with those species which readily adapt to captivity, and
most certainly all behavior of the animals under study is modified by
the restriction. An ideal solution to this quandry would be the capabil-
ity to make observations of sound production and concurrent behavior
on the same genus and/or species of cetacea both in captivity and in its
natural habitat. The difficulties of this approach are obvious.
With the cooperation of Marineland of the Pacific oceanarium in
the use of its facilities and animals, and the availability of a 50-foot
oceanographic vessel specially adapted for sound recording at sea, it
1These studies were aided by Contract Nonr (N.R. 301-604) between the Office
of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and the Lockheed Aircraft Corpora-
tion, California Division.
218 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
has been possible to start compiling sound data on some genera of
Delphinidae under both captive and natural conditions. At present,
data have been collected on Tursiops truncatus (Montagu), Tursiops
gilli (Dall), Lagenorhynchus obliquidens (Gill), Delphinus bairdi
(Dall), and Globicephala scammoni (Cope).
The purpose of this paper is to discuss observations of the sound
production of the Pacific bottlenose porpoise ( Tirsiops gilli) and some
concurrent behavior made during a cruise to Scammon’s Lagoon
(28° N, 114° W), Baja California del Sur, Mexico. In addition, some
comparison will be made between these data and data collected from
T. truncatus im captivity.
The primary purpose of the biological cruise to Scammon’s Lagoon
from 22 January to 8 February, 1962, was to study in general the
behavior of the California gray whale, Eschrichtius glaucus (Cope)
and specifically to make observations of sound production. However,
the common occurrence of 7’ gilli in the lagoon afforded excellent
opportunity for frequent observation of the behavior of these animals
also.
FACILITIES AND INSTRUMENTATION
The Lockheed California Company oceanographic research vessel
Sea Quest is a 50-foot, diesel-powered, converted salmon trawler which
has been especially fitted for accomplishing a wide range of oceano-
graphic missions. From the standpoint of underwater sound recording
one of the more important modifications has been the installation of a
battery-powered generator which can silently provide adequate stable
115 volts, 60 cycle, power for periods up to 4 hours of continuous
“silent ship operation?’
The recording system used consisted of an AN/PQM-A1 Noise
Measuring Set and an Ampex 351, 2 channel, Tape Recorder. Channel
1 was used as the data channel and channel 2 as the voice channel in
both systems. The hydrophones for the system were mounted in bo-
tom-tripods. The hydrophone positioned alongside the ship was des-
ignated as Hyd. #1 and the distant (200’) hydrophone as Hyd. #2.
(Fis. te
The frequency response of the Ampex 351 at 744 imch/sec is flat
from approximately 30 cps to 16,000 cps and at 15 inch/sec flat (+2
db) from 20 cps to 20,000 cps and down 11 db at 29,000 cps. The
AN/PQM-A1 is flat from approximately 40 cps to 40,000 cps. Due to
the limitation on the lower end of the hydrophone system (40 cps),
and on the upper end of the tape recorder, 16 kcps-20 kcps depending
219
‘ULe1aY Paqlidsep s}saq UL pesn utaysAs GUTPIOIEI FO WIeISeIGG “J auns1g
JNOHdONDIW
V-089 93171V
OVA SII 0
0
aS) S3JNOHdQV3H
5 8-udd
Ee
Ss < D
e SJNOHdOUGAH 66-LC
Q
Sy GOl-NV 2 JANNVHO
5 | T3NNVHO
Ct lg
3NOHdONGAH 3JNOHdOGAH
VI-NOd 6.
d f 3d09S
IHS YVSN | 22-3W Goo
Y3AqCHOOSY AdVL
IS¢ XAdWNV
220 ~=Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
on speed, the flat response of the complete system, +2 db can be
assumed to be 40-20.000 cps.
PROCEDURE
In attempting to obtain sound production in reference to some known
condition, a portable floating barrier was constructed which hopefully
would divert the animals’ direction of movement and provide a good
“sonar” target if the animals under study were using some form of
echolocation. The barrier selected consisted of 15 air-filled aluminum
tubes, 2 inches in diameter and 15 feet long. Each tube (spar buoy)
was weighted with chain, and when placed in the water 12 feet were
below the surface. During the particular phase of the cruise under
discussion in this paper, the individual units of the barrier were placed
at 50-foot intervals, with one end anchored and the other end moored
to the ship. When placing the barrier an attempt was always made to
cross a channel which was, or had been observed to be, in use by the
animals. The hydrophones were put in place as close to the barrier
as was possible with available cable.
Tursiops gilli VOCALIZATIONS
During the period of observation in the lagoon, T. gilli were sighted and
listened to several times. The animals occurred in groups of 2 to 5 and
approached up to 100-200 feet from the ship. During the majority of
contacts, the only sounds heard were echolocation pulses at various
repetition rates. These signals were very similar, if not identical, to
those produced by 7! truncatus in captivity. Maximum range of sound
contact was approximately 500 yards from the ship.
On February 1, 1962, at 1600 hrs, the ship was located in Piedra
Channel, at 27°41’8” N, 114°8’ W. Hydrophone #1 was in position,
and the barrier was streamed between the ship and a shoal, a distance
of approximately 250 yds. Hydrophone #1 was at a depth of 24 feet.
At approximately 1650 hours, Wendell Tripp, the assistant master of
the ship, sighted five Tursiops gilli moving slowly up the channel from
the east toward the barrier at a range of about 500 yards. The sound
gear was switched on to monitor. Very slow echolocation clicks were
heard. At a distance of approximately 400 yards, the group, still echo-
locating, moved over to shoal water (4-9 feet deep) and schooled into
a tight group. After about five minutes of ver y sparse sound activity.
a single animal left the group and headed toward the barrier. This
animal made a “sonar” run along the barrier, turned, and headed back
Porpoise behavior 221
|
Pia
a i ies es
pe ial pe
ey aaa a
I sareehsh abe sole es
~
=
> —\=
7
7
a
Se ee
ee
ae
——
SS
—
~~
——S
SHOAL
ISLA PIEDRO
Figure 2. Schematic diagram of the location of research vessel, barriers and ani-
mals during vocalization incident discussed in text.
222 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
to the group. At this time, whistle activity started. This represented the
first time on the cruise that prolonged whistling activity was observed.
The single animal runs on the net, followed by whistling, were re-
peated 2 to 3 times then the group left the shoal and proceeded cau-
tiously up the channel. After passing the barrier, sound activity ceased
and the animals went west and through the barrier, whereupon visual
contact with the animals was lost. A schematic diagram of the location
of ship, barrier and animals during this incident is presented in
Figure 2.
It is interesting to note that on the several other occasions of Tursiops
sighting, only intermittent echolocation signals were recorded. How-
ever, the placement of a sound reflecting barrier across a normally
non-restricted channel did elicit some form of cautious behavior ac-
companied by what appeared to be scouting. Also of interest is the
sequence of echolocation scanning behavior-whistling-scanning be-
havior, in this order. Although it is possible that similar events occur in
captivity with 7) truncatus, the small confines of the usual holding
facility make specific comments on groupings and orientation of
animals difficult if not impossible.
T. gilli-T. truncatus: TONE ConTOUR COMPARISON
Having obtained a relatively good sample of 7: gilli whistles, a com-
parison was made between these signals and similar vocalizations pro-
duced by 7! truncatus in captivity. To aid in this comparison, a simple
notation system was developed to symbolize the various whistle con-
tours (Fig. 3). In each of these symbols the abscissa represents time
and the ordinate represents frequency or pitch. The contours used in
the following comparison, it should be poimted out, were transcribed
by ear from sound tapes slowed down four times. This is a relatively
easy and accurate process after several preliminary auditions of the
tape. While linguistics recognizes some eight different forms of tone-
modulated language (Pike 1948), involving pitch change, register
change, durations, relative beginning and end registers, and various
combinations, these analyses were assumed to follow the pattern of a
Class I language wherein lexical significance is denoted by changes
in pitch shift only. This does not preclude sandhi (linking) accom-
modation, or semantic contour profiles, but does relegate them to
second or higher order determinants.
Earlier analyses of porpoise whistles (Dreher, 1961) dealt with
Porpoise behavior
bo
to
Ov
FREQUENCY
TIME
Figure 3. Typical example of the notation system used in this study to symbolize
cetacean whistle contours.
some statistical aspects of Tursiops truncatus signals as produced in a
relatively restricted tank with nine interacting animals over several
situations of feeding, play, and rest. The question naturally arises:
Do other species (or genera) use the same whistle contours, and if not,
what differences are noted? A partial answer is possibly present im
analyses of the vocalization of 7? gilli in the process of responding to
the sound-reflecting barrier. The previously described caution and
approach behavior serves as a context for the observed whistles. In all,
from the first detection of the barrier to the successful passing, some
66 whistles were noted. These comprised 16 different contours, 8 of
which were similar to those used by the captive 7! truncatus in the
12 most frequent calls.
One salient difference between 7) truncatus whistles and T gilli
whistles appears. The wild 7. gilli whistles, while sometimes similar
in contour, were usually longer in duration than those produced by
captive animals. This is an acoustically predictable happening, based
on the sound production behavior of other animals, notably man. That
is, as the reverberation of the environments is decreased and anecho-
icity is approached, any given utterance becomes longer in time. This is
equivalent to saying that humans in a small room with sound reflecting
walls will produce words shorter in duration than if they are some
224 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
TABLE |
OCCURRENCE OF WHISTLE CONTOURS FOR
TURSIOPS TRUNCATUS AND TURSIOPS GILLI
ANIMAL
__ CONTOUR T. TRUNCATUS RANK OT. GILLI CRANK
ut, USED | USED 13.5
LeeN USED 2 —— —
VEX USED 3 USED 1.0
lav) USED 4 USED 45
S\N USED 5 USED 13.5
W\ USED 6 USED 45
LIVI* USED 7 USED 135
\ USED 8 USED 2.5
NG USED 9 — ——-
WIN USED 10 a —
—— USED i USED 13.5
VU USED 12 USED 13.5
Su USED 13 — —
NSW USED 14 — —
I\SISS\SN\ _ ——USED 15 — —
iol, — — USED 13,5
—_-\ —— — USED 9.0
Wt — — USED 6.5
JNREIN — = USED 9.0
ING —. — USED 9.0
TIN — — USED 6.5
=o — — USED 25
distance apart in an open field. Table 1 summarizes the whistle con-
tours noted in interchange between captive 7) truncatus and those
observed in 7. gilli during the barrier problem, with due allowance for
the lengthening phenomena.
It will be noted that several identical rank occurrences have been
entered for 7’ gilli, a reflection of the small sample observed. The
rankings tell only how often a signal was produced, not when. Several
of the contours were produced in isolation, with several short sequences
Porpoise behavior DDN
also occurring. It is not known at this juncture just what constraints
exist in their syntax, although the increasingly greater library of their
sounds will eventually make such a determination possible.
DiscussIon
Direct conclusions as to the communicative value of whistles produced
by either species of Tursiops considered are of course not possible from
the aforementioned observations. However, these observations do add
some interesting support to the porpoise whistle communication hy po-
thesis. The occurrence of whistling in a precise relationship to specific
behavior, 7.e. response to a new situation, does indicate the possibility
of purposeful sound production. Of further interest is the use of some
identical or near identical contours by different species. In fact, it
would seem almost mandatory for mutually understandable calls to
exist in light of observation of cooperative behavior as pointed out by
Brown and Norris (1956) and Norris and Prescott (1961). Enough
importance has been placed on the significance of the interspecific
whistle similarities observed by authors in this present study that
further analyses into possible intergeneric similarities are in progress.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank Dr. K. S, Norris of the Department of Zoology of the
University of California, Los Angeles, and R. L. Eberhardt of the
Lockheed-California Company, Burbank, for their assistance in field
observations. Also we wish to thank Miss Ruth M. Haugen, of Lock-
heed and Dr. David kK. Caldwell, Los Angeles County Museum for
their constructive comments on the manuscript. In addition we ap-
preciate the cooperation of Messers. D. H. Brown and J. H. Prescott of
the Marineland of the Pacific Oceanarium in the collecting of data on
T. truncatus.
LITERATURE CITED
BROWN, D.N., ann kh. S. NORRIS.
1956. Observations of captive and wild cetacea. Jour. Mamm., 37 (3) :120-125.
DREHER, JOHN J.
1961. Linguistic considerations of porpoise sounds. Jour. Acoustical Soc. Amer.,
33(12) 1799-1800.
FRAZER, E C.
1947. Sounds emitted by dolphins. Nature, London, 160, (4074).
LILLY, J. G.
1961. Man and dolphin. Garden City, N. Y.: Doubleday and Co., Inc., 312 pp.
226 ~=Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
McBRIDE, A. F, anv D. O. HEBB.
1948. Behavior of captive bottle-nosed dolphin, Tursiops truncatus. Jour. Comp.
and Physiol. Psych., 41:111-123.
NORRIS, K. S., anp J. H. PRESCOTT.
1961. Observations on Pacific Cetaceans of Californian and Mexican Waters.
Univ. California Publ. in Zool., 63(4)291-402.
PIRES Kas
1948. Tone Languages. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Mich. Press.
TOMLIN, A. G.
1955. O povedenii i Zvukovoi signalizatsii Gitvobraznykk. (On the Behavior and
Sound Communication of Cetacean.) Trudy Instituta Okeanologit ANSSSR.
18, 28-47.
WOOD, E G.,
1953. Underwater sound production and concurrent behavior of captive porpoises
Tursiops truncatus and Stenella plagiodon. Bull. Marine Sci. Gulf and Carib-
bean, 3:120-133.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM
—CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
34. A FOSSIL BIRD, CARACARA, FROM
SANTA ROSA ISLAND
HiILpEGARDE Howarp
Los Angeles County Museum
The Los Angeles Museum Channel Islands Biological Survey was
curtailed precipitately in December, 1941, with the bombing of Pearl
Harbor, Expedition No. 13 was at that time on Santa Rosa Island.
Comstock (1946: 105-107) gave a brief report of this last expedition.
Regarding the paleontological work, there is the notation that King
A. Richey, John C. Stock and Harry Fletcher prospected in the Tecolote
Canyon area, November 11-14, 1941, and “reported a number of
exposures suitable for working” Two of the paleontologists returned to
the mainland on November 15, presumably with the intent of report-
ing their investigations to the late Chester Stock, then Senior Curator
of Earth Sciences at the Los Angeles Museum, and also of the geo-
logical faculty of the California Institute of Technology. The Institute,
under Dr. Stock, had some years before conducted paleontological
work in Santa Rosa Island. All plans for continuing excavations by
either institution were, of course, set aside with the advent of the war.
The few Dwarf Elephant fossils collected on the prospecting trip of
1941 (in field bags labelled “S.R.I.-1” to “S.R.I.-4) were stored for
future study. No one noted that the three fragments in the bag marked
“S.R.1.-2” were avian.
As part of a project concerning fossil birds of the southwest (sup-
ported by a John Simon Guggenheim Foundation Fellowship) I was
assisted in the summer of 1962, by Wm. D. Arvey, Long Beach State
College. A search was made through the entire vertebrate fossil collec-
tion of the Los Angeles County Museum for unrecorded avian ma-
terial. In this manner we came upon the fragments from Santa Rosa
Island.
In addition to the “S.R.I.—2” notation on the field bag, the inscrip-
tion with the bird bones reads, “Santa Rosa Island, near mouth of Cor-
ral Canyon in sea cliff. Richey, 11.12.41” Phil C. Orr, who in recent
years has led the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History’s paleon-
tological investigations on the Channel Islands, describes in detail the
wavecut platforms of Santa Rosa Island and the deposits that cover
227
228 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
them (Orr, 1960) and refers the upper, or Tecolote member of the
Santa Rosa Island Formation to Wisconsin age, based on radiocarbon
datings of from 10,400 to beyond 30,000 years B.P. In correspondence
he states that the deposits in Corral (better known as Arlington) Can-
yon are all of the Tecolote member.
' The specimens collected by Richey consist of a proximal and distal
end of tarsometatarsus and a distal end of tibiotarsus, probably all of a
single individual. The bird represented was a caracara, which I assign
to the species Caracara prelutosus (Howard) described from the Pleis-
tocene of Rancho La Brea. The tibiotarsus shows no diagnostic charac-
ters, but both fragments of tarsometatarsus agree with this element of
C. prelutosus (Howard, 1938; 235-236) as follows: distalmost fora-
men on posterior side very slightly above intertrochlear space and 3.5
mm. below upper foramen; near proximal end, internal side of shaft
with deep central depression, and greatest depth of internal face of
shaft at approximately 7 mm. below distal extremity of calcaneum.
Other measurements are as follows: tarsometatarsus, breadth of proxi-
mal end 13.6 mm., breadth distal end 14.5 mm., breadth middle
trochlea 5.0 mm.; tibiotarsus, breadth distal end 13.4 mm.
Other recorded species of birds from Santa Rosa Island (Howard,
1944) were collected by the California Institute of Technology in the
late 1920’s and early 1930's, and were referred to recent species of
goose and ducks (Branta canadensis, Anas carolinensis, and Anas, sp.).
The Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History’s expeditions to Santa
Rosa Island during the last fifteen years, have yielded a few more avian
fossils. A report on this material will be forthcoming.
LITERATURE CITED
COMSTOCh, JOHN A.
1946. Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—Channel Islands Biological
Survey. 33. Brief notes on the expeditions conducted between March 16, 1940
and December 14, 1941. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 45(2):94-107.
HOWARD, HILDEGARDE
1938. The Rancho La Brea Caracara: A new species. Carnegie Inst. Washington,
Publ. No. 487, pp. 217-240.
1944. Miscellaneous avian fossil records from California. Bull. So. Calif. Acad.
Sci., 43(2):74-77.
ORR: PHilEEG:
1960. Late Pleistocene marine terraces on Santa Rosa Island, California. Bull. Ge-
ological Soc. Amer., 71:1113-1120, 8 figs., 1 pl.
A NEW GULF OF CALIFORNIA PERIPLOMA
Mark E. RocGers
Loma Linda, California
INTRODUCTION
Among the many interesting and unusual mollusks taken by the
“Ariel” Expedition, August 28 through September 2, 1960, was a new
member of the genus Periploma. This new species is of especial interest
as it represents the second member of the subgenus Halistrepta, Dall
1904, and the first of that taxon to be recorded from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia. It may be known as:
Periploma (Halistrepta) myrae, NEW SPECIES
Figure 1. Periploma (Halistrepeta) myrae, new species. Exterior view of right
valve of holotype, x2.
Figure 2. Periploma (Halistrepta) myrae new species. Hinge area of right valve
of holotype, x3.
Description: Shell rotund, with a concave dorsal margin both anterior
and posterior to the beaks, so thin as to be fragile, white, the left valve
flatter than the right. The right valve is ornamented by somewhat dis-
contimuous undulant sculpture. Left valve less coarsely sculptured, the
undulations seemingly more continuous, though discontinuity does
exist. Surface of shell smooth. Under high magnification the texture of
the shell appears granular. The anterior and ventral margins are
229
230 ~=3©>— Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
broadly rounded; three minute lines extend anteriorly from the beaks
but are visible only with difficulty (shghtly overemphasized in Fig. 1).
These lines are apparently very shallow furrows, and are shown as
such in Figure 1, but this could not be determined with certainty.
Posterior margin abruptly truncated, producing a broad, short ros-
trum. This rostrum is set off by a low rib, which extends diagonally
from the beak, formed by the folding of the concentric undulations.
This rib forms the boundary between the posterior and ventral mar-
gins. The rostrum is ornamented by faint continuations of the con-
centric undulations and by fine growth lines. Interior subnacreous.
Posterior muscle-scar quite large, wedge-shaped, very faint. Anterior
muscle-scar and pallial line obscure. The pallial smus broadly wedge-
shaped, with the anterior end rounded. Resilifer small, narrowly
spoon-shaped, nearly vertical. A dull area bordered by a more polished
narrow margin indicates the resilium attachment. A short, narrow
clavicular prop supports the resilifers. The props extend diagonally
and posteriorly, fading out along the anterior-dorsal edge of the pos-
terior muscle-scar, It is possible that this prop serves more as a muscle
attachment than as a support for the resilifer.
Holotype: To be deposited in the Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll.,
number 9499. Length, 20.2 mm., altitude 16.4: mm. The holotype was
broken subsequent to collecting and is represented by the repaired
right valve and fragments of the left valve.
Ty pe locality: Trawled in 15-25 fms., just off Loreto, in the channel
between Loreto and Carmen Id., Baja California, Mexico. 29 August
1960. “Ariel” Expedition.
Commentary: In 1904 Dall described the very rare Periploma sul-
cata, from San Pedro, California, and established the sectional name
Halistrepta for it. In both 1908 and 1915 he used Halistrepta in a sub-
generic sense, which rank it is accorded here.
The discontinuous, undulant sculpture and prominent rostrum place
Periploma myrae in this subgenus. It is very unfortunate that the
lithodesma was not present for comparison.
While Periploma myrae is related to P. sulcata it may be distin-
guished at a glance by the truncated posterior end, by the doubly con-
cave dorsal margin, prominent rostrum, and three faint furrows rather
than a single furrow extending toward the anterior end. The clavicu-
lar prop is also less heavily developed and the resilifer is vertical rather
than extending forward.
Periploma myrae resembles P. discus Stearns, 1890 in general shape,
New Periploma 231
but that form lacks the undulant sculpture in the adult form. The
prominently truncated posterior and rostrum are also not present on
P. discus. Young specimens of P. discus occasionally have undulant
interior sculpture (as shown by a specimen in the Burch coll. from off
Redondo Beach, California) which disappears as the shell grows older.
This beautiful new form is dedicated to Dr. A. Myra Keen of Stan-
ford University in grateful appreciation of her many contributions to
malacology and paleontology.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I wish to express my thanks for much assistance to Mr. and Mrs. E. P.
Chase of the San Diego Museum of Natural History, to Dr. A. Myra
Keen, to Mr. and Mrs. J. Q. Burch and to Dr. S. Stillman Berry for his
help and guidance.
The excellent hand drawings are by Dr. Bruce Campbell.
REFERENCES CONSULTED
DALL, WILLIAM HEALEY
1904. A new species of Periploma from California. The Nautilus, 17 (11) :122-123.
1908. Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central America to
the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California. XIV.
The Mollusca and Brachiopoda. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 43 (6) :205-
487, pls. 1-22.
1915. A review of some bivalve shells of the group Anatinacea from the West
Coast of America. Proc, U.S. Natl. Mus., 49 (2116) :441-456.
1921. Summary of marine shellbearing mollusks of the northwest coast of Amer-
ica. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus., no. 112,217 pp., 22 pls.
GRANT, U.S., IV, ann H. R. GALE
1931. Catalogue of the marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Mollusca of California
and adjacent regions. Mem. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 1:1-1036, 15 figs., pls.
1-32.
KEEN, A. MYRA
1937. An abridged check list and bibliography of west North American marine
Mollusca, Stanford University, Calif. 84 pp.
1958. Sea shells of tropical west America. Stanford University, Calif. 624 pp.,
illus.
OLDROYD, IDA S.
1924. The marine shells of the west coast of North America. Stanford Univ. Pubs.,
Univ. ser., Geol. Sct., (1) :1-247, 57 pls.
OLSSON, AXEL A.
1961. Mollusks of the tropical eastern Pacific. Panamic-Pacific pelecypoda.
Ithaca, N.Y.. Paleo. Research Institution, 574 pp., 86 pls.
THE OCCURRENCE OF SONORASPIS CALIFORNICA
FROM EAST-CENTRAL NEVADA
TAKEO SUSUKI
University of California, Los Angeles
AND
WitiiamM W. LuMspDEN
Long Beach State College
In several publications the genus Sonoraspis Stoyanow (1952:50-53)
was either regarded as a paleontological puzzle (Lochman, 1952: 137)
or overlooked in its stratigraphic significance (Palmer, 1954:67), or
even misrepresented (Moore, et al., 1959:0224), but invariably con-
fused with Glossopleura Poulsen (1927:268), from which it sharply
differs in its paleontological and easily observable nature, its strati-
graphic position, and its paleogeographical distribution. This genus
possesses clearly outlined characteristics: a thorax always with eight
segments, and certain mixed features of Anoria Walcott (1924:54)
and Glossopleura but never all of them. This provides a basis for spe-
cific separation and an easy identification. It should be stated that thus
far Sonoraspis has never been located in the same strata with Glosso-
pleura. The purpose of this article is to present additional data acquired
in the recent research of the writers. This paper is the first in a series
of proposed reports dealing with the distribution of Sonoraspis and its
relation to Glossopleura.
A significant clue as to the presence of an eight-segmented form in
southern California was briefly mentioned by Clark (1921:6) while
discussing Bathyuriscus howelli var. lodensis. Based on Clark’s discus-
sion, Stoyanow and Susuki (1955:467-470, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2) conducted
an extensive research in the Marble Mountains, San Bernardino
County, California (Bristol Mountains of Clark), and located there
specimens of Sonoraspis about fifty feet below the base of the Bonanza
King formation (Hazzard and Mason, 1936:234-238). This find by
Stoyanow and Susuki revealed that a seaway containing Sonoraspis
fauna existed between the Sonora Basin, Mexico and southern Califor-
nia. Before Sonoraspis was discovered in southern California, McKee
(1947:288) postulated an early Middle Cambrian seaway continuous
from western Sonora north through Arizona and into the Grand Can-
yon area. McKee (1947:288) based this seaway on the presence of
Glossopleura in the Harquahala Mountains to the south of the Grand
233
234 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
Canyon. Stoyanow (1948:323-324) was not in agreement with
Mchee’s interpretation, pointing out the lithological similarity be-
tween the Cambrian of Harquahala Mountains and the Grand Canyon,
and that it seemed more probable that the Harquahala trilobites be-
longed in the Cambrian basm of the Grand Canyon, masmuch as
southwestern Arizona was occupied by a pre-Cambrian Massive of
Mazatzal Land (Stoyanow, 1942:1264; 1936:462). A westward
Paleozoic portal im the Sonora Basin was first suggested by Schuchert
(1910: pl. 52) and Schuchert’s idea was corroborated by Stoyanow
(1942: 1263-1264).
The presence of Sonoraspis thirty feet below the stratum containing
Albertella was established in the Inyo Mountains, California (Stoya-
now, 1958:347), thus extending northwestward the geographic dis-
tribution of Sonoraspis. The occurrence of Sonoraspis in the Inyo
Mountains may well suggest a connection with the Sonora Basin
through the Marble Mountains during early Middle Cambrian time.
This discovery is not only significant paleogeographically, but ex-
tremely important stratigraphically in that from this relationship, the
stratigraphic position of Sonoraspis was determined. It should be noted
that in the Canadian Rockies (Rasetti, 1951:109), Glossopleura zone
is well above the Albertella zone and a similar stratigraphic relation
exists in the Grand Canyon section (McKee, 1945:30, 33). Although
Sonoraspis and Albertella had been found in the Sonora section, their
stratigraphic interrelation there was not clearly understood, smce
Lochman (1952:180) did not recognize Sonoraspis as a valid genus
but equated it both paleontologically and _ stratigraphically with
Glossopleura. In discussing Glossopleura species, Lochman (1952: 137)
was unable to explain why Glossopleura mckee Resser from the Bright
Angel shale of the Grand Canyon section showed consistently seven
segments in the thorax, yet all the species from Sonora, even though
the cephalon and pygidium appeared identical to G. mckee, showed
eight thoracic segments.
The find of Sonoraspis by the present writers in Currant Creek Gap
section, east-central Nevada (Fig. 1) indicates the first recorded extent
of the Sonoraspis fauna considerably northeastward within the main
Cordilleran trough.
This specimen from Nevada is closer to S. californica Stoyanow and
Susuki (Holotype, UCLA Invert. Paleo. Cat. no. 23460) than to
S. gomezi Stoyanow (1952:54-55) by tuberculation on all thoracic
segments which increase in size (from circular to elongated) toward
Sonoraspis californica from Nevada 235
\
Buvelse WHITE PINE
U.C.L.A. Loc. 4444
Currant
LINCOLN CO.
Pioche
Figure 1. Map showing east-central Nevada where Sonoraspis californica was
found.
236 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
the segmented pygidium, whereas S. gormezi has only six posterior
thoracic segments bearing tubercles and an unsegmented pygidium.
Ty pe: Hypotype, UCLA Invert. Paleo. Cat. no. 34974, Figure 2.
Locality: UCLA Invert. Paleo. Loc. no. 4444.
Occurrence: The described type has been collected at a roadcut on
Figure 2. Sonoraspis californica Stoyanow and Susuki, Hypotype, ucta Invert.
Paleo. Cat. no. 34974, specimen enlarged x2 to show posteriorward development
from circular to elongated tubercles on the thoracic segments.
Sonoraspis californica from Nevada 237
the northside of U.S. Highway 6, in thin-bedded, platy, gray limestone,
300 feet north and 400 feet west of the southeast corner of Sec. 24,
T. 11 N., R. 58 E., Currant Mountain quadrangle (U.S.G.S., 1957
ed.), Currant Creek, Nye County, Nevada (Figs. 3 and 4).
Figure 3. Currant Creek Gap, Nevada. Westward view. Lighter colored exposure
at the base, on the right side of photograph is where Sonorapsis californica was
found.
Pe ES
Figure 4. Close-up of the limestone outcrop.
238 ~=— Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The writers wish to acknowledge the support given by the Dept. of
Geology, University of California, Los Angeles for the field work and
to Mrs. Opal L. Kurtz for the drafting.
LITERATURE CITED
CLARK, CLIFTON W.
1921. Lower and Middle Cambrian formations of the Mohave Desert. Univ. Calif.
Pub. Geol. Sci. Bull., 13:1-7.
HAZZARD, JOHN C., sno MASON, JOHN FE
1936. Middle Cambrian formations of the Providence and Marble Mountains,
California. Geol. Soc. America Bull., 47:229-240, 1 fig.
LOCHMAN, CHRISTINA
1952. Trilobites, pp. 60-161 pls. 15-31, in Cooper, G. A., et al., Cambrian strati-
graphy and paleontology near Caborca, northwestern Sonora, Mexico.
Smithson. Misc. Coll., 119: (1):184, 31 pls.
McREE, EDWIN D.
1945. Stratigraphy and ecology of the Grand Canyon Cambrian, pp. 1-168, pls.
1-15, in Mckee, E. D. and Resser, C. E. Cambrian history of the Grand
Canyon region. Carnegie Inst. Washington Pub. 563, 232 pp., 27 pls.
1947. Paleozoic seaways in western Arizona. Amer. Assoc. Petroleum Geol. Bull.,
31:282-292.
MOORE, RAYMOND C., et al.
1959. Treatise on invertebrate paleontology, Part O, Arthropoda. Geol. Soc.
Amer., 560 pp., 415 figs.
PALMER, ALLISON R.
1954. An appraisal of the Great Basin Middle Cambrian trilobites described be-
fore 1900. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 264-D, pp. 55-85, pls. 13-17.
POULSEN, CHR.
1927. The Cambrian, Ozarkian and Canadian faunas of northwest Greenland.
Meddelelser om Gronland, 70:233-348, pls. 14-21.
RASETTI, FRANCO
1951. Middle Cambrian stratigraphy and faunas of the Canadian Rocky Moun-
tains, Smithson, Misc. Coll., 116:(5):1-277, 34 pls.
SCHUCHERT, CHARLES
1910. Paleogeography of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., 20:427-606, pls.
46-101.
STOYANOW, ALEXANDER
1936. Correlation of Arizona Paleozoic formations. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., 47:459-
540, 1 pl., 5 figs.
1942. Paleozoic paleogeography of Arizona. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., 53:1255-
1282, 5 pls., 3 figs.
1948. Some problems of Mississippian stratigraphy in southwestern United States.
Jour. Geology, 56:313-326.
Sonoraspis californica from Nevada 239
1952. The original collection of Cambrian trilobites from Sonora, pp. 49-59, pl.
14, in Cooper, G. A., et al., Cambrian stratigraphy and paleontology near
Caborca, northwestern Mexico. Smithson. Misc. Coll, 119: (1):7-184, 31 pls.
1958. Sonoraspis and Albertella in the Inyo Mountains, California. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Bull. 69:347-352, 1 pl.
STOYANOW, ALEXANDER, anp.SUSUKI, TAKEO
1955. Discovery of Sonoraspis in southern California. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull.,
66:467-470, 2 pls.
WALCOTT, CHARLES D.
1924. Cambrian geology and paleontology. Cambrian and lower Ozarkian trilo-
bites. Smithson Misc. Coll., 75 (2) :53-60, pls. 9-14.
\
“
val
NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE, OBSERVATIONS AND PUBLIC
HEALTH SIGNIFICANCE OF THE PAJAROELLO TICK —
ORNITHODOROS CORIACEUS KOCH,
IN LOS ANGELES COUNTY
WiLuiAM G. WaLpron!
Los Angeles County Health Department
Recently, several reports in non-scientific publications have disclosed
that little is known locally about the Pajaroello tick—Ornithodoros
coriaceus Koch. Because of these reports, studies were conducted by
the author in the Los Angeles National Forest, the suggested habitat
of this tick, to gather data on the prevalence of O. coriaceus and infor-
mation on the severity and virulence of its bite.
Nutall (1908) first described the Pajaroello in Mexico around the
Gulf of Tehuantepec. He also found this tick in 1908 in Santa Barbara
County. Hermes (1960) and Kohls (1944) have collected numerous
specimens in the Mount Hamilton area where it “flourishes in the deer
beds among the low scrub oaks; Quercus dumosa. Hermes likewise
acknowledges that this species occurs commonly in the more moun-
tainous coastal counties in California. Hoffman, quoted in Cooley &
Kohls (1944), states “O. coriaceus is a native of the hot and temperate
regions along the Pacific extending all the way from California to
Chiapas (Mexico)?
The first step on this Pajaroello study involved checking records of
collections made locally. Surprisingly few were available. A total of
only 4 collections were locatéd which had been made in the San Gabriel
and Santa Monica Mountains.
O. coriaceus collections:
A. UCLA, Dr. J. N. Belkin
1. Los Angeles County, Pasadena, ex: soil, [V-7-53
22 nymphs, coll. student (UCLA)
B. Los Angeles County Museum, Dr. Fred Truxal
1. Los Angeles County, Township T2N-R11W, Sec. 29
SW 14, ex: dirt, 5800’, 6/49, coll.
Dr. R. O. Gilbert, 1 nymph, 1 ad.
2. Los Angeles County, Devil’s Punch Bowl, Ex: man,
8/21/52, 1 nymph, 1 larvae
1Entomologist.
242 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
C. Long Beach State College, Dr. Elbert Sleeper
1. Los Angeles County, San Dimas Exp. Forest.,
VII-II-59, #2, 1-ad. Coll. M. Knox and E. Sleeper.
Forest rangers, patrolmen and fire guards of the U.S. Forest Service
were quite familiar with the Pajaroello. Many advised the author that
they first became acquainted with the tick and its bite while assigned
to the Los Padres National Forest in the Santa Barbara area.
A great deal of interesting and pertinent information was gathered
from these men, who not only were aware of the Pajaroello, but were
Figure 1. Ventral (upper) and dorsal (lower) view of Ornithodoros coriaceus
Koch. Photos courtesy of Dr. Fred Truxal, Los Angeles County Museum.
Pajaroello tick 243
likewise highly trained and capable observers. In practically every
instance the bites, which allegedly implicated the Pajaroello, occurred
while the Forest Service personnel were working on a forest fire. This,
of course, implies that the men were away from their stations and
offices and were living in a more or less primitive fashion for the period
of the fire. Also, the men were working in the brush where they had
ample opportunity for exposure to arthropod bites.
According to Merrell (1948), the U.S. Forest Service in the Angeles
National Forest reported in 1940 that several members of a CCC main-
tenance crew allegedly were bitten by arthropods thought to be Paja-
roello ticks. This is the first recorded reference to O, coriaceus in Los
Angeles County.
According to Herms (1950) the main host of O. coriaceus is the
mule deer, Odocoileus species. It is therefore reasonable to assume that
ectoparasites may be spread into new areas as the deer herds migrate
from one section to the other due to the pressures of food, fire, water
and hunters. The first collections above 6,000 ft. known to the author
were made at Table Mountain in the Big Pines area which is about
7200 ft. altitude. The other 5 collections made by the author were
primarily between 4500 and 7000 ft. It was observed that the highest
density of Pajaroellos should occur in the spring of the year.
O. coriaceus specimens in the author’s collection:
1. Los Angeles County, Camp 37, Calif. State Highway Camp,
Angeles Forest Highway, Ang. Forest, 6000’, 9/58,
coll. W. G. Waldron, 3 ad., ex: brush.
2. Los Angeles County, 300’ S of Table Mt. Reservoir,
So. Slope, 7200 ft., Big Pines, Ang. Forest,
4/2/59, 1 ad., coll. W. G. Waldron, Ex: brush, 162-59.
3. Los Angeles County, Table Mt. Campgrounds at West Bend,
Big Pines, Ang. Forest, coll: W. G. Waldron, 1 ad,
1 nymph, ex: brush, 7500 ft.
4. Los Angeles County, Swartout, Big Pines,
Ang. Forest, 6/30/58,
1 ad., 2 nymphs, coll. W. G. Waldron, ex: man, 6800 ft.
5. Los Angeles County, Jackson Lake, Big Pines, Ang. Forest,
4/1/59, coll. E.S. Cross (USFS), 2 ad, 5 nymphs,
ex: brush, 6500 ft.
Although most Forest Service personnel are not trained entomolo-
gists and do not usually have equipment necessary for identification
244. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
of the arthropods, they accurately described and even furnished the
proper tick upon request (collection #5 above). Apparently other
Ornithodoros species such as O. hermsi, O. turicata and O. parkeri
which could be mistaken for O. coriaceus are not readily found where
the Pajaroellos have been collected.
Nutall (1908) graphically described the effect of the bite and feed-
ing habits of O. coriaceus. Hermes (1950) also describes an account of
two bites which a former student suffered some years ago. The descrip-
tions by Nutall and Hermes are very similar. Hesper N. MacMillen
and E. C. Loomis, in personal communications to the author, likewise
give the same general description of the Pajaroello tick bite from their
own personal experiences.
The author has gathered a great deal of data on the Pajaroello bite,
particularly from Forest Service personnel, and they all follow more
or less the same pattern and in most instances no pain is felt at the
time the tick attaches its mouth parts to the skin of the human host.
This is the converse of descriptions cited above from Nutall and others.
Possibly, most of the tick bites investigated by the author were inflicted
while the person was at rest and therefore no noticeable pain was evi-
denced. It is also possible that the tick actually causes pain as a result
of feverishly attaching its mouth parts to the host while the body of
the host is in motion, the tick thus protecting itself from being dislodged
from the point of attachment. This is an assumption upon the part of
the author and does not reflect any valid data. The author also has
noted that the reaction to the bite appears to be a direct allergic re-
sponse of the host to the saliva of the tick.
Despite comments to the contrary, the Pajaroello is not as dangerous
as a rattlesnake. The tick injects no toxin per se, and very few bite
patients have been hospitalized. Actually only two cases of this severity
have been recorded locally. The bite may be more painful and annoy-
ing to those people who react strongly to the material in the saliva.
Likewise, as MacMillen and Loomis graphically indicated to me, a
person may become increasingly sensitized to the bite to the poimt
where additional exposures could cause acute discomfort to the human
host.
Records are available where the “incise and suck” treatment has
been employed for Pajaroello as well as for rattlesnake bites. The
method suggested by the Health Officer of the Los Angeles County
Health Department and the local office of the American Red Cross
suggests suction might be of aid if applied scon enough after the bite,
Pajaroello tick 245
but neither recommend the need for incision. One of the most impor-
tant steps is the application of a good salve, preferably with an anal-
gesic, and extreme care against secondary infection. No records are
available which in any way implicate the Pajarcello as being a vector
of disease. This is not to say that this Argasid is not a potential, but
rather that it has never been implicated, circumstantially or otherwise,
as a transmitter of disease to men or animals.
SUMMARY
It appears that the Pajaroello, contrary to some reports, is not as dan-
gerous as a rattlesnake although its bite can be painful and uncom-
fortable. Also, O. coriaceus is not new in California, although there is
a definite dearth of collecting information for the area between Santa
Barbara and the Mexican border. The Pajaroello is part of the fauna
in the Angeles Forest and care should be taken to prevent unnecessary
exposure to its bite; however, it does not appear to be a ““menace”’ to
public health at this time.
LITERATURE CITED
COOLEY, R. A., anp G. M. KOHLS.
1944. The Argasidae of North America, Central America and Cuba. Amer. Midl.
Nat., Mono. No. 1, Univ. Press, Notre Dame, Ind.
HERMS, W. B.
1950. Medical Entomology. New York: The Macmillan Co., 643 pp.
LOOMIS, E. C.
1950. Ticks in California. Vector Views, 2:1.
MERRELL, MURIEL L.
1948. Pajaroello. U.S. Forest Serv. Rept., Angeles National Forest.
NUTALL, G. H., ez al.
1908. Ticks, a monograph of the Ixodoidea, Part I., Argasidae, pp. 1-104, Part II,
pp. 105-116.
ROBINSON, C-. S.
1942. Some observations on the Pajaroello tick (Ornithodoros coriaceus). Jour.
Forestry, 40:659-60.
246 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
ERRATA
The following errors regrettably appeared in the article “Blood para-
sites of mammals of the Californian Sierra Nevada foothills, with spe-
cial reference to Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas and Hepatozoon lepto-
soma Sp. N? by Sherwin EF Wood which appeared in volume 61, part
3, of the Bulletin:
1. In Table 1, page 163, the numbers ‘‘2,1” in the TZ. cruzi column
should appear opposite Peromyscus truei gilberti, and not opposite
Reithrodontomys megalotis longicaudus.
2. The last two full sentences on page 168 should read: “Where the
central aperture has enlarged and the circular, band-form nucleus
has become more labile, the parasite may extend into the aperture
pushing a band of nuclear material before it. Most of these immature
neutrophils have not yet developed their distinctive granulation”
3. On page 170, line 2, the correct statement should be “2 yw thick” and
not “2 u thick?’
A NEW SPECIES OF COLUMBELLID GASTROPOD
FROM EASTER ISLAND
Leo GrorGE HERTLEIN
California Academy of Sciences!
San Francisco
Two lots of shells from Easter Island were presented to the California
Academy of Sciences, one by Ray Summers and the other by Mrs.
Paul Steele. These specimens were collected by Frey Sebastian
Englert.
Among these shells is an interesting little columbellid which appears
to be quite distinct from any described species. Accordingly, it is here
described as new.
The writer here expresses his gratitude to several persons who
compared specimens of this species with specimens in the collections
_ in their respective institutions as follows: Dr. A. Myra Keen, Stanford
University; Dr. Alison Kay, University of Hawaii and Bernice P.
Bishop Museum; Dr. Harald A. Rehder, United States National
Museum.
The photographs, retouched by Mrs. Margaret Hanna, were pre-
pared by Maurice Giles. Measurements were made by Dr. G Dallas
Hanna.
The new species may be known as:
Zafra pascua Hertlein, NEW SPECIES
l 2 3
Figures 1-3. Zafra pascua Hertlein, new species. Fig. 1. Holotype. Height, 6.15
mm., maximum diameter, 2.83 mm. Fig. 2. Paratype. Height, 5.91 mm., maxi-
mum diameter, 2.80 mm. Fig. 3. Paratype. Height, 6.05 mm., maximum diameter,
3.06 mm. (Photographs by Maurice Giles, retouched by Margaret Hanna).
1Department of Geology.
248 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
Shell small, elongately ovate, fairly thick; 41% whorls, the sutures
impressed; protoconch dome-shaped, smooth; whorls sloping with a
slight concavity on the posterior third; axial sculpture consists of
rounded, axial ribs, about 15 on the penultimate whorl, extending
from suture to suture but fading out on the anterior half of the body
whorl; interspaces narrower than the ribs and crossed by very fine in-
cised spiral striae; canal short, sculptured with 5 or 6 fine, well-defined,
obliquely sloping spiral grooves which above and below give way to
finer striae; aperture rather narrow, columella slightly curved, interior
of inner and outer lips smooth; shell white except for a narrow black
band beginning near the middle of the edge of the columellar lip and
extending obliquely downward around the base of the canal, visible
through the inside of the shell. Length, 6.15 mm.; maximum diameter,
2.83 mm.
Holotype: no. 12408 and paratypes, nos. 12409, 12410 (California
Academy of Sciences Department of Geology Type Collection), from
Loc. 34203 (CAS), Easter Island; Frey Sebastian Englert, collector.
On some specimens of the paratypes of this species the axial ribs
are nearly obsolete on the body whorl. The fine lines of growth are
crossed by concentric striae lending a decussate appearance under
magnification.
The general shape and sculpture of the present species bear a
general resemblance to that of Anachis. However, the narrow aper-
ture and smooth inner and outer lips are quite different from mem-
bers of that group. The characters of the aperture suggest the reason
for placing it in the genus Zafra A. Adams. Dr. Rehder agreed in this
general placement of this species (written communication May 18,
1962) in or near the Zafra group and it is here provisionally so placed.
The general shape and external sculpture of Zafra pascua, new
species, resemble that of the species described as Columbella pumila
Dunker? from Japan which later was placed in the genus Zafra
by ‘Taki and Oyama’. The shell of the new species differs from that
of Dunker’s species in the smooth interior of the outer lip and in
the dark band of color around the canal, whereas the corresponding
lip of Z. pumila was described as plicated or subdenticulated and the
color of the exterior uniformly fuscous.
2Columbella pumila Dunker, Malakozool. Blatter, Bd. 6, p. 224, January, 1860.
Japan.—Dunker, Moll. Jap. Descript. et Tab. Trib. Icon., p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 4, 1861.
‘Zafra pumila (Dunker), Taki and Oyama, Palaeo. Soc. Japan, Special Paper
No. 2, pl. 43, fig. 10, 1954.
A NEW SPECIES OF SAND-BURROWING
MARINE AMPHIPODA FROM CALIFORNIA
J. Laurens BARNARD
Beaudette Foundation!
Another species of the magnificent crustacean genus Kohaustorius
J. L. Barnard (1957) is described. These small but complexly orna-
mented animals apparently represent adaptations in the Amphipoda
that are known for various sand-crabs in the Decapoda, namely greatly
expanded, processiferous appendages for digging in sands and strongly
setose antennae for filtering particles. The weakly armored mandibles
apparently are related to the particulate kind of food obtained by
many haustoriids.
FaMILy HAUSTORIIDAE
Genus Eohaustorius J. L. Barnard
Eohaustorius J. L. Barnard 1957: 81; Gurjanova 1962: 400.
Key To EOHAUSTORIUS
1. Peraeopod 5 with erect cusp on dorsal posterior edge
OH COCCI ters Taek ese er care En washingtonianus
Peraeopod 5 lacking cusp on article 2 of peraeopod5 ........ Y
Article 7 of gnathopod 1 as long as article 4 ..... sencillus, n.sp.
Article 7 of gnathopod 1 half as long as article4............. 3
Hind lobe of article 5 on peraeopod 2 large and long, reaching
down to end of article 6,/article 6 rectangular ........ cheliferus
Hind lobe of article 5 on peraeopod 2 smaller, not reaching to end
Olmanicleon article6 bulbous = .....04505. 2408s 4 5. eous
Www >
es
Eohaustorius sencillus, NEW SPECIES
Figures 1 and 2
Diagnosis: Article 6 of gnathopod 1 long, bulbous, bearing a short
apical spine; peraeopod 5 lacking a cusp on dorsal posterior edge of
article 2; hind lobe of article 5 on peraeopod 2 small, not reaching
downward strongly (see figure).
Holotype: Allan Hancock Foundation (AHF) No. 5736, female,
4.5 mm.
1Santa Ynez, California.
249
250 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
Sey
> ms ~ b Me
R . NP Y
C= ZW
RX
fy)
ted
hh
\V' 4"
x \
Figure 1, Eohaustorius sencillus, n.sp. Female, 4.5 mm, station 4812. Lateral view
of animal.
New marine amphipod 251
|
|
Ss)
a
C2
1 oa a
VE
SSOH
Le
=
Jip
Figure 2. Eohaustorius sencillus, n.sp. Female, 4.5 mm, station 4812. A, B, man-
dibles; C, D, gnathopod 1; E, gnathopod 2; F, peraeopod 2; G, coxa 3; H, uropod
3; I, telson. ;
Type locality: Station 4812, near Pt. Conception, California,
34°34’05” N, 120°39’05” W, in 14 meters depth, January 16, 1957,
collected by R. V. Velero IV of University of Southern California.
Material: 42 specimens from 3 stations.
Relationship: Unlike other species of the genus, this bears a large,
inflated sixth article of gnathopod 1, armed with a small spine. In other
species this sixth article is short and bears a spine either as long as the
article or as much as twice as long. In southern California, the species
is quickly distinguished from E. washingtonianus (Thorsteinson )
(see J. L. Barnard 1957) by the lack of cusp on article 2 of peraeo-
pod 5.
Ecology: In southern California this species has been found in only
two samples at Pt. Conception in depths less than 10 fms and thus,
252 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 61, Pt. 4, 1962
scarcely penetrates into the southern area and its frequency in south-
ern California is negligible. The species is better represented in Monte-
rey Bay (station 6444, 18 specimens).
LITERATURE CITED
BARNARD, J. L.
1957. A new genus of haustoriid amphipod from the northeastern Pacific Ocean
and the southern distribution of Urothoe vavarini Gurjanova. Bull. So. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 56 (2) :81-84, pl. 16.
GURJANOVA, E. E
1962. Bokoplavy severnoi chasti Tixogo Okeana (Amphipoda—Gammaridea), Ch.
1. Akademiia Nauk SSSR, Opredeliteli po Faune SSSR 74:1-440, 143 figs.
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
VOLUME 61, 1962
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
algodonensis, Macrobaenetes ... .1(2
Amblystira angella, n.sp......... 137
PAmalbyiStOMMIC ACM rass ae 5 os cls. 211
Ambrysus stali,n.sp............. 185
LNSTTHO) CHWUTOCES «00580080 ome eon nae 211
Analysis of the habitat, web design,
cocoon and egg sacs of the tube
weaving spider Diguetia canities
(McCook) (Aranea, Diguetidae) 65
A new Ambrysus from South
America (Hemiptera, Naucori-
GINS) 6 5.6:6°5'5 5 Cia eee neem aon eae 185
A new Gulf of California Peri-
IOI 5 0.0 do See ee eee 229
A new Megahippus from the Bar-
stow formation San Bernardino
CountyaCaliformia =. .)........ 113
A new Pasiphaea (Crustacea, Deca-
poda, Natantia) from southern
California waters .............. 15
A new species of chigger, genus
Euschoengastia (Acarina, Trom-
biculidae), with notes on other
species of chiggers from the Santa
Ana Mountains, California ..... 177
A new species of columbellid gastro-
pod from Easter Island ........ 247
A new species of sand-burrowing
marine amphipoda from Califor-
TATE 4 ‘5’ arnt bog see biG ay ene eee ee 249
angella, Amblystira ............. 137
Argenna fossilis Petrunkevitch .. .143
Arizona elegans eburnata Klauber. 31
Blood parasites of mammals of the
Californian Sierra Nevada foot-
hills, with special reference to
Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas and
Hepatozoon leptosoma Sp. N.
We 161, 246
Caracara prelutosus (Howard) ...228
chacei, Pasiphaea ............... 18
CGlvalicidoideal 2.2.53 4..040506 aves 150
Chionactis occipitalis occipitalis
(Hallowell)
Chthonuidaewiaoe meee: 145
Comstock, John Adams (Resolution
TO) ctsteh altars mintin eer ites eenale 1
Contributions from the Los Angeles
Museum—Channel Islands _bio-
logical survey. 34. A fossil bird,
Caracara, from Santa Rosa Is-
lane aro eee ee OT
Crotalus cerastes Hallowell ...... 34
Crotalus mitchelli pyrrhus ....... 35
Crotalus viridis helleri ........... 36
Cryptobranchidaeymer-see one seek 211
Dependence on temperature of Ca/
Mg ratio of skeletal structures of
organisms and direct chemical
precipitates out of sea water .... 45
Dictyonota maroccana Ribaut ... .141
Dictyonota tricornis (Schrank) ...141
Diguetia canities (McCook) ...... 65
elitha, Leptodictya .............. 136
Engynoma isolata, n. nam. .......134
Eintonovny Garner et 146
Enulius unicolor (Fischer) ....... 195
Eohaustorius sencillus, n. sp. ..... 249
Epiplatymetra grotearia Packard . 3
Euschoengastia californica
GEwanee a Sie ener eas eas toc 182
Euschoengastia criceticola
Brernmancy ciate ask at 183
Euschoengastia frondifera Gould ..179
Euschoengastia otophila, n. sp. .... 179
Euschoengastia radfordi
Brennan and Jones ............ 183
Euschoengastia terrestris Gould. . 182
Fossil arthropods of California. 24.
Some unusual fossil arthropods
from the Calico Mountains nod-
ul Sheen aera rs ts remiaa eta 143
Galeatus maculatus (Herrich-
Schae tier ero cine ne ae 135
Galeatus spinifrons (Fallén) ..... 35
Gambusia affinis patruelis Baird
aingl (Girl Gooouorooctoe ccs 37
Gyalopion quadrangularis
(Giinther, aeons tae 196
Haedus ojos, n. sp. ............-. 139
Hamingia arctica Danielssen and
INOGeM oii sae ena enn ator nee: 123
Hepatozoon citellicola (Wellman
BLIGH VV Orgy, ivevkspess Steichen eae 168
Hepatozoon leptosoma n. sp. ..... 170
Hepatozoon muris (Balfour) ..... 169
Elymobuidae. v.55 st lees aston 211
Hypsiglena torquata deserticola
WaMWer \65. ces pecvolio sansa tes Beas 31
Ichneumonoideats .42.).. .¢- sss an 150
isolata, Engynoma .............. 134
juliae, Palaeosminthurus ......... 147
kelsoensis, Macrobaenetes ....... 93
Lampropeltis getulus californiae
(Blammville) eee ee iieciebttesa 32
Lampropeltis getulus nigritus
Zweifel and Norris ............ 196
eChy tia? rgcncetrck 2 Pape tec 145
Repidopteray 22)... earn cesines 150
Leptodictya elitha, n.sp.......... 136
leptosoma, Hepatozoon ......... 170
Lichanura roseofusca gracia
Kilauiberins us cscnese ieee ieee ioe 30
Life history notes on Epiplatymetra
grotearia Packard <7. 3...:2..+- 3
Macrobaenetes, n. gen. .......... 91
Macrobaenetes algodonensis, n. sp. 102
Macrobaenetes kelsoenis, n. sp. .. 93
Macrobaenetes sierrapintae, n. sp..105
Macrobaenetes valgum
(Strohecker) ian acento ee 98
Masticophis flagellum piceus
(Cope) scy2.see ae eer 32
Masticophis lateralis lateralis
@elalllowellli) Seer 32
mckennai, Megahippus .......... 113
Megahippus mckennai, n. sp. ..... 113
Miyatrombicula scottae
(Brennan) ye sarencracre oe 179
Monarchistic dominance in small
groups of captive male mosquito-
fish, Gambusia affinis patruelis . 37
myra, Periploma ............... 229
Naitingis, n. gen. ............... 133
2
Or
Neotrombicula californica
(Ewing) ........@5pepReeerer 178
Neotrombicula dinehartae (Bren-
nan and Wharton) ........... 178
Nonmarine molluscs from recent
sediments near Vernon, Apache
county, Arizona’; pene 25
Notes on some reptiles and amphib-
ians from western Mexico ..... 193
Notes on the occurrence, observa-
tions and public health signifi-
cance of the Pajaroello tick—Or-
nithodoros coriaceus Koch, in Los
Angeles, county, Sn eeppee err 241
Observations on scouting behavior
and associated sound production
by the Pacific bottlenosed por-
poise (Tursiops gilli Dall) ..... D7
Odontacarus linsdalei (Brennan
and Jones) . ; 2 4-fescoeee nee 178
oios, Haedus ................... 139
On the recognition of a second spe-
cies of the genus Pelagophychus .153
Ornithodorus coriaceus Koch ..... 241
otophila, Euschoengastia ........ 179
Palaeosminthurus, n. gen. ....... 146
Palaeosminthurus juliae, n. sp. ...147
Palaeosminthuridae, n. fam. ..... 146
pascua, Zafra .................. 247
Pasiphaea chacei, n.sp........... 18
Pelagophycus giganteus
(Areschoug) =. 3; - eee 156
Pelagophycus porra (Leman) ... .153
Periploma myrae, n. sp. ........ .229
Phyllorhynchus decurtatus perkinsi
Klauber) ....css2) ee Seeeeeooe 32
Pituophis melanoleucus deserticola
Steyneger: ... sc: sce eee 33
Plethodontidae ..2..25500enbnooe 912
Proceedings of the Academy ..... 189
Proteidae ... .. ..2 sage 210
Pseudoficimia frontalis hiltoni Bo-
gert and Oliver =o eee 196
Pseudoschoengastia occidentalis
Brennan’ . +... ieee 183
Records of snakes from Joshua Tree
National Monument, California. 29
Report of a scyphozoan Stephano-
scy phus simplex Kirkpatrick from
the Arctic Ocean ............. 64
Report of an echiuroid worm Ha-
mingia arctica Danielssen and
Koren from the Beaufort Sea .. .123
Rhinocheilus lecontei lecontei Baird
eincl Gamal . 53 0¢esedeoue sees 33
Salamadridae .................. 912
Salvadora hexalepis (Cope) ...... 34
sencillus, Eohaustorius ........... 249
Shoulder and upper arm muscles of
salamanders ................. 205
sierrapintae, Macrobaenetes ..... 105
Sumer acura s is cares sl hae eas 211
Sonoraspis californica Stoyanow
AICS USUI ees keys ae a ko 233
stali, Ambrysus ................. 185
Stephanoscyphus simplex Kirkpat-
TAUGIS, | din 0/06. SEEN a ee 64
Studies on Neararctic desert sand
dune Orthoptera. Part VI. A new
genus and three new species of
large sand-treader camel crickets
from the Colorado Desert with
KeySHAM COLES) Gara te. ss ae 89
Suspected melanophore movement
in fishes beyond the larval stage . 129
Syrrhophis interorbitalis Langbar-
tel and Shannon .............. 194.
Syrrhophis modestus pallidus
Dwellers eee ss ao els eee 8s 194.
Taxonomic changes and descriptions
of new Tingidae (Hemiptera) . .133
The occurrence of Sonoraspis cali-
fornica from east-central Ne-
Via Calpe isiee mene raricta amine eee 233
The significance of the petroliferous
nodules of our desert mountains. 7
Tingis stachydis (Fieber) ........ 135
dimeusestmctulan (utom) sea 134:
Trimorphodon vandenburghi
ilauberc tree ecw ee ena 34
GEOL Ae masse 8, Oe eat 148
Tropidodipsas occidentalis Oliver . .197
Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas ....... 161
Tirsiopspevliia (Dall) Sense eae ene Di
Typhlops braminus (Daudin) ....202
Zafra pascua, n.sp.............. QA7
INDEX OF AUTHORS
Nlbi,, IRebyroaoraGl WS oo ees one sa deen: 113
Barnard, J. Laurens ............. 249
BralmeCarolym 2 s-....--.-- - 64, 123
nae NMlanalivad Sse... |. oe 177
Caldwell, David K............ 37,129
Caldwell, Melba C. .......... 37, 129
Campbell, Howard W............ 193
(GarzerMeNV IVA Ais om 2 eee RS 65
Clauilinewe, Geos We oeoee con neue « 45
Comstock, John Adams .......... 3
IDENweoIL, 1h, VENI soecseoecneosbee 153
Drakes Garlic. sac ade vik 133
Drake, Robert J. .............. 25, 44
Dre lve ree ne yan a eae 217
ATT SMAV VME eis cnc cioors ehh Ae 917
GCrilorroval, ||@ aval Sih gies om ome codes 6 143
Elertlemlkeo|George 7 .).5 54). 4. 446 247
Yaldwyn, John C. .
255
Hilton, William A. ............. 205
Flovwandssrnidesardemne see 297
ILal IRinvenes, IFA os co caw ococoe oon es 185
Loomis, Richard B............ 29,177
Lumsden, William W............ 933
IMiolare, Olin I, -oeds0cescc00ce 64, 123
Mortenserm MEPAVE are eee 65
Riexcew Va Dwacihityaeer ser ne 7, 143
Inkoyeteras, IMMeme Ih, oo 6 on cb orn 008 5 ow)
Ruhoff, Florence A. ............. 133
Simmons, Robert S.............. 193
Stephens. Roberti aes ar: 29
Susulksilakecomnenr ase eee aL oO
Medford RichardeHees 55 oso ase 113
Tinkham, Ernest R.............. 89
Waldron, William G............. 244
Wood, Sherwin E........... 161, 246
ROM are 5 gts 15
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$8.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $6.00)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agricultural
Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine
numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually
from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—one issue only). Issued four num-
bers (January, May, July and October) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX,
No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-
April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6,
November-December.
From 1925 to 1961, including volumes XXIV to 60, three numbers were pub-
lished each year. Beginning with volume 61, four numbers will be published each
year.
MEMOIRS
Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part. 1, 1947.
Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. Vol. 3, Part 3, 1956.
sf
SoS ne ay
Paw
~~ P,
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
Contributions to the BULLETIN may be in any of the fields of science, by any
member of the Academy. Acceptance of papers will be determined by the amount
and character of new information and the form in which it is presented. Articles
must not duplicate, in any substantial way, material that is published elsewhere.
Manuscripts must conform to BULLETIN style and may be examined for scien-
tific content by members of the Publications Committee other than the Editor or
be sent to other competent critics for review.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(1) The 1960 AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals
is highly recommended as a guide. (2) Typewrite material, using double spacing
throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 81 x 11 inch stand-
ard weight paper. (3) Submit the original and one carbon copy. The author should
also keep a copy. (4.) Place tables on separate pages. (5) Footnotes should be
avoided if possible. (6) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (7) Method
of literature citation must conform to BULLETIN style—see Vol. 61 and later
issues. Spell out in full the titles of non-English serials and places of publication.
(8) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers.
ILLUSTRATIONS—A\|]I illustrations, including maps and photographs, should be
referred to as ‘figures.’ All illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
proper proportions for reduction to BULLETIN page size. Permanent ink should
be used in making drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings) ; photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Cost of engravings in excess of
two pages will be billed to the author. A schedule of prices is given below. Origi-
nal illustrations and cuts will not be returned unless specifically requested when
the manuscript is first submitted.
PROOF—Authors will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re-
turned promptly. Changes in galley proof will be billed to the author. Unless
specially requested, page proof will not be sent to the author. Abstracts and orders
for reprints should be sent to the Editor at the time corrected galley proof is re-
turned; appropriate forms for these will be included when galley is sent. The
Bulletin does not furnish free reprints to the authors,
APPROXIMATE COSTS FOR ENGRAVINGS
(Price applies either to zinc etchings or half-tones)
14 page $13.00 —
1 page 15.00
1 page 20.00
CLassEs OF MEMBERSHIP IN THE
SoUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Membership is open to all scientists of all branches and to any person interested in
the advancement of science.
LIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: privileged to vote and attend all meetings
annually $ 3.00
UNLIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: also receive publications .............. $ 6.00
LIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: privileged to attend all meetings .......... $ 2.00
UNLIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: also receive publications ...... annually $ 4.00
LIFE MEMBERS: have all the privileges and receive all publications for life. .$100.00
FELLOWS: elected by the Board of Directors for meritorious services.
oa AF 4
BULLETIN OF THE
Southern California sso
BOTANICAL
Academy of Sciences EN
1963
‘ LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
January-Marcu, 1963 Part 1
CONTENTS
Orchestoidea gracilis, a new beach hopper (Amphipoda: Talitridae)
from Lower California, Mexico, with remarks on its lumines-
peucewe. f Bousfeld and Wak, Klawe\). 0... 62. oie. 1
The late Pleistocene 150 foot fresh water beach line of the Salton
NearancanRoOvert GMWHOTILOSH ee eigen ae
CC CC TN OC TT TT
Notes on the larva and pupa of Euphydryas eurytion (Lepidoptera,
INyauplalidae)is@ omas C."Ermel 0... eo ges
In Memoriam to Bess Reed Peacock. Bonnie C. Templeton ........
Further studies on the benthic fauna in a recently constructed boat
harbor in southern California. Donald J. Reish ..............
Notes on the life histories of two southwestern phalaenid moths.
Wimlere id airs (GorestOChjaer teh. CAEL. oles 3 he sia lslaye vps ate, «ye 33
The early stages of Pero macdunnoughi Cassino and Swett (Lepi-
doptera, Geometridae). John Adams Comstock ..............
Issued April 1, 1963
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS
Theodore Downs 2.00/25 < lsiecieove «1s © eceleleieiel sticks = ote 11) ee President
Richard.B. Loomis))..2. 2). ce:02 nes osteysckin se eee First Vice President
John As White aio e275 Saree | Ue ete cn cian me Second Vice President
Gretchen Sibley. .2).'¢.. 0. cinjb's sierete te oie « ayelshecorelentia )”
Shy es
by
0
4
fo)
i=
<
18)
eo)
4
f)
ial
<
z
ad
(2)
4
Aa,
a
<
BEACH LINES WEST OF
SCALE IN MILES
EL CENTRO
A CALIFORNIA
—_—
Wad
Figure 2. Approximate location of beach lines west of E] Centro, California.
Pleistocene beach line 13
Figure 3. Gravel pit north of Highway 80 about 1.4 miles west of Plaster City.
Hammer leans against gravel containing pitted and poorly preserved fresh water
molluses.
SEA LEVEL CHANGES
Studies in coastal southern California (Thomas, 1961) and in other
parts of the world (Russel, 1957), mdicate that effects of world-wide
changes of sea level on stream systems has been considerable. Erosion
of considerable lengths of alluvial filled valleys near the coast occurred
during the period of Wisconsin low sea level. These eroded valleys
have refilled as the post-Wisconsin sea level rise occurred (Shepard
and Suess, 1956). The sea level changes must have also affected the
Colorado River.
TENTATIVE OUTLINE OF QUATERNARY GroLocic History
The Pliocene and possibly Miocene marine Imperial formation was
deposited from the Gulf of California to the north of the present Salton
Sea while alluvial fans were bemg deposited from the nearby moun-
tains. These mountains were probably considerably lower than they
are today. Formations deposited in late Pliocene and in early and
middle Pleistocene times include parts of the Canebrake conglomerate,
14. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
Figure 4. Gravel pit south of Highway 80 (in distance) about 1.4 miles west of
Plaster City. Clay and silt layers are shown near the bottom of the cut. The upper
portion of the cut is gravel with thin horizontal caliche layers and thick vertical
caliche columns.
the Palm Spring, Brawley and Borego formations and possibly part
of the sediments mapped as the Ocotillo conglomerate (Dibblee, 1954).
In the Vallecitos Creek area south of Borego Valley, Downs (per-
sonal communication) and Downs and Woodward (1961) have re-
ported a vertebrate fauna of Irvingtonian age (early Pleistocene of
most California geologists at the time of this writing, but middle Pleis-
tocene of vertebrate paleontologists) throughout the upper 2500 feet
thickness of the Palm Spring formation. The vertebrate fauna indi-
cates that the area was a prairie grassland with wooded areas near
stream margins (White and Downs, 1961:32). These conditions sug-
gest that more rain fell than at present in that now desert area. A sim-
ple explanation would be that the Peninsular ranges were lower, allow-
ing a greater moisture flow over them, as has been suggested for the
Sierra Nevada (Axelrod, 1958; Putnam, 1960). Downs and Woodard
(1961) also report at least one thin marine shell layer in these sedi-
ments which suggests a lagunal embayment. This is confirmed by
Arnal (1961) from microfossils in the Borego formation. The possi-
Pleistocene beach line 15
bility that these marine organisms may have lived in ancient, closed
saline lakes, as some species do now in the Salton Sea, has not been
adequately explored.
The available data, then, suggest that the Salton Sea area was, from
time to time, mundated in limited areas by the Gulf, and that at cther
times a fresh water lake or lakes existed, bordered by extensive alluvial
fans. The considerable thickness of these early and middle Pleistocene
sediments exposed around and buried beneath the Imperial and Coa-
chella Valleys and the presence of the many large fault systems, includ-
ing the San Andreas, suggest that tectonic activity was continually in
progress during deposition.
As a result of erosion due to uplift, large pediments or eroded sur-
faces with little or no alluvial cover were formed on the earlier Pleisto-
cene folded sediments by late Pleistocene time. Some large alluvial
fans related to pediment forming were deposited near the mountains.
Remnants of both pediments and fans are still abundant along the
western mountains from the Salton Sea to the Mexican border and
along the eastern mountains in the vicmity of the Salton Sea.
The Colorado River had no doubt entered the scene prior to this
period of folding and erosion. The first clear evidence of its appearance
is recorded by the 130 foot terrace on Palo Verde Mesa near Blythe, a
part of the East Mesa near Yuma, and part of the Gran Desierto. These
are probably remnants of a more widéspread alluvial deposit which
extended unbroken to the Gulf of California. The deposit probably
formed a delta some 100 feet higher than the present delta surface.
The reason for the higher: surface may well have been the higher
eustatic sea level durmg Sangamon interglacial time. The Colorado
River must have flowed both directly to the Gulf and to the Salton Sea
region forming a southwesterly trending nose or ridge.
When the ancient delta had built up to about 150 feet above present
sea level, one of many fresh water lakes was formed. Remnants of the
eastern shore line may be buried under the Algodones sand hills east
of El Centro, but the features west of FE] Centro described above are
still preserved.
With the onset of Wisconsin glaciation, the Colorado River probably
had greater runoff than at present. World-wide sea level fell, causing
erosion of the ancient delta. Much of the material of the Algodones
sand dunes may have originated as the lake level fell and exposed the
beaches. The 75-foot terraces at both Palo Verde Mesa and Yuma Mesa
may be erosion features formed during a relatively stable period. It is
16 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
possible that the very poorly preserved 100 foot beach line (Figure 2)
may represent a lake level corresponding to this stable period.
Sea level eventually fell to about 300 or 400 feet below present sea
level during the Wisconsin Glacial period and the Colorado River
eroded great quantities of the old delta away as it adjusted to the lower
sea level. It is possible that the delta was completely removed in the
present Imperial Valley, allowing the Whitewater River to flow to the
Gulf. Such a condition may help explain the lack of recent sediments
on both the east and west sides of the Salton Sea, where the folded and
eroded Borego and Brawley formations are exposed or covered by only
a few feet of younger material over wide areas. During this period of
downcutting, most of the alluvial fans previously deposited and sedi-
ments previously formed were deeply eroded and partly removed.
Remnants of alluvial fans of similar age to that on which the 150 foot
beach is found may be seen along the mountains on both sides of the
Salton Sea, but only at considerably higher elevations. Some prelimi-
nary work with air photos and in the field clearly shows that the fans
are of various ages. The various aged fans can be recognized and rea-
sonably correlated over much of the region by their colors in photos
and by geomorphic relationships.
As the Wisconsin glacial period ended, sea level once again rose.
The Colorado River, adjusting to this rise, deposited materials once
again. Basal gravels were deposited in Palo Verde Valley and in Yuma
Valley and then finer materials covered them, finally forming the
present delta surface.
Ancient lakes probably existed from time to time throughout the
various Pleistocene phases described above, their salinity varying with
rate of inflow (depending upon the vagaries of the Colorado River),
outflow and evaporation. The most recent pre-historic lake, with the
40 foot shoreline, was probably formed as the delta accumulated dur-
ing post-Wisconsin sea level rise. It existed up to the 40 foot beach line
only a few hundred years ago and dried up when the Colorado River
flowed directly south to the Gulf of California.
The 150 foot shoreline is essentially at the same elevation in the
few mules of its known exposure. It appears that tectonic activity since
its formation has been relatively small compared with that which
resulted in the major middle or late middle Pleistocene unconformity.
The meager regional physiographic evidence available does not sug-
gest large regional upwarping of the 150 foot shoreline, although it
remains a distinct possibility.
Pleistocene beach line 17
It is hoped that this brief note will stimulate mterest in the Pleisto-
cene problems of the region and encourage the collecting of evidence,
not only in the Salton Sea region, but also in the Colorado River drain-
age further upstream, and in the northern part of the Gulf of Califor-
nia. The events described here should have left much evidence in these
other areas.
LITERATURE CITED
ARNAL, ROBERT E.
1961. Limnology, Sedimentation and Microorganisms of the Salton Sea, Cali-
fornia. Bull. of Geol. Soc. Amer., 72:427-478.
AXELROD, D. I.
1958. Pliocene Verde Flora of Western Nevada. U. of Calif., Pub. in Geol. Sci.,
34(Q2).
BROWN, 'S. J.
1923. The Salton Sea Region, California. U.S.G.S. Watter Sup. Paper 497.
DIBBLEE, THOMAS W, JR.
1954. Geology of the Imperial Valley Region, California. Bull. Calif. Div. Mines,
170, Chap. IT, Cont. 2.
DOWNS, THEODORE anv G. DAVIDSON WOODARD
1961. Middle Pleistocene Extension of the Gulf of California into Imperial Valley.
Paper presented at a meeting of the Geol. Soc. Amer. Meeting at San Diego.
Calif.
HUBBS, CARL L. anp ROBERT R. MILLER
1948. Correlations between Fish Distribution and Hydrographic History in the
Desert Basins of Western United States in the Great Basin. Bull. U. of Utah,
38(20).
HUBBS, CARL L., GEORGE S. BIEN ann HANS E. SUESS
1960. La Jolla Natural Radiocarbon Measurements. Amer. Journ. Sci., Radio-
carbon Supp., 4:197-223.
NORRIS, ROBERT M. anp KENNETH S. NORRIS
1961. Algodones Dunes of Southeastern California. Bull. Geol. Soc, Amer.,
72:605-620.
PUTNAM, WILLIAM C.
1960. Faulting and Pleistocene Glaciation in the East-Central Sierra Nevada of
California, U.S.A. Report 21st Sess., Intl. Geol. Cong., Part XX1:270-274.
RUSSELL, R. J.
1957. Instability of Sea Level. Amer. Scientist, 45 (5).
SHEPARD, FEF P. ann H. E. SUESS
1956. Rate of Postglacial Rise of Sea Level. Science, 123 (3207) : 1082-1083.
THOMAS, R. J., J. J. LANDRY ann R. J. TURNEY
1961. Ground Water Geology of the Coastal Plain of Los Angeles County. Bull.
Calif. Dept. of Water Res., (104) App. A.
WHITE, JOHN A. ann THEODORE DOWNS
1961. A New Geomys from the Vallecito Creek Pleistocene of California. Los An-
geles County Mus., Cont. in Sct., 42.
18 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
ERRATUM
The following correction should be made in the title of the article by Hildegarde
Howard, “A fossil bird, Caracara, from Santa Rosa Island:’ which appeared in
volume 61, part 4, of the Bulletin:
The paper is number 36 in the “Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum
Channel Islands Biological Survey?’ not number 34.
NOTES ON THE LARVA AND PUPA OF
EUPHYDRYAS EURYTION (LEPIDOPTERA, NYMPHALIDAE)
THomas C. EMMEL
Reed College, Portland, Oregon
The checkerspot butterfly Euphydryas eurytion Mead and its forms
range through the mountains and foothills of northern New Mexico
to southern Wyoming. Although E. eurytion and its presumed parent
species anicia are very widespread and fairly abundant in favored
localities of the West, Dr. J. A. Comstock (personal communication )
states that nothing is known of the early stages of eurytion, and that
the only information on record for the metamorphosis of a@nicia is an
early paper on the larval habits (no description and no illustration ) by
W. H. Edwards (1892). The following notes describe the present
author’s observations on the last instar larva and pupa of E. eurytion.
In Colorado, this member of the anicia complex is found from the
southwestern mountains to the higher areas east of the Continental
Divide (Brown, Eff, & Rotger, 1957). The E. eurytion larva to be
described was collected in a dry meadow habitat (elevation 8,700
feet above sea level) about one mile southeast of the ranch house at
Big Spring Ranch, Florissant (Teller County), Colorado, on July 9,
1962. When found, it was not on a plant but was crawling along the
ground, Food-plant genera reported for closely-related EKuphydryas
species were in the larva’s immediate vicinity, but a search of these
plants (Penstemon and Castilleja) did not produce more larvae.
Description of Mature Larva. Length, 26 mm. Ground color, ivory
white, mottled irregularly with black.
Black branching spines are present in the usual dorso-lateral rows.
Unfortunately, more precise notes were not taken before the larva
pupated on July 15. Before pupation, the larva shrunk to a length of
about 17 mm. The imago emerged August 2, 1962.
Description of Pupa. Length, 16 mm. Maximum width, 7.4 mm.
Ground color, lustrous silvery-white, marked with black blotches and
striations as shown in the illustration, Figure 1.
Wing cases, silvery-white divided obliquely by a prominent broad
band of black. Slightly tinged with orange-brown along the shoulders,
around the black blotches, and along the wing tips.
Antennal sheaths, heavily checked with black squares which are
separated by very narrow white segmental lines.
19
20 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
=
Co * cathe & js - wot at
Figure 1. Lateral view of the pupa of Euphydryas eurytion, showing the dis-
tinctive wing case markings.
|
ance
RO A sn
=
; Figure 2. Dorsal view of the pupa of Euphydryas eurytion.
Larva and pupa of Euphydryas eurytion 21
Dorso-lateral nodules (representing vestiges of the larval spies)
are orange with black blotches surrounding the nodules on all but the
posterior aspects.
Cremaster, dark brown at the end.
From comparison with published figures of pupae of other Euphy-
dryas species, it appears that the wing-case markings on this E. eury-
tion pupa are the most distinguishing features, particularly with
regard to the broad, continuous, obliquely-crossing band of black.
LITERATURE CITED
BROWN, E M., D. EFF, anv B. ROTGER
1957. Colorado butterflies. Denver: Denver Museum of Natural History, 368 pp.
EDWARDS, W. H.
1892. Miscellaneous notes on butterflies, larvae, etc. Canadian Entomologist,
24: 49-56.
DP Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
IN MEMORIAM
BESS REED PEACOCK
1887-1962
Bess Reed Peacock, a member of the Southern California Academy of
Sciences since 1951, passed away on November 24, 1962, at her family
home in Los Angeles.
Miss Peacock was born in Independence, Missouri, on March 2, 1887,
the only child of Judge J. Mack and Bettie Reed Peacock. Shortly there-
after, the family moved to Roswell, New Mexico, where her father served
as Circuit Judge for many years.
Miss Peacock received her elementary and secondary education in
Roswell, and there demonstrated her aptitude for instruction by teaching
classes before she had finished high school. She attended the University
of Missouri in 1906, and later went to the University of Chicago where
she received her AB degree in education in 1912, with Phi Beta Kappa
honors.
In connection with her studies at the University of Chicago, she did
welfare work in the settlement houses in Chicago, This led to her doing
physiotherapy work in army hospitals during “World War I.
She attended San Diego Teachers College in 1921, but returned to the
University of Chicago to complete her MA degree in botany in 1923.
When her father retired from his judgeship 1 in 1920, the family moved
to Los Angeles. In 1923, after receiving her graduate degree, she taught
fora dia time in Orange County hetore eee ing the lee Angeles City
school system. In 1924, she taught at Roosevelt High School, rail then
at Mt. Vernon Junior High Schools in 1926, where she taught science in
the eighth and ninth grades until she retired in 1952.
Bess Peacock had a lively interest in all things in science. This kept
her constantly in the pursuit of knowledge w hich she passed on to her
many students duri ing the approximately 35 years she served as a
teacher. She earned her teaching credential in science at the University
of Southern California in 1930, and became a member of Delta Kappa
Gamma. She felt her greatest ability was in teaching boys and often
preferred the supervision of “boys home room?’
She was active in the Southern California Academy of Sciences, the
Southern California Botanical Society, the Nature Conservancy and
nature study groups. Her other activities included Women’s University
Club and the Los Angeles County Museum Association.
Her chief interests were in nature everywhere and the cultural wel-
fare of all her students. Her many financial gifts, most of them anony-
mous, went toward conservation of nature, gave culturally deprived
youngsters camping experiences, and promoted the advanced education
of a number of w orthy students. Each student that she Sponsored and
suided to higher education became her adopted “niece” or “nephew”
during the period she assumed the obligation of his education.
Her close friends and teaching colleagues cherish her for her dedica-
tion to learning, integrity, and devotion to the truth as she saw it.
Bonnie C. TEMPLETON
FURTHER STUDIES ON THE BENTHIC FAUNA IN A
RECENTLY CONSTRUCTED BOAT HARBOR
IN SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA?
Donatp J. REIsH
Long Beach State College?
INTRODUCTION
In a previous study of a newly constructed harbor the author (Reish,
1961) found no evidence that succession occurred in the subtidal ben-
thic environment. The principal species were dominant during the
entire 2.5 years of study. However, a decrease in the number of species
and specimens occurred about 1.5 years after the study was initiated
which was believed to be related to the effects of limited water circula-
tion in Basin 1 (Fig. 1). A drop in the dissolved oxygen content of the
water and subsequent appearance of sulfide odors to the sediments
was cited as supporting evidence. In the course of dredging Basins 2,
3, and 4 (Fig. 1), a channel was formed connecting one part of the bay
(Fig. 1, Station I) with the Marine Stadium (compare Fig. 1, Reish,
1961 with Fig. 1, herein). This provided an opportunity not only
to verify whether or not benthic succession occurs, but also to determine
whether or not a similar reduction occurred in an area with unim-
paired water movements. The purpose of this paper therefore is to
describe the benthic fauna in a newly established marine area possess-
ing adequate water circulation.
The subject of colonization of animals in the subtidal benthos has
been reviewed by the author in the previous study (1961); included
were the papers by Brandt (1897), Shelford, et al (1935), and the
author (1956, 1957).
The author wishes to thank Miss Emile Bender, Mrs. Bettye Byrne,
Miss Ruth Zakem, Mr. Harold Pope, and Mr. Alfred Stone for their
assistance in the collecting and sorting of the material.
DESCRIPTION OF ALAMITOS Bay MARINA
Alamitos Bay (Fig. 1) is a small body of water used primarily for
recreational purposes, which is located within the City of Long Beach.
1This study was supported by research grant NSFG-8914 from the National
Science Foundation.
“Department of Biological Sciences.
23
€ ulseg
i
|
Basin 2
MARINA
ALAMITOS BAY
ALAMITOS’ BAY and
SAN GABRIEL RIVER
ALAMITOS BAY
MARINA
440
we
é
@y, Vj (gs
of,
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
33°46
118° 08
|
J 7 |
ALAMITOS
24
California. The boat basins and station locations
amitos Bay,
Al
imse
Map of
Figure 7.
il
are shown in the
Benthic Faunal Studies 26
Basin 1 was dredged in 1955, while the dredging of Basins 2, 3, 4, and
the connection to Marine Stadium commenced August 1959. The
marina was dredged to a depth of —12 feet and the main channel (Fig.
1, Stations J, K, and R) to a depth of —15 feet. The sides of the marina
consist of cement bulkheads and rock rick-rack. See Reish and Winter
(1954) for the early history and development of the other parts of
Alamitos Bay.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Quantitative samples were taken with a size one Hayward orange
peel bucket (Reish, 1959b). The samples were preserved m formalin,
then washed later through a screen having 20 openings to the inch
(0.85 mm.). The animals were separated and weighed. The data
given in Figure 2 are wet weights and include structures formed by
the animal such as shells of molluscans and tubes of polychaetes. Col-
lections were made August 19, September 30, and November 17,
1959, January 17, May 10 and August 31, 1960, January 6, and June
29, 1961, and April 16, 1962. Currents were measured during July
and August 1962, with a pygmy current meter (G. M. Manufacturing
Co., New York).
RESULTS
The data have been summarized in Table 1, and Figures 2 and 3.
Table 1 shows the principal species and the number of specimens taken
each sampling period; the species of lesser incidence are given below.
Figure 2 summarizes the occurrence and abundance of the principal
bottom-dwelling species. Figure 3 represents graphically the number
of species and specimens and the biomass for each survey.
The first animals were not encountered until September 30, 1959,
seven weeks after dredging began (Table 1, Fig. 2). No animals were
collected during an earlier sampling period in August 19, 1959. Ad-
ditional species appeared rapidly with a peak being reached about 10
months later (Fig. 2). Fluctuations, possibly seasonal, were noted in
the total number of species present following the initial rise. Addi-
tional species not listed in Table 1 include the polychaetes: unidentified
polynoids (5 specimens), Eumida sanguinea (Oersted) (3), un-
identified phyllodocids (9), Exogone sp. (1), Platynereis bicanalicu-
lata (Baird) (3), Boccardia uncata Berkeley (1), Polydora pauci-
branchiata Okuda (2), unidentified spionids (10), Sprochaetopterus
sp. (3), Polyophthalmus pictus (Dujardin) (1), Capitella capitata
Oy) y) Gk QI y I I Aepoysag snaspd xAADY J,
6E g 61 9 9 URW F] VpPIpUuYI VANSSOD
rote 6 Z 6 ¢ II I Aajeysog pure Avjeyseg Uu0109 auozojany)
on bY I ik % Q I I ULAR FT Sisuauorssiu saunydord >
i 9 I G € siopyy vypuuid q
~ bd Gg € G v ystoy sisuazsodmau viysun1qosaqay
ws 99} OS wall 1g Ov J UIT AA VLAf1L119 O1dSOU01L
eS OT 9 ¢ | I9|SGoaAA 1971] p1opA]Od
S 8I 9 6 } J I (ystay) vipzuawsid sapruisa ry
= oh] 6s ‘Pb 8 LE 8G C (uosuyof ) snpsuola sojdopoasojdy Fy
ea OFT 9 IZ % QP Gil I (UPUTIe PY) 272]NI1AD YIT]1ALOT.
wy 9 KOIEI bG bb Yap cy al c URUTLLe FT DUMIUILU “T
S 0G G G G 9 ¢ I ] (QL00JA,) Y7IAIA SIAIUIAQUINT
5 p J ‘Gs I Saoqury vuissipipuajyds vaypdoig
os PL Ot y IG G ] URULIRF{ 0A10]]1] DPVIUOL)
= 4 | ¢ tb C 1 Apla] vuva14awy DlId4]4)
& & IZ S G © g ¢ ueulplepy sapiovapa sAjyda pj
3 Ol | i jG slo YY V1a00Id $19.49 KJ
< 8 G ) (uosuyof) siswazzadnd sniuosporyd¢
eS 9 J I (uosuyof) vypauij1q vYypynaodd FY
S GE 6 6 ") ca € 6 G UBUTLIe FT avjp]1p auoary
3 p | "6 | (xnoqaeq) muosuyol pupAsopy YY
eS eyoryoAog sse{D ‘eptpeuuy wumnypAyd
= , VO Q] $e 9G g] 61 9 peyrueprtun ‘eopteuteny wn Aud
8 B p ¢ poytueprun ‘soyyurempeyAyetg umpAyd
a sTe1oL §=369P 19-9 19-1} 09-8 09-G 09°} oo TI 656 satvedg Jo IsV'T
~ Z96r judy ysnoayy 6964 isn3ny
vue Aeg soyrtmepy Jo PeuULYZD oy} Jo WO}og oY} VIOAF payoT[oD SueuMadg Jo roquinyy pur sovoadg jedroutrg Jo Isr]
A I WIAVL
Benthic Faunal Studies
61S O16 G68 VOC 16Z} SEO} 60€ 140) 8] susuttoedg jo taquinyy [P10],
8Z SE OF 8E SY VW GG Et Z setedg Jo taquinyy [P10],
00 Z 1G Vy LY (6 OT € © sueutteds TeUOTIIppy
ve G Gl Z 6 Gt Z G € setaadg TeuUOUIPpy
Gl J a4 y pay ueptun ‘eapruo10yg umyAyd
ey 6 G b G ‘ds sXjyday
8 G 9 Jajyuedieg 2p] 2090J9uNd U0a1IPV
'v J € Aqiamog vypI1d1q D]]2A11Q)
epodoasey sse[D
S l © J Ted mozng yur ay
G4 J 1G 9 9 ZL J pero) voIULofIyps snjasvy,
LE 6 61 1 9 ¢ (peluoy) vINspU DULOIDIN]
- I G I dtraporg sisuwaiusofijpo auo1y)
epodddajad sse[D “eosnqpopy umypAyg
b % S unqyjey vuvoslouDIf DLIUUIG
0G 6 I ol 6 I BUR] SISUAIULOf{IDI DsspUDIL]DD
Baoeysnay sse[9 ‘epodoayyry umnypAyg
gy if GI ‘ds nuuojpsa py
LOCC 9€ £6 T 60€ I GO9 TEs Gt Ol] Ysloy VjOIUiuI] GUOYINA
OT i i 8 2LO0JA] VID] DISTG
GE i be d100JA VIVIYIUDIGoYADOS siajaIydiuy
Cb bp c Q orale 9 1 i (ueUIe xy ) SIJDJUIPIIIO DUDEDUL YP
ca i ys; G ¢ UCUAILF] SISUIIUAO{1JDI DIADUIIAd
Or9OT V69 Vy 96 £él OG 0G 69 € uewepy vyasiquiy vyiyidvy
(2 8 I 6 9 CG UPUIL ET 070)]NI01g VIpuDUAy
SI 9 ‘ 6 (e100, ) DIDINdDD DsNAey
STPIOL, = =969-h 19-9 19-} 09-8 09-G 09-1 6S- TT 65-6 sotedg Jo sv]
(penunuoy) | ATAVL
28 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
(Fabricius) (3), Asychis disparidentata (Moore) (2), Aziothella
rubrocincta (Johnson) (2), Owenia fusiformis collaris Hartman (1).
unidentified ampharetids (3), unidentified terebellids (3), and
Fabricia limnicola Hartman (1); crustaceans: Corophium acherusi-
cum Costa (2), Caprella equilibra Say (1), unidentified amphipods
(12), unidentified isopod (1), cumacean (1), shrimp (1), and crab
(1); molluscans: Chione undatellum (Sowerby) (1). Lysonia califor-
nica Conrad (1), Protothaca staminea Conrad (2), Tellina carpenteri
Dall (1), unidentified juvenile clams (19), Bullaria gouldiana (Pils-
bry) (3); the holothurian Leptosynpta albicans (Selenka) (3), un-
OCCURRENCE AND ABUNDANCE OF DOMINANT SPECIES
Eteone dilatae
Nephtys caecoides
Goniada littorea
Lumbrineris) minima
Dorvillea articulata
Haploscoloplos elongatus
Prionospio cirritera
Chaetozone corona
Tharyx parvus
Cossura candida
Armandia bioculata
Amaeana occidentalis
Nemerteans
Tagelus californianus e
Scale (| = 60 Specimens
Macoma nasuta
Capitita ambiseta
Euchone limnicola
Scale q = 150 Specimens
Figure 2. Diagramatic representation of the occurrence and abundance of the
dominant benthic species collected from the marina channel stations J, K, and R.
Benthic Faunal Studies 29
identified sea anemone (1), sipunculid (1), phoronids (11), and an
ophiuroid (1). A total of 78 species were collected during 2.7 years of
study of which 49 (63%) were polychaetes, 13 (17%) were mollus-
cans, 9 (12%) were crustaceans, and the remaining 7 (8%) were
sea anemones, turbellarians, nemerteans, sipunculids, phoronids, and
echinoderms.
The curve for the number of specimens collected each sampling
period lagged the species curve during the first year (Fig. 2). A sharp
decrease occurred between August 1960, and January 1961. This
decrease was primarily the result of near disappearance of the poly-
chaete Euchone limnicola Reish. The number of specimens taken
the last two sampling periods were nearly identical.
The growth of the animals proceeded slowly as indicated by the
curve for biomass (Fig. 2). The drop in biomass following the peak in
August 1960, is again the result of the decrease of Euchone limnicola.
NUMBER OF SPECIES SPECIMENS & BIOMASS FROM THE CHANNEL OF ALAMITOS BAY MARINA
Oy, pom species
— Specimens
8/59 9/59 11/59 1/60 5/60 8/60 vel 6/61 4/62
Biomass in grams |18
No. Specimens
No. Species
Figure 3. Graphic representation of the number of species, the number of speci-
mens, and the biomass in grams collected each survey from the marina channel
stations J, KR, and RB.
30 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
DiscussIoNn
As pr eviously found in Basin 1 of Alamitos Bay Marina, there was
no indication of a succession of animal populations in the subtidal
benthic bay environment. Since the collections that were made shortly
after dredging was completed contained no animals, it is reasonable to
assume that the animals taken in September 1959, were the first in-
habitants of the area. One of these, Capitita ambiseta Hartman, con-
tinued to be one of the principal species throughout the 2.7 years of
study (Table 1, Fig. 3).
All but two of the 44 more frequently occuring animals, Pinnixa
franciscana Rathbun and Olivella biplicata Sowerby, were collected by
August 1960. (Table 1). Since P. franciscana is a commensal crab
that lives in the burrow of the ghost shrimp Callianassa californiensis
Dana, it is evident that the appearance of P. franciscana must await the
development and growth of a population of C. californiensis. It is
possible that O. biplicata may be only an occasional inhabitant since
it has not been reported in the previous studies of Alamitos Bay (Reish
and Winter. 1954; Reish, 1959a. 1961).
Several early inhabitants appeared, then later dropped out. These
were the spionid polychaetes Polydora ligni Webster, Prionispio hetero-
branchia newportensis Reish, P- pinnata Ehlers. and Nerinides pig-
mentata. (Reish). None of these species was a dominant member at
any time. The two former species are abundant in other parts of
Alamitos Bay and the two latter are present offshore.
The occurrence and abundance of the principal species have been
summarized in Figure 3. These species may be grouped according to
the characteristic feature of their curve, namely, species which reached
a peak then decreased, species which show fluctuations (possibly sea-
sonal), species which reached a plateau, and species which are ap-
parently still increasing in numbers.
Euchone limnicola, known only from Alamitos Bay, demonstrates
mar kedly a build up in the population followed by sharp decrease in
numbers. The number of individuals (1309) taken during August
1960, strongly influenced the values for the number of specimens and
the weight of biomass summarized in Figure 2, as discussed above.
Four additional species may be included here, Eteone dilatae Hartman.
Chaetozone corona Berkeley, Tharyx parvus Berkeley, and Macoma
nasuta (Conrad). While not as many specimens of these species were
collected in comparison to E. limnicola, the results are nearly identical
to what was found previously in Basin 1. Perhaps these species can not
Benthic Faunal Studies 31
successfully compete with the other species or are unable to repopulate
themselves in an established population. Many specimens of E. limini-
cola were observed with eggs in their coelom, but it is not known
whether or not spawning, fertilization, and development occurs in the
marina.
The polychaetes Nephtys caecoides Hartman, Dorvillea articulata
(Hartman), and Haploscoloplos elongatus (Johnson ) show at least two
population peaks followed by a drop in the number of specimens. With
the latter two species the peaks apparently are seasonal with the highs
occurring during the warmer months of the year. No seasonal con-
clusions can be made with respect to V. caecoides.
The population of possibly two species, Goniada littorea Hartman
and Capitita ambiseta, is still increasing. The greatest number of spe-
cimens for each species were collected at the time of the last sampling.
Definite conclusions regarding these species must await further
samples.
Following the imitial rise, a more or less stable population has been
reached by Lumbrineris minima Hartman, Prionospio cirrifera Wiren,
Cossura candida Hartman, and the unidentified nemerteans. While
fluctuations in numbers occurred with these species, it may be the
result of either patchiness in distribution or collecting techniques. The
conclusions regarding the unidentified nemeteans may not be valid
since it is possible that more than one species is involved.
Tagelus californica Conrad did not fit into any of the above four
categories because one-half of the total number of specimens was col-
lected during one sampling period.
The findings reported herein differ from the previous study in that
no marked drop off in the animal population was observed in the
channel as was the case in Basin 1 and more recently (Reish 1962) in
the innermost stations of Basins 2, 3, and 4 (Fig. 1, L, N, O, Q, S).
This supports the earlier view that the decrease in the population is the
result of limited water circulation. The dissolved oxygen content of
the water drops and the substrate, which origially was gray im color
and odorless, became black and possessed a strong sulfide odor. Ap-
parently it takes about one year for the effect of limited water move-
ment to alter the benthic environment of a newly established marine
area. In the channel where the water movement is unobstructed,
there is no marked change in the animal population. The decrease in
the number of specimens between August 1960 and January 1961
was largely the result of the near extinction of one dominant species
rather than the decrease of specimens in all species of the population
32 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
(Fig. 2 and 3). Currents have been determined to move at the rate of
300 to 1000 feet per hour in the channel but no movements have been
measured in the basins.
SUMMARY
1. A periodic, quantitative study was made in a newly dredged boat
channel to determine whether or not succession occurs in the
subtidal benthic environment.
2. There was no indication that the settlement of an earlier assem-
blage of animals was necessary for the settlement of a subsequent
one.
we)
Variations in the population were noted. The principal species
were grouped according to: (1) those that reached a peak in
number of specimens then decreased, (2) those that showed
fluctuations, possibly seasonal, (3) those that reached a plateau,
and (4) those that apparently are still increasing in numbers of
specimens present.
4. The relationship between the amount of water circulation and its
effect upon benthic animals in boat basins and channels was
discussed.
LITERATURE CITED
BRANDT, k.
1897. Das Vordringen Marine Thiere indem hkaiser-Wilhelm Canal. Zoologische
Jahrbiicher Abteilung Systematik Geographie und Biologie, 9:387-408.
REISE D:
1959a. A discussion of the importance of the screen size in washing quantitative
marine bottom samples. Ecology, 40:307-309.
1959b. Modification of the Hayward orange-peel bucket for bottom sampling.
Ecology, 40:502-503.
1961. A study of benthic fauna in a recently constructed boat harbor in southern
California. Ecology, 42:84-91.
1962. A study of succession in recently constructed marine harbors in southern
California. Proc, First National Coastal and Shallow Water Research Con-
ference, Baltimore, Los Angeles, and ‘Tallahassee, pp. 570-573.
SHELFORD, V. E., et al.
1935. Some marine biotic communities of the Pacific coast of North America.
Ecol. Monogr., 5: 249-354.
NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORIES OF
TWO SOUTHWESTERN PHALAENID MOTHS
JoHn ApAmMs CoMsTOCK
Del Mar, California
LACINIPOLIA QUADRILINEATA (GROTE)
This small and contrastingly marked moth was described by Grote
in 1873, as Mamestra 4-lineata, from ““California”’
Very little has been published concerning its life history, and I have
no record of adequate illustrations.
Dyar published a brief description of the larva in 1898, from ma-
terial supplied by Koebele, “Los Angeles County, food plant not
stated?’
Crumb, m 1956, p. 135, gave an excellent description of the mature
larva, compiled from material obtained in Arizona, and recorded its
range as California, Arizona, New Mexico, Nevada and Oregon. His
food plant records were given as “taken among dead leaves and other
plant debris about clover, Haplopappus heterophyllus, and other
herbs”’ This suggests a sweeping operation rather than beating specific
plants.
During June of this year (1962) I did some extensive beating of
Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A., (Chamise) in Del Mar, California.
Among other captures I took two larvae that were new to me. These
were drawn, measured, and carefully noted. Later they pupated, and
when they finally emerged, proved to be Lacinipolia quadrilineata.
As this moth was coming in to black light at the time, I confined several
females, and secured numerous eggs. This made possible the following
notes.
Ecc
Hemispherical, the base flattened, and top rounded, with a clearly
defined micropyle. Height, 0.5 mm. Diameter at base, 0.75 mm. The
walls are covered with from 25 to 30 ridges which arise at the base
and run towards the margin of the micropylar depression. Some of
these ridges end considerably short of this margin. Others fuse with
their nearest neighbor. The majority reach the edge of the micropylar
depression.
33
34 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 1, 1963
eh MOLI OO AE OMe
oOo c
oOo — ne}
>
ag re 3 SS
@
=} fo) .
~ oO — Ee
c iS fe)
wo : (6) oO
3 i oO c :
a) ener) a wo re)
c a wo i ‘e
Chan) = ro) a >)
{o) oO
Q ®
wo =
QO
Fig. 1, ventral view of Emerita analoga, with the appendages removed and the
abdomen extended. x 2; fig. 2, dorsal view of Emerita analoga. x 2; fig. 3, trans-
verse section between the second and third walking legs. x 2.
50 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
8-17 mm. In a series of individuals of either sex it is found that the
relation of the width to the length of the carapace is quite variable.
‘Two specimens measuring the same in length may vary as much as
4 mm. in width. Measurements of the carapace of an average female
would be about 16 mm. in width and 22 mm. in length; the male would
be about 10 mm. in width and 14 mm. in length.
The carapace is strongly convex, with its lower margin overlapping
the sterna and covering the basal joints of the walking legs (Fig. 3).
The branchiostegites (Figs. 1 and 3) of Emerita analoga have the
outer layer of the pleural fold strongly calcified. The part of the fold
which lies next to the gills is not calcified but appears as a thin trans-
parent membrane. The rostrum is much reduced and is present only
as a short, blunt, median projection. On either side of it is a lateral
process from the carapace. These are only slightly longer than the
rostrum, but more rounded. They overlie the uncalcified part of the
eye stalks and probably serve to protect them from injury. On the
anterior half of the carapace are two conspicuous transverse grooves,
the anterior one being the cervical groove and the posterior one, the
branchial groove. There are numerous smaller grooves which become
less distinct laterally and posteriorly. That part of the carapace ad-
joming the first abdominal tergum is quite smooth.
The posterior part of the carapace is noticeably wider than the
anterior, giving the animal a streamlined appearance. This shape may
be of use in cuttmg down the drag of the water if the animal happens
to be digging in during the outwash of the wave. Once buried, this
same shape may serve as a wedge to give the crab a firmer position.
Terga of Abdomen. The abdomen (Fig. 2) is distmctly segmented
and flexible. It is tapered posteriorly, ending with the telson which is
a rather narrow triangular structure. The telson and the sixth segment
are bent under the body when at rest, and in the case of an oviferous
female serve to cover and protect the eggs. The tergum of the first
segment is a small crescent shaped piece which occupies a rounded
notch in the posterior edge of the carapace to which it is partially
fused. In addition there is a tough tissue which attaches the first tergum
firmly to the ventral side of the carapace. The terga of the remaming
segments are convex, covering their respective sternum and the basal
joints of the abdominal appendages. The second abdominal somite is
four to five times broader than long and is characterized by large wing-
like pleura. The anterior margin of the tergum is almost straight but
the posterior edge has a curved sinus into which the tergum of the
third somite fits. The third, fourth, and fifth terga are similar in form
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga Bi
corn.
Fig. 4, eye stalks. Dorsal view. x 3; fig. 5, antennule, left. Lateral view. x 3; fig. 6,
gill chamber of Emerita analoga. Lateral view, with carapace and branchios-
tegite removed. x 3; fig. 7, same as above with the gills removed to show the
calcification of the lateral. body wall. x 3; fig. 8, several annuli from the flagellum
of the antenna. The hairs have been removed to show their points of attachment.
x 12; fig. 9, diagrammatic transverse section through the flagellum of the an-
tenna. x 3; fig. 10, antenna, left. Lateral view. x 3; fig. 11, hairs from the antenna.
Lateral view. x 12 [A. outer row; B. second row; C. third row; D. fourth row;
EK. median row; F. portion from the first or outer row hair, looking into the trough
between the barbs].
52 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
but much smaller in size than the second. The tergum of the sixth
somite is as long as broad and has a wide rounded lobe which extends
posteriorly and articulates with the telson.
Sterna. The sterna in the region of the thorax are reduced to bars
between which the walking legs are attached. The succeeding sterna
are joimed to each other by a median bar. From each sternum there
extend inward two apodemes. These afford a certain degree of rigidity
to the body as well as providing attachment of the extrinsic muscles of
the legs. Those sterna to which the mouth parts are fastened form a
more continuous plate (Fig. 1) although some parts of it are very
slightly calcified and may on first observation give the impression of
transparent membranes.
The sterna of the abdominal region are calcified around the points
of junction with the pleopods, but otherwise, except for thin transverse
bars, appear only as transparent membranes through which the in-
testine may be seen. The amount of calcification and the width of these
bars vary in different individuals. The length of time since changing
the shell is a significant factor. The ventral surface of the telson is
membranous except for a narrow calcified border. The structure of
the telson will be taken up in more detail in a later section.
The sterna of the abdomen are rarely exposed to any extent and do
not afford a vulnerable spot as might be the case in animals which
characteristically swim by flexing the abdomen. In the normal position,
the tip of the telson reaches the base of the first pair of walking legs.
It shields the under side of the body against abrasion while the animal
is burrowing.
Eyes. The eye stalks of Emerita analoga have four segments, the
terminal (fourth) one being the longest and most slender and bearing
at its enlarged tip the cornea (Fig. 4). Near the basal end of the third
segment there is a small round opening covered by a delicate trans-
parent membrane and bordered proximally by a tuft of long hairs.
The function of this opening was not determined. Part of the second
segment and its articulation with the third segment are very thinly
calcified. It is this region which is covered above by the lateral-anterior
projections of the carapace. The muscles and articulations of the eye
stalks are so arranged that movement is almost entirely in the sagital
plane. Lateral movement of the stalks is limited to about two milli-
meters.
The elevation and lowering of the eyes have been noted while
watching these creatures in their normal environment. When the
crab is at rest and not actively feeding, the eye stalks protrude above
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 53
the sand about two-thirds the length of the terminal segment. The
cornea is so situated that there is vision in all directions, thus ap-
parently making it possible to observe the approach of enemies with
the minimum exposure of the body. However, visual stimulation,
such as the approach of foreign objects does not usually cause any eye
movement or other reaction unless there is actual contact with some
part of the animal itself. The slightest touch upon the stalks or the
antennules causes the eyes to be flattened against the sand, and an
impact in the proximity will produce the same reaction. This leads
one to suspect that visual-muscular coordination is not as well de-
veloped as might be expected.
Antennules. The antennules consist of a protopodite of three seg-
ments to which are attached two flagella (Fig. 5). The lateral one is
the longer and is made up of thirty-five to forty-five short annuli.
Two distinct rows of hairs approximately at right angles to each other
extend from the dorsal and ventral sides of the flagellum. The ventral
row is continuous for the whole length but the dorsal row may stop
five or six annuli from the end. The median flagellum is shorter and
consists of sixteen to twenty-one annuli. It also bears two rows of hairs
approximately at right angles with each other. The hairs are rather
spinulose in nature but do possess a few short barbs. The exact charac-
ter of the hairs of the antennules has been observed to be somewhat
variable between different individuals.
The opening for the otocyst occurs on the dorsal side of the coxo-
podite. It is encircled by a row of short spmulose hairs. On the second
segment of the protopodite there is a short lateral process, the ap-
pendicular scale, which is characteristically covered with long plumu-
lose hairs. The distal segment of the protopodite is slightly compressed
laterally. There are dense rows of spinulose hairs on the dorsal and
ventral surfaces.
The functioning of the antennules is an important factor in the
ability of the sand crab to maintain a respiration water supply while
buried. This will be described later in the discussion of respiration. The
hairs from each flagellum of the two antennules interlock forming a
rectangular channel down which water flows. Sand or other large
particles are strained out so that a minimum of foreign material reaches
the gill chamber.
Antennae. The protopodite of the antenna has the usual two seg-
ments, the second of which is enlarged and provided with three
prominent spines on its distal border (Fig. 10). The coxopodite bears
the opening for the green gland. The endopodite is composed of a
eee aaa...
5A Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
peduncle of three large segments and a long flagellum of numerous
small annuli (165-185 in an adult female). The division of the pe-
duncle into three segments allows a wide range of movement. Im-
mediately below and lateral to the basal segment of the endopodite
there is another small segment which articulates distally with the
second segment of the endopodite and proximally with the basopodite.
From each of the annuli of the flagellum arise nine hairs arranged
in longitudinal rows so that they form a “‘v” shaped trough. The two
outer rows are made up of hairs which are long, slender, and curved
sharply inward at their distal ends. The inner rows become succes-
sively shorter, with the median unpaired row being the shortest of all
(Fig. 11a-e). The long hairs of the outer rows have two lines of
numerous fine barbs perpendicular to the main stem and at an acute
angle with each other so that they form a small “‘v” shaped trough
(Fig. 11f). The hairs forming the second row are stouter and have
short, stubby barbs arranged quite irregularly. Near the base of the
hair, the barbs are longer and much more slender. The rest of the
inner rows are made up of hairs which are similar in structure but
smaller in size.
The hairs of the median row are spine-like and have no barbs. The
hairs of the flagella are specialized for filtering out the food. As the
water flows into the trough between the hairs and the barbs, the stout
inner rows remove the larger particles in suspension and allow the
rest to pass on to the slender outer rows. These, with their many fine
branches, complete the filtermg. By taking up so much of the force
of the water and removing large particles, the strong mner rows of
hairs protect the outer ones from being broken or pushed apart.
This arrangement of the parts is of particular significance in rela-
tion to the function of the flagella. As mentioned before, Emerita ana-
loga uses plankton for its source of food, and the antennae are the
means for securing these small organisms. As a wave washes in the
antennae are extended. The movement of the water through the hairs
of the flagella as the wave flows out causes the small particles to be
collected. From time to time the antennae are whipped downward and
wiped off by the mouth parts. This action has been observed to be
repeated as many as eight times during a single wave. The two flagella
are not brought down simultaneously, but separately and with no
definite alternation. The act of lowering the flagella includes a rotation
of 180° in that part in such a way that there is constantly a pressure
into the trough of hairs, thus keeping the collected food from being
washed away.
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga
Or
Or
Fig, 12, first maxilla, left. x 3; fig. 13, mouth and mandibles. Ventral view. x 8;
fig. 14, second maxilla, left. x 3; fig. 15, different types of hairs found on Emerita
analoga. x 12 [ A. from the scaphognathite; B. from the endopodite of the uropod;
C. from the margin of the telson; D. from the dactylopodite of the first walking
leg; E. from the antennule; F. from the coxopodite of the first maxilla; G. from
the meropodite of the first walking leg]; fig. 16, first maxilliped, left. x 3; fig. 17,
second maxilliped, left. x 3; fig. 18, third maxilliped, left. x 3.
56 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
When the animal is not feeding, the antennae are folded together
and coiled up under the protecting cover of the third maxillipeds. In
such a position only the two segments of the protopodite and the basal
segment of the peduncle are visible. The hairs of the flagella are turned
toward the center of the coil. Practically the whole flexion necessary
for this movement takes place in the articulation between the distal
segment of the protopodite and the peduncle and in the segments distal
to this. The three spines of the basopodite point anteriorly. This pro-
vides a barbed armor for the rest of the antenna as well as for the
eye stalks which lie adjacent.
Mouth. The oral opening (Fig. 13) is a longitudinal slit about two
millimeters in length by one-half a millimeter in width, leading into
a slightly larger esophagus. In hfe, the surrounding tissue is colored
deep red. The mouth is bordered laterally by raised membranous
structures upon the inner surface of which there are usually found a
series of wrinkles covered by small hairs. The labium is continuous
with the lateral folds at the posterior end of the mouth. The labrum is
a large, conspicuous, triangular flap. It is situated a short distance
anterior to the mouth. It is quite thick and tough but is not at all cal-
cified. The anterior border of the mouth is formed by a thin mem-
branous fold which extends backward from the base of the labrum.
Between the labrum and the sternum, and attached to the latter, are
two palps. They are derived from an anterior fold of the epistome. Each
bears a few long plumulose hairs at its apex. On either side of the
mouth is a rounded elevation from which arise a large number of
plumulose hairs. The homology of these structures was not deter-
mined.
Mandibles. Each mandible consists of two small uncalcified seg-
ments and a large palpus (Fig. 13). The proximal segment is fre-
quently fused along its median edge with the raised margin of the
mouth. The lateral portion of the basal segment gives rise to the large
flattened palpus which extends forward enfolding the posterior-lateral
edges of the labrum. The palpus is bordered by a fringe of plumulose
hairs. The distal segment of the mandible is broad and flat. It is pro-
duced medianly into a blunt rounded point upon which are a few
long hairs. The mandible may be able to create a slight current but
it would be insignificant compared to the action of the other mouth
parts. The absence of masticatory apparatus is what would be expected
in correlation with the sand crab’s exclusive diet of plankton.
First maxillae. The first maxillae (Fig. 12) are composed of a
protopodite and a small, palpus-like endopodite. The coxopodite lies
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 57
median to the basopodite and immediately ventral to the mouth. It is
a thin uncalcified lamella bordered by rather stiff hairs. It is con-
nected with the basopodite by a narrow, crescent shaped extension of
the base. The median proximal portion of the coxopodite is produced
into a pointed process from which arise a dense fringe of long plumu-
lose hairs. The basopodite is composed of two parts. The distal segment
is approximately the same width as the coxopodite but it is longer and
bears a tuft of long spmulose hairs at its extremity. The proximal
segment is narrow and curved. It terminates in an expanded, knob-like
base. Very long plumulose hairs extend from the convex surface of the
basal segment. The endopodite is a small pointed lobe arising laterally
from the basopodite.
Second maxillae. The second maxillae (Fig. 14) exhibit practically
the same structure as the first. The coxopodite is divided into two lobes,
the median of which is similar in form to the coxopodite of the first
maxilla. The lateral lobe is a narrow, finger-like projection with a few
hairs at its tip. The basopodite and endopodite are both quite sumilar
to those of the first maxilla but somewhat larger. The hairs of the
endopodite are restricted to a few scattered ones on the median edge,
while on the basopodite, they form a complete fringe around the
margin. The exopodite, as in other decapods, forms the scaphognathite.
In Emerita analoga this structure is rather short and broad. It barely
reaches into the gill chamber (Fig. 6). Around the lateral, convex
edge there is a row of plumulose hairs (Fig. 15a) which increase in
length toward both extremities. The function of the scaphognathite in
regard to respiration will be discussed later.
First maxillipeds. The first maxillipeds (Fig. 16) are thinly calcified
and are quite flexible. The protopodite is reduced to a single small
segment which articulates with the simgle segment of the endopodite
and with the exopodite. The epipodite typical of other decapods is
entirely missing in the sand crab.
The exopodite has two segments. The proximal one is flat and
elongated, with a truncate distal end and a widened base. A series of
short plumulose hairs border the lateral margin. A long lobe arises
on the median edge. The terminal segment of the exopodite is broad,
flat, and bluntly pointed. It is so articulated that it is able to create
a current by a flapping action. The long plumulose hairs with which
it is armed are curved and give the greatest force in the anterior to
posterior sweep. This is a striking modification from the typical struc-
ture of the exopodite. Here the flagellum is replaced by a paddle which
is part of the respiratory mechanism.
58 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
The long endopodite is ventrally convex so that a movement of this
part performs a scooping effect. The lateral and terminal margins are
edged by long plumulose hairs which are so arranged and curved that
in action they pass the food on toward the mouth. Near the base of the
endopodite there is a tuft composed of a few long plumulose hairs
which reach almost to the end of the lobe. The entire convex ventral
surface is covered by many short hairs.
Second mazillipeds. The second maxillipeds (Fig. 17) of the sand
crab also have the protopodite reduced to a single, very small segment
which articulates with the exopodite and with the endopodite.
The endopodite has four segments, the first of which is by far the
longest. All of the parts of the endopodite are better calcified than
those of the exopodite, but they do not approach the rigidity found
in the third maxilliped. The second segment is short and articulates
with the third by a joint which is not terminal but located on the flat
surface. The possible movements which this allows are similar to those
of a ball and socket jomt. The third segment is small and cylindrical.
The terminal segment is also cylindrical but quite elongated. The two
distal parts are covered by long plumulose hairs scattered over their
whole surface. The two proximal segments have long plumulose hairs
forming a dense fringe along their borders.
The exopodite consists of two segments, both of them being thin,
flat, and very lightly calcified. The proximal one is about three times
the length of the distal, and has a broad base articulating with the
protopodite at its median edge. From the wide base the proximal seg-
ment of the exopodite tapers to its articulation with the distal segment.
The latter is flat and oval. It has a row of plumulose hairs along its edge
which are much longer than those on the basal segment. The exopodite
of the typical decapod possesses a long flagellum which in the sand
crab is replaced by a broad paddle. This is correlated with the adapta-
tion of this part for its function in the respiratory mechanism. The
distal, oval segment lies in the channel carrying water to the gills.
It is able to move in an arc at right angles to its flat surface, thereby
creating a current which passes through the gill chamber.
The second maxillipeds function also as a part of the feeding ap-
paratus. The endopodite assists in moving the food toward the mouth.
The long hairs serve to wipe the collected food from the flagella of the
antennae as they are drawn over the mouth. The third maxillipeds
also participate in this function. When an antennal flagellum is
whipped down, it is enclosed between the second maxillipeds. The
long tufts of hairs on the second segments of the endopodites of each
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 59
appendage interlock medially and against this the flagellum moves.
The two distal segments lie over the flagellum. After the movement
of the antenna is completed, each endopodite moves laterally so that
the hairs no longer interlace. They then take up the function of
passing the food along toward the mouth.
Third mazillipeds. The third maxillipeds (Fig. 18) of Emerita
analoga lack an exopodite. The endopodite has only four segments in
place of the usual five. The two segments of the protopodite are small,
the basopodite being transversely linear to the ventral surface while
the coxopodite is subrectangular. Along the median borders of each
grow dense tufts of long plumulose hairs. The basopodite is joined
immoveably with the ischiopodite. The latter is a broad, flat structure
having a prominent longitudinal ridge on the dorsal surface. This is
the main axis of the segment at either end of which the meropodite
and basopodite articulate. The ventral surface of the ischiopodite is
covered by scattered groups of short blunt hairs arismg from shallow
grooves. There are long plumulose hairs on the median and lateral
borders, those on the former being two to three times longer than those
on the latter. The meropodite is much smaller in size than the ischio-
podite. Its anterior-lateral margin is rounded and possesses a large
tuft of long and short plumulose hairs. The articulation between the
ischiopodite and meropodite is such that a flexion of this joint causes the
distal segments to be hidden behind the broad shield of the ischio-
podite. When the animal is at rest this is the typical position. The two
terminal segments are narrow and elongated. They bear a number
of rows of long and short plumulose hairs along their median edges.
Since the third maxillipeds.are the most exterior of the mouth parts,
they form a protecting shield. They are much heavier and more
strongly calcified than any of the other parts. When food is brought
down by the antennae, the broad ischiopodites of the third maxillipeds
form a chamber relatively free from currents in which the rest of the
mouth parts can transport the food to the oral opening.
Walking legs. The first walking legs (Fig. 19) do not have chelae.
The seven segments of the leg are reduced in Emerita analoga to six
by the fusion of the basopodite with the ischiopodite, as is true for most
Reptantia. The carpopodite and the propodite have spines which assist
the crab in getting a strong foothold. The surface of all the segments
are more or less marked by shallow grooves from which short blunt
hairs arise. The broad flattened dactylopodite is modified to give a
large area for contact with the substratum. It is bordered by long and
short stiff plumulose hairs (Fig. 15d). The function of the first legs
60 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
dactylo.
pro.
carpo.
mero.
ischio.
COXxO.
carpo. <
conto)
COxOoO.
Fig. 19, first walking leg, left. Lateral view. x 2; fig. 20, second walking leg, left.
Lateral view. x 2; fig. 21, third walking leg, left. Lateral view. x 2; fig. 22, fourth
walking leg, left. Lateral view. x 2; fig. 23, fifth walking leg. Lateral view. x 2:
fig. 24, protopodite of the third walking leg of a female, showing the genital
opening. x 4; fig. 25, coxopodite of the fifth walking leg of a male, showing the
enital opening. x 4; fig. 26, pleopod from the second abdominal somite. x 3; fig.
oO
as
7
. pleopod from the third abdominal somite. x 3; fig. 28, pleopod from the fourth
/
abdominal somite, x 3.
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 61
in walking, as well as in digging, is to push. As the animal burrows
into the sand or moves along the beach, the spines dig in and hold.
The flat terminal segment may be turned laterally so that it presents
the greatest surface against the sand when pushing.
The second walking leg (Fig. 20) also has the basopodite fused with
the ischiopodite. The propodite retains a sharp projection but the carpo-
podite does not. The dactylopodite is broad, flat, and modified as a
hook. The function of the second legs is to assist with the actual digging
when the crab starts to burrow. The terminal segment is really a scoop
with which sand is removed from under the animal and thrown out
anteriorly.
The third walking leg (Fig. 21) is a replica of the second in all the
major details. There are a few less hairs on the segments, but this
character varies in different individuals. The dactylopodite is slightly
narrower than that of the preceding appendage. The use of this leg is
the same as that of the second. In the females, the genital opening
is found on the coxopodite (Fig. 24).
The fourth legs (Fig. 22) have the same segmentation as the third.
There are no spines on any of the parts. The dactylopodite is not a hook.
It is flat and sub-triangular, terminating in a blunt point. The hairs
on the fourth legs are relatively longer and more numerous than on
any of the other legs. Although the function of the fourth walking legs
is digging, their operation is quite characteristic. The leg is turned
in such a way that the two terminal segments act as scoops and push
the sand out sideways. This is in contrast to the second and third legs
im which the dactylopodite is dug m and used as a hook in a posterior-
anterior direction. Judging by the relative amount of sand which each
appendage throws, the hooks are apparently more efficient.
The fifth walking legs are long and filiform (Fig. 23). They possess
the seven segments typical of the decapod leg but the basopodite and
ischiopodite show indications of fusion. The protopodite and the dac-
tylopodite form a sharply toothed chela which is surrounded by a dense
tuft of barbed hairs. In its usual position this leg is not visible extern-
ally. It is folded back under the branchiostegite and lies against the
gills (Fig. 6). When fully extended, it reaches as far anteriorly as the
posterior end of the scaphognathite. One of the functions of the fifth
leg is to keep the gills free of foreign materials, especially sand. There
is not any other structure or appendage which is adapted for this work.
In the males the opening of the genital pore is on the coxopodite
(Fig. 25). It can readily be located by the genital papilla. Aside from
the function of removing debris from the gills, it has been observed
62 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
that the male crabs make use of the fifth legs m placmg the sperm
ribbons. It has also been observed that the fifth legs are used by the
females in arranging the newly laid eggs on the pleopods.
Pleopods. The females have three pairs of uniramous pleopods
(Figs. 26-28) on the second, third, and fourth abdominal somites. The
first and fifth do not have any appendages. The first and second pairs
of pleopods are more than twice as long as the third pair. They are
cylindrical and filiform, and are composed of three nearly equal seg-
ments. This is in contrast to the biramous, multiarticular pleopods of
the typical decapod. On the sand crab, these appendages are sparsely
covered with hairs, the proximal ends of which are expanded to fit
into cup shaped sockets. During the breeding season the egg mass is
attached to the pleopods by a tough transparent substance. The eggs
are arranged in branched strings which are held together by the same
cuticle-like covermg. The males of Emerita analoga have no pleopods.
Uropods. The uropods (Figs. 1 and 2) on the sixth abdominal somite
have a long basal segment and two large terminal lamellae. The proto-
podite is shghtly broader at its distal extremity than at the base. Along
its lateral margin there are a series of long and short plumulose hairs.
The exopodite consists of two segments, the proximal one being very
small. The terminal segment is approximately twice as long as broad.
It is flattened and oval in outline. Along the anterior margin there are
several rows of coarse spmulose hairs while at the extremity there are
longer plumulose hairs. On some individuals jointed hairs (Fig. 15b)
are not uncommon. The endopodite is about three times as long as
broad and is armed with hairs in a similar manner to the exopodite.
Although the sand crabs in their natural environment do not swim
to any extent, the uropods perform the function of propelling the
animal when that is necessary. The broad, oval shape of the terminal
segments is adapted for swimming as well as for burrowing in the
sand.
Telson. The telson is triangular in outline (Fig. 1) and in the adult
female about twice as long as broad. It has a median shallow sinus
on its proximal edge by which it is articulated with a rounded lobe
from the tergum of the sixth abdominal segment. A short groove ex-
tends posteriorly from either side of the sinus. Lateral to the sinus the
base of the telson is attached to the protopodites of the uropods. The
dorsal surface of the telson is convex and is bordered by a slightly
raised, narrow rim which bears a series of short plumulose hairs.
Around the margin and extending to the tip are several rows of long
barbed hairs (Fig. 15c). The ventral surface of the telson is practically
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 63
flat and almost entirely uncalcified except for a narrow band around
the edge. The anus opens in a small depression about one fourth of
the way back from the tip.
The telson exhibits a small degree of sexual differentiation. In
males it is proportionately smaller and narrower than in females. Also
the frmge of hairs which is so conspicuous on the female telson is
usually quite sparse on the male.
HasitTs
Burrowing. Under usual circumstances the act of digging into the
sand is a relatively short one. However, the coarseness and firmness of
the sand, the amount of water present, and the size of the animal all
affect the time. Unless the animals are purposely dug up and placed
on the surface, burrowing is rarely observed in the daytime. At night
when the crabs are much more actively moving about, the burrowing
process can be frequently seen.
In all cases observed under normal environmental conditions,
Emerita analoga has been found to enter the sand backwards with its
anterior end pointing seaward. Movement on the surface and while
swimming is also rear end foremost. The direction of burrowing is
obliquely downward. This method has quite obvious advantages. Be-
cause the food of these animals is found in the greatest amount in the
water, it is necessary that the mouth and food capturing devices be
located near the surface. In order to see, the eyes must protrude above
the sand. The antennules must have access to a supply of fresh water
for the gills.
In the normal habitat, the process of digging is always the same and
is usually accomplished while the wave is covering the beach. Often
an animal which is dug up and placed on the surface will wait for the
next wave to come in before it disappears under the sand.
The uropods beat rapidly in an anterior-posterior direction. The
hairs of the terminal segments are so arranged that they exert the
greatest force in the posterior to anterior sweep. The action of these
parts serves to stir up the sand on the bottom and mix it with the
water; rather than actually scooping out a hole, they merely make
a more fluid region into which the animal pushes. The second, third,
and fourth pairs of walking legs are adapted for actually digging. It is
with the aid of these parts that the animal is able to bury itself in hard,
compact sand. The terminal segment of the second and third pairs
are modified as hooks, and the fourth pair has flattened terminal seg-
64. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
ments. These legs are so jointed that they are able to perform a power-
ful scooping action. In the still water of an aquarium, the little puffs
of sand are seen to be thrown out as the crab disappears. The first pair
of walking legs is used for pushing. The end segment is flattened and
there are spines on the fourth and fifth joints, all of which give the leg
a strong purchase. Digging is continued until only the eyes and the
tips of the antennules are visible. When the crab is completely covered,
the first legs and the third maxillipeds push against the side of the
burrow, thus making an open space under the anterior end of the
animal. This cavity is filled by the water used in respiration.
It has been determined that the rate of burrowing increases as tem-
perature decreases. The optimal temperature range for both sexes is
20 to 25 C, but females are better able to withstand temperature
extremes (Jeanette Hanby, personal communication).
Reproduction. Emerita shows a distinct annual breeding cycle, as
determined by plotting the percent of the monthly sample of females
bearimg eggs against months of the year. The ovigerous period extends
from April to October, reaching a maximum in July when 80% of the
population was ripe.
Incubation period for animals in the laboratory is between 29 and 32
days. It is not certain if Emerita berries more than once during the
breeding season (Boolootian, et al., 1959).
Gills and respiration. The gill chambers of Emerita analoga are
covered by the branchiostegites, which may be removed to expose the
gills (Fig. 6). There are eight pleurobranches and, at the level of the
first walking legs, ventral half only of a ninth. All of the gills are
phyllobranchiae. They are all attached at about the same level on the
body wall, well above the articulation of the legs. They probably did
not all arise as pleurobranchs but without knowledge of the develop-
ment it is difficult to class them otherwise.
The method of obtaining the supply of water for respiration shows
marked differences from that used by typical decapods. Since the
animal is usually buried under a layer of sand, it is necessary to trans-
port the water from the surface down to the gill chamber. One of the
most obvious specializations found in Emerita analoga is that the
direction of flow of the respiratory current is from anterior to posterior
instead of in the posterior-anterior direction typical of other decapods.
Calman (1909) states in regard to the respiratory current, “‘as a rule
it sets from behind forward, though it appears that i some Cases,
especially in decapods which burrow im sand or mud, the direction of
the current is periodically reversed. . . . The flagella of the antennules
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 65
in some Hippidea and of the antennae in the Corystidae form a long
exhalent (or inhalent) siphon?) Weymouth and Richardson (1912)
have noted the reversal of the respiratory current in Emerita analoga,
while similar observations were made by Garstang (1896, 1897) on
Corystes and Porturnnus. However, examination of the arrangement
of the hairs and the articulation of the jomts mvolved in creating the
current would seem to indicate that for Emerita analoga the anterior-
posterior flow is the usual one. Many observations on buried animals
have shown but a few exceptions. Only when the individuals were
forced to remain above the surface did they exhibit a periodic reversal
of the direction of the respiratory current. It was found that sand
crabs in a laboratory aquarium show this change of direction much
more frequently than do animals in their natural environment.
When the sand crab is at rest the tips of the antennules protrude
above the surface of the sand. Upon close observation the in-going
current may be seen by noting the movement of the fine particles in
the surrounding water. This water travels down the rectangular
channel formed by the hairs of the antennules. The function of the
antennules in this manner is similar to that of the siphons of the
burrowing molluscs. Both are used to carry fresh surface water to an
animal living in the substratum.
As the current leaves the antennules, it passes into a channel be-
tween the branchiostegite and the body wall. In this passage lives the
scaphognathite of the second maxilla which drives the water on to-
ward the gills. The exopodites of the first and second maxillipeds are
also located in this channel and have a similar function. They both have
broad terminal segments which are articulated in such a way that they
are able to perform a sweeping motion. This would give the water an
additional push in the direction of the gills. After passing over the
gills, the current of water continues posteriorly and emerges from
under the carapace.
The fifth pair of walking legs which are folded inside the gill cham-
ber have a function in cleaning the gills. When specimens were opened
for examination, a number of grains of sand were frequently found
lodged in the filaments. The chelae of the fifth legs are capable of
prehension and might be used for picking out the sand and any other
material which might be present.
SUMMARY
The sand crab, Emerita analoga (Stimpson), inhabits the sandy
beaches in the zone covered by the wash of the waves. This environ-
66 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
ment, while largely free from competing species and supplying a
plentiful amount of food in the form of plankton, requires a con-
siderable degree of adaptation. The shifting substratum makes it
difficult to maintain a firm and stable position and there is danger from
the shock of the waves and from predatory animals. In order to escape
these hazards, the sand crab is able to burrow rapidly. The first
four pairs of walking legs and the uropods are modified for this
function. The antennae are adapted for filtering food from the water
and transporting it to the mouth while the animal remains buried.
The constant wash of the waves makes it unnecessary for these crabs
to maintain a current of water to bring in food as other plankton
feeders are required to do. The direction of the respiratory current of
water has been changed from that of other decapods and flows from
anterior to posterior. The antennules form an inhalent siphon. There
are many other less conspicuous modifications which aid the sand
crabs in taking advantage of their environment as well as in over-
coming the disadvantages.
ABBREVIATIONS
ab.som.1 first abdominal somite gill gill
ab.som2 second abdominal somite ischio. ischiopodite
an. anus labi. labium
ant. antenna labr. labrum
antul. antennule lat. lip lateral lip
m. mouth
apo. apodeme
aux. pe. auxiliary piece mand. me
baso. basopodite Tino: se soy ONE
branch. gr. branchial groove Beas 3 ae maxilliped
branchio. branchiostegite ae een eee
cara. carapace am ; Onn Peek
carpo. carpopodite E Ss Paes
i proto. protopodite
cervic. gr. cervical groove eae Se .
cits ieeeret. scaph. scaphognathite
coxo. coxopodite ap. SeSceT
dactylo. dactylopodite Welk ieleon
dor.b.w. dorsal body wall Gn uropod
endo. endopodite wk. lg. 1 first walking leg
ELO: exopodite wk. lg. 2 second walking leg
eye st. eye stalk wk, lg. 3 third walking leg
flag. flagellum wk. lg. 4 fourth walking leg
gen. op. genital opening wk. lg.5 fifth walking lege
Functional morphology of Emerita analoga 67
BIBLIOGRAPHY
ALBERT, F.
1883. Das Kaugerust der Dekapoden, Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie,
39: 445.
BANNER, A. H. ann D. L. McCKERNAN
1943. A record of Emerita analoga from the Washington Coast. Science, 97
(2509) :119.
BENEDICT, J. E.
1901. The Anomuran collections of the Fish Hawk expedition to Porto Rico.
Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1900, pt. 2: 131-148.
BOOLOOTIAN, R. A., A. C. GIESE, A. FARMANFARMAIAN, ann J. TUCKER
1959. Reproductive cycles of five West Coast Crabs. Physiol. Zool., 32:213-220.
BRUCE, J. R.
1928. Physical factors on the sandy beach. Part I. Tidal, climatic, and edaphic.
J. Mar. Biol. Assoc., 15: 535-552.
1928. Ibid. Part II. Chemical changes—carbon dioxide concentration and sulfides.
J. Mar. Biol. Assoc., 15: 553-567.
BUDDENBROCHE, W. von
1913. Uber die Funktion der Statocysten im Sande grabender Meerestiere.
Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Abteil fiir allgemein Zoologie, 33: 441-482.
CALMAN, W. T.
1909. A treatise on zoology. London: Adam and Charles Black, 346 pp.
DANA, J. D.
1852. United States exploratory expedition. Crustacea, pt. 1: 409.
GARSTANG, W.
1896. On the function of certain diagnostic characters of decapod Crustacea.
Report British Assoc., 1896: 828-830.
1896. Contributions to marine bionomics. I. The habits and respiratory mecha-
nism of Corystes cassivelaunus. J. Mar. Biol. Assoc., 4:223.
1897. Contributions to marine bionomics. IJ. The function of antero-lateral denti-
culations of the carapace in sand-burrowing crabs. J. Mar. Biol., 4: 396.
1897. Contributions to marine bionomics. III. The systematic features, habits,
and respiratory phenomena of Portumnus nasutus (Latreille). J. Mar. Biol.
Assoc., 4: 402.
1897. On some modifications in Crustaceans which burrow. Quart. J. Micr. Sci.,
40: 211.
GERSTAECKER, A. anp A. E. ORTMANN
1901. Klassen und Ordningen der Tier-Reich, 5, Ab. 2: 1152.
HOLMES, S. J.
1900. California stalk-eyed Crustacea. Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci., 7: 103.
MEAD, H. T
1917. Notes on the natural history and behavior of Emerita analoga (Stimpson).
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 16: 431-448.
68 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
MIERS, E. J.
1879. Revision of the Hippidae. J. Linn. Soc. London, 14: 312.
ORTMANN, A. E.
1896. Die Geographische Verbreitung der Decapodengruppe der Hippidae.
Zoologische Jahrbiicher, Syst., 9: 219.
ORTON, J. H.
1920. Sea temperature, breeding, and distribution in marine animals. J. Mar.
Biol. Assoc., n.s., 12: 339-366.
RATHBUN, M. J. ’
1904. Harriman Alaska Expedition, 10: 168.
1910. Stalk-eyed Crustacea of Peru and the adjacent coast. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus.,
38: 554.
SAY, THOMAS
1817. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila..
1: 155-169.
SCHMITT, WALDO
1935. Crustacea macura and anomura of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. New
York Acad. Sct., 15: 125-227.
SMITH, S. I.
1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vinyard Sound. Rept. U.S. Fish
Comm., for 1871-72: 548.
1877. The early stages of Hippa talpoida. Trans. Conn. Acad., 3: 311-342.
STIMPSON, W.
1857. Notices on new species of Crustacea of western North America. Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 6: 84-89.
WEYMOUTH, F. W. ann C. H. RICHARDSON, JR.
1912. Observations on the habits of the crustacean, Emerita analoga. Smith-
sonian Misc. Coll., 59, (7): 1-13.
FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA. NO. 25. SILICIFTED
LEAFHOPPERS FROM CALIFORNIA MOUNTAINS NODULES
W. Dwicurt Prerce!
It is with great pleasure that I present the studies of a series of silicified
jassid (cicadellid) leafhoppers, Order Homoptera, all extracted by
acids (formic and hydrochloric) from Miocene calcareous petrolif-
erous nodules collected in the Calico Mountains, San Bernardino
County, California, by Allison R. Palmer, Mrs. Laura Rouse, Mr. and
Mrs. Samuel Kirkby, Mrs. Dara Kuznetzoff (as Dara Shilo), Mr. and
Mrs. John Gibron, Sr., and Dr. Donald Weissman.
The nodules were found at twelve sites on two sides of the mountain
mass and probably represent quite a range in age, as there is over 300
feet difference in altitude, although the tilting of the strata reduces
the value of present altitude. However, other evidences indicate sites
Gibron 4 and U.S. 19057 to be the oldest. They are all Miocene.
For comparison of location and approximate altitude I have tabu-
lated the material (Table 1). The collection sites are in SE and SW
quarters of Section 23, and SW quarter of Section 24, R.1.E., T.10.N.;
and in NE quarter Section 19, and SW quarter Section 18, R.2.E.,
T.10.N., a distance of 214 miles east and west, and about 1 mile, north
and south.
The classification of the Jassidae is very confusing inasmuch as
each authority has used a different system of group classification, The
head shows tremendous differences, due to the movement of the epis-
tomal suture, the frons, and the antennae and ocelli. The group has
been called by various family names, but I have chosen to follow as
nearly as possible the system of Evans (1946-1947).
Hitherto, the few fossil leafhoppers reported have been compressed
by pressure of volcanic ash, or aquatic deposits. The fossils from the
lake-bed nodules formed in volcanic areas are unique, in that they are
three-dimensional, siliceous replicas of the insects, often still contain-
ing traces of the petroleum that was evolved by catalytic action from
their tissues. As the silica is colloidal, the preservation of form is per-
fect, and in several specimens even the form of the brain and nervous
system is clearly outlined.
The first specimen found was described and illustrated by Palmer
Research Associate, Los Angeles County Museum.
69
70
Quarter,
TABLE I
Sources oF THE Lear Hopper MATERIAL
Specimen
Nodule Altitude | Collector
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
Species
Section No. of
and Range Nodule
S.W.23.1 Gibron H1704 Gibron Miochlorotettix
J gibroni gf paratype
SiE23i1 (G.1) H1820 Gibron Miochlorotettix
LA115 5743 gibroni 3 paratype
SE231 | (G1) | H1561 Gibron 9
a 115
S.E.23.1 (G.1) H1567 Miochlorotettix
115 | gibroni Gf paratype
S.E.23.1 (G.2) H1431 Gibron
116
S.E.23.1 (G.3) H1940 Gibron Miochlorotettixz
117 gibroni ?
S.W.24.1 19057 5076 Gibron nymph
S.W.24.1 19057 (H20) Gibron Miochlorotettix
; 5278 gibroni allotype
S.W.24.1 | 19057 (H21) | Gibron Miochlorotettix
5279 gibroni
S.W.24.1 | 19057 (H22) ‘| Gibron Miochlorotettix
5280 gibroni
S.W. 24.1 19057 alae (H23) Gibron Miochlorotettix
5281 gibroni
S.W.24.1 19057 (H26) Gibron Miochlorotettix
5283 gibroni holotype
S.W.24.1 19057 (H60) Gibron Miochlorotettix
5296 gibroni
S.W.24.1 19057 (H70) Gibron Miochlorotettix
5299 gibroni
S.W.24.1 19057A H785 Gibron
S.W.241 19057A H899 Gibron Miochlorotettix
| gibroni ?
S.W.24.1 19057A | H1801 Gibron Miochlorotettix
gibroni ?
S.W.24.1 19057B H1354 Gibron
S.W.24.1 19063 (H1216a) Gibron Miomesamia juliae
5745 holotype
S.W.241 H1216b Gibron Miochlorotettix
gibroni ?
S.W.24.1 19064b USNM | Palmer Euscelis palmeri
Io 561985
S.W.24.1 LA 38 854 |10263C R. hirkby fragment
N.E.19.2 12 1312 2201 | Shilo Protochlorotettix
calico Q holotype
N.E.19.2 17F 3723 |28805 2700+- L. Rouse Phlepsius
weissmanae ¢ holotype
N.E.19.2 17 2142 |11806 2700-+- L. Rouse Protochlorotettix
calico impression
N.E.19.2 KX42b] 5787.‘ {18799 | 2700+ | S.Kirkby | Miochlorotettix
kirkbyi
NE192 | KX14 5788 | 2660 S.Kirkby | Miochlorotettix
kirkbyi
S.W.18.2 42 2491 [10528 | 2750 Weissman nymph
4+quarter | 15 28 2400- if | 6 species
Sections Sites Specimens 2750 collectors
Silicified leafhoppers from California 71
(1957), but he did not give it a name, because of the absence of a
male specimen. In paleontology one cannot wait until we find all diag-
nostic characters before we assign a name to a species, even though
the generic position must later be changed, because we need a “han-
dle” for it. I am, therefore, assigning a name to his specimen, naming
it im his honor, and have reproduced his drawings so that the species
can be readily compared to the others found in the nodules.
These are the first leafhopper fossils preserved by silica replications,
and they are truly remarkable fossils. The clear transparent nature
of some of them makes it very difficult to correctly mterpret all
characters.
Leafhoppers are not aquatic, although they may visit and breed
upon aquatic plants growing out of the waters; hence, we might con-
sider these insects as accidentally preserved, probably bemg drowned
by the downfall of volcanic liquids or gases.
There are six distinct species in the series and by the figures it can
be seen that they are readily separated by the face, the anterior out-
line of the head, the shape and proportions of frons, and clypeus. ‘Two
of the species, gibroni and kirkbyi are unusual in the arching of the
prothorax due to a greatly enlarged scutellum, and both of these and
calico show a complete median division of the sternal segment preced-
ing the female genitalia. Nine of the specimens are assigned to one
species, gibroni, although there is considerable variation in head
measurements.
Specimens 5279 and 5787 are interesting in that the brain has been
differently crystallized and hence is quite apparent in the clear head.
In Table 2 are listed the: measurements for comparison; and these
are to form part of the descriptive data.
Order HOMOPTERA Leach 1815
Family sassipaE (Cicadellidae )
Subfamily EUSCELINAE
Tribe EUSCELINI
Palmer (1957) described and figured a female leafhopper, which Dr.
David A. Young considered to belong to the genus Deltocephalus s.s.,
based on size and general appearances.
However, DeLong (1926) states: “In regard to venation proper,
the normal and apparently constant condition in the Deltocephalus
wing is a series of three anteapical cells, with a costal cell beyond the
outer anteapical cell” In those wings in which two cross veins inter-
72 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
vene between the first and second sectors there are two discal cells,
three anteapical cells, and five apical cells.
Palmer’s leaf hopper has only one cross ven and consequently two
discal and two anteapical cells, plus the five apical cells. For this reason
I feel that the fossil must belong to one of the genera in which its type
of wing venation is known to exist, as: Euscelis, Eutettex, Chlorotettix.
Thamnotettix, Phlepsius, and Paraphlepsius.
We have three other characters to assist in the elimination: (1 )
short, broad vertex, not excessively angulate; (2) wide face, with
frons broad at base, narrowing to clypeus, which is one-half as wide
as frons at base, and with clypeus wider at apex than base; (2) last
sternal segment (7th) of female broadly roundingly emarginate, ex-
posing basal parts of valves and valvifers, and with pygofer at base
no wider than the emargination.
All three of these characters are to be found in Euscelis deceptus
Sanders. E. parallelus (Van Duzee). E. striolus (Fallen), and Tham-
notettix mellus Sanders.
Inasmuch as Palmer describes his species as having head slightly
convex in profile, it seems to fit better into Euscelis than Thamnotet-
tix. and hence it is here tentatively placed in the genus Euscelis.
Genus Euscelis Brullé
Euscelis palmeri, new species
(Figures 6, 7, 19, and 20)
Holotype: USNM 561985, the specimen figured and described by Dr.
Allison R. Palmer (1957), without name, but placed tentatively in
Deltocephalus. It is with pleasure that I assign it the species name
palmeri. I repeat his description, adding in parentheses points derived
from his drawings.
Type locality: Site 19064b, U.S.G.S. Cenozoic locality, SW 14 Sect.
24, R.1.E. T.10.N., Calico Mts., San Bernardino County, California.
Description: Female. Length about 3.2 mm. Crown slightly pro-
duced forward, sharply rounded anteriorly in dorsal aspect, slightly
convex in profile; median length about three-fifths width between
eyes. (Face with proportions of width to length as 23:18; posterior
margin of eyes at about middle line of facial length; posterior margin
of face a curve enclosing genae and clypeus. Frons a little more than
twice as wide at apex as at base. Clypeus one-half wider at apex than at
base. Lorae not completely defined. Antennae inserted between eyes
and frons opposite middle of frons).
Silicified leafhoppers from California 73
Forewing with discal cells undivided; cross vein dividing costal area
origimates from (near base of) anteapical area; proximal parts of
claval veins not preserved; (basal cells, three; discal cells, two; costal
cell, one; anteapical cells, two; apical cells, four).
Femur with two distal pairs of spines, and a single more proximal
spine arranged on knee. Anterior spines in each pair seem more slen-
der than posterior spines.
Seventh sternite with broad median indentation in its posterior
margin that is flat at its anterior end except for a small centrally lo-
cated notch. This segment has been pulled forward in fossil to expose
first valvifers of ovipositor, and between these, smooth basal parts of
first valves. Posterior to these, basal parts of pygofer overlap slender
basal parts of third valves. Surfaces of third valves and pygofer gran-
ular. Pygofer also bears strong spines on its posterior half. Tips of
third valves extend posteriorly beyond apex of pygofer. (Three dorsal
segments are visible beyond the pygofer ).
Miochlorotettix, new genus
Leafhoppers with typical deltocephaline form, but with prothorax
strongly arched forward; and scutellum occupying the arch, as well
as extending back between the wings to about the same distance as it
extends forward.
At first sight it was thought this might be a deformity of the pro-
thorax, but identical thorax and scutellum has been found in all
specimens.
It is placed tentatively near Chlorotettix, because of the genitalia.
Miochlorotettix gibroni, new species
(Figures 1, 2, 15, 16, and 17)
Type locality: Crystallized fossil leafhoppers, extracted by hydro-
chloric acid from calcareous Miocene nodules from Calico Mountains,
SW 1% Section 24, R.1.E., T.10.N., San Bernardino Co., Calif., from
site 19057 U.S.G.S. Cenozoic locality, collected and extracted by Mr.
and Mrs. John Gibron, Sr., of Campbell, California.
Types: Holotype: & specimen 5283 (Gibron H26); allotype 2,
5278 (Gibron H20); paratypes 5279 (Gibron 21), with tip of abdo-
men broken, but probably male; 5296 (Gibron H60) head and thorax
only; 5280 (H22); 5281 (Hi23); 5299 (H70), all from U.S. Geol.
Site 19057; also, 5743 (H1820), H1561, H1567 from Gibron Site 1,
near camping site on Mule Canon Drive; H1431 from Gibron Site 2,
74. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
Silicified leafhoppers from California 75
2)
across the hill on Phillips Drive side; H1704 from Gibron Site 4 far-
ther west. Other specimens, labeled with (?) are Gibron’s H1940,
H899, H1801, and H1216b. Types mounted in balsam, deposited in
Los Angeles County Museum Collection; all other material in personal
collection, John Gibron, Sr.
Description: Measurements of all specimens given in Table 2.
Male. Smaller than female. In the holotype the body is complete,
with antennae; one anterior leg with femur and tibia; fragment of
median leg; one entire posterior leg.
The face is 34 as long as wide; frons wider than clypeus, which is
more or less quadrate. Antennae with broad basal segment; second
segment more than twice as long as wide; third joint elongate, slender.
The prothorax is strongly arched forward, and the concavity of the
arch is occupied by the anterior half of the scutellum.
Gibron’s specimen H1704 is a dry mounted male attached on a
slide by gum tragacanth. It has the six legs mostly intact and has been
studied by illumination, comparative measurements being made of the
lengths of the various leg segments using spaces in ocular micrometer,
52 spaces=1 mm.
CoMPARATIVE MEASUREMENTS OF THE LEGS
leg element front legs middle legs hind legs
coxa 8 13 —
trochanter ae aglelie 3 =
femur 30 5 30
tibia 15 20 62
tarsus (entire) 14 15 33
tarsus I 6) — 18
II 6 = 10
III 6 _ 10
The legs are armed with many long spines. The tarsal joints are
attached before the apex of the preceding joint, and each is terminated
by two pulvilli.
Figure 1. Miochlorotettix gibroni, ventral view of ¢ 5283.
a. Same. Antenna, ¢ 5283.
b. Same. Caudal segments and hind tibio-tarsus, ¢ 5283.
Figure 2. M. gibroni, caudal segments, 9 5279. Figure 3. Protochlorotettix calico,
side view, 9 1312. Figure 4. Same, caudal segments, Q 1312. Figure 5. Mio-
chlorotettix kirkbyi, caudal segments, Q@ 5787. Figure 6. Euscelis palmeri, caudal
segments, after Palmer. Figure 7. Same, wing, after Palmer.
76 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
Silicified leafhoppers from California rah
Female. The allotype is larger than the holotype male but has the
same shaped head, and the scutellum occupying the arch of prothorax.
The specimen is broken in two parts and mounted in balsam.
This specimen is interesting in the preservation of the brain, which
is not crystallized in the same manner as the rest of the body. This is
a great white mass extending the width of the base of the head, with
long arms reaching into the eyes dorsally with two large lobes sepa-
rated by a lower median area, and from the lobes extend a pair of fine
nerves to the anterior margin to indicate the position of ocelli. The
under and posterior part of the brain occupies the facial portion.
The female genitalia also set this species aside among the Jassidae,
in that the last ventral segment is completely divided at base into two
lobes, broad at base, and acute at apex. The ovipositor extends beyond
the pygofer.
The paratypes have the head, thorax, and scutellum of identical
pattern as described above.
Miochlorotettix kirkbyi, new species
(Figures 5, and 10-12)
Holotype: 2 specimen 5787 collected by Samuel Kirkby in NW
NE 144 Section 19, R.2.E., T.10.N., Calico Mountains, and dissolved
from nodule 18799, Site 42B, altitude close to 2700 feet.
This specimen is placed in the new genus Miochlorotettix because of
the greatly enlarged scutellum displacing the prothorax forward; and
also the complete division of the sternite preceding the female genitalia,
with two separate sternal lobes as in gibroni and calico. However, it
differs in the frontal curvature of the head being not as sharply angled
as gibroni; side profile wider than gibroni or calico; face quite distinct
from all four species included in this paper.
Length 3.68 mm., which is shorter than the @ s of gibroni or calico.
Figure 8. Miomesamia juliae, face, 5795. Figure 9. Same, side view of head, pro-
thorax and scutellum, 5795. Figure 10. Miochlorottetix kirkbyi, face, 5787. Figure
11. Same, side view of face, 5787. Figure 12. Same, dorsal view of head, prothorax
and scutellum, 5787. Figure 13. Phlepsius weissmanae, face, 3723. Figure 14.
Same, dorsal view of head, prothorax and scutellum, 3723. Figure 15. Miochloro-
tettix gibroni, face, 3 5283. Figure 16. Same, dorsal view of head, prothorax and
scutellum showing brain, Q 5278. Figure 17. Same, dorsal view of head, pro-
thorax and scutellum. Figure 18. Protochlorotettix calico, face, 9 1312. Figure
19. Euscelis palmeri, face, after Palmer. Figure 20. Same, head, prothorax and
scutellum, after Palmer.
78 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
Genus Protochlorotettix, new genus
This genus is close to Chlorotettix, and has a normal triangular scutel-
lum, but the last sternal segment is completely divided into two plates
as in Miochlorotettix, which however, has the scutellum extending
forward into the prothorax.
Protochlorotettix calico, new species
(Figures 3, 4 and 18)
Holotype: specimen 1312, balsam slide mount, crystallized female,
acid extracted by W. D. Pierce from blue-gray nodule, No. 2201,
found by Dara Shilo, May 11, 1956, on blue-gray mine dump (LAC-
MIP 359) altitude about 2700 feet, on lot 13, from NE 14 Section 19,
R.2.W, T10.N., Calico Mountains, San Bernardino County, Cali-
fornia.
Description: Length 4.88 mm. This fine crystallized female still
shows traces of color. The remarkable replacement of the tissues by
the silica has preserved even the reticulate and granulate surface
sculpture of head, legs and abdomen.
Its measurements are compared in ‘Table 2 with the specimens of
M. gibroni.
It differs from Euscelis palmeri by much more angulated projection
of vertex; clypeus quadrate; seventh sternite posteriorly divided imto
two lobes; last dorsal segments surpassed by pygofer and valves; the
last segment shorter. While having several characters similar to
Euscelis deceptus, it differs from that species also in the more angulate
head.
The head (Figures 3 and 18), is strongly arched at a 90° angle
(measured from tip of front to outer corners of eyes), though apically
rounded. Ocelli on parietals between eyes and frons on the anterior
edge of the vertex. Antennae fossae ventral, obovate, on parietal strips
between eyes and frons, about middle of eyes. Frons slowly narrowed
to a distinct notch, then suddenly narrowed to width of clypeus;
marked with six transverse bands as in Euscelis ovatus and deceptus.
Clypeus oblong, almost the same width throughout as in Euscelis de-
ceptus. Rostrum elongate, about as long as clypeus. Lorae not well
defined, but probably terminate at the frontal notches. Genae apically
acute.
The legs are not complete. Front coxae widely separated. Middle
and hind coxae practically contiguous.
The abdomen (Figures 3 and 4), has pygofers and valves sur-
Silicified leafhoppers from California 79
passing the last two dorsal segments. The last dorsal is a small palpi-
form segment not twice as long as wide.
The seventh ventral segment is divided at base to form two acute
lobes, exposing the first valves and valvifers of the base of the pygofer,
and the narrow parallel lined third valves. These valves exceed the
length of the pygofer.
While a little color and a very fine surface granulation is visible,
there are no setae present on the pygofer.
Internally the alimentary canal is visible.
In addition to the type, specimen 2142, on nodule 11806, collected
by Mrs. Laura Rouse in NE 14 Section 19, is a surface impression
from which good latex molds disclose the dorsal form of the male
leafhopper with dimensions as given in ‘Table 2.
TABLE 2
DIMENsIoNnsS oF Fossiz. LEar Hoppers
Head
Length
Specimen Dorsal Width Length | Frontal
Species No. 5 4 mm, 3
Phlepsius 95°
weissmanae
holotype
Miochlorotettix
gibroni fel 90°
holotype o | 92°
fet 90°
o Ls
allotype fe) 91°
2 —
4 90°
5743 2.8+ 0.14 0.98 0.80 92°
H1704 Gull Bao = oe =
1567 fot 3.36 0.21 0.88 0.88 —
1801 fot 4.00 0.327 0.96 | 0.903 =
? 1216b =a 0.48 1.04 i=
? 5787 fe) 3.68 0.28 0.92 0.86 90°
Miochlorotettix 5788 9 3.04 0.192 — 0.96 —
kirkbyi
Protochlorotettix
calico
holotype 1312 fe) 4.88 — — 1.32 90°
impression 2142 ret 3.60 | 0.16 0.88 | — 90°
Miomesamia 5745 4.45 | 0.31 1.05 1.12 90°
juliae
80 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
Genus Phlepsius Fieber
Phlepsius weissmanae, new species
(Figures 13 and 14)
Holotype: Crystallized male extracted from Miocene nodule 28805.
Specimen 3723, collected by Mrs. Laura Rouse, and extracted by
Mrs. Ruth Weissman and writer. From Site 17F, Lot 333, NE 4
California. Named in honor of Mrs. Weissman in acknowledgment of
her great help for several years in these studies.
Description: Size: 3.5 mm. Head length: 0.16 mm., width 0.80
mm., face length: 0.88 mm.
Color: although crystallized, the brown pattern of face markings
and thoracic and abdominal sclerites makes this an unusual specimen.
Head anteriorly broadly rounded, not extending much beyond the
eyes. From dorsal aspect the median length of head is less than half
the distance between the eyes. Eyes minutely granulate.
Face elongate, about as long as wide. Frons broad at vertex; gradu-
ally narrowed to clypeus, almost twice as long as eyes, marked with
ten transverse colored bars which are interrupted on median line but
mutually connected in two longitudinal stripes; two and one half
times as long as clypeus.
Antennae between eyes and frons at about middle of eyes; three
basal jomts of right antenna present.
Oscelli minute, on anterior margin at corner of eyes.
Mandibular and maxillary plates or genae diagonal from eyes to
clypeus. Lorae outlined by curved line from tip of clypeus to frons.
bisecting the diagonal mandibular and maxillary plates.
Labium divided into two segments.
Tribe Platymetopiini
A very unusual insect was extracted by John Gibron, Sr., which is
unfortunately, not whole, as it lacks the posterior part of the abdomen:
the legs, except their basal segments; and the right eye, which has
been cleft off. Still, as it is so different from any of the other leaf-
hopper material it should be discussed.
Classification in the Jassidae is very difficult, but species with large
protuberant eyes are rare. The presence of the ocelli on the anterior
margin, and the sharp marginal profile of the head place the specimen
in Euscelinae, the tribe being Platymetopiini, according to J. W. Evans
1947, or Mesamiini, according to P. W. Oman 1934.
Silicified leafhoppers from California 81
Genus Miomesamia, new genus
Face wide; eyes prominent, large, strongly facetted, and only slightly
emarginate on lower side facing lorae. Dorsal outline very much as
in Ulopa reticulata.
Profile sharp angulate, with ocelli on the anterior margin each
terminating a ridge, the frontal suture, which passes the antennae
and originates at the epistomal suture.
Frons quadrangular, wider at apex than base, medianly depressed,
rests on epistomal suture, in front of which the beak is in three parts:
postclypeus, preclypeus, and labium. At the sides of the clypeus are
the somewhat swollen lorae and the genae. Antennae set at the sides
of the frontal sutures, opposite the upper corner of the eyes. The pari-
etals between frons and eyes wide and longitudinally ridged, and along
the ridges are rows of round pits, probably originally setigerous.
Crown of head depressed.
Miomesamia juliae, new species
Type: specimen 5795 (Gibron #1216), extracted from nodule by
hydrochloric acid, by John Gibron, Sr., collected at U.S. Geol. Serv.
Site 19067, in SW 14 Section 24, R.1. E., T10.N., Calico Mountains,
by Mr. Gibron, and named in honor of Julia Gibron.
Description: Length of specimen 3.2 mm. Probable total length
about 4.45 mm. Length of head above 0.31 mm.; width of head 1.05
mm.; length of face 1.12 mm.
Before the final mounting of the specimen considerable petroleum
was drawn out into the balsam.
AN UNIDENTIFIED LEAF HoprPEerR
A more fragmentary specimen (859 from nodule 10263), consisting
of a crystallized thorax, one anterior and one posterior wing, from a
nodule found by Mrs. Ruth Kirkby at Site 38 (LACMIP 386), in the
southeast 14, southwest 14. Section 24, R.1.E., T:10.N., in the Canon
south of that in which D. palmeri was found. The fragment measures
6.0 mm., and is hence different from either of the preceding, but as it
has no diagnostic characters, cannot even be assigned to a genus.
ee —_ —E
82 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
LirERATURE CITED
DE LONG, DWIGHT M.
1926. Type and venation of wings as factors in separating certain Deltocepha-
loid genera. Ohio J. Sci., 26(1): 42-48.
EVANS, J. W.
1946-1947. A Natural classification of leaf hoppers (Jassoidea, Homoptera),
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc., London, 96:47-60; 97:39-54; 98:105-271.
PALMER, ALLISON R.
1957. Miocene Arthropods from the Mojave Desert, California. Contributions to
General Geology. U.S. Geol. Surv., Professional Paper 294-G, p. 258.
A CONTRIBUTION TO THE BIOLOGY OF THE
GRAY GARDEN SLUG*
R. O. Arras? and H. H. Crowe?
Oregon State University, Corvallis
INTRODUCTION
The gray garden slug, Deroceras reticulatum (Miller), is a pest of
considerable economic importance in fields and gardens of the Pacific
Northwest. The mild winters and generally moist springs of western
Oregon are particularly favorable to the growth and reproduction of
this introduced species. Control by the use of standard metaldehyde
baits has not been satisfactory under all conditions of weather, or when
certain crops or horticultural practices are involved. Toxicological
studies have been hampered by the difficulty in maintaining a labora-
tory culture of test animals. This paper documents some aspects of
slug biology and describes techniques developed during an attempt to
rear the gray garden slug under laboratory conditions.
PARASITES OF SLUGS AND THEIR CONTROL IN THE LABORATORY
Most workers have had to depend for their test animals on field-
collected slugs which usually are abundant only in the fall and spring.
Several workers (Meggitt, 1916; Lovett and Black, 1920; Reynolds,
1936; RKozloff, 1956a, 1957) reported that they could not keep slugs
alive in the laboratory long enough to do comprehensive studies. Sivik
(1954) reported a technique for obtaining eggs from slugs by con-
fining them in wooden boxes containing moist soil and covered with
gauze, but he did not state how long he could maintain a healthy stock
culture. This method was tried, but high mortality occurred within a
two week period. A modified version of this technique, however, was
used in subsequent studies as a standard method of rearing slugs for
limited lengths of time. Plastic boxes (refrigerator vegetable crisper
1Approved for publication as technical paper number 1479, Oregon Agricul-
tural Experiment Station. Part of a thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree of Master of Science in Entomology at Oregon State
University. Accepted for publication January 2, 1963.
2Now with the Research Department, Niagara Chemical Division, Richmond,
California.
’Associate Professor of Entomology.
83
84 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
chests), provided with two screen-covered ventilation holes in the
cover and a layer of moist soil or vermiculite, proved to be convenient
containers for this purpose.
Examination of the bodies of dead and dying slugs in the rearing
boxes revealed the presence of fungi, bacteria, nematodes, and pro-
tozoa. Steam sterilization of the soil in the containers failed to reduce
the slug mortality, indicating that these organisms were being intro-
duced into the boxes with the field-collected slugs themselves. It was
not the purpose of this study to determine the pathogenicity of the
parasitic organisms found, but to seek ways of eliminating them as
possible causes of slug mortality.
The fungus associated with dead slugs was identified as a species
of Fusarium. A fungus found attacking slug eggs, and preventing
their development, was identified as a species of Arthrobotrys. To
suppress spread of the fungi and bacteria in the rearing containers,
water containing 200 parts per million of Agri-mycin 100 (strepto-
mycin 15% and terramycin 1.5% )* combined with 200 parts per
million of captan fungicide (N-trichloromethylthio tetra-hydroph-
thalimide) was added to the soil. The transfer of bacteria and fungi
from eggs to newly hatched slugs was prevented by dipping the eggs
in an aqueous solution containing the same amount of Agrimycin 100
and captan. This procedure also prevented bacterial and fungal growth
during the incubation period of the eggs.
Slug mortality continued in the rearing containers, however, and
the dead and dying slugs were found to be infested with nematodes
and protozoa which had apparently not been eliminated by the above
mentioned treatment. The nematodes, determined as Rhabiditus c.f.
lambdiensis Maupas, Panogrolaimus spp., and Diplogaster spp., were
usually found beneath the mantle of the slugs and when present in
large numbers, were occasionally observed protruding from the dorsal
surface or in the respiratory orifice. All stages of the nematodes could
be found in slugs at any one time and were also observed free-living
in the soil of the rearing containers. Transfer of protozoa and nema-
todes from the parent slugs to their offspring can be accomplished by
way of the eggs. Both nematodes and protozoans were observed on
the moist surfaces of the eggs. Attempts to sterilize the eggs with
chemical solutions, however, were not successful. Egg proteins were
apparently denatured at very low concentrations of various alcohols
and of other chemicals tested.
‘Obtaimed from Charles Pfizer & Co., Inc., Brooklyn 6, N.Y.
Biology of the gray garden slug 85
A treatment which was effective in eliminating the nematodes from
the infected slugs themselves rather than from the eggs was developed.
Juvenile slugs were freed of their nematode parasites by confinement
on a special agar-base medium over a two-week period of time. The
complete medium was compounded by combining three separate
fractions. The first fraction consisted of agar, 20 grams, combined with
Bel-Ais salt mixture, 100 milliliters, in 200 milliliters of water. The
second was a mixture of powdered skim milk, 50 grams; dextrose,
200 grams; and bacto-yeast extract, 10 grams; in 400 milliliters of
water. The third fraction consisted of boiled potatoes, 200 grams, m
400 milliliters of water, of which only the extract was used. These
three fractions were autoclaved separately at 15 lbs. per square inch
pressure for 25 minutes. Agri-mycin 100, 2.68 grams, and methyl-
p-hydroxybenzoate®, 0.375 grams (or a final concentration of
0.025%), were added after the autoclaving process. The fractions
were then thoroughly mixed. At a concentration of .05% of methyl-
p-hydroxybenzoate, there was approximately 45% mortality, mostly
of young slugs. At .025%, all stages of slugs survived. Although slugs
fed readily on this medium, they gradually lost weight during the two
week period. Following treatment they were transferred, for other
studies, to lettuce leaves in the plastic crisper-chest rearing boxes.
To further test the effectiveness of methyl-p-hydroxybenzoate,
nematodes were isolated from the slugs and placed in petri dishes con-
taining the above mentioned medium. All nematodes were dead after
five hours exposure. Nematodes in check plates, containing the nu-
trient media without the methyl-p-hydroxybenzoate, increased in
size and numbers over a period of several days.
The protozoan, identified:as Tetrahymena limacis (Warren), was
not eliminated by the methyl-p-hydroxybenzoate treatment. Protozoa
and nematodes were usually found together in individual slugs, but
one form would dominate the other in numbers. When the nematodes
were eliminated from the slugs by the treatment mentioned above,
the number of protozoans increased greatly. Although Kozloff (1957)
noted that these protozoans inhabited the slug’s digestive gland pri-
marily, they appeared to be present not only in the various internal
organs, but in the subcutaneous tissue as well. According to Kozloff
(1956b), a gray garden slug is able to support a large population of
T: limacis without the slug’s normal biological activities being dis-
rupted. Kozloff concluded that 7: limacis is not very pathogenic. A
>Obtained from Eastman Kodak Co., Rochester, N.Y.
86 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
closely related species, Tetrahymena (Paraglaucoma) rostrata (Kahl)
Corliss, is a histophagic parasite of enchytreid worms, however, and
infection results in the death of the host (Stout, 1954). If we accept
Rozloff’s conclusions regarding T. limacis, we would expect greater
longevity from the nematode-and-fungus-free slugs in the rearing
containers. Actually, the slugs did live several weeks longer than
previously, but mortality was still heavy. Moribund and dead slugs
were found to be heavily infested with the protozoans. The protozoan
parasites could not be controlled by the methyl-p-hydroxybenzoate
treatment, and since they appeared to be pathogenic, new treatments
were sought for their elimination from the slug cultures.
Cleveland (1925) was successful in eliminating protozoa from
termites by subjecting them and their hosts to pure oxygen pressures.
A modified version of Cleveland’s method was tested against 7.
limacis in the gray garden slug. It was found, however, that an
oxygen pressure of 42 psi for 16 hours caused 40% slug mortality
without freeing the survivors of the protozoan parasites. Even though
eradication of this parasite from its host was not accomplished, slug
cultures were maintained long enough to collect considerable informa-
tion on slug biology under laboratory conditions.
OVIPOSITION AND EcG VIABILITY
Various parasites, a limiting factor in the rearing of slugs, were found
to be excreted in the feces. Early in the investigation, slugs were
placed in plastic crisper-chests on screen trays to facilitate sanitation
by washing the excrement through the screen at various intervals of
time. The water remaining in the bottom of the chests maintained a
TABLE 1
Oviposition record for five sexually-mature slugs on soil
at each of five different saturation percentages.
Observations Numbers of eggs laid at saturation per cents of
(one day intervals) 10 25 50 75 100
Ist 0 0 32 41 0
2nd 0 0 48 72 0
3rd 0 45 62 36 0
4th 0 0 0 51 41
5th 0 56 23 0 0
Totals 0 101 165 200 41
Biology of the gray garden slug 87
high humidity, but the slugs would not lay eggs under these condi-
tions. When the screen layer was replaced with a layer of damp soil,
however, the slugs readily deposited ege masses.
The range of soil moisture content favored for oviposition was in-
vestigated in the laboratory utilizmg information from the above
observations. Oven-dried sandy loam soil was placed in jars and the
moisture levels adjusted to 10, 25, 50, 75, and 100 per cent saturation
(as determined by the method of Richards, 1954). Mature slugs from
screen-bottomed plastic crisper-chests were placed in the jars of soil
for oviposition. Results of the trial (Table 1) indicated that a soil mois-
ture content of approximately 75% was most suitable for oviposition.
Carrick (1942) came to a similar conclusion and stated further that
normal egg development will not take place in soils below 10% satura-
tion, nor in soils close to 100% saturation. In the field, egg masses of
Deroceras reticulatum are usually deposited in cavities of the damp
soil in the top three inches. According to Karlin and Naegele (1960),
eggs of D. reticulatum can withstand complete submergence for at
least four days without affecting normal development. The selection
by slugs of soil for oviposition substantially below 100% saturation
would tend to place most egg masses in locations not saturated for long
periods during the rainy western Oregon winters.
The incubation period for D. reticulatum eggs has been reported to
range from about 15 to 96 days (Taylor, 1907; Hawley, 1922; Car-
rick, 1938; Lovett and Black, 1920; and Binney, 1878). Approxi-
mately 3000 eggs, deposited in the laboratory within a 24 hour period,
were observed at a constant temperature of 20°C. The minimum
period for incubation was 11 days, with a maximum of 21 and a mean
for 60 groups of 50 eggs each of 15.5 days. These observations on the
variation in development time can be extended to include the develop-
ment of eggs from a single clutch. Rarely do all the eggs of a single
egg mass deposited by one slug hatch on the same day. It was further
observed that eggs of a single clutch that remained unhatched 12 days
after the initiation of hatching, failed to develop. Microscopic examina-
tion of these remaining eggs revealed the absence of the sperm body
described by Carrick (1938) as characteristic of fertile eggs. In some
clutches approximately half of the eggs were found to be infertile.
During embryonic development, slug eggs exhibit an increasing
ability to withstand extremes of temperature. When first laid, the egg
is very susceptible to freezing and to temperatures higher than 22°C.
Eggs containing embryos which have almost completed their develop-
ment can withstand a temperature of 0°C for several days, and after-
88 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
ward resume development when placed at higher temperatures. This
fact facilitates the storage of eggs in refrigerators for long periods of
time. In the present study, approximately 1000 eggs in the advanced
stage of development, kept in a refrigerator at 4°C for seven months.
commenced hatching within 24 hours after removal to room tem-
perature.
The eggs of D. reticulatum will desiccate and the embryos die unless
contact is maintained with a moist surface. There are reports in the
literature of eggs being completely desiccated for weeks (Lovett and
Black, 1920), or even for years (Binney, 1878), and on exposure to
moisture again, these eggs regained their spherical form and resumed
normal development. Carrick (1942) remarks that these reports are
too fantastic for credence. In this study, several thousand eggs were
allowed to desiccate in petri dishes, and were kept in this condition at
room temperatures for five months. At the end of this period, when
water was added to the filter paper in the dishes, the eggs rapidly
regained their original form and turgidity, but no embryonic develop-
ment took place during a two-month observation period. Similar re-
sults were obtained by Carmichael and Rivers (1932) in desiccation
studies on the eggs of Limax flavus.
GrowTH RaTEs AT CONSTANT AND FLUCTUATING TEMPERATURES
Slug activity in the field is associated with conditions of high humidity
and this association has led to an assumption that activity is im some
way induced by damp conditions. Crozier and Pilz (1923) showed,
however, that the speed of locomotion of Agriolimax campestris Bin-
ney varied directly with temperature. Dainton (1943; 1954) showed
that certain changes in temperature, not conditions of high humidity.
induced locomotor activity. In her experimental work, in which she
employed a more or less gradual alternation between two constant
temperatures, she showed that activity was sharply stimulated by fall-
ing temperatures below about 21°C and by rising temperatures above
21°C. Activity subsided as soon as the temperature was maintained
constant at any level. Temperature changes in the reverse direction
had no such effect. As at constant temperature, activity was low when
the temperature was rising toward 21°C or falling from above this
value. Dainton assumed that increased acquisition of food necessarily
accompanied increased locomotor activity.
It was of interest in this study to determine whether a substantial
increase in growth rate could be induced by certain defined tempera-
Biology of the gray garden slug 89
ture conditions, since rapid production of mature slugs from eggs was
of importance. Most experimental investigations on the effect of tem-
perature on the rate of development of an organism are conducted
with a series of constant temperatures. Constant temperatures are rare
in nature and field slugs are certainly exposed to almost constantly
fluctuating temperatures due to diurnal and seasonal changes, as well
as to non-periodic changes in weather. In view of this fact, and to test
Dainton’s assumption regarding increased feeding associated with
increased locomotor activity, a series of experiments were conducted
to compare growth rates of D. reticulatum at both constant and fluc-
tuating temperatures.
A system for constantly fluctuating the temperature of a rearing
chamber was devised by utilizing a Fenwal differential expansion
thermal switch activated by a pair of metal arms attached to the
rotating disc of a 24 hour electric timer. After the desired maximum
and minimum temperatures had been preset, this mechanism pro-
duced one full cycle of continuous temperature change in a 24 hours
period by activating a Cenco refrigerating incubator.*
The growth rates of newly hatched slugs were studied by placing
one-day-old individuals under a constant temperature of 20°C. An
equal number of slugs were subjected to fluctuating temperature con-
ditions of 17° to 24°C (approximately 0.6°C change per hour).
The results after 45 days (Table 2) showed no marked differences
in mean weights of the slugs under the two temperature conditions.
The test also demonstrated the great variation in growth rates possible
for individual slugs. Some individuals exhibited practically no growth
during this period, since in 100 observations of newly hatched slugs,
the mean weight had been found to be 1.8 milligrams, the same
TABLE 2
Comparison of weight increases of immature gray garden slugs
reared under two sets of temperature conditions for 45 days.
Constant Fluctuating
Temperature Temperatures
(202 G,) (17°-24° C.)
Mean (of 60 slugs 24.8 mg. 26.1 mg.
for each condition)
Maximum 83.8 mg. 73.0 me.
Minimum 4.4 mg. 1.8 mg.
®Central Scientific Company, Chicago, Illinois.
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
gO
“SUOT}IPUOD amyjesedurey surjpenyonyj yory pue JUe}SUOD MOT ‘SUOT}IPUOD aimjesodurey Suenjony pue yueysuo0d
Japun sanyqs dIN}JLUTLUL JO sozed Mord jo uostreduroy 1G; ain yy Jopun sons IAIN} LUULUT FO soyed YMo.1sd jo uostredutoy ws Jains
SY22mM UL BwWyy] SY22m Ul awit,
v € j I
Vv S é | O ; SE
OL
@
08 ee 9 ot
06 d4NYOsadway sv
Busyenyony yg IoVo~-LI-- @ OS
or BIN} OLadwWI4
ainzgesadway . Olt 4ue4suo> 9908-- O SS
Buryengyon|s 9 L2-06-- @ O 09
ainypesadwa, O Oc! «
os s9
gUe,SUOD QoL! Oo A O€l « 8 =
je) eS OL =
Ovla Ps a
2 : 6s _ ce
=) 3
ore O91 3 ee
° = = ¢8
OLI
08! 6 we
fe) 06! m S6
00% eee
Oo O1Z Ol
Biology of the gray garden slug Q1
weight as the minimum found under the fluctuating temperature con-
ditions of this experiment.
In another trial of the same temperature conditions, very similar
results were obtained. The weights of slugs used in this second trial,
and in further studies, were 25 milligrams or greater because of the
difficulties encountered in handling smaller individuals. The results
from weekly weighings (Fig. 1) again showed that growth rates under
the two temperature conditions were not markedly different. How-
ever, the slugs under the fluctuating temperature conditions were
observed to be active more of the time and their food consumption
during the 4 week test period was noticeably greater.
A third comparison of growth rates was made in which 40 im-
mature slugs were placed under fluctuating temperatures of 20° to
27°C and an equal number under a constant temperature of 17°C.
Mean weights of the slugs were recorded on a weekly basis for four
weeks.
Weight In mge
Time In weeks
Figure 3. Comparison of growth rates of immature slugs under four different con-
stant temperatures.
Q2 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
The results (Fig. 2) indicated a more rapid growth rate for the
slugs maintained at a constant temperature, in spite of the fact that
the more active slugs under the higher and fluctuating temperature
condition consumed almost twice as much food as their counterparts
at 17°C. It was concluded that, while the subjection of slugs to fluc-
tuating temperatures increased their activity and food consumption
(as indicated by Dainton, 1954), this procedure was not promising
as a means for obtaming rapid maturation of slugs in laboratory
cultures.
Growth rates of slugs at four different constant temperatures were
also studied. Twenty-five slugs were placed in each of four tempera-
ture controlled cabinets which were held constant at 5°, 10°, 15°, and
28°C, respectively. The mean weights of the slugs were recorded
950 Ue
900 ©
850
800
A ©
500 OX.
_—
450 a ©
ae @--Maximum weight
@--Mean weight (25 slugs)
Weight tna mge
300 ae
250 Vi O--Mintmum wei ght
0 ! 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time In weeks
Figure 4. Variation in weight-gain by 25 4-month-old slugs held in a fluctuating
temperature cabinet at 17° to 24° C for eight weeks.
Biology of the gray garden slug 93
over a four week period. The results obtained (Fig. 3) showed that the
slugs at the temperatures of 10° and 15°C were of almost comparable
weight after the third week. The growth rate was somewhat low at
5°C. The slugs at 28°C decreased in weight after an initial increase.
The experimental animals displayed great individual variation in
growth rates in the above observations. To study this variation, a
random sample of 25 4-month old slugs was placed in a cabinet at
fluctuating temperatures of 17° to 24°C. An ample supply of food
(lettuce leaves) was available at all times. The slugs were weighed
individually at weekly intervals over an eight week period. The
maximum, minimum, and mean weights were plotted for comparison
(Fig. 4). These results, and those shown in Table 2, indicate the tre-
mendous growth rate variations which can occur in a slug population
from eggs hatched on the same day. The reason for the decrease in
weight after the sixth week (Fig. 4) is not known.
©) “90S eanshant
temperature
@ --17-24°C fluctuating
750 temperatures
Time tn weeks
Figure 5. Comparison of weight-loss by starving slugs under constant and fluc
tuating temperature conditions.
04 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
STARVATION STUDIES
Immature slugs can withstand extended periods without food, pro-
viding other conditions are favorable. Lovett and Black (1920) re-
ported keeping nine slugs for one month without food. To test toler-
ance to starvation, five groups of ten one-week old slugs were placed
in jars containing moist, unwashed river sand at a constant tempera-
ture of 20°C. Water (contaming the previously mentioned antibiotics
to suppress fungal and bacterial growth) was added occasionally to
maintain moist conditions. Slug mortality in these jars was not com-
plete until after a five month period.
The effects of starvation on mature slugs was also investigated, but
in this case, the loss in weight under two temperature conditions was
studied. Field-collected slugs were fed on lettuce for one week, then
Wetght Ina mge
O. lo? 3 4.556 "7 98 “Oo LOnIiomts
Time In weeks
Figure 6. Growth record of a single slug, reared from the fourth to the seventh
month of life in a fluctuating temperature cabinet at 17° to 24° C,
Biology of the gray garden slug 95
divided into two groups of ten each. One group was kept at 20°C and
the other at a 17° to 24°C fluctuating temperature. The slugs were
weighed individually at weekly intervals and the mean weights
plotted after five weeks (Fig. 5) when mortality from disease ter-
minated the experiment. The results showed a steady decline in weight
under starvation conditions with the rates of weight loss (slopes)
under the different temperature conditions being approximately equal.
This situation was unexpected, since the slugs under the fluctuating
temperature conditions exhibited the increased locomotor activity
similar to that observed in previous experiments.
MAatTuRATION PERIOD
General observation of gray garden slugs in the field shows that sexual
maturity is reached considerably ahead of maximum growth. The
length of time required to attain maximum size naturally varies with
environmental and other conditions, and may or may not coincide
with the total length of life. The published accounts of longevity of
D. reticulatum are fairly consistent, ranging from 18 months to two
years (Taylor, 1907; Lovett and Black, 1920; Theobald, 1895; Cook,
1895; and Hawley, 1922). No mention of the weight of the mature
specimens of this species, however, was found in the literature.
The ultimate size attainable by this species was indicated in one
trial on the effects of fluctuating temperatures, in which a single
specimen survived for 13 weeks. This slug was reared in a 17° to 24°C
fluctuating temperature cabinet and was weighed weekly from the
time it was four months old until its death three months later. The
results (Fig. 6) mdicated that the slug reached maturity when 6
months of age, weighing approximately 2.2 grams, at that time. The
mature specimen measured 50 millimeters long and 9 millimeters
wide when extended, a size considerably larger than that normally
seen in fields of western Oregon.
96 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The assistance of the following persons during the course of this study
is gratefully acknowledged: Dr. G. Dallas Hanna and Dr. A. G.
Smith, of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, for con-
firmation of our identification of Deroceras reticulatum (Miller) ;
Dr. E. N. RKozloff of Lewis and Clark College, Portland, Oregon, for the
identification of the protozoa; Dr. H. J. Jensen and Dr. Donald
Murphy of the Botany and Plant Pathology Department, O.S.U., for
identification of the nematode parasites; and Dr. Mathew Nadaka-
vakaren of the Botany and Plant Pathology Department, O.S.U., for
classifying the fungi.
LITERATURE CITED
BINNEY, W. G.
1878. The terrestrial air-breathing mollusks of the United States and the adjacent
territories of North America. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 4:1-439.
CARMICHEAL, E. P ann T. D. RIVERS
1932. The effects of dehydration upon the hatchability of Limax flavus eggs.
Ecology, 13:375-380.
CARRICh, ROBERT
1938. The life history and development of Agriolimax agrestis L., the gray field
slug. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, 59:563-597.
1942. The gray field slug, Agriolimax agrestis L., and its environment. Ann.
Applied Biol., 29:43-55.
CLEVELAND, L. R.
1925. The effects of oxygenation and starvation on the symbiosis between the
termite Thermopsis, and its intestinal flagellates. Biol. Bull., 48:455-468.
COOK, H. H., A. E. SHIPLEY ann EF R. C. REED
1895. Molluscs and Brachiopods. (The Cambridge Natural History, vol. 3).
London, Macmillan, 535 p.
CROZIER, W. J. ann G. E PILZ
1923. The locomotion of Limax. 1. Temperature coefficient of pedal activity.
J. Gen. Physiol., 6:711-721.
DAINTON, BARBARA H.
1943. Effects of air currents, ight, humidity and temperature on slugs. Nature,
1511225:
1954. The activity of slugs. 1. The induction of activity of changing tempera-
tures. J. Exper. Biol., 31:165-187.
HAWLEY, I. M.
1922. Insects and other animal pests injurious to field beans in New York. New
York. p. 977-999. (Cornell University. Agricultural Experiment Station.
Memoir 55).
Biology of the gray garden slug 97
KARLIN, E. J. anp JOHN A. NAEGELE
1960. Biology of the Mollusca of greenhouses in New York state. Cornell Agr.
Exp. Sta. (Ithaca), Memoir 372. 35 p.
KOZLOFF, EUGENE N
1956a. Experimental infection of the gray garden slug, Deroceras reticulatum
(Miller) by the holotrichous ciliate Tetrahymena pyriformis (Ehrenberg).
J. Proto-zool., 3:17-19.
KOZLOFF, EUGENE N.
1956b. Tetrahymena limacis from the terrestrial pulmonate Gastropods, Mona-
denia fidelis and Prophysaon andersoni. J. Proto-zool., 3:204-208.
1957. A species of Tetrahymena, parasite in the renal organ of the slug Deroceras
reticulatum. Proto-zool., 4:75-79
LOVETT, R. L. ann A. B. BLACK
1920. The Gray garden slug with notes on allied forms. Corvallis. 43 p. (Oregon
Agricultural Experiment Station. Station Bulletin 170).
MEGGITT, E A.
1916. A contribution to the knowledge of the tape worm of fowls and of sparrows.
Parasitology, 8:390-409.
REYNOLDS, B. P.
1936. Colpoda steini, a facultative parasite of the land slug, Agriolimax agrestis.
J. Parasit., 22:48-53.
RICHARDS, L. A. (Editor)
1954. Diagnosis and improvement of saline and alkali soils. United States De-
partment of Agriculture Handbook No. 60:83-126.
SIVIK, FRANK P.
1954. A technique for slug culture. The Nautilus, 67:129-130.
STOUT, J. D.
1954. The ecology, life history and parasitism of Tetrahymena (Paraglaucoma)
rostrata (Kahl) Corliss. J. Proto-zool., 1:211-215.
TAYLOR, JOHN W.
1907. Monograph of the land and freshwater Mollusca of the British Isles. Vol. 2.
Leeds, Taylor brothers. 312 p.
THEOBALD, FRED V.
1895. Mollusca injurious to farmers and gardeners. Zoologist, 19:201-211.
ty SNE,
=e
o = :
is =
i
= i
\
i s
SURF-RIDING BY THE CALIFORNIA GRAY WHALE
Notice of the ability of cetaceans to utilize forward wave motion and
to surf-ride is of interest to workers in the field of hydrodynamics as
well as animal behavior.
This ability has been reported in the small odontocete delphinids
Tursiops truncatus (Montagu) and 7? gilli Dall. For the former, the
report was made by Caldwell and Fields (J. Mamm., 40: 454, 1959)
and Norris and Prescott (Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 63: 300, 1961), and
for the latter by Norris and Prescott (loc. cit.). These reports showed
that the same individuals repeated the performance several times, in-
dicating that the surf-riding was not an accidental encounter but a self-
reinforcing form of play behavior.
We now report similar behavior by the large mysticete, Eschirich-
tius glaucus (Cope), the California gray whale.
Although both Scammon (The marine mammals of the north-west-
ern coast of North America etc., 1874, p. 24) and Caton (Amer. Nat.,
22: 510, 1888) referred to extensive play by this species in the break-
ers along the outer coast of Baja California, they made no specific
mention of surf-riding.
The following behavior has been reported to us by Robert V. Bell,
leader of a party of salvage divers who spent seven weeks in Baja
California in the spring of 1958. They were anchored just south of
Magdalena Bay in the channel which divides Santa Margarita and
Cresciente Islands. Just west of the latter was a large area of shoal
water and the divers were anchored about 50-60 yards from these
shoals.
The divers reported that almost daily during the seven-week period
they watched gray whales ridig the breakers coming in over the
shoal. The divers were particularly interested in the behavior and
agreed among themselves at the time that the whales were surf-riding
“Just as a man would”’; 7.e., just in front of the crest of the waves.
The whales engaging in the activity were adults. It was not noted,
however, whether the same individuals rode more than once.—Davip
K. CaLtpweti and Meza C. CaLpwe., Los Angeles County Mu-
seum, Los Angeles 7, Calif.
99
ve
-
MOLLUSCS FROM PACIFIC NORTHWEST ARCHAEOLOGICAL
SITES, 2. WASHINGTON: 45-CA-30, A COASTAL
SHELLMIDDEN IN THE OZETTE AREA
Ropert J. DRAKE
The University of British Columbia
INTRODUCTION
Site 45-CA-30 was excavated over a period of six weeks in the summer
of 1961 (Borden 1962: 611); it is located in the Olympic National
Park near the northwest corner of Washington (see Fig. 1-D) near
Ozette in Clallam County. It was investigated under the direction of
Richard D. Daugherty of Washington State University with support
from the National Park Service by means of a grant.
In May of 1962, the reported upon mollusc and barnacle samples
from the 45-CA-30 excavations were submitted for study and report,
accompanied by a profile plan of the small shellmidden and a regional
location map. A letter from Stanley J. Guinn (dtd. 30 May 1962)
contained a description of the site and an account of molluscan remains
in relation to factors of its stratigraphy.
45-CA-30 was shown, by the excavations of 1961, to have been a
specialized habitation location apparently occupied primarily for sea
mammal hunting from late prehistoric into postcontact times. ““Whale
and seal bones were especially abundant” The midden was stratified,
of about 5 feet in depth, and made up of animal remains and fire
broken rock. The greater portion of the recovered artifacts was har-
poon parts and composite fishhook portions. (Borden 1962: 611).
Size of the shells, as seen in the midden deposit to lessen toward
the top, seemed to reflect the greatest change over time. Alteration of
form of a particular species was not evident. The main shell com-
ponents were of clams and mussels; limpets, chitons, barnacles, sea-
urchins, and snails being less frequent. There were less deposits of
limpets, barnacles, chitons, seaurchins, and snails in the upper levels;
clam and mussel shells, however, persisted. (in litt., 30 May 1962,
Stanley J. Guinn).
PROCESSING AND STUDY
Upon receipt, the material was processed as a study unit in a program
of investigation of animal remains from archeological sites. The assign-
ment of reference numbers (usually referred to as “permanent study
101
102 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
4
Ss cm
OLYMPIC
ES SS PENINSULA
C. SCHIZOTHERUS NUTTALLII
FiG | MARINE BIVALVES
SITE LOCATION
Figure 1. Marine bivalve shells from site 45-CA-30, Washington; location of site.
numbers’’) of the shells was unnecessary as each lot had been num-
bered and invoiced before shipment. Therefore, references to samples
follow the numerical designations in the records of the Department of
Anthropology of Washington State University. The shells and bar-
nacles were returned to the Department of Anthropology at Pullman.
Molluscs from archaeological sites 103
10mm
foxceece
A TEGULA FUNEBRALIS : B.THAIS LIMA
C NERFTUNEA TABULATA D. OLIVELLA BIPLICATA
eng
E. ACMAEA PELTA
iOmm
Et
F ACMAEA MITRA
BiG e2 : MARINE GASTROPODS
Figure 2. Marine gastropod shells from site 45-CA-30, Washington.
MAR InE BIVALVE SHELLS
Protothaca lacinata (Carpenter), 1864; (45-CA-30/8)—Fig. 1-B.
References:
Morris 1952: 47-48; pl. 11, fig. 6.
Palmer 1958: 96-97.
104. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
Remarks:
Lives near shore, probably mostly in shallow water.
Mytilus californicus Conrad, 1837; (45-CA-30/11) —Fig. 1-A.
Reference:
Morris 1952: 20; pl. 6, fig. 10.
Remarks:
Lives mostly in the tidal zone.
Schizotherus nuttallii (Conrad), 1837; (45-CA-30/5) —Fig. 1-C.
Reference:
Morris 1952: 57; pl. 17, fig. 1.
Remarks:
Lives buried in mud in the tidal zone.
MarINE GaAsTROPOD SHELLS
Tegula funebralis (Adams), 1854; (45-CA-30/14) —Fig. 2-A.
Reference:
Morris 1952: 81; pl. 22, fig. 8.
Remarks:
Lives in the tidal zone.
Thais lima Gmelin, 1791; (45-CA-30/11) —Fig. 2-B.
Reference:
Morris 1952: 119; pl. 28, fig. 10.
Remarks:
Lives near shore, probably mostly in shallow water.
Neptunea tabulata (Baird), 1863; (45-CA-30/17) —Fig. 2-C.
References:
Oldroyd 1927 (vol. 2, pt. 1): 227-228; pl. 18, fig. 4.
Morris 1952: 126; pl 29; fie 11.
Remarks:
Probably lives near shore and mostly im shallow water, but oc-
casionally deeper than the tidal zone.
Olivella biplicata (Sowerby ), 1825; (45-CA-30/16) —Fig. 2-D.
Reference:
Morris 1952: 134; pl. 30, fig. 20.
Remarks:
Lives in sand in the tidal zone.
Acmaea pelta Eschscholtz, 1833; (45-CA-30/2) —Fig. 2-E.
Reference:
Morms 1952.77.15 pl to nose
Remarks:
Lives in the tidal zone.
Molluscs from archaeological sites 105
5 com
B. BALANUS CARIOSUS
10mm
oe
C. HAPLOTREMA VANCOUVERENSE
FIG 3 BARNACLES & TERRESTRIAL
GASTROPOD
Figure 3. Barnacles and terrestrial gastropod shell from site 45-CA-30, Washing-
ton.
Acmaea mitra Eschscholtz, 1833; (45-CA-30/6) —Fig. 2-F.
Reference:
Morris 1952: 71; pl. 19, fig. 4.
Remarks:
Lives in the tidal zone.
106 ~=Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
BARNACLES AND TERRESTRIAL GASTROPOD SHELL
Coronula reginae Darwin, 1854; (45-CA-30/42) — a 3-A.
References:
Darwin 1854: 419-421; pl. 15, fig. 5.
Cornwall 1955a: 54-55; illu.
Cornwall 1955b: 43-44, fig. 35.
Remarks:
Lives on whales, mostly killer whales.
Balanus cariosus (Pallas) 1788; (45-CA-30/12) —Fig. 3-B.
References:
Darwin 1854: 273-275; pl. 7, fig. 3a.
Pilsbry 1921: pl. 20, figs. 3, 6.
Cornwall 1955a: 22 (allu., fig. 60n p. 15).
Cornwall 1955b: 26-28; fig. 19.
Remarks:
Lives mainly on rocks in or near the tidal zone.
Haplotrema vancouverense (Lea), 1839; (45-CA-30/18) —Fig. 3-C.
Reference:
Pilsbry 1946: 221-225.
Remarks:
Lives on land in the general Coast Conifer Forest habitat.
DiIscussIoN
Tegula shells were “found in clusters as though they had been dumped
from a contamer of some sort?” Jegula is utilized as a foodstuff yet;
along the central California coast, they are collected in pails for boil-
ing for stews.
The shell of the limpet Acmaea mitra (Fig. 2-F) had some bryo-
zoan incrustation in its interior; this would indicate the shell bemg
again in marine water after the animal had been removed by man
or other predator.
Reagen (1917: 17-20) offered a pioneering trilogy for gross chrono-
logical precontact cultural change in the Ozette-Makah territory. He
mentions oyster shells bemg an important part of the molluscan re-
mains in the sites of the general area, especially for what he then
considered older and oldest periods. Therefore, presence and/or
absence of oyster shells in 45-CA-30, and related sites, intimate some
connection with cultural change related to environmental change in
different portions of the Olympic Peninsula, and perhaps concur-
Molluscs from archaeological sites 107
rently. This suggests the possibility that changes of relatively few feet
in shoreline oscillation, perhaps over a lengthy period of time, could
bring about enough habitat alteration to seriously distort the food
gathering economy.
MarinE Moutuuscs AND BARNACLES
The 3 bivalve and 6 gastropod molluscs are tidal-zone or close to shore
(and probably also shallow water) forms. One barnacle, the Balanus,
would probably be found attached to rocks within tidal limits when it
lived. If many specimens of the other barnacle, the Coronula, were
found in the site, their presence would give additional argument for
a sea mammal hunting phase for the aboriginal beach living location.
TERRESTRIAL GASTROPOD
Haplotrema vancouverense is a species distributed from southeastern
Alaska to northern California and eastwardly in places to the north-
ern Idaho region. It has been found in aboriginal sites in southwest-
ern British Columbia along with landsnails of three other genera:
Allogona, Monadenia, and Vespericola. (An evaluation of landsnail
remains in British Columbia sites will be the third in the series in-
cluding the present report.) In 45-CA-30, Haplotrema is reported as
“found only in sparse layers and always on top of other snails” (77
litt., S. J. Guinn, 30 May 1962). It is not known if terrestrial snails
were used as food by prehistoric Indians of the Pacific Northwest;
they are being currently studied as remnants of the background biotas
surroundings man’s record in archaeology. Eventually detailed stu-
dies of nonmarine molluscs in sites (with possible controlled sampling-
excavation) and including other biological remains similarly con-
sidered will supplement a body of indications, some most subtle but
still interlocking, for changes in past environments.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Dr. Richard D. Daugherty and Mr. Stanley J. Guinn of the De-
partment of Sociology and Anthropology of Washington State Uni-
versity kindly provided the archaeo-zoological material for site 45-
CA-30. Drafting was by Mrs. Maureen A. Douglas and record-typing
was by Miss A. C. Templeton of the Department of Zoology of U.B.C.;
I did the photography. This report represents one of several such
evaluations supported by Grant G24475 from the Anthropology Pro-
gram of the National Science Foundation, 1962-1963.
108 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 2, 1963
LITERATURE CITED
BORDEN, CHARLES E.
1962. Notes and news. Northwest. Amer. Antiquity, 27:609-613.
CORNWALL, IRA E.
1955a. The barnacles of British Columbia. British Columbia Prov. Mus., Handbk.
No. 7; 69 pages, 9 figs., illus.
1955b. Canadian Pacific fauna: 10. Arthropoda: 10e. Cirripedia. Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada; 49 pages, 39 figs.
DARWIN, CHARLES
1854. A monograph of the sub-class Cirripedia, with figures of all the species;
the Balanidae, ... the Verrucidae. ...The Ray Society; [vol. 25;] 684 pages.
30 pls., index. London.
MORRIS, PERCY A.
1952. A field guide to shells of the Pacific Coast and Hawaii. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin Co.; 220 pages, text illus., 40 pls., glossary, index.
OLDROYD, IDA SHEPARD
1927. The marine shells of the West Coast of North America. Vol. II, Pt. 1. Stan-
ford Univ. Publs., Univ. Ser.: Geol. Sci. Vol. II, Pt. 1; 297 pages, 20 pls.,
index.
PALMER, KATHERINE VAN WINKLE
1958. Type specimens of marine Mollusca described by P. P. Carpenter from the
West Coast (San Diego to British Columbia). Geol. Soc. Amer., Mem. 76;
376 pages, 35 pls., frntsp., index.
PILSBRY, HENRY A.
1921. Barnacles of the San Juan Islands, Washington. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 59
(2362) :111-115, pl. 20.
1946. Land Mollusca of North America (north of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, Mono. 3, Vol. 2, Pt. 1.
REAGAN, ALBERT B.
1917. Archaeological notes on western Washington and adjacent British Colum-
bia. Proc. California Acad. Sci. (4th ser.), 7:1-31, pls. 1-6, maps.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
_ Contributions to the BULLETIN may be in any of the fields of science, by any
member of the Academy. Acceptance of papers will be determined by the amount
__ and character of new information and the form in which it is presented. Articles
must not duplicate, in any substantial way, material that is published elsewhere.
Manuscripts must conform to BULLETIN style and may be examined for scien-
tific content by members of the Publications Committee other than the Editor or
be sent to other competent critics for review.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(1) The 1960 AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals
is highly recommended as a guide. (2) Typewrite material, using double spacing
throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 81 x 11 inch stand-
_ ard weight paper. (3) Submit the original and one carbon copy. The author should
also keep a copy. (4) Place tables on separate pages. (5) Footnotes should be
avoided if possible. (6) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (7) Method
_ of literature citation must conform to BULLETIN style—see Vol. 61 and later
_ issues. Spell out in full the titles of non-English serials and places of publication.
_ (8) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers.
ILLUSTRATIONS—A\II illustrations, including maps and photographs, should be
"referred to as ‘figures.’ All illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
_ proper proportions for reduction to BULLETIN page size. Permanent ink should
be used in making drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings) ; photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Cost of engravings in excess of
one page will be billed to the author. A schedule of prices is given below. Origi-
nal illustrations and cuts will not be returned unless specifically requested when
the manuscript is first submitted.
PROOF—Authors will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re-
turned promptly. Changes in galley proof will be billed to the author. Unless
specially requested, page proof will not be sent to the author. Abstracts and orders
for reprints should be sent to the Editor at the time corrected galley proof is re-
turned; appropriate forms for these will be included when galley is sent. The
Bulletin does not furnish free reprints to the authors.
APPROXIMATE COSTS FOR ENGRAVINGS
is Price applies either to zinc etchings or half-tones)
4, page $13.00
Ye page 15.00
1 page 20.00
CLaAssEs OF MEMBERSHIP IN THE
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Membership is open to all scientists of all branches and to any person interested in
the advancement of science.
LIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: privileged to vote and attend all meetings
annually $ 3.00
__ UNLIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: also receive publications, 3M ii')..05) aja. 6 - $ 6.00
LIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: privileged to attend all meetings .......... $ 2.00
UNLIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: also receive publications ...... annually $ 4.00
"LIFE MEMBERS: have all the privileges and receive all publications for life. .$100.00
q FELLOWS: elected by the Board of Directors for meritorious services.
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS
Richard B.Loomis:: 2.) 3.5. es ee President
Johnv A. Wittens. . 2a AF 2. Jae ee eee ae First Vice President
Peter PB Vausiim 232) i..8 2 scr luce 0) eager. eee Second Vice President
Gretchen Sibley .. 20. 63000605. oh. CRE ie oe Secretary
loy dV. Martinis) sigh. otk tses- sees ae eee oie Assistant to Secretary
W. Dwight Pierce 2... ..2@. tii. 5. . Ee ah, Gee Be ee Treasurer
David K. Caldwell... 4. 44. 28:5 nes eee 5 Editor
DIRECTORS
David K. Caldwell James A. Peters Ruth D. Simpson
E. Yale Dawson W. Dwight Pierce Peter P. Vaughn
Richard B. Loomis Jay M. Savage John A. White
Lloyd M. Martin Gretchen Sibley
ADVISORY BOARD
Phillip A. Adams Theodore Downs Kenneth E. Stager
A. Weir Bell Richard Etheridge Richard H. Swift
Russell E. Belous Herbert Friedmann Richard Tedford
Bayard Brattstrom Hildegarde Howard Fred S. Truxal
Henry E. Childs, Jr. Charles McLaughlin Louis C. Wheeler
John A. Comstock Elbert Sleeper Sherwin Wood
STANDING COMMITTEES
Finance Library
Russell E. Belous, Chairman Dorothy E. Martin, Chairman
Publications Membership
Fred S. Truxal, Chairman James A. Peters, Chairman
Conservation Student Committee
Henry E. Childs, Jr., Chairman Harry Sobel, Chairman
Publicity
Theodore Downs, Chairman
SCIENCE SECTIONS
Anthropology Experimental Biology
Russell E. Belous, Chairman Ronald A. Kroman, Chairman
Botany Invertebrate Zoology
E. Yale Dawson, Chairman John L. Mohr, Chairman
Earth Sciences Vertebrate Zoology
Richard H. Tedford, Chairman James A. Peters, Chairman
The Bulletin is published quarterly by the Academy. Address all communications to the
appropriate officer at the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles 7, California.
Printed by Anderson, Ritchie & Simon, Los Angeles, California
DUP cEIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Vou. 62 JULY-SEPTEMBER, 1963 Part 3
ATTRACTION OF INSECTS TO EXUDATES OF
VERBESINA ENCELIOIDES AND IVA AMBROSIAEFOLIA
E. G. LinsLey anp M. A. Cazier
University of California, Berkeley
We have called attention previously to the attraction of insects to exu-
dations from the stems of Senecio longilobus Benth. (thread-leaf
groundsel), a species of composite containing alkaloids highly toxic to
livestock but not yet shown to be significantly so to insects (Linsley and
Cazier, 1962). Among the insects attracted to the exudate were tene-
brionid and lagriid beetles; braconid, multillid, pompilid, sphecoid and
vespoid wasps; and various Diptera, including Sarcophaga. The domi-
nant species from the standpoint of size and continuity of presence on
the plant during the period in which it was under observation, was the
large, black, heavy-jawed longicorn beetle, Stenaspis solitaria (Say).
One or more males were present almost continuously and usually also
females as partners in mating pairs. Both sexes chewed on the surface
of injured areas and lapped up exuding liquids. It was not clear
whether or not they were responsible for the primary lesion. After
extensive feeding, the beetles often appeared logy, especially the fe-
males, and commonly sat on leaves or stems for some time before
flying away. :
In the summer of 1962, at a site one mile east of Douglas, Cochise
County, Arizona, an opportunity was afforded to make a few obser-
vations on the attraction of insects to exudates from injuries in two
additional species of composites, Verbesina encelioides and Iva am-
brosiaefolia. Both plants were growing in and next to a shallow burrow
excavation on the upper slope leading into drainage dyke and in each
case the primary lesions were produced by the large scarab beetle,
Cotinis palliata. In late July a female of the long-horned beetle, Den-
drobias mandibularis, was observed chewing on an uninjured stem of
Verbesina but she failed to produce a primary lesion. Attempts to
artificially produce exuding lesions on the stems of Verbesina by cut-
ting or scraping were unsuccessful as the tissue dried too rapidly and
none of the plants with scarab lesions died durmg the period of these
109
110 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
observations. The latter was probably because the stems were not
girdled by the lesions.
Adults of Cotinis palliata are notorious for their injury to fruits,
especially figs, peaches and grapes. According to Nichol (1935), in
the hot climate of southern Arizona, ripe fruit which is attacked will
be fermenting by the following day, and the beetles return and feed
ull it is entirely consumed. They also follow fruit injury by Gila
woodpeckers and other birds. He states that when they attack a whole
skinned fruit, they utilize the clypeal horn to break the surface, since
the mouthparts are not suitably developed for tearmg the epidermis.
They leave a sickening odor where they have been feeding as well as
a greasy excrement. He found both sexes feeding during all of the day-
light hours, but mostly between 10 am and dusk. Broken watermelons
are especially attractive to Cotinis and have been used in orchards as
traps. During the breeding season the diet is varied with pollen from
sorghums, maise, grasses, and various herbs and shrubs. Nichol ex-
perimented with various fermenting baits—those containing sour milk
or grape or peach juice and water being the most attractive of those
tested.
Verbesina encelioides (Cavy.) Benth. & Hook.
This species, one of the crown-beards, is an erect, many-branched an-
nual, with numerous flowerheads, canescent stems, and a large tap-
root. It was the dominant plant for a distance of several hundred yards
along the excavation, the majority of individuals ranging from 4 to 6
feet in height. However, injured plants were limited to about a dozen
specimens in a group of 75-80 examples growing in an area about
10x24 feet square. Feeding by large scarabs (Cotinis palliata) at the
base of plants near the ground level, or less commonly on branches in
the middle of the plant, was noticed in mid-July. The resulting lesions
produced white exudates for a period of two or three weeks that were
attractive to a wide range of insects. Nevertheless the attraction was
selective and by no means representative of the fauna present in the
immediate area. Aside from Cotinis, the most conspicuous of the insects
attracted were large, yellow and black long-horned beetles (Dendrobias
mandibularis ), large blue mud wasps (Chlorion aerarius), large red
spider wasps (Cryptocheilus severini), and large black ground beetles
(Calosoma). These species were aggressive and belligerent toward one
another in varying degrees and thus exhibited varying degrees of
dominance in different combinations.
Males of Dendrobias mandibularis were seen feeding on the exudate
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 111
as early as July 23, 1962, but sustained observations on their activity
were not possible until August 16, 1962. At 7:10 am (air temperature:
79° F), a male was observed feeding at a lesion in nearly horizontal
stem toward the middle of a plant, in the company of two Cotinis and
various small flies, wasps and beetles (for hourly counts of the com-
position of the feeding aggregations, see Table II). He was joined
shortly by a female which flew in. The male immediately engaged her
in copulation, holding her alongside the pronotum with the long, broad,
front tarsi, the middle and hind legs remaining on the substrate. While
the female continued to feed, the pair was rushed repeatedly by a fe-
male Chlorion which the male fought off with the antennae and front
tarsl.
At 8:16 am the female stopped feeding and broke off copulation,
flying off after a few moments of preening and cleaning the mouth-
parts. Thereupon the male returned to feeding, fighting off wasps and
larger beetles belligerently but largely ignoring the smaller insects.
The arrival of a third Cotinis immediately precipitated a battle with the
scarabs butting each other and the cerambycid. The latter was at dis-
advantage when butted from behind and was knocked off the branch
several times, only to fly directly back and resume battle. In head-to-
head combat Dendrobias and Cotinis were more or less stalemated, but
when the former approached from behind he succeeded in pushing
each of the scarabs off the branch and keeping them away.
At 10:14 am, a second (smaller) female Dendrobias flew in and
started to feed. As previously, the male engaged her in copulation,
which continued until 11:25 am, when she flew off and attached her-
self to the underside of a leaf of a Verbesina plant about 25 feet distant.
Once again, the male became very belligerent toward all of the larger
insects then present. At 11:52 am (air temperature 93° F) the male
left the stem and crawled to the underside of a leaf and hung up in
the shade. The next morning, and each morning during the following
week the male Dendrobias returned to the exudation site and domi-
nated it, being joined from time to time by females. One morning, two
mating pairs were present but when copulation was complete and the
females had left, the first male succeeded in chasing away the second.
As has been emphasized previously (Linsley, 1959), the olfactory
sense is well developed in Cerambycidae. Beeson and Bhatia (1939)
and others have recorded the rapid response of Hoplocerambyx spini-
cornis (Newman) to the fresh sap of Shorea robusta, to which adults
fly over considerable distances. They have been attracted over a meas-
ured quarter of a mile within five minutes, flymg upwind. The males
112 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
precede the females in flying to a trap tree, to which as many as 465
adults have been attracted in a single day. 836 over a period of several
days.
Little is known of the food habits of adult Dendrobias mandibularis.
Schwarz (1904) reported that the species is especially fond of printers’
ink and sometimes obliterates the large letters on posters of theatrical
performances, etc., which are pasted on walls and fences. More details
on this habit and data on the chemical nature of the ink and glues
involved would have been of interest in relation to the above observed
behavior. Chemsak (1958) recorded the attraction of large numbers
of individuals of both sexes to watermelon rinds in trash barrels (a
sample contained 32 males and 34 females). Among these were two
females of the longhorned beetle Eustromula validum (LeConte) all
that were seen. Watermelon is attractive to other insects, including
bees (Bohart, 1950) and, as mentioned above, the scarab Coftinis.
Dendrobias have been collected as they were feeding on the exudate of
Salix sp. at Holtville, California (Cazier & Ross) and on the sap of
Baccharis sarothroides i1 Sabmo Canyon, Arizona (Bradt & Cazier )
where they were found in association with another Cerambycid.
Stenapsis verticalis, which was feeding on the same injuries. In late
June, 1950, a number of D. mandibularis were collected from the
blossoms of Yucca elata at Don Luis, Arizona (Cazier), but no feeding
observations were made. They were taken singly and in copulation on
these flowers.
At the ground level sites, the Cotinis and Calosoma were dominant.
usually ignoring attacks from Chlorion, which was dominant in the
absence of the larger beetles. A maximum of five Cotinis were found
feeding at a single lesion at the same time on Verbesina and six Calo-
soma were feeding on or were in the immediate vicinity of a lesion
on Iva. Although the smaller insects were often dislodged in battles
between the larger forms, they flew or crawled back immediately and
apparently would not leave until satiated. At the time when the sample
reported in Table I was collected, most of the ground level lesions were
drying up, and the residual species composition was not fully represen-
tative of the total group attracted.
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 113
TABLE I
Numbers and kinds of insects feeding at hourly intervals
from exudations from base of Cotinis-injured Verbesina encelioides
during morning of August 16, 1962*
Insects 853 07 30 LO SOT 1-30
Sarcophaga prohibita (Diptera, Sarcophagidae) 3 3
Calosoma peregrinator (Coleoptera, Carabidae) 1
Aeolus mellillus (Coleoptera, Elateridae)
Statira sp. nr. pluripunctata (Coleoptera, Lagriidae)
Dasymutilla gloriosa (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae)
Dasymutilla klugit (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae)
Notogramma purpurata (Diptera, Otitidae)
Chlorion aerarius (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae )
Euxesta sp. (Diptera, Tephritidae)
Polistes major castaneicolor (Hymenoptera, Vespidae)
Priocnemioides t. texanus (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae )
Dasymutilla chrysocoma (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae)
Polistes fuscatus centralis (Hymenoptera, Vespidae ) 2
Largus cinctus (Hemiptera, Pyrrhocoridae) 1 1
Asterocampa leilia (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) 1
me tot
PrRrPrP bb a
bo
Perr bb to lb
ee
*Among the insects observed at the exudations of this plant during the week
prior to August 17 but not represented in the above samples were: Carpophilus
lugubris (Coleoptera, Nitidulidae), Cotinis palliata (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae),
Euphoria fascifera (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae), Megacyllene antennata (Coleop-
tera, Cerambycidae), Dendrobias mandibularis (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae),
Opius sanguineus (Hymenoptera, Braconidae), Zonosemata vittigera (Diptera,
Tephritidae) and several undetermined small flies (Diptera).
TABLE II
Numbers and kinds of insects feeding at hourly intervals from exudations
from Cotinis-injured stem near middle of plant of Verbesina encelioides
during morning of August 16, 1962 (7:20 a.m. air temperature: 80° F’)
Insects 7:20 8:20 9:20 10:20 11:20
Algarobius prosopis (Coleoptera, Bruchidae )
Centrinaspis hospes (Coleoptera, Curculionidae)
Cotinis palliata (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae)
Dendrobias mandibularis (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae )
Undet. small flies (Diptera)
Priocnemioides t. texanus (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae)
Chlorion aerarius (Hymenoptera, Sphecidae)
Opius sanguineus (Hymenoptera, Braconidae )
Sarcophaga prohibita (Diptera, Sarcophagidae ) 1
Asterocampa leilia (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae)
Cryptocheilus severini (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae )
Rygchium guerrero (Hymenoptera, Vespidae )
Zonosemata vittigera (Diptera, Tephritidae )
Dyscrasis hendeli (Diptera, Otitidae) 1
Euptoieta claudia (Lepidoptera, Nymphalidae) 1
Notogramma purpurata (Diptera, Otitidae) 1
PBPrPrPbWbWNAOD
— Aron
bo 4 wor Dd bv
PS eS LS) 9)
ps ess es Ss
114. Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
The following insects were found feeding on exudates of Verbesina
between July 23, 1962 and August 21, 1962:
Order Hempitera
Family Pyrrocoridae
Largus cinctus (Herrick-Schaeffer)— widely distributed in southwestern
United States and northern Mexico. Adults reported to feed on berries and
fruits.
Order Lepidoptera
Family Nymphalidae
Asterocampa leilia (Edwards)—Known from Texas to southern Arizona and
Mexico.
Euptoieta claudia (Cramer )— occurring in southern United States, Mexico
and Central America.
Order Coleoptera
Family Carabidae
Calosoma (Camedula) peregrinator Guérin-Méneville—Ranging from New
Mexico to southern California. Adults known to feed on cutworms and
other caterpillars.
Family Elateridae
Aeolus mellillus (Say)—Southwestern United States. Adults nocturnally
active and attracted by light.
Family Lagriidae
Statira sp. nr. pluripuncta (Horn)—Representative of a large genus of near-
ly 450 described species in the American tropical and subtropical regions,
of which six occur in southwestern United States, three in eastern and cen-
tral United States.
Family Scarabaeidae
Cotinis palliata (Gory)—A common species of Mexico and the southern
United States; injurious to fruits, etc. (see above).
Euphoria fascifera LeConte—A rarely encountered species known from Baja
California, northwestern Mexico and southern Arizona.
Family Cerambycidae
Dendrobias mandibularis mandibularis Serville—Ranging from Baja Califor-
nia and the mainland of Mexico to southern Texas, New Mexico and Ari-
zona.
Megacyllene antennata (White)—Baja California and northern Mexico to
Texas, New Mexico, Arizona and southern California.
Family Bruchidae
Algarobius prosopis (eConte)—Occurring from Texas to southern Califor-
nia, northern Mexico and Baja California.
Family Curculionidae
Centrinaspis hospes (Casey )— Our material is all from southern Arizona,
Sonora and Chihuahua.
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 115
Order Diptera
Family Sarcophagidae
Sarcophaga prohibita Aldrich—Described from Kansas and widely distributed
in southwestern United States.
Protodexia hunteri (Hough)—A western North American species repeatedly
reared from grasshoppers (Aldrich, 1916).
Family Otitidae
Notogramma purpurpata Cole—A rare species described from the Gulf of
California.
Dycras:s kendeli Aldrich—Known to us only from a few examples froim
Texas.
Family Tephritidae
Euxesta sp.
Zonosemata vittigera (Coquillett)—A fruit fly living in the fruit of Solanum
elaeagnifolium (Cazier, 1962).
Order Hymenoptera
Family Braconidae
Opius sanguineus (Ashmead )—A species widely distributed in eastern North
America. Locally a parasite of the larvae of Zonosemata vittigera (above).
a Solanum fruit fly (Cazier, 1962).
Family Multillidae
Dasymutilla chrysocoma Mickel—Our material is all from Arizona.
Dasymutilla gloriosa (Saussure)—A species of the desert areas of southwest-
ern United States and northern Mexico.
Dasymutilla klugti (Gray )—Also a species primarily limited to southwest-
ern United States and northern Mexico.
Family Vespidae
Polistes fuscatus centralis Hayward—Occurring in the southwestern United
States, northern Mexico, and Baja California.
Polistes major castaneicolor Bequaert—Our material is all from southera
Arizona and New Mexico and northern Mexico.
Rygchium guerrero (Saussure )—Western Texas to southern Arizona, north-
western Mexico and Baja California.
Family Pompilidae
Priocnemioides texanus texanus (Cresson )—Our material is from southwest-
ern United States and adjacent areas of northern Mexico.
Cryptocheilus severini Banks—Widely distributed in lower regions of cen-
tral and southern United States and northern Mexico.
Family Sphecidae
Chlorion aerarius Patton—A widely distributed North American wasp.
Verbesina encelioides var. exauriculata occurs from Kansas to south-
western United States and northern Mexico. According to Blake
(1951) it is said to have been used by the Indians and white pioneers
for boils and skin diseases. The Hopi are also reported to bathe in water
in which the plant has been soaked to relieve the pain of spider bite.
116 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
Heal, Rogers, Wallace and Starnes (1950), in tests with various in-
sects, found that aqueous extracts of the flowerheads and of the stems,
leaves, and flowers were very toxic to American cockroaches when in-
jected into the blood stream, but German cockroaches and milkweed
bugs were unaffected after immersion in the extract. Alcohol, petro-
leum ether, and chloroform extracts of the whole plant were toxic to
black carpet beetle larvae but not to German cockroaches, milkweed
bugs, confused flour beetles, and larvae of the webbing clothes moth
and Aedes mosquitoes. The related V. virginica Linnaeus, in the form
of powdered stems and leaves did not prove toxic to southern army-
worms, mealworms, and southern beet webworms (Bottger and Jacob-
son, 1940) nor larvae of the European cornborer (Jacobson, 1953).
However, the last author found combined petroleum ether, ethyl
ether, chloroform, and alcohol extractives toxic to codling moth larvae
but not houseflies. No evidence of toxicity was observed among the in-
sects feeding on the exudates from the Verbesina lesions. However,
their behavior suggested an overwhelming response to the attractive-
ness of the exudate.
Iva ambrosiaefolia Gray
This plant, one of the marsh elders, of which about fifteen species are
known—all North American, is a shrub-like herb with inconspicuous
green flowers. In the site under study, individuals were widely scat-
tered along the wash among the dominant Verbesina encelioides. Only
a few exhibited Cotinis injuries, but these were overrun with insects
of many kinds. The most prominent of these was a plant about 4 ft.
high and 5 ft. in diameter.
The following insects were observed on a plant exuding liquids from
Cotinis mjuries:
Order Hemiptera
Family Pyrrocoridae
Largus cinctus (Herrick-Schaeffer) (See above)
Order Neuroptera
Family Mantispidae
Climaciella occidentis (Banks)
Order Coleoptera
Family Carabidae
Calosoma (Camedula) peregrinator Guérin-Méneville (See above)
Family Lagriidae
Statira sp. nr. pluripuncta (Horn) (See above)
Family Nitidulidae
Attraction of insects to plant exudates ANG
Carpophilus lugubris (Say)—The widespread and notorious “dusky sap
beetle” which has long been known to be attracted to fermenting and de-
caying plant materials. On sweet corn plants, sites injured by other insects
are very attractive to adults and infestations increase when damage by
other insects is present (Harrison, 1962).
Family Scarabaeidae
Cotinis palliata (Gory) (See above)
Family Cerambycidae
Megacyllene antennata (White) (See above)
Order Diptera
Family Asilidae
Beameromyia macula Martin—Our material is all from southeastern Ari-
zona.
Family Sarcophagidae
Sarcophaga prohibita Aldrich (See above)
Protodexia hunteri (Hough) (See above)
Family Lauxaniidae
Camptoprosopella sp.
Family Otitidae
Notogramma purpurata Cole (See above)
Family Tephritidae
Euxesta sp.
Zonosemata vittigera (Coquillett) (See above)
Order Hymenoptera
Family Mutillidae
Dasymutilla chrysocoma Mickel (See above)
Dasymutilla gloriosa (Saussure) (See above)
Dasymutilla nogalensis Mickel—Our material is all from southern Arizona
and northern Mexico.
Family Vespidae ;
Polistes fuscatus centralis Hayward (See above)
Polistes major castaneicolor Bequaert (See above)
Family Pompilidae
Cryptocheilus severini Banks (See above)
Hemipepsis ustulata ustulata Dalbohm—Central and southern United States
and Mexico
Priocnemioides texanus texanus (Cresson) (See above)
Family Sphecidae
Chlorion aerarius Patton (See above)
118 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
TABLE III
Numbers and kinds of msects found at hourly intervals
at exudations at base of Cotinis-mjured Iva ambrosiaefolia
during morning of August 19, 1962
Insects 731) “8:1 Poe lO15. ele
Calosoma peregrinator (Coleoptera, Carabidae) 6 i 7 + s
Cotinis palliata (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae) 4 4 5 5 5
Misc. small flies (Diptera) 4 6 9 7 10
Statira sp. nr. pluripunctata (Coleoptera, Lagriidae) 3 3 1 1 1
Hemipepsis u. ustulata (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) 3 2 1 3 1
Chlorion aerarius (Hymenoptera. Sphecidae) 3 4 4 2 3
Carpophilus lugubris (Coleoptera, Nitidulidae) 2 2
Dasymutilla gloriosa (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae) 2) 1 1
Sarcophaga prohibita (Diptera, Sarcophagidae) 2 1 2 2 1
Cryptocheilus severini (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) 1 2, 1 1 1
Polistes fuscatus centralis (Hymenoptera, Vespidae) 1 3 2 2
Dasymutilla nogalensis (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae) 1
Beameromyia macula (Diptera, Asilidae) * 1 1 1 1 2
Climaciella occidentis (Neuroptera, Mantispidae) * 1
Megacyllene antennata (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) 1 1 1 1
Priocnemioides t. texanus (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) i 1
Polistes major castaneicolor (Hymenoptera, Vespidae) 1 1 1
Dasymutilla chrysocoma (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae) 1 1
Zonosemata vittigera (Diptera, Tephritidae) 1 2 1
Camptoprosopella sp. (Diptera, Lauxaniidae) 1 1
Largus cinctus (Hemiptera, Pyrrhocoridae) 1 1 1 1
Euxesta sp. (Diptera, Tephritidae) 1
*Neither of these species was observed to feed on the exudate, but their presence on t]
plant suggests the possibility that they may have been attracted by the secretion.
Iva ambrosiaefolia occurs from western Texas to southern Arizona
and Northern Mexico, blooming from May to October. The stems are
pubescent and the plant aromatic, but we have been unable to find
reference to its toxic properties, if any. The related /. xanthifolia Nutt..
according to Blake (1951), induces dermatitis in some persons after
contact, and the pollen is a cause of hay fever. Heal, Rogers, Wallace
and Starnes (1950) applied extracts of the upper parts, leaves, and
flowers of this last species and of J. azvillaris Pursh. and I. frutescens
Linnaeus to German and American roaches and to milkweed bugs.
without toxic effect.
PrepaAtors Upon ATTRACTED INSECTS
During the course of these observations the remains of D. mandibularis
and C. palliata were found in the early morning beneath the plants on
which they had been seen feeding during the preceding day. Both
species were observed at night on or near the exuding lesions and
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 119
when these were near the ground the beetles evidently fell prey to some
nocturnal species of rodent. What appeared to be mouse droppings
were intermixed with the hard remains of the beetles. C. palliata was
also found “sleeping” high up on Conyza coulteria, Prosopis juliflora,
Iva ambrosiaefolia and Verbesina encelioides. D. mandibularis was
found at night on the leaves and flowerheads of Verbesina encelioides.
No remains of the third large beetle (Calosoma) were found although
these beetles remained overnight near the lesions. Their repugnant
odor or ability to run rapidly may account for their apparent immu-
nity to rodent attacks.
SUMMARY
(1) The attraction of various insects to exudates from living plants
of Verbesina encelioides and Iva ambrosiaefolia was observed during
July and August in southeastern Arizona.
(2) The primary lesions from which the exudates flowed were made
by the scarab beetle Cotinis palliata.
(3) The exudates were selectively attractive and the assembled in-
sects were not a representative cross-section of the immediate local
fauna. About 30 species were observed at Verbesina, about 25 at Iva.
(4) The exudation sites were usually dominated by large insects
which were antagonistic to one another. At various times and at vari-
ous sites the dominant insect was the longhorned beetle Dendrobias
mandibularis, or the scarab beetle Cotinis palliata, or the ground beetle
Calosoma peregrinator, or the sphecid wasp Chlorion aerarius. Smaller
insects were tolerated by these, but were frequently dislodged in
battles between them.
(5) Insects remaining overnight at lesions near the ground were
subject to predation—presumably by rodents.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors are indebted to Marjorie Statham, American Museum of
Natural History, for the photographs which accompany this article.
Insects were identified by Frank Cole, University of California, Ber-
keley and H. J. Reinhard, Agricultural and Mechanical College of
Texas (Diptera), P D. Hurd, University of California, Berkeley (Acu-
leate Hymenoptera), Paul J. Spangler, T: J. Spilman, and R. E.
Warner, United States National Museum (Coleoptera), and R. L.
Usinger, University of California, Berkeley (Hemiptera). Plants were
identified by Margaret S. Bergseng, Herbarium, University of Cali-
fornia, Berkeley.
120 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
Figure 1 (upper). Frothy exudate from base of Cotinis-injured plant of Verbesina
encelioides, August 16, 1962.
Figure 2 (lower), Female of Dasymutilla gloriosa feeding on exudate.
Attraction of insects to plant exudates ADA
Figure 3 (upper). Butterfly (Asterocampa leilia) feeding on exudations from base
of Cotinis-injured plant of Verbesina encelioides. Background insects include the
bug, Largus cinctus, and miltogrammine flies.
Figure 4 (lower). Calosoma peregrinator feeding on exudations.
122 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
ee ~
Figure 5 (upper). Mating pair of Dendrobias mandibularis, the female feeding on
exudates from Cotinis-injured mid-area of Verbesina encelioides, August 16, 1962.
Background insects include Sarcophaga prohibita (large fly), Centrinaspis hospes
(weevil), Algarobius prosopis (bruchid), and Opius sanguineus (braconid wasp).
Figure 6 (lower). Mating pair of Dendrobias mandibularis with newly arrived
female on opposite side of stem feeding on exudates. Background insects include:
Sarcophaga prohibita (large fly), Protodexia hunteri (small fly), and Centrinaspis
hospes (weevil).
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 1
to
Oo
Figure 7 (upper). Female of Megacyllene antennata, newly arrived on Cotinis-
injured Verbesina plant.
Figure 8 (lower). Cotinis palliata (scarab) and Centrinaspis hospes (weevil)
feeding on exudates of Verbesina encelioides.
ee
Figure 9 (upper). Chlorion aerarius feeding before attempting to displace mat-
ing pair of Dendrobias mandibularis. Background insects include Sarcophaga
prohibita (large fly), Protodexia hunteri (small fly), Centrinaspis hospes
(weevil), and Euzxesta (tephritid fly).
Figure 10 (lower). Chlorion aerarius and Dendrobias mandibularis (male)
feeding after the former had attacked mating pair (above) and chased off the
female. Male longicorn, although feeding, adopted aggressive attitude toward
Chlorion and ultimately chased it away.
to
Ov
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 4
|
Figure 11 (upper). Insects feeding at exudations at base of Cotinis-injured plant
of Iva ambrosiaefolia, August 19, 1962. A butterfly (Asterocampa leilia), mud
dauber wasp (Chlorion aerarius), and numerous flies, including Sarcophaga
prohibita and Protodexia hunteri, are represented.
Figure 12 (lower). Cotinis palliata feeding at base of /va ambrostiaefolia. Back-
ground insects include the fly Sarcophaga prohibita.
126 «Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
ee eee
= nn
Figure 13 (upper). Insects feeding at exudates from base of Cotinis-injured Iva
ambrosiaefolia. Included are: the flies: Sarcophaga prohibita, Protodexia hunteri,
and Notogramma purpurata, and the wasps Cryptocheilus severini and Polistes
fuscatus centralis. i
Figure 14 (lower), Calosoma peregrinator and Chlorion aerarius feeding at
exudates.
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 127
Figure 15 (above ), Cotinis palliata feeding on stem of Iva ambrosiaefolia, August
19, 1962.
Figure 16 (below). Elytra of Cotinis palliata and rodent droppings beneath
Cotinis-injured plant of Iva ambrosiaefolia, suggesting that the scarabs are subject
to nocturnal predation by rodents.
128 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
Figures 17 and 18. Polistes fuscatus centralis (above) and Climaciella occidentis
(below), wasp and wasp-like neuropteron, on foliage of Iva ambrosiaefolia,
August 19, 1962.
Attraction of insects to plant exudates 129
LITERATURE CITED
ALDRICH, J. M.
1916. Sarcophaga and allies in North America. Say Found., Ent. Soc. Amer.,
1:1-301, 16 pls.
BEESON, C. FE C. ann B. M. BHATIA
1939. On the biology of the Cerambycidae of India, Burma and Ceylon. Indian
Forest Records (n.s.), Ent., 5:1-235.
BLAKE, S. E
1951. Compositae, in: Kearny, T. H. and R. H. Peebles, Arizona Flora. Univ.
Calif. Press, pp. 829-971.
BOHART, G. E.
1950. Observations on the mating habits of halictid bees. Pan-Pac. Ent., 26:34-35.
BOTTGER, G. T. ann M. JACOBSON
1950. Preliminary tests of plant materials as insecticides. Bur. Ent. Plant Quar.,
E-796: 1-35.
CAZIER, M. A.
1962. Notes on the bionomics of Zonosemata vittigera (Coquillett), a fruit fly on
Solanum (Diptera: Tephritidae). Pan-Pacific Ent., 38:181-186.
CHEMSAK, J. A.
1958. An attractant for two species of Cerambycidae. Pan-Pacific Ent., 34:42.
HARRISON, E P.
1962. Infestation of sweet corn by the dusky sap beetle, Carpophilus lugubris. ].
Econ. Ent., 55:922-925.
HEAL, R. E., E. F ROGERS, R. T. WALLACE anp O. STARNES
1950. A survey of plants for insecticidal activity. Lloydia, 13:89-162.
JACOBSON, M.
1953. Insecticidal plants. U.S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Ent. Plant Quar., Div. Insecticide
Investigations, Spec. Rep. 26: 1-132.
LINSLEY, E. G. i
1959. Ecology of Cerambycidae. Ann. Rev. Ent., 4:99-138.
LINSLEY, E. G. anp M. A. CAZIER
1962. A note on the attraction of Stenaspis solitaria (Say) and other insects to
Senecio longilobus, a range plant highly toxic to livestock. Canadian Ent.,
94:745-748, figs. 1-2.
NICHOL, A. A.
1935. A study of the fig beetle, Cotinis texana Casey. Univ. Ariz. Agr. Exp. Sta.,
Tech., Bull., 55:157-198.
SCHWARZ, E. A.
1904. Food habits of longicorn beetles. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, 6:21-22.
NOTES ON THE BARNACLE LEPAS FASCICULARIS
FOUND ATTACHED TO THE JELLYFISH VELELLA
Several years ago while the Allan Hancock Foundation vessel Velero
IV was occupying station 2792-54, about 7.2 miles WNW of Palos
Verdes Point, San Pedro Channel, California, the surface of the sea
was observed to be littered with floating barnacles. Two quarts of these,
obtained by dip net, were preserved by the writer and brought back
to the Foundation laboratory, where they were identified as Lepas
fascicularis Ellis and Solander 1786, a well-known pelagic species.
Further examination revealed that the barnacle float in most cases was
attached to the underside of the float of Velella a pelagic jellyfish fre-
quently encountered.
A review of the early literature reveals that this phenomenon was
not unknown, though there have been no records since 1876. Darwin
(A monograph on the fossil Lepadidae, 1851) discussed the cement
glands and ball floats of Lepas fascicularis at great length and briefly
mentioned the occasional attachment to Velella. Willemoes-Suhm
(Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., 167:131-154, 1876) in his work on the de-
velopment of Lepas fascicularis, collected on the Challenger expedi-
tion between Japan and the Sandwich Islands, also mentioned that the
cypris-like larvae attach to the dead floats of Velella. Though a few
records of this peculiar phenomenon have been recorded in the past
it is felt that a photograph which clearly shows the morphology and
size of L. fascicularis and its position in relation to Velella will be of
value since other published illustrations are lacking.
Frequently three or more barnacles have their peduncles imbedded
in one common float. Of the twenty-one floats collected, with their
numerously attached barnacles, sixteen definitely contained Velella,
two more appeared to have Velella, and the remaining three were
small single barnacle-float combinations which contained no visible
traces of Velella. In attaching the cirriped larvae fasten to the under
side of the Velella float. In the process of development they secrete a
cement substance which forms a yellowish-tan vesicular ball ranging
up to one-and-one-half inches in diameter. In most cases these balls
were below the Véelella float, leaving the chitinous concentric air
chambers and erect sail exposed. In others, however, the cement ball
passed over the basal portion of the float covering it along with the
sail. The accompanying photograph (Fig. 1) shows five Lepas fasct-
cularis attached to the under side of Velella (in the central mass). Of
twelve additional barnacle ‘‘colonies” that were later found washed
130
Barnacles attached to jellyfish 131
ashore at Pismo Beach, California, all contained small Velella im-
bedded in their floats.
Lepas fascicularis, however, is a truly pelagic animal which is not
dependent on foreign floating material for its existence. When float-
ing objects such as Velella are not present for attachment the barnacle
secretes a ball of frothy material from its cement glands to keep it
afloat.
The size of this ball is increased as the barnacle grows. In spite of
its float L. fascicularis is like other barnacles in that it has no power of
locomotion in the adult stage, and therefore is a victim of oceanic cur-
rents. The barnacle feeds on microscopic plankton and may in turn
serve as food for larger marine animals.
The capitulum size of the L. fascicularis collected ranged from 24
mm. to 42 mm. in length, and from 8 mm. to 30 mm, in width. An-
other pelagic barnacle of smaller size, Lepas anatifera Linn., was also
attached to the capitulum and floats of L. fascicularis.—Jens W. Knud-
sen, Dept. of Biology, Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma 44, Wash-
ington.
ae ae oe a oe wT i) a hifi ca ry elpa Nl NE
Figure 1. Five Lepas fascicularis are shown with their peduncles imbedded in a
common float that is attached to the underside of the jellyfish Velella, Velella can
be seen in the central mass characterized by the concentric rings of its air cham-
bers and by the diagonal sail that extends from the lower left to the upper right-
hand corner. Several specimens of L. anatifera are attached to L. fascicularis.
Allan Hancock Foundation photograph.
COMPARISON OF BOCCARDIA COLUMBIANA BERKELEY
AND BOCCARDIA PROBOSCIDEA HARTMAN
(ANNELIDA, POLYCHAETA)
KerruH H. Woopwick
Fresno State College!
INTRODUCTION
Boccardia columbiana and B. proboscidea are morphologically separa-
ble on only one recognizable characteristic; the first segment has a
conspicuous notopodial setal fascicle in the first species and a greatly
reduced one in the second species. Boccardia columbiana Berkeley
(1927) first described from Vancouver Island, British Columbia,
occurs in shaly rock where it drills galleries. Boccardia proboscidea
Hartman (1940) first described from central and southern California
occurs in minute burrows penetrating shale and limestone reefs. The
descriptions of the two species are nearly identical morphologically
and ecologically, differing mainly in geographical location, the first in
latitudes 49° to 50° N, the second in 34° to 39° N. This geographical
isolation has been eliminated, however, because B. proboscidea has
been noted northward to Oregon (Hartman, 1944; Hartman and
Reish, 1950) and Vancouver Island (Berkeley and Berkeley, 1950,
1952). Hartman (1940: 385) had suggested for Boccardia probos-
cidea, ““. . . its range may extend north to Puget Sound, Wash”
Since 1927, B. columbiana had been reported only from the original
locality; it is herein recorded south to central California. Its distribu-
tion overlaps that of B. proboscidea and their ranges are nearly iden-
tical. It is significant also that these species occur together in the shale-
limestone and in non-shaly habitats.
PURPOSE
Boccardia columbiana and B. proboscidea are similar in range, habi-
tat, and morphology. It is the purpose of this paper to review similar-
ities and emphasize the few differences in their morphology, range,
and habitat. As an aid to identification, a key (see below) distin-
guishes all Boccardia species known from the Pacific coast of the
United States and Canada.
1Rresno, California
Comparison of two species of Boccardia 133
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
It is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance of graduate students
Walter R. Hopkins and William Delton Shirley. This study was aided
by a grant from the National Science Foundation (NSF G-17990).
MorPHOLOGY
Boccardia Carazzi, 1895, is a genus of Spionidae, Polychaeta, Anne-
lida. It belongs to the polydorid spionids in which a modified fifth seg-
ment contains enlarged and specialized setae. A pair of palpi used in
feeding is located anteriorly and branchiae begin on segments ante-
rior to the modified fifth segment. Bidentate hooded hooks appear first
in the neuropodium of segment 7.
Boccardia columbiana and B. proboscidea are similar in that they
have a rounded prostomium; this with its caruncle extends back to the
posterior margin of segment 3 (Figs. 1 and 2). Both species may have
pigmentation laterally along the prostomium and at the edges of the
palpal grooves. Branchiae are present on segments 2, 3, 4, —, 6, and 7
and posteriorly but the last few segments lack them. Hooded hooks
begin on segment 7. Segment 5 is comparable in being well developed,
larger than preceding and succeeding segments and modified. It lacks
branchiae, anterior dorsal setae, and setal lobes, but has a double row
of specialized setae (Figs. 3 and 4). They are of two kinds, a heavy
falcate spine alternates with a bushy-topped spine (shown in original
descriptions). Berkeley (1927, Pl. I, Fig. 6) showed an additional kind
not found in any of the specimens examined by me. Its appearance
suggests super-imposition of the two kinds of setae. No differences
were found between the specialized setae of the respective species.
Late larval forms, early adults, and mature specimens have com-
parable lateral pigment spots on segments 7 and 8. These spots are
located between notopodia and neuropodia; they are pronounced in
younger forms and still visible on mature adults.
The two species are different in that adult Boccardia columbiana
specimens have an average length of 12.0 mm. and a maximum of
15.0 mm.; adult B. proboscidea are more than twice as large, they
measure 30.0 and 35.0 mm. In B. columbiana the first notopodium is
well developed with many fine capillary setae spread out in a fan-
shaped arrangement; their distal ends extend forward beyond the an-
terior limit of the prostomium and peristomium (see Fig. 1). The setae
of segment 1 are best seen under reflected light and after the palpi
have been removed from the specimen. In B. proboscidea the notopo-
134 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
2 ‘
Figure 1. Boccardia columbiana, anterior end (x70)
Figure 2. Boccardia proboscidea, anterior end (x50)
dium is weakly-developed, it has only a few short setae and a small
post-setal lobe; its neuropodium is also poorly developed (see Fig. 2).
Specimens of both species were taken from piling material at Cayu-
cos, central California; they measured 6.0 to 8.0 mm. long. Boccardia
proboscidea was more heavily pigmented in the region of the pros-
tomium and also on the dorsal surface of segments 2 and 3. Boccardia
columbiana showed only one of 11 specimens with a heavily pig-
mented prostomium and none had dorsal pigment on segments 2 and
3. Generally, the largest B. proboscidea from the piling material had
the greatest amount of pigment; however, specimens (15.0 to 17.0
mm.) from the back bay marina mud in Morro Bay showed very little
pigmentation even along the prostomium. The forms thus are similar
im general pigmentation but the amount and distribution may vary
between and within the species according to age, habitat, and possibly
method of preservation. It has not been possible to ascertain a definite
pattern of pigmentation for all members of either form.
3
Figure 3. Boccardia proboscidea, photomicrograph of modified setae of
Segment 5 (x500)
Figure 4. Boccardia proboscidea, modified setae of Segment 5 (x500)
Boccardia columbiana is anteriorly attenuated with the peristomium
tapered towards the tip of the prostomium. Boccardia proboscidea has
a squared-off appearance with a broader, blunter peristomium. The
appearance of the anterior end varies, however, and is more useful in
comparing mature adult forms than younger stages.
GEOGRAPHICAL AND ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION
Boccardia columbiana has been reported previously from only British
Columbia; its range is here extended to central California. Boccardia
columbiana has been found at Monterey, Cambria, Cayucos, and
Santa Barbara, all in California. Berkeley (1927) reported it usually
boring in shaly rock. It is now reported in a number of habitats in-
cluding sandy material in and on wood pilings, sand between barnacle
tests on pilings, sand tubes in an algal holdfast from mid-tide (worms
had penetrated and eroded the algae in many places), sponge from
the underside of rock in low tide, between closely applied branches of
the holdfast of a kelp, Postelsia palmaeformis Ruprecht, surface of
rock in close spatial relationship with Phragmatopoma californica
136 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
(Fewkes), coralline algae (Lithophyllum sp.), and galleries bored in
shells of several different kinds of gastropeds.
Boccardia columbiana was found in Tegula funebralis (Adams)
shells inhabited by Pagurus samuelis (Stimpson) and Purpura foliata
Martyn and Olivella biplicata (Sowerby) inhabited by Pagurus gran-
osimanus (Stimpson). It was also found in Acanthina spirata (Blain-
ville) and O. biplicata mhabited by PR samuelis. In one specimen of
A. spirata from Santa Barbara it was associated with two other poly-
dorids, B. proboscidea and Polydora ciliata (Johnston) ; in an O. bipli-
cata also from Santa Barbara it was associated with Polydora com-
mensalis Andrews, P. ciliata, and Polydora limicola Annenkova. Boc-
cardia columbiana also occurred in borings in shells of living Diodora
aspera (Eschsholtz) and with B. proboscidea in Jaton festivus Hinds.
It was further found that B. columbiana was present in T: funebralis
shells inhabited by the gastropod itself, in empty shells, and in shells
containing hermit crabs.
Boccardia proboscidea has been described from California, Oregon,
and British Columbia. Its distribution is extended here only to other
areas of California including Santa Barbara, Goleta, Cayucos, Fort
Bragg, and Humboldt Bay. It occurred in sandstone reefs with pholids
and sipunculids at Santa Barbara and in similar material at Goleta in
the warm water of a high tide pool. At Fort Bragg it was found in
crevices in graywacke sandstone as a co-habitant of narrow ledge tide
pools with a copepod, Jigriopus californicus (Baker).
Boccardia proboscidea has also been found in soft sandy mud at Bal-
lona Creek near Venice, Los Angeles County, and more recently from
mud in the boat slips at Morro Bay and from mud flats of Humboldt
Bay. It also was found in mucous tubes in sand at the base and among
the branches of upright branching coralline algae, on the surface of
intertidal rocks with Phragmatopoma californica, in holdfasts of Mac-
rocystis integrifolia Bory and Phyllospadix scouleri Hooker, on the
sandy bottom of inner Santa Barbara harbor in areas of considerable
pollution, and at Cayucos and Santa Barbara from piling material
which included Balanus spp. and Mytilus spp. as the dominant ani-
mals. At Goleta it was found at the base of large Mytilus californianus
Conrad growth on the outer side of a rocky intertidal reef. Many speci-
mens were found in pink coralline algae (Lithophyllum sp.) which
encrusts intertidal rocks at Cayucos. Boccardia proboscidea erodes the
algae in forming its tube or nestles in pockets between lamellae of the
corallme where it gathers sand and silt. It may gather with other poly-
dorids to form pockets of worms. Boccardia columbiana and B. tricuspa
Comparison of two species of Boccardia 137
Hartman are associates here; the former has the same habits as Boc-
cardia proboscidea but the latter erodes and drills the coralline, pro-
ducing cleaner burrows with no concentrations of associated sand and
silt.
Boccardia proboscidea has also been found in gastropod shells in-
habited by hermit crabs. It occurs with Pagurus samuelis in Tegula
funebralis and T: brunnea shells at Cayucos, Jaton festivus and Acan-
thina spirata shells at Santa Barbara, and with Pagurus granosimanus
in Olivella biplicata shells at Cayucos. Present with this species in
Tegula brunnea was Boccardia columbiana and Polydora ciliata. In
some cases B. proboscidea merely nestles in the damaged apex of the
gastropod shells but in others it erodes and drills the shell material.
A living Mytilus californianus from rocks on the ocean side of the
breakwater at Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor contained a B. proboscidea
nestled in a pocket produced by a fracture between lamellae of the
shell. The worm tube opened at the external edge of the shell follow-
ing the spatial pattern characteristic of the blister worm, P. websteri
Hartman, which occurs in oysters.
SUMMARY AND DIscuSsSION
Boccardia columbiana and B. proboscidea have been found in the
Eastern Pacific at British Columbia in the north, and central Califor-
nia in the south and at intermediate localities. Both occur in sandstone
crevices, piling material, algal holdfasts, coralline algae, surface of
rocks with Phragmatopoma californica, and in gastropod shells. They
occur in living gastropod shells, in shells inhabited by hermit crabs,
and in empty shells. Thus, the worms do not have an obligatory com-
mensal relation with the hermit crabs.
Although both species occur farther north in open surf regions, Boc-
cardia columbiana is the dominant form in this habitat. Boccardia
proboscidea was the dominant form in piling material from the quiet
waters inside Santa Barbara Yacht Harbor. Boccardia columbiana has
not been found in the sand-mud flat environment in which B. probo-
scidea flourishes at Ballona Creek, Morro Bay, and Humboldt Bay.
Morphologically the two species differ in the arrangement of setae
of segment 1; this is the only characteristic consistently usable. Cer-
tain pigmentation patterns and the general aspect of the anterior end
may be of use in preliminary sorting of mature adults, but in general
the younger adults of B. proboscidea resemble more the features
ascribed to B. columbiana than those of their own adults.
An unresolved problem of morphology associated with plankton
——
138 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
studies is the determination of the stage in development at which the
notosetae of segment 1 assume the adult appearance. If this occurs only
at settling, free-swimming larval forms of the two species would be
indistinguishable. Boccardia columbiana has not been investigated as
to its development and larval characteristics. Hartman (1940, 1941 )
gave information on the development of Boccardia proboscidea.
Nine species of Boccardia are known from the north eastern Pacific;
they comprise about two-thirds of the world’s known species of the
genus (Hartman, 1959: 375). Of the nine, six were originally de-
scribed from this region. The north eastern Pacific, thus is unlike the
Atlantic coast of the United States where members of Polydora are
dominant and the central Pacific which has a greater representation
of Pseudopolydora species. A key to the nine species of Boccardia is
given below.
Key to BOCCARDIA Sperctes From THE NorTHEASTERN PACIFIC
1. Modified 5th segm.—branchiae lacking ant. toSegm.5................. 2
la. Modified 5th segm.—branchiae present ant. toSegm.5...... (Boccardia) 3
2. Neuropodial hooded hooks begin on Segment 7 ...............-. Polydora
2a. Neuropodial hooded hooks begin on Segment 8 ........... Pseudopolydora
3. Specialized setae of Segment 5—of one type .....................-005- 4
3a. Specialized setae of Segment 5—of two types ................... 00005. 6
4, Anterior branchiae on Segments 2, 3,-,-,-,7.......... Boccardia redeki
4a, Anterior branchiae on Sesments 2,3, -,-— 6,7 .....:. 54.0.2 eee 5
5. Posterior notopodial hooks present .........0.00...00see Boccardia uncata
5a. Posterior notopodial hooks absent .................... Boccardia truncata
6. Setae of Segment 5—Falcate and tridentate ........... Boccardia tricuspa
6a. Setae of Segment 5—Falcate and bushy-topped ....................... 7
7. Prostomium rounded... Joi. 05 0 galie ces wees 2 nee eee 8
7a. Prostomatum: bifid). 2.30 wiles. ie ees wale ees eee 2 ose 9
8. Notosetae of Segment 1— long, in fan-shaped group .. Boccardia columbiana
8a. Notosetae of Segment 1- short, not so disposed ...... Boccardia proboscidea
9. Posterior hooded hooks mainly falcate ................ Boccardia basilaria
9a. Posterior hooded hooks bidentate .................. Joe ee 10
10. Notosetae present on Segment 1 ...................... Boccardia natrix
10a. Notosetae absent on Segment 1 ................. Boccardia polybranchia
Comparison of two species of Boccardia 139
LITERATURE CITED
BERKELEY, E.
1927. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo district. 3. Leodicidae to Spioni-
dae. Canad. Biol. Ottawa, Contr, n.s., 3:405-422.
BERKELEY, E. anp C. BERKELEY
1950. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. Polychaeta Seden-
taria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, 3:50-69.
1952. Canadian Pacific Fauna, Polychaeta Sedentaria, No. 9 b (2). Toronto: Fish.
Res. Board Canada, pp. 1-139.
HARTMAN, O.
1940. Boccardia proboscidea, a new species of spionid worm from California.
J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 30:382-387.
1941. Some contributions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from Cali-
fornia. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. Rpts., 7:289-324.
1944, Polychaetous annelids from California, including the description of two
new genera and nine new species. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped. Rpts.,
10(2):239-318.
1959. Catalogue of the polychaetous annelids of the world. Allan Hancock Found.
Publ., Occ. Pap., no. 23, 628 pp.
HARTMAN, O. ann D. J. REISH
1950. The marine annelids of Oregon. Oregon State Coll., Monograph Ser., pp.
1-64.
NEW SPECIES OF HYPERODES JEKEL AND A KEY TO
THE NEARCTIC SPECIES OF THE GENUS.
(COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE)!
Wix~uiAM D. StocKToN
Long Beach State College
INTRODUCTION
In the course of an extended study of the weevils of the genus Hyper-
odes, the species described below were recognized as being new to
science. I had planned to publish the descriptions of the new forms as
a part of a longer paper on which work is not yet completed, but at
the request of fellow workers, who wish to have the names available
for reporting data of economic importance, I have decided to publish
descriptions at this time. To facilitate studies by workers who may
have to deal with members of this somewhat difficult group, I am also
including a key to those species which have been encountered in North
America north of Mexico.
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations have been used in the present paper to
indicate the locations of specimens examined:
(USNM) Collection of the United States National Museum
(ELS) Collection of Dr. E. L. Sleeper
(WDS) Collection of the author
(CU) Collection of Cornell University
(CARN ) Collection of the Carnegie Museum
(HFH) Collection of Mrs. H. F Howden
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEw SPECIES
Hyperodes wallacei, new species
Holotype: Rostrum shorter than prothorax, stout, broad, flattened
above; tricarmate, densely clothed with dull grayish-yellow scales,
bearing four rows of short, stout, setae; underside with filiform scales,
apex peaene a few long bristles. Antennae reddish brown, segments
one and two of funicle subequal, the first stouter, other forenio seg-
ments moniliform, gradually becoming broader toward the club, all
1Biological Sciences Paper No. 8, Long Beach State College.
140
New Species of Hyperodes 141
the segments with a few fine bristles; club oval, covered with fine
dense pubescence, bearing scattered longer bristles; obscurely three-
segmented. Scrobes deep, slightly widened posteriorly, upper margins
impinging against upper edge of eyes. Head with many round and a
few strap-shaped, yellowish metallic scales. Frontal fovea moderate,
ocular lobes feeble. Prothorax wider than long, sides moderately
rounded, slightly constricted at apex, densely clothed with yellowish
brown scales which are minutely granulose; a median and two lat-
eral vittae of paler scales, all these vittae rather vague and ill-defined;
an indication of a depressed line, almost a sulcus, along median vitta;
a scattering of short, stout, clavate setae on the disc of the prothorax.
Scutellum oval, clothed with tiny, white scales. Elytra slightly emar-
ginate at base, densely clothed with yellowish-brown scales, larger
than those of prothorax; striae well-impressed, punctures deep, re-
mote; intervals convex, even-numbered ones more so, these with a row
of stout, clavate setae; apices of elytra separately rounded and pro-
longed. Pro- and mesothoracic sterna densely clothed with small fili-
form scales medially, giving way to round scales at the sides; metas-
ternum with round scales laterally, glabrous medially, coarsely and
densely punctate and with numerous fine hairs. Abdominal sternites
coarsely punctured, with fine hairs arising from the punctures. Apex
of last sternite of male not impressed. Legs rather densely clothed
with round scales, sparsely pubescent; tibiae denticulate and seti-
gerous within, with feeble mucro. ‘Tarsi densely pubescent beneath,
sparsely so above.
The female of this species is unknown.
Notes and Discussion: Holotype, male, (USNM), labelled as fol-
lows: “Dunellon, Fla., Jun. 12, 1939, Oman’? One paratype, male,
(CARN) ; three paratypes, males, (HFH) ; one paratype, male, (CU) ;
two paratypes, males, (USNM); two paratypes, males, (ELS),
labelled as follows: “Alachua Co., Fla.; 27-vii-54; H. V. Weems, Jr.;
taken at light”: Total length, 3.9 mm.; pronotal length, 0.9 mm.;
pronotal width, 1.2 mm.; elytral width, 1.7 mm.;: “Monroe Co., Fla.;
v-1-53; N. J. and E. L. Sleeper, Collrs:’: Total length, 3.8 mm.; pro-
notal length, 0.8 mm.; pronotal width, 1.0 mm.; elytral width, 1.8
mm.; one paratype, male, (WDS), labelled as follows: “Swan Quar-
ter, N. C.; vii-22-1953; W. M. Kulash; light trap” Total length, 3.7
mm.; pronotal length, 0.7 mm.; pronotal width, 1.0 mm.; elytral
width, 1.5 mm. The range in total length for all specimens which I
have had the opportunity to examine is from 3.7 mm. to 4.7 mm.
This species bears certain superficial resemblances to both H. alter-
142 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
nata and H, annulipes. and agrees in many respects with the pub-
lished description of H. peninsularis. However, the short, stout beak
of the present species is distinctive, as is the general habitus of the
weevil itself, and I see no choice but to establish a new species for the
individuals I have studied which seem to belong together in agreeing
with the above description.
I am glad to have the opportunity to express my appreciation for
the generous cooperation of Dr. George E. Wallace of the Carnegie
Museum throughout the course of my studies on Hyperodes by dedi-
cating this species to him.
Specimens Examined: (USNM) 3 (CU) 1; (HFH) 3; (ELS) 2;
(WDS) 1
Distribution: Florida—Dunellon; Gainesville; Miami; Paradise
Key; Pensacola: Monroe Co.; Alachua Co.
North Carolina:—Swan Quarter.
Biological Notes: Yaken in light trap at Swan Quarter, North Caro-
lina by W. M. Kulash, also at ight by H. V. Weems, Jr. in Alachua
Co., Florida. Swept from grass by N. J. and E. L. Sleeper in Monroe
Co., Florida.
It will be noted, as is true in many new species of insects, that not
too much is known of the biology of this species, nor of the other species
considered in this paper.
Hyperodes texana, new species
Holotype: Rostrum shorter than prothorax, stout, flattened above, tri
carimate, the median carina the strongest; densely clothed above with
round scales, densest toward the base; four rows of erect, yellowish
setae, two on each side of the median carina; anteriorly the round
scales give way to dense, metallic, yellow, semi-recumbent, filiform
ones; apex with a few strong bristles; ventral surface with fine pu-
bescence. Antennae reddish brown, scape clavate, segments one and
two of funicle subequal, the first stouter; remaining funicular seg-
ments moniliform, widening gradually toward the club, with fine
pubescence and a few stronger bristles; club oval, finely pubescent,
obscurely three- segmented; scrobes rather deep, slightly widened pos-
teriorly, upper edge impinging against top of eye. Head densely
clothed with yellow, metallic, strap-shaped scales; frontal fovea deep.
receiving the median carina of rostrum. Prothorax wider than long,
sides broadly rounded, densely covered with round, yellowish scales
New Species of Hyperodes 143
which are minutely granulose; a median and two6 lateral vittae of
paler scales; disc of prothorax with scattered, rather short, slender
setae; ocular lobes moderate; scutellum oval, covered with tiny white
scales. Elytra moderately emarginate at base; densely scaly, the scales
brownish yellow in color; striae well impressed, punctures deep, rather
remote; intervals moderately convex, each with a row of short, slender,
slightly clavate setae; tips of elytra conjointly rounded. Thoracic sterna
densely scaly, both round and filiform whitish scales, restricted to
the lateral edges of the metasternum; metasternum and abdominal
sternites coarsely, densely punctured, and with fine, pale, sparse pu-
bescence; last four abdominal sternites lighter in color; apex of last
sternite of male with a vague, broad impression. Legs light reddish
brown, sparsely pubescent; femora with a ring of yellowish scales dis-
tally; tibiae more strongly setose, with scattered round scales, denti-
culate and setigerous within, with rather a strong mucro. ‘Tarsi den-
sely pubescent beneath and with fine, pale, sparse pubescence above.
Allotype: Similar in almost all respects to the male holotype, the
chief visible difference being that the apex of the last sternite of the
female is deeply foveate and emarginate.
Notes and Discussion: Holotype, male, and allotype, female,
(USNM). The two specimens are mounted on separate points on the
same pin which also bears the followimg labels: “McAllen, Texas;
III-2-45; Fraser & Ball; reared in parsley; 45-8847" Eight paratypes
(USNM). One paratype, male, (WDS), labelled exactly as is the
holotype and allotype. Total length, 4.5 mm.; pronotal length, 1.0
mm.; pronotal width, 1.2 mm.; elytral width, 1.8 mm. One paratype,
female, (WDS), labelled exactly as is the male paratype. Total length,
4.3 mm.; pronotal length, 0.8 mm.; pronotal width, 1.1 mm.; elytral
width, 1.8 mm. I have named this species in deference to the fact that
most of the specimens I have examined have come from the state of
Texas. It bears superficial resemblances to echinata, sparsa, and rotun-
dicollis, but the male genitalia are distinct. The size range in specimens
I have examined is from 4.0 to 4.7 mm. in total length.
Specimens Examined: (USNM) 108; (WDS) 2.
Distribution: Louistana—Deeville; Violet; Chalmette; Meraux; New
Orleans.
Texas—McAllen; Mission; San Juan; Weslaco; Santa Maria.
Biological Notes: This species has been reared from parsley at Violet,
Louisiana; Deeville, Louisiana; and McAllen, Texas. It has been found
in dill roots and stems at Mission, Texas, and on celery stems at San
144 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
Juan, Texas. It has been reared from carrot roots at McAllen, Texas,
and was collected from dead egg-plants (leaves) at New Orleans,
Louisiana. Miss Warner of the U.S. National Museum informs me
(personal communication ) that a species she determined as Hyperodes
texana has been reported to be doing considerable damage to carrots in
the lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas.
Hyperodes hoodi, new species
Holotype: Rostrum shorter than prothorax, broad, stout, flattened
above, tricarinate, the median carina strongest, densely clothed with
round brownish scales and lighter colored filiform ones; four rows of
slender, erect, rather inconspicuous setae; underside with stiff, yellow,
hair-like scales, a few longer bristles at apex. Antennae reddish brown,
segments one and two of funicle subequal, both slightly clavate, other
funicular segments with numerous rather strong bristles; club slender,
oval, clothed with fine pale pubescence. Scrobes deep, suddenly
widened posteriorly, upper margins impinging against upper part of
eye; frontal fovea deep, receiving the median carina of the rostrum.
Head densely clothed with yellowish, strap-shaped scales. Prothorax
slightly wider than long, sides broadly rounded, ocular lobes weak,
apex slightly compressed; densely clothed with rounded dull-brown
scales; a median and two lateral vittae of paler scales; setae sparse.
slender, inconspicuous; scutellum oval, clothed with tiny white scales.
Elytra emarginate at base; striae well-impressed, punctures deep, re-
mote; intervals slightly convex, each with a row of slender, dark, semi-
recumbent, mconspicuous setae; tips conjointly rounded; elytra den-
sely clothed with dull-brown scales, mottled with patches of paler ones,
all the scales mmutely granulose. Thoracic sterna densely clothed with
small, dirty-looking scales, giving way to round ones laterally on the
metasternum. Abdominal sternites densely and finely punctured.
with a fine, pale hair arising from each puncture; apex of last sternite
of male not impressed. Femora sparsely haired, with a band of dull
brownish scales distally; tibiae more densely setose, without scales,
denticulate within. Tarsi densely pubescent beneath, with rather stiff,
fine bristles dorsally.
Allotype: The apex of the last abdominal sternite of the female is
marked with a broad, rather indistinct concavity. Otherwise the sexes
are very similar.
Notes and Discussion: Holotype, male, in the collection of (USNM).
The specimen bears the following label: “BRIT. AMER”. Allotype.
New Species of Hyperodes 145
female, (USNM), same label as the holotype. Seven paratypes, 5
males, 2 females, (USNM). One paratype, male, (WDS), total length,
4.7 mm.; pronotal length, 1.0 mm.; pronotal width, 1.2 mm.; elytral
width, 1.9 mm.; same label as all other type material. I am unable
to restrict the type locality at the present writing. Range is from 4.2
mm. to 4.9 mm. in total length.
This species resembles both sparsa and echinata in general habitus,
but the male genitalia seem to prove conclusively that it is distinct.
It is with great esteem that I dedicate this species to my good friend
and wise counselor in many a taxonomic difficulty, Dr. J. Douglas
Hood of Cornell University.
Specimens Examined: (USNM) 9; (WDS) 1.
Distribution: “British America’:
Biological Notes: Nothing is known of the biology.
Hyperodes dietrichi, new species
Holotype: Body surface black and shining. Rostrum about as long
as prothorax, tricarinate, the median carina strongest, coarsely punc-
tured and rugose, slightly narrowed at middle, wider at base and apex;
bearing long slender setae which are dark on the dorsal portion of the
rostrum and light-colored and finer on the ventral surface; numerous
fine, yellowish, recumbent, filiform scales scattered over the dorsal
surface; a few long, pale bristles at apex; rostrum without round
scales. Antennae reddish brown, the scape clavate, segments one and
two of funicle subequal in length, the first stouter, remaining seg-
ments of funicle subequal, moniliform; club slender, oval, and coy-
ered with fine, short hairs, obscurely three-segmented; all the an-
tennal segments bear scattered, rather strong bristles; upper margin
of scrobe impinges against upper margin of eye; scrobes well-defined,
scarcely widened posteriorly. Head coarsely, densely punctured, the
punctures bearing very fine pale hairs; head without strong setae;
frontal fovea profound, receiving median carina of rostrum. Pro-
thorax with sides and base strongly rounded, slightly wider than long,
apex slightly constricted; coarsely, confluently punctate, bearing many
slender, recumbent hairs and numerous erect, slender, bristle-like
setae; a vague median and stronger lateral vittae of yellowish round
scales, the scales minutely granulose. Scutellum small, oval, covered
with tiny pale scales. Elytra slightly emarginate at base; striae well-
impressed, the punctures large and close-set; mtervals slightly convex,
each with a row of long. slender, bristly setae; elytra rather sparsely
146 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
covered with pale yellowish scales, these thicker laterally and on the
declivity; tips of elytra conjomtly rounded. Thoracic sterna coarsely
punctate, with sparse, small, dirty-yellow scales and numerous hair-
like setae. Abdominal sternites rather coarsely punctured, bearing
sparse, coarse pubescence, both punctures and pubescence finer on
terminal segment; segments three and four narrow; apex of last ven-
tral segment not impressed. Femora darker than tibiae, bearing sparse.
fine, pale hairs; tibiae reddish brown, more heavily setose than femora,
denticulate and setigerous within, with rather strong mucro, hind
tibiae with a brush of long, flying hairs. Tibiae concolorous with tarsi,
latter densely pubescent beneath.
Allotype: The female has at the apex of the last abdominal sternite
a small, well-marked fovea and lacks the brush of long flying hairs on
the hind tibiae. Other characters agree very closely with those de-
scribed for the male.
Notes and Discussion: Holotype, male, (ELS, no. 73), labelled as
follows: “San Magarita, C. Z., Panama’’; “V-15-46”; “E. L. Sleeper,
Collr” ‘Total length, 3.2 mm.; pronotal length, 0.7 mm.; pronotal
width, 1.1 mm.; elytral width, 1.6 mm. Allotype, female, (ELS).
labelled the same as the holotype; total length, 3.3 mm.; pronotal
length, 0.8 mm.; pronotal width, 0.9 mm.; elytral width, 1.4 mm.
One paratype, female, (ELS), labelled as follows: “San Blas, Nayarit.
Mexico”; “VII-14-60”: ““R. B. Loomis and J. Maris, collectors?’ Total
length, 3.2 mm.; pronotal length, 0.8 mm.; pronotal width, 0.9 mm.;
elytral width, 1.4 mm. One paratype, male, (USNM), labelled as fol-
lows: “Mexico, II 13 45, Laredo, Tex’; “H. R. Cary, on orchid plant.
45-3653”: ““Hyperodes sp., LLB °45” Total length, 3.5 mm.; pronotal
length, 0.9 mm.; pronotal width, 1.1 mm.; elytral width, 1.6 mm.
Iam unable to match my specimens with any of Champion’s species,
described in the “Biologia Centrali-Americana?’ nor with any form
in the Nearctic fauna of the genus, so that I have little hesitation in
considering this to be a new species. I am herein restricting the type
locality to San Magarita, C. Z., Panama. I felt that it was wise to dis-
cuss the present species in this paper, along with the other, undoubted.
Nearctic species, since it is very probably represented in other collec-
tions in the United States.
Specimens Examined: (USNM) 1; (ELS) 3.
Distribution: Texas—Laredo.
Mexico—San Blas; PANAMA—San Magarita, C. Z.
Biological Notes: Dr. Sleeper (personal communication) took the
New Species of Hyperodes 147
holotype and allotype on orchid flowers at San Magarita. The female
paratype (ELS) was taken with blacklight apparatus at San Blas. The
male paratype (USNM) was taken on orchid at Laredo.
It gives me great pleasure to dedicate this handsome species to my
kindly mentor and good friend, Dr. Henry Dietrich of Cornell Uni-
versity.
Key To THE NEarcrTIC SPECIES OF Hy perodes
1. Rostrum at least as long as or longer than prothorax .................. Y
1a. Rostrum shorter than prothorax, stout, flattened above ............... iS)
2. Second segment of funicle appreciably longer than the first, latter clavate,
CODES MAIC Cmaps er ese scons os a'e¥e specs: 2a. opens loposeahpassia els. srapstey scheme spel guaicracs one 3
2a. Second segment of funicle at most only slightly longer than the first, the
lattersslender, but stouter than the second).......................-«-- 5
3. Prothoracic scales moderate in size; elytral setae inconspicuous ......... 4
3a. Prothoracic scales large; pronotum cribately punctured; elytral setae con-
SPUCUOUSMMIP II Ga ae vai cich serene wurmiene a miele teu wt Sets evaunlereh a cuore aie cuaiate cry ptops
4, Prothorax sub-cylindrical, sides almost straight; scales not metallic delumbis
4a. Prothorax sub-orbicular, sides broadly rounded; scales of dorsum with
TATE EA UM CPNUISLE LMU NAR Sie i ones ae pea a cee cteme oe aes ae ace Acne sane decepta
ome alitermaterelytralvintervals setose -.. 5... seco sete net bose ne 6
5a. Each elytral interval with a row of setae, at least on the declivity ........ 8
OmElyvinalgsetaevlong. moderately clavate 5. .).-...2:-.0.c50+asse>seaue- 7
6a. Setae short, strongly clavate, semi-recumbent ................. annulipes
(merothoraxawith sides broadly rounded .>.2....552..--0.0.-- 4: alternata
7a. Prothorax with sides almost straight; femora ringed with a band of large,
ocelllatemsilivieny-wihite’scales.:. 4212. u0- Ges sess etek eee peninsularis
8. Vestiture rather sleek, smooth-looking; scales with metallic or pearly
QSREIE a0. 0,8 sbhar tac eheRO RCC Reece ene ep A RRA aoe AR tees Aa net eae 9
8a. Vestiture rough; scales not metallic or nacreous .................000-- 10
9. Prothorax moderately rounded; scales with metallic luster ...... hy perodes
9a. Prothorax with sides very broadly rounded; scales of head, rostrum, and legs
WANE CAE LASTOR. wi.5 a8 cus wideviueyina cB eons aes elersls: Cita eee a cea grypidioides
HO Mleaccerspecies; over Om, im length) 30. 8s. so. s- laramiensis
hOamesrialller-wesssthan\ orm: 3.8) .0) ao sees os a oe ote Sle el oe eee 11
11. Prothorax with sides almost straight; ventral surface of abdomen densely
SOAK . o's 08 AREA RS A ae SN op Rta sear a tee aoe MS tect SR eit vitticollis
11a. Prothorax with sides broadly rounded; ventral surface of abdomen not coy-
enedevitinderse:.scallesi sc)... 1ehec a Ree eas Seseetey Als evel cians chao a cere hentai a 12
12. Opaque; very dull and dark-colored; scales very rough-looking; setae very
COMSTINC UO USED sey tay te yoees) Siehalatleit coded Seis ust Sten llench whch oaaeel Meg au nee: Seog tens: SAS horni
12a. More shining, not as dull or dark; scales more smoothly arranged; setae not
GCOMSPLCWOWS: pany 2b Shela seen eRe SEs Aree Lous choca tale SSSA rath Oe RRP ARES 13
148
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
. Setae moderately clavate; head thickly clothed with small scales, paler than
those of prothorax...% 2346) .0086 Anode st seen cle eee montana
. Setae slender, not clavate..... 00. 6.0. cs. 5552 oes 6 ee oe 14
. Median vitta of prothorax composed of a double line of yellowish, rather
shining scales (5 ./.i0' «cscs a0 ails sige oe oes «a dorsalis
. Median. -vitta obsolete... ¢.4.0: 025.5 14)s4.0 seas cs see poseyensis
. Body clothed with squamiform scales; not pubescent on the dorsal surface 16
. Body clothed above with coarse pubescence .......... 7.3 eee 30
. Upper edge of scrobe directed toward middle of eye .................. 17
. Upper edge of scrobe directed toward top of eye ..................... 22
. Elytral scales very tiny, not concealing the surface; surface very shining;
elytral setae small, almost imvisible...............) eee 18
. Elytral scales not tiny; elytral setae conspicuous ..................... 19
. Rugosities of rostrum with scattered punctures ................. lodingi
. Rugosities smooth, impunctate .................... ses eee carinata
. Each elytral interval setose; elytra densely scaled .................... 20
. Alternate intervals setose; elytra sparsely scaled ................ latinasa
.. Frontal fovea ‘absent. . i .cciesic de jsein o on te Bele eee obtecta
. Frontal fovea present . 0. 6.0660. 6s ccd sees ees a ee 21
. Elytral setae stout, dense, clavate ....-.........-2 50 gue hirtella
. Elytral setae slender, sparse, not clavate ...................... echinata
. Surface of body very shining, not densely scaly; prothorax coarsely punc-
tate; hind tibiae of male with a brush of long, flying hairs ............. 23
. Surface densely scaly; prothorax with a granular appearance; male with-
out a brush of long hair on the hind tibiae ......:.. 9. 242. sere eee 24
. Alternate elytral intervals setose; setae clavate ................. humilis
. Each elytral interval setose; setae long, slender, bristle-like ....... dietrichi
. Alternate elytral intervals with setae; apex of each elytron separately pro-
longed) ncsass 6 ego cdatee wha ane Sinker eos otra oe 25
. Each interval setose; elytra conjointly rounded ...................... 26
. Setae rather long, slender, slightly clavate; head clothed with filiform, yel-
Jowish. scalés: ...i:02 .300@ nantes Manes We fe tate ene sparsa
. Setae short, stout, strongly clavate; head clothed with both round and fili-
form scales’ ..02 cic geblea awa ase Spas) pd oe one wallacet
. Setae long, slender bristle-like ...... 2.0.0... o..:: 02s eRe novella
. Setae shorter; body densely scaly .............55.. 2 Gee eee 27
. Prothorax with sides almost straight; setae stout, rather conspicuous; elytral
intervals sub-costaté ¢ 0.5 633.056 co bees oe aitalelasle eee obscurella
. Prothorax with sides broadly rounded; setae slender, inconspicuous; intervals
at most moderately convex... 6. bcc 0 Sel oe oe © oo nach eer 28
. Scales of head fine, hair-like, sparse .........2. +... #2 eeeEeeee rotundicollis
. Scales of head strap-like, dense ..........2.).-... +: see eee 29
. Color light yellowish-brown; prothoracic vittae conspicuous; elytral setae
moderately strong: <..../c0veenen voeaies ee oe ee eee texana
. Color dull, dark brown; vittae and setae inconspicuous .............. hoodi
30.
30a.
Sie
31a.
32.
32a.
New Species of Hyperodes 149
Pubescence very sparse; surface of body shining ..................... 31
Pubescence rather dense; surface of body dull, opaque ................ 32
Larger; median prothoracic carina strong .................... anthracina
Smaller; median carina variable, never very strong, sometimes obsolete;
scrobes not greatly widened posteriorly ......................4. porcella
Prothoracic carina short, abbreviated before and behind ....... maculicollis
Carinaventine® linear =. 0... 26 Vals es oa Vo oe dea een eo bees as californica
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
It gives me great pleasure to acknowledge, in addition to the apprecia-
tion expressed above under the individual species, the generous en-
couragement and unstinting help of my colleagues of the Biology De-
partment of Long Beach State College, particularly Dr. Elbert L.
Sleeper, Dr. James H. Menees, and Dr. Richard B. Loomis. I am also
most grateful to Dr. David K. Caldwell of the Los Angeles County Mu-
seum for his aid during the preparation of the manuscript of this paper
for publication.
NEW INFORMATION ON THE STRUCTURE OF PERMIAN
LEPOSPONDYLOUS VERTEBRAE—FROM AN
UNUSUAL SOURCE?
PETER PauL VAUGHN
University of California, Los Angeles
INTRODUCTION
Records of the variety of vertebrate fossils from given horizons and
localities are frequently exaggerated in their proportions of large ani-
mals. Skeletal elements of very small vertebrates are much less com-
monly found in the usual prospecting and quarrying operations than
are large, conspicuous elements. The reasons for this are obvious.
Small, delicate elements are undoubtedly not readily preserved, espe-
cially durmg the deposition of coarse sediments; but an even more
nmportant reason is that the collector is likely to overlook the smaller
elements in the usual field and laboratory procedures. This bias has
been largely overcome in recent years through the development of
various methods of washing and screening (see McKenna, 1962). An-
other solution of this problem has not been employed to the full extent
of its possibilities; this method is the careful search for skeletal ele-
ments in coprolites.
This method has a number of advantages. First, coprolites are usu-
ally large enough to be easily seen and collected, and the collector’s
eyes do not have to be focused for small elements. Second, the predator
or scavenger to whom the coprolite pertains has concentrated and asso-
ciated the elements. This could provide a valuable means of acquiring
more thorough knowledge of animals that are otherwise known from
only scattered, isolated elements. Palaeoniscoid fishes, for example, are
often known only from such remains, frequently only from scales.
Coprolites packed with scales offer the opportunity to study variations
in scale structure in individual fossil fishes. One can, of course, rarely
be sure that any given coprolite represents only one meal, that is, one
individual animal eaten, but consistent association of the same kinds
of parts in a number of coprolites can lead to confidence that these
parts represent one kind of animal.
Perhaps the most immediately interesting use of coprolites is m the
search for new faunal elements. This report presents new information
‘This study was supported by National Science Foundation grant NSF G-
12456.
150
Permian Lepospondylous Vertebrae 151
that was acquired in this way on the structure and occurrence of Per-
mian lepospondylous amphibians.
LEPOSPONDYL REMAINS IN A COPROLITE
The Welles quarry near Arroyo de Agua, Rio Arriba County, north-
ern New Mexico is a locality from which parties from the University
of California, Berkeley have obtained many well preserved parts of a
number of vertebrates (see Langston, 1953). This quarry is in the
Cutler formation and is of early Permian (Wolfcampian) age. The
Welles quarry, along with two nearby quarries, seems quite clearly to
be part of a lake deposit. Its fauna includes pleuracanth sharks, at least
one kind of palaeoniscoid fish, several genera of labyrinthodont am-
phibians, the cotylosaur Diadectes, and two genera of pelycosaurian
reptiles; there are also small pelecypods and a number of plants. In
addition, there are a great number of coprolites, some of which were
collected by a party from the University of California, Los Angeles in
the summer of 1960.
The coprolites are of many sizes, from as small as 1 cm. long to
larger than 11 cm. long. There are a variety of shapes: fusiform,
twisted, irregular. Some consist of spirally wound laminae, some of
irregularly arranged but faintly concentric laminae. Almost all con-
tain hard parts of vertebrates. Some contain palaeoniscoid scales, often
along with small bones and bits of bones. Some contain parts of teeth
of pleuracanth sharks. Some contain only unidentifiable fragments of
bones. One at least, UCLA VP 1648, contains among other items a
small vertebra with a urodele-like haemal arch.
Before preparation was begun, this coprolite (No. 1648) was about
70 mm. long. It was somewhat flattened, with an elliptical cross-
section of about 33 mm. by 13 mm. The ends and sides were rounded.
A polished transverse section shows irregularly concentric lamination.
There are many small, fragile bones scattered throughout the copro-
lite. These are difficult to prepare, but successful development of a
selected few elements was carried out with the use of fine insect pins
with points ground to sharp, beveled edges.
A number of vertebral parts are present. One is a fairly complete
vertebra a little more than 3 mm. long from the anterior end of the
centrum to the posterior end of the neural arch. The transverse diam-
eter of the centrum is slightly less than 1 mm. near the anterior end.
The neural arch is rounded above, and the neural spine is represented
by only a faint ridge. The transverse process arises from the neural
i eayyey .
OA ea EI A Cabal
REINS we ds
Figure 1. A caudal vertebra found in a coprolite from the lower Permian of New
Mexico. UCLA VP 1648. A, dorsal, B, right lateral, and C, ventrolateral views. In
the ventrolateral view, only the right side and distal end of the haemal arch can
be seen. Unshaded areas represent matrix. x20.
Permian Lepospondylous Vertebrae 153
arch in a broad base whose center lies about 1 mm. posterior to the
front end of the centrum; it extends directly laterally for about 0.5
mm., narrowing to a single costal articulatory facet slightly less than
0.5 mm. in diameter. The structure of the sides and bottom of the
centrum is not clear. Much of the anterior part of the neural arch is
missing, and a natural cast of the relatively large neural canal is there-
by exposed. On the right side, it can be seen that the neural arch broke
away from the centrum along a smooth line that curves lateralwards
near the anterior end of the vertebra. This smooth line of parting is
shown also by a centrum—lacking the neural arch completely—else-
where in the coprolite. This indicates the presence of a neurocentral
suture.
The most interesting element in the coprolite is the caudal vertebra
illustrated in Figure 1. The centrum of this vertebra is about 3 mm.
long; the posterior zygapophyses were damaged in preparation, but
the distance from the anterior edge of the prezygapophyses to the pos-
terior edge of the postzygapophyses, about 3.5 mm., was measured
prior to the damage. The neural arch is swollen to an almost circular
cross-section, greater in diameter than the centrum except at the ends
of the vertebra. The neural spine is only a slight ridge, commencing
about midway along the neural arch and becoming more prominent
posteriorly. The dorsal part of the neural arch flares gently to become
broader from side to side in the regions of the zygapophyses. The pre-
zygapophyses have horizontal, slightly concave articular facets and
are connected to one another via a semicircular notch. As may be seen
in the illustration, the right prezygapophysis was chipped along its lat-
eral edge in preparation. Because of breakage, details of structure of
the postzygapophyses cannot: be described. The smooth concavity of
the intervertebral notch for the spinal nerve can be easily made out on
the right side between the postzygapophysial area and the centrum.
There is no costal facet; presumably this vertebra occupied a fairly far
posterior position in the caudal series. Faint traces of the neurocentral
suture can be seen, especially near the anterior end. The lateral sur-
faces of the centrum, unlike the surfaces of the neural arch, are not
swollen; a cross-section midway through the centrum would show flat
sides. The centrum is somewhat pinched midway in its length and
flares at either end to a width approximately equal to that of the
neural arch. The ventral surface of the centrum is a broad, shallow
trough. Passing away insensibly from the ventrolateral edges of the
centrum is a haemal arch. The base of this arch is broad and extends
farther anteriorly along the centrum than it does posteriorly; the
154, Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
distal end of the arch is narrower and lies about midway along the
length of the centrum.
The caudal vertebra that has been described is very similar to caudal
vertebrae in living urodeles. ‘Taking a caudal vertebra of a urodele as,
say, Cryptobranchus for comparison, the only differences are that in
Cryptobranchus there is a short neural spine jutting posterodorsally
beyond the postzygapophysial area and there is a spike-like postero-
ventral continuation of the haemal arch. The latter difference may not
be real; on the ventral surface of the rounded distal end of the haemal
arch of the vertebra in the coprolite can be seen a small area of break-
age that may indicate the former presence of such a spike-like distal
process.
There are other elements besides vertebrae in the coprolite. These in-
clude at least one rib that seems to have both capitular and tubercular
facets. There are also a number of what appear to be limb bones and
parts of limb bones. One of these seems to be half of a propodial, broken
away from the missing half at the narrow waist of the shaft, presum-
ably about midway in the length of the original bone. The preserved
half is about 4mm. long, is about 1.4 mm. thick near its articular end,
and is about 0.6 mm. thick at its broken end.
The general similarity of all the various vertebral parts in the copro-
lite to one another and the general fitness in size of all the elements
to one another make it seem likely that they all came from one animal.
DiscussIoNn
Romer (1945) has classified the urodeles and apodans (gymno-
phionans) along with a number of highly problematical groups of
Carboniferous and Permian vertebrates as members of the amphibian
subclass Lepospondyli. The order Microsauria, in particular, has pre-
sented thorny problems in phylogeny. The microsaurs have been con-
sidered variously as possible relatives of the urodeles, of the apodans,
and of at least the captorhinomorph suborder of cotylosaurian reptiles
(see Vaughn, 1962). The major uniting feature of the Lepospondyli
is the presumed common possession of “‘lepospondylous” vertebrae
that arise, as in living members of the subclass, by direct formation of
the centra through ossification around the notochord with little or no
preformation in cartilage. The lepospondylous vertebra shows no sign
of the division into intercentral and pleurocentral parts that character-
izes the labyrinthodont amphibians and that is still evident in the ver-
tebrae of reptiles and even mammals, although Williams (1959) feels
Permian Lepospondylous Vertebrae 155
that the centrum of the living lepospondyls can be equated with the
major central element, the pleurocentrum, of living amniotes.
In labyrinthodont amphibians, reptiles and mammals, the haemal
arches (chevrons) of the caudal region are outgrowths of intercentra.
In urodeles, contrariwise, the haemal arches are outgrowths of the
centra and there is no sign of intercentra. It is known that such a “cen-
tral” haemal arch was present also in the members of the Carbonifer-
ous and Permian lepospondylous order Nectridia, an order that in-
cludes the well known Diplocaulus, but the nectridian haemal arch is
quite different from that of urodeles in that the distal portion is long
from front to back and flattened from side to side, usually with verti-
cal fluting along the sides; frequently, the nectridian haemal arch is
constricted at its base, so that it is fan-shaped in lateral aspect. In nec-
tridians the neural arch in the caudal region looks much like the
haemal arch, the total effect being a flattened tail that was obviously
of use in sculling locomotion. Except for its “central” position, the
haemal arch of the vertebra in the Welles quarry coprolite is not at
all like that found in nectridians; it is very much like that seen in
living urodeles.
To date, the only lepospondyl of any kind reported from the Per-
mian of New Mexico is the microsaur Pantylus, and this is known
from only a smgle mandible found at the Anderson quarry near Ar-
royo de Agua (Langston, 1953). This is in marked contrast to the
number of lepospondyls found in approximately contemporaneous
lower Permian deposits in northcentral Texas, whence are known:
two genera of Nectridia, a genus of the Lysorophia, and a half dozen
genera of the Microsauria, among them Pantylus (Romer, 1950a,
1960). The very small size of the vertebrae in the coprolite from the
Welles quarry makes it seem highly unlikely that they might pertain
to Pantylus. Further, Williston (1916) reported caudal vertebrae with
intercentral haemal arches found in close association with parts of
three skulls of Pantylus in Texas. As Romer (1950b: 640) has noted,
“Tf the caudal vertebrae figured by Williston are actually those of
Pantylus they are of considerable theoretic interest in bearing haemal
chevrons:’ The theoretic interest stems from the intercentral position
of the chevrons, a condition that would tend to remove microsaurs from
the close relationship they have been thought to have with the other
orders classified under Lepospondyli. It must be noted, however, that
Case (1929) failed to find any trace of intercentra in Ostodolepsis, pre-
sumably closely allied to Pantylus, and that there is no good evidence
for intercentra in other microsaurs. Steen (1938) reported poorly pre-
156 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
served intercentral haemal arches in one specimen of the Pennsyl-
vanian microsaur Microbrachis, but, as Romer (1950 : 633) has re-
marked, “Since . . . they do not appear in other individuals of this or
in related forms, and since some confusion with caudal ribs is not im-
possible in a small and poorly preserved specimen, judgment may be
suspended on this feature’’
Granted that the evidence for intercentral haemal arches in micro-
saurs is not good, neither is there any reason for believing that they
had ‘‘central”’ haemal arches; indeed, there is some indirect evidence
that they did not have such arches. Gregory, Peabody and Price
(1956) studied microsaurian skulls and postcranial parts from the
lower Permian fissure deposits near Fort Sill, Oklahoma. The bones
in these deposits are rarely found in articulation, and referral of iso-
lated vertebrae to any particular genus or even larger group is diffi-
cult. The microsaurian atlas seems to be represented by several strik-
ingly urodele-like specimens (op. cit.: 43) The dorsal vertebrae that
seem to belong to microsaurs differ from those of urodeles in that the
transverse processes arise from near the front of the neural arch and
bear only one articular facet, in that there is a neurocentral suture,
and in other, less obvious ways. In these same fissure deposits were
found a number of caudal vertebrae that were referred to the micro-
saur Cardiocephalus with “great hesitation” (op. cit.: 46-47) because
“The only features that distinguish these from known caudal verte-
brae of [the cotylosaur] Captorhinus are their smaller size and the
absence of any trace of the transverse fissure permitting autotomy of
the tail. . . °° Nevertheless, in spite of the uncertainty in identification
of these vertebrae, it must be noted that no caudals were found with
any trace of ‘central’? haemal arches. For this reason, as well as the
caution prompted by Williston’s report of intercentral chevrons in
Pantylus, it would seem to be unwise at this time to suppose that the
vertebrae in the Welles quarry coprolite represent a microsaur.
This leaves us with no known order to which the vertebrae in the
coprolite may be confidently assigned. That these vertebrae are of a
basically lepospondylous nature would seem to be clear from the na-
ture of the haemal arch. Of the groups of Paleozoic lepospondyls be-
sides microsaurs: (1) in the Nectridia, as has already been pointed out.
the haemal arches look quite different, and nectridian vertebrae do
not have a neurocentral suture; (2) there is no evidence of haemal
arches in lysorophians, in at least Lysorophus and Megamolgophis
the neural arch is composed of two separate lateral halves, and the
limbs in these animals were apparently much reduced (3) aistopods
Permian Lepospondylous Vertebrac 157
were limbless and had ribs with peculiar processes quite unlike the
ribs seen in the coprolite. Of living lepospondyls: (1) in the vertebrae
of apodans the transverse processes are placed far forward on the
neural arch, but there are special “‘infrazygapophyses” that provide
additional articulatory surfaces along the ventral parts of the centra,
and besides, caudal vertebrae are almost nonexistent in the apodans
and when present do not have haemal arches; (2) the vertebrae of
urodeles are nectridian-like in the placement of the transverse process
midway along the centrum and in that the transverse process usually
is inclined posteriorwards and has two articular facets; (3) neither
apodan nor urodele vertebrae have neurocentral sutures, but this, as
Gregory, Peabody and Price (op. cit.) point out, may not be signifi-
cant. The known vertebrate fauna of the Permian is, of course, proba-
bly only a small sample of the fauna actually living at that time, and
the sampling error is undoubtedly even greater when only the smaller
forms are considered. It is entirely possible that the animal represented
in the coprolite belongs to some lepospondylous group otherwise un-
known. It may also represent a much-modified variant of one of the
known Paleozoic groups. It may even be seen eventually to help cor-
roborate the opinion of Gregory, Peabody and Price that the urodeles
were derived from nectridian-like forms, but fossils of connecting
forms are needed to establish this.
Even if we put aside the problem of ordinal assignation of the form
represented by the bones in the coprolite, this animal is still of consid-
erable interest in that it shows such a strikingly urodele-like haemal
arch in the Permian, in that it adds to our picture of the early Permian
fauna of New Mexico, and in that it demonstrates the possible rewards
of diligent search for skeletal ‘elements in coprolites.
158 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The drawings that illustrate this paper were made by Miss Susan
Ahrend.
LITERATURE CITED
CASE, E. C.
1929. Description of a nearly complete skeleton of Ostodolepis brevispinatus Wil-
liston. Contrib. Mus. Paleont, Univ. Michigan, 3(5):81-107.
GREGORY, JOSEPH T., PEABODY, FRANK E., anp PRICE, LLEWELLYN I.
1956. Revision of the Gymnarthridae, American Permian microsaurs. Bull. Pea-
body Mus. Nat. Hist., 10:1-77.
LANGSTON, WANN, JR.
1953. Permian amphibians from New Mexico. Univ. California Publ. in Geol.
Sci., 29(7) :349-416.
McKENNA, MALCOLM C.
1962. Collecting small fossils by washing and screening. Curator, 5(3):221-235.
ROMER, ALFRED SHERWOOD
1945. Vertebrate Paleontology. Univ. Chicago Press, 687 pp.
1950a. The upper Paleozoic Abo formation and its vertebrate fauna. Soc. Vert.
Paleont. Guidebook for northwestern New Mexico, 4th Field Conf., pp. 47-55.
1950b. The nature and relationships of the Paleozoic microsaurs. Amer. J. Sci.,
248: 628-654.
1960. The vertebrate fauna of the New Mexico Permian. New Mexico Geol. Soc.
Guidebook of Rio Chama Co., 11th Field Conf., pp. 48-54.
STEEN, MARGARET C.
1938. On the fossil Amphibia from the gas coal of Nyrany and other deposits in
Czechoslovakia. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, ser. B, 108(2):205-283.
VAUGHN, PETER PAUL
1962. The Paleozoic microsaurs as close relatives of reptiles, again. Amer. Midi.
Nat., 67(1):79-84.
WILLIAMS, ERNEST E.
1959. Gadow’s arcualia and the development of tetrapod vertebrae. Quart. Rev.
Biol., 34(1):1-32.
WILLISTON, SAMUEL WENDELL
1916. The osteology of some American Permian vertebrates. II. Contrib. Walker
Mus. Univ. Chicago, 1(9) :165-192.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY
The Southern California Academy of Sciences met nine times during
the fiscal year 1962-1963. Eight of these meetings were held in the
Auditorium at the Los Angeles County Museum, and the Annual
Meeting was at the University of Southern California. The section on
Earth Sciences held several meetings at different schools in the area.
The following talks were given at the monthly meetings. The Bot-
any Section, on September 21, 1962, presented Dr. D. Foard of
U. C. L. A. who spoke on the “Developmental Anatomy of the Camel-
lia Leaf” The Invertebrate Zoology Section was in charge October 19,
1962, when Dr. Irwin M. Newell, Univ. Calif., Riverside, gave a talk
“Biology and Systematics of the Giant Red Velvet Mites of the Desert?”
On November 16, 1962, the Experimental Biology Section presented
Dr. Richard M. Straw, of Los Angeles State College, who discussed
“Cytomegalovirus (Human Salivary Gland Virus) in Tissue Culture
Cells” The Vertebrate Zoology Section heard Dr. Charles A. Mc-
Laughlin of the Los Angeles County Museum talk on ““The Mammals
of Chad, Africa’ January 18, 1963. Professor Emma Lou Davis,
U.C.L.A., reported on the “Migration of the Prehistoric Mesa Verdes
Peoples,’ sponsored by the Anthropology Section, on February 15,
1963. The Earth Sciences Section presented Dr. Theodore Downs of
the Los Angeles County Museum, who talked about the “Fossil Verte-
brates of the Anza-Borrego Desert;’ on March 15, 1963. The Junior
Academy on April 19, 1963, presented three students who discussed
their studies.
The newly elected Board of Directors and Advisory Board met on
May 3, 1963, to hear reports and elect officers for 1963-1964.
The third Annual Meeting was held at the University of Southern
California, on May 18, 1963. More than 120 persons attended the Sci-
entific Sessions, including a special symposium with eight papers, and
the general session with 18 papers in four sections. The student par-
ticipants were judged for two student prizes which were presented at
the Annual Dinner for the first time.
The papers presented were: Symposium “Adaptation to Cold” Dr.
Harry Sobel, Chairman and organizer. 1. ‘““Some Comparative Aspects
of Cold Acclimation in Birds and Mammals.’ Dr. Rowand R. J. Chaf-
fee (speaker) and Dr. Wilbur W. Mayhew, University of California,
Riverside. 2. “Fatty Acid Metabolism in Cold Exposure and Cold Ac-
climation”’ Dr. Edward Masoro, University of Washington, Seattle.
3. “Some Physiological Aspects of Cold Acclimatization” Dr. John
159
160 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
Patrick Mehan, University of Southern California. 4, “Physiological
Role of Brown Fat?’ Dr. Robert E. Smith, University of California, Los
Angeles. 5. “Progressive Reduction of Low Temperature Induced
Fibrillation Point by Hypothermia Exposure”’ Dr. Dale L. Carpenter,
Marquart Corporation. 6. “Profound Hypothermia in the Rabbit” Dr.
David Norman, North American Aviation. 7. “Changes in Guinea
Pigs Exposed Continuously to Temperatures of 2-4°C for One Year’
Dr. Harry Sobel, Veterans Administration Hospital, Sepulveda. 8. Dr.
G. S. Bajwa, Institute for Biological Research, Culver City, presented
histological findings.
General Session papers:
Studies on the Mytilus edulis community in Alamitos Bay, California: Develop-
ment and destruction of the community. Donald J. Reish, Long Beach State
College.
Evolutional Trends in the Chonotrichida (Protozoa, Ciliata). John L. Mohr, H.
Matsudo, and Y. M. Leung, University of Southern California, and V. L. Greg-
ory, California Polytechnic College, Pomona. (Presented by Mohr)
An Ecological Study of the Green Lynx Spider Population of Northwestern Flor-
ida. Donald C. Lowrie, Los Angeles State College.
Fortuitous Appearance of Two Exotic Fishes in the California Fauna. Carl L.
Hubbs, Scripps Institute of Oceanography.
The University of Southern California Antarctic Program and Some Preliminary
Results of Work in the Bransfield Strait. Hugh H. Dewitt, University of South-
ern California.
Evolution in the Viperfish Chauliodus sp. Jules Crane, Cerritos College.
New Information on the Structure of Permian Lepospondylous Vertebrae—from
an Unusual Source. Peter Vaughn, University of California, Los Angeles.
Heavy Machinery in Archeology. Ruth D. Simpson, Southwest Museum.
The Transition of Isopods from a Marine to a Terrestrial Habitat. Gary J. Brusca,
University of Southern California.
Studies on the Ecology of Planktonic Foraminifera and Radiolaria off the South-
ern California Coast. Richard Casey, University of Southern California. (Co-
winner of student award)
Water balance of the Florida Mouse. Daniel S. Fertig, University of Southern
California.
Metabolic Aspects of Temperature Regulation in Lepidoptera. J. E. Heath, Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, and P. A. Adams, University of California,
Santa Barbara. (Presented by Heath)
Some Investigations in Cinephotographic and Microphotographic Techniques.
William R. Stanley, and Wm. J. Bruff, Cerritos College. (Presented by Stan-
ley)
Comparative Osteology of the Plethodontid Salamander Genus Aneides. David B.
Wake, University of Southern California. (Co-winner of student award)
Winter-time Biota of the Pacific Coast Lagoons of Central Baja California, Mex-
ico. Robert Eberhardt, Lockheed-California Company.
Proceedings of the Academy 161
The late Miocene Mammal Fauna from Camp Creek, Nevada. J. R. Macdonald,
Los Angeles County Museum.
Pleistocene Lake Panamint, Panamint Valley, California. Thomas Clements and
Lydia Clements, University of Southern California. (By title only)
Late Pleistocene Bird Fossils from the Channel Islands, California. Hildegarde
Howard, Los Angeles County Museum.
Seventy-five members and guests attended the Annual Diner
Meeting which was held at the Faculty Center, University of South-
ern California. Dr. Herbert Friedmann, Director, Los Angeles Coun-
ty Museum, presented a talk on “Aspects of Evolution in a Genus of
Crested Cuckoos”’
Fellows elected to the Academy were announced at the Annual
Dinner. They were: Mr. Cyril EF Dos Passos, Mendham, New Jersey;
Dr. Herbert Friedmann, Los Angeles; and Dr. Laurence M. Klauber,
San Diego.
Co-winners of the student awards were Mr. Richard Casey and Mr.
David Wake, both of the University of Southern California. Each re-
ceived a first prize of $35.00, presented at the Annual Dinner.
Dr. Theodore Downs, retiring president, relinquished the gavel to
the incoming president Dr. Richard B. Loomis. Appreciation to Dr.
Downs was expressed for a successful and outstanding two years in
office.
Thanks were extended to Dr. Jay M. Savage, Chairman of the
Local Committee, and to other faculty members and graduate stu-
dents in the Department of Biology, University of Southern Califor-
nia, for their help in conducting a successful Annual Meeting.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$8.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $6.00)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS. 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agricultural
Experimental Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine
numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually
from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—one issue only). Issued four num-
bers (January, May, July and October) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX,
No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-
April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6,
November-December.
From 1925 to 1961, including volumes XXIV to 60, three numbers were pub-
lished each year. Beginning with volume 61, four numbers will be published each
year:
MEMOIRS
Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1, 1947.
Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. Vol. 3, Part 3, 1956.
163
Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 3, 1963
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
For Sale at the Appended Prices
BULLETIN
TO TO NON-
MEMBERS MEMBERS
By INN@s. Zo LOA rane rect oieaeeticee a ey Societe ait een ye ahora ca $1.00 $1.00
AMMEN OMEN OI ye haha Peis wekiseg wal cede ue 1.00 1.00
GRE OOM oR tears ial ys euan ether eluent 1.00 1.00
Gy? Te, NDOY oc raeetteeaeee eect one eae asa oe eae eater sr 3.00 3.00
SMmmmmmm ll OOM eer chr Gente sore Se. alcke qu stteeecebanal eae) pes 2.00 2.00
PD SOTO) is SIRS Ret a niee aatce taste am seen r aes ee ee ct 1.50 1.50
NOMMGMRIASON Ce he a kre a ah 3.00 3.00
O°?) She TUSSI ate eases ae rae et er areaae Pe ene ea 4.00 4.00
MEMEO GONG i ek leo kan 1.50 1.50
li Pmmaame oe OMGw wre os Seo. tie 5 ners Wem aoa 3.00 3.00
Mam OD Pra a UR ee ode aes io ae ei Mat 1.00 1.00
aera eal) DOVER ra eee aloe re ant ok Caen rata ate 1.00 1.00
Pia 2 pnt) 2 De nt SA Meaty 1) cy ania) toe Sint e hh Gaede auth 2.00 2.00
J eWemaeleo ns<4n6. 1994 (each)... ke cana scie aee 1.00 1.00
DAM goo 8 OD 5. ((eaChi yi as. cular cis scutes ee 1.00 1.00
DOMMES I1O27Aeach)... 0... ce a esto eens ok 1.00 1.00
Diam 351098 (each)... .0..... se oe 1.00 1.00
DoMOM OOO escent 1.00 1.00
DOMMES a 1.00 1.00
Seeman SOS 2 (each). fc! 8 ou eas oleae nel nie 1.00 1.00
39.” YD. 1933 MC came se eeu cals IE a 2.00 2.00
3S Memmi Su (CaCI) ye eos ica Mee ee elena ae 1.00 1.00
Bum ONse 1035 (each) 4.0... ceeds. 1.00 1.00
3 OME Sat OS6N(each) 0 2 uae oe a ae 2 ee 1.00 1.00
3 OM aml? eh O37 (EACH) skeet Meteo cheatin uote 1.00 1.00
peel Se 1938 (Cache sehen wees aie Os de 1.00 1.00
BOM Oe Su 1939\(each)4..- 0... 1.00 1.00
BOSOM ee Oa ee 1.00 1.00
A) Mena Se OFT (Gach) 0k aur. asin ase esee 1.00 1.00
“Ween e3.61049 (each) 4 a: 1.00 1.00
AI AT 9, STAOA SN (Gachw)\\ re wena tee sta een 1.00 1.00
A teen Or ol G44 (Gach) (Mei... sshei. see ate has A sae 1.00 1.00
AA ee Oo 19457 (Gach)... scat. sa Meten eS akan 1.00 1.00
A yearn la) S531 9461 (@Achi)h ke. yh aps Gee eohge See te 1.00 1.00
MMe ons 047, (each). 0 eee le 1.00 1.00
AV mele De Su OAS) (COACH) P48 cent avs ts Reo ta clase 1.00 1.00
AS ecurn ly D2 Ss O4ON (each. )055 8 osc sees soe 1.00 1.00
AMEE e3EO5Oi(each ieee) a Wei eae ae 1.00 1.00
OMme 1. 341 05di (Gach) iia el hea 1.00 2.00
prenieDS 1959 (each). to ae oe 1.00 2.00
SOME Or S953) (each We a ca 1.00 2.00
ome SAO 544Ceach isis aa ct uiu cee eee ae 1.00 2.00
Publications of the Southern California Academy of Sciences 164.
Dav aie Oe) lO isisy (GENE) waeu ee ouedsodcdp obo dec $1.00 $2.00
ober ela Onse O56 (each. a tome oer ee eee 1.00 2.00
AGN 2 tle ON Bhat OB 7 COaCk)) We) ahah eee alee ae 1.50 2.00
De ie ONS 195 Sneaking esses nese ee ee ea ee 1.50 2.00
PE AOR ICSC Yelal))o Bane bahosconoceenoanes 1.50 2.00
HON nO RSs 1 9605 (each) mare eet ere ae ae 1.50 2.00
PEGO I ipt de lOGl- (2 5: Ai: vee ee eee 3.00
? 605. 2eepts: 2.3, (each). o.oo. eS aa cas ean ene 1.50 2.00
MEMOIRS TO TO NON-
MEMBERS MEMBERS
Wol.-11938—paper cover)... (Mt cnn da ceea we aes $2.00 $4.00
Vol, 2,No:. 1, 1939—paper cover. 24 ....0o ee 2 ee ee 1.25 2.50
” 9, ” 1,1939—printed on one side of page. ...... 179 3.50
BaD 2D 1944 paper COVER (turn toate Pie 8) 1.50
Ps 33,2 IP 947 paper COVER iti yee eee 1.00 2.00
Se 2 NO 40— “paper COVEN sad clcicrt eats eee 1.00 2.00
23,” 13) 1956 — paper COVERY ace sane ee ean ee 1.50 3.00
MuscELLANEOUS, PUBLICATIONS OF AFFILIATED OR
Co-OPERATING ORGANIZATIONS
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2’ (all published)... 522... 5.23 ee unbound $1.00
Southwest Science Bullen May 5, 1960 (all published), chiefly Entomo-
logical, 1 color plate 0. a2. ood ees pen eee on oe eee 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of Am. from the
Polar Sea to San'Diego), W.H. Dall ............. ieee 1.00
A List of North American Lepidoptera in the Los Angeles County Museum.
Part I Butterflies (Suborder Rhopalocera), Lloyd M. Martin and Fred
S. Truxal. L.A. County Museum Science Ser. #18. Zool. #8, 1955. Price
$1.00 (add 15 cents for tax and mailing).
REPRINTS
Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfamilies Sphin-
goidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed on one side of page only,
to allow for additional notes), Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin,
7 sas sxiad 55 sages tas whscacch aha dats a MRR A, Oba a Vila ere se eT ae $ 50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County, New Mexico,
1931.K R. Fosberg 2... oo... ee ie 2 one dele eee .25
Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on white bristol board,
one side of page (without index) suitable for labels ................. 3.00
A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes of their habits and dis-
tribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis ........ ae ee 50
A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA, 32 pages,
from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm. M. Ingram ......... 50
Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL ISLANDS
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers ff t0'33) . 5. cote aoe eee 3.00
Fauna and Flora of El Segundo Sand Dunes, Papers 1-16 .............. 1.50
Address All Inquiries to
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U.S.A.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
Contributions to the BULLETIN may be in any of the fields of science, by any
member of the Academy. Acceptance of papers will be determined by the amount
and character of new information and the form in which it is presented. Articles
must not duplicate, in any substantial way, material that is published elsewhere.
Manuscripts must conform to BULLETIN style and may be examined for scien-
tific content by members of the Publications Committee other than the Editor or
be sent to other competent critics for review.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(1) The 1960 AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals
is highly recommended as a guide. (2) Typewrite material, using double spacing
throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 81 x 11 inch stand-
ard weight paper. (3) Submit the original and one carbon copy. The author should
also keep a copy. (4.) Place tables on separate pages. (5) Footnotes should be
avoided if possible. (6) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (7) Method
of literature citation must conform to BULLETIN style—see Vol. 61 and later
issues. Spell out in full the titles of non-English serials and places of publication.
(8) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers.
ILLUSTRATIONS—A\]] illustrations, including maps and photographs, should be
referred to as “figures:’ All illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
proper proportions for reduction to BULLETIN page size. Permanent ink should
be used in making drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings); photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Cost of engravings in excess of
one page will be billed to the author. A schedule of prices is given below. Origi-
nal illustrations and cuts will not be returned unless specifically requested when
the manuscript is first submitted.
PROOF—Authors will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re-
turned promptly. Changes in galley proof will be billed to the author. Unless
specially requested, page proof will not be sent to the author. Abstracts and orders
for reprints should be sent to the Editor at the time corrected galley proof is re-
turned; appropriate forms for these will be included when galley is sent. The
Bulletin does not furnish free reprints to the authors,
APPROXIMATE COSTS FOR ENGRAVINGS
(Price applies either to zinc etchings or half-tones)
4, page $13.00
th page 15.00
1 page 20.00
CLaAssEs OF MEMBERSHIP IN THE
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Membership is open to all scientists of all branches and to any person interested in
the advancement of science.
LIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: privileged to vote and attend all meetings
annually $ 3.00
UNLIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: also receive publications .............. $ 6.00
LIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: privileged to attend all meetings .......... $ 2.00
UNLIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: also receive publications ...... annually $ 4.00
LIFE MEMBERS: have all the privileges and receive all publications for life. .$100.00
FELLOWS: elected by the Board of Directors for meritorious services.
he
a
id
“BULLETIN OP eTHE”
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA
VoL. 62 OctToBER-DECEMBER, 1963 Part 4
CONTENTS
An experimental study of the echolocation ability of a California
sea lion, Zalophus californianus (Lesson). William E. Evans
and Ruth M. Haugen
The number of conenose bugs, Triatoma, infected by one engorge-
ment on a mouse with Trypanosoma cruzi. Sherwin F. Wood ..
Birds and Indians in the West. Loye Miller
Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—Channel Islands
biological survey. 37. Brachydont desmostylian from Miocene
of San Clemente Island, California. Edw. D. Mitchell, Jr. ... 192
Notes on the ova of six California moths. John Adams Comstock .. 202
A study of the Zygopinae (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) of America
north of Mexico, I. Elbert L. Sleeper
Theodore Payne, 1872-1963. Bonnie C. Templeton
Index for volume 62
Issued December 31, 1963
Southern California
Academy of Sciences
OFFICERS
Richard B. Loomis) ...ja.i: a2 oe oe eo nee ee eee President
John AL Witte yee. ee IRC 5 cite ae tty RN aa ee a First Vice President
Peter P. Vaughn... . 2)... say's aie ae en eer Second Vice President
Gretchen Sibley 00. 202025.) sce Gale «(eas citer eee Secretary
Toy d Vi. Martin (220.5. .2 eiek. Sec See ee Assistant to Secretary
W.Dwight Pierce «5 15.15.50 ten he dyn ete ies toate. eee: eer Treasurer
David K: Caldwell: ye. 60. Sek Se Editor
DIRECTORS
David K. Caldwell
E. Yale Dawson
Richard B. Loomis
Lloyd M. Martin
James A. Peters
W. Dwight Pierce
Jay M. Savage
Gretchen Sibley
Ruth D. Simpson
Peter P. Vaughn
John A. White
ADVISORY BOARD
Phillip A. Adams
Theodore Downs
Kenneth E. Stager
A. Weir Bell Richard Etheridge Richard H. Swift
Russell E. Belous Herbert Friedmann Richard Tedford
Bayard Brattstrom Hildegarde Howard Fred S. Truxal
Henry E. Childs, Jr. Charles McLaughlin Louis C. Wheeler
John A. Comstock Elbert Sleeper Sherwin Wood
STANDING COMMITTEES
Finance Library
Russell E. Belous, Chairman Dorothy E. Martin, Chairman
Publications Membership
Fred S. Truxal, Chairman James A. Peters, Chairman
Conservation Student Committee
Henry E. Childs, Jr., Chairman Harry Sobel, Chairman
Publicity
Theodore Downs, Chairman
SCIENCE SECTIONS
Anthropology Experimental Biology
Russell E: Belous, Chairman Ronald A. Kroman, Chairman
Botany Invertebrate Zoology
E. Yale Dawson, Chairman John L. Mohr, Chairman
Earth Sciences Vertebrate Zoology
Richard H. Tedford, Chairman
James A. Peters, Chairman
The Bulletin is published quarterly by the Academy. Address all communications to the
appropriate officer at the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles 7, California.
Printed by Anderson, Ritchie & Simon, Los Angeles, California
PUGctivwiiN OK THE SOULHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
VoL. 62 OcroBER-DECEMBER, 1963 Part 4.
AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF THE ECHOLOCATION
ABILITY OF A CALIFORNIA SEA LION,
ZALOPHUS CALIFORNIANUS (LESSON )
Wituram E. Evans! anp RutH M. HAucEn?
Lockheed-California Company, Burbank, California
INTRODUCTION
It has been well established that dolphins, specifically the Atlantic
bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus), are endowed with an ex-
tremely efficient biological “sonar” system (McBride, 1956; Schevill
and Lawrence, 1956; Kellogg, 1958, 1959; Norris, Prescott, Asa Do-
rian and Perkins, 1961). During several cruises of the Lockheed-Call-
fornia Company Research Vessel Sea Quest early in 1962, another
marine mammal, the California sea lion, Zalophus californianus Les-
son, was observed to produce at least five different types of sounds
under water during what appeared to be feeding and investigating ac-
tivities. A sonagram of one of the more characteristic of these sounds
is presented in Figure 1. The waveform of these sounds and the be-
havior associated with their production was indicative of some form
of echolocation. However, the possible presence of various unobserved
delphinids, which are known to be sound makers, e.g., the Pacific Pilot
Whale, Globicephala scammoni and the Pacific whitesided dolphin,
Lagenorynchus obliquidens, (Schevill and Watkins, 1962), in the
immediate area made the positive identification of these sounds as
being of sea lion origin tenuous. However, these field observations
were recently verified by the observation of underwater sound pro-
duction by various captive pmnipeds (Poulter, 1963; Schevill, Wat-
kins and Ray, 1963).
In order to further verify these observations, especially in reference
to the use of these sounds for echolocation, the following series of tests
was conducted.
1Also Research Associate in Marine Zoology, Los Angeles County Museum.
“Now with Sea World Inc., San Diego, California
165
166 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
Ost WO © © + a SO
1.2
a
3 te
as
=_
a = cop)
= (o}
=
es ©
== e
“Sy —
3 -
a O-=
a
_ = ee
: — = a
ae
.
Figure 1. Sonogram of one of several underwater sounds produced by a Califor-
nia sea lion Zalophus californianus (Lesson). This sound was recorded at a loca-
tion 1000 yds. off of Santa Barbara Island, California.
Sea lion echolocation ability 167
1. A single captive California sea lion was monitored during various
types of activity to evaluate its underwater sound production ca-
pability.
to
The same animal was trained to retrieve objects made of a chemi-
cally inert material. It was determined whether or not sound was
used in conjunction with the detection and retrieval of these objects
under various conditions of visibility.
3. The same animal’s vision was completely suppressed by blindfold-
ing and its navigation and target detection capability observed.
PROCEDURE
The experimental animal, a one year old female California sea lion,
was maintained in a circular steel tank, 26 feet in diameter, 9.5 feet
deep, with a capacity of approximately 40,000 gals. An 8-foot wide
work platform used for animal training occupied one side of the tank.
Although this facility was capable of handling sea water, fresh water
was used to simplify maintenance.
Training and Tests. ‘The sea lion used in this study was placed in the
laboratory tank on December 18, 1962. At the time of procurement
she had been in captivity three weeks and would eat dead fish. Other
than this small degree of taming she was essentially untrained.
From the time of her initial introduction into the tank her sounds
were periodically monitored using a Massa, M-115 hydrophone,
Massa, M-185 hydrophone power supply and amplifier, and a Clevite
Ordnance Type O, hydrophone and a specially constructed pream-
plifier. All signals were recorded on a Vega, 4-channel tape recorder
at a tape speed of 7.5 ips. In addition, the animal’s underwater be-
havior was observed through four, 23-inch underwater viewing ports.
Rings made of 3g inch plastic tubing, 6.5 inches in diameter and
filled with air were used for the retrieval targets. These were easy for
the animal to pick up, and would produce a good echo return. Each
ring was weighted with lead shot to make it smk. The weight was
placed at one point on the circumference of the rmg so that it would
stand up-right on the bottom of the tank.
The animal was trained to accept the test rings on her training
stand at first, then retrieve them from the floor of the training plat-
form. She then progressed to water, retrieving floating rmgs and then
finally submerged rings. During the water retrieval phase of the train-
ing, records were kept of her retrieval time, and search pattern. All
initial trials were monitored acoustically.
168 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
During the retrieval training, several problems were encountered
in the animal’s behavior that affected final handling techniques. At
first the sea lion would watch the target rings, jumping into the water
as soon as the target was thrown. Not only was insufficient time al-
lowed for the ring to sink to the bottom of the tank, but also the animal
could see exactly where the ring was thrown and no search was neces-
sary. To offset this problem, the trainer held the animal’s attention
by feeding her pieces of fish while another experimenter threw the
rings into the water. However, the sea lion then began to respond to
the sound of the ring hitting the water. Consequently, it was neces-
sary to employ “false targets.’ As the trainer was supplying the ani-
mal with small bits of food, talking to her, and putting her through
various simple tricks (e.g., shaking hands), the other experimenter
would splash the water by repeatedly throwing in a ring and pulling
it out by means of an attached string. Thus, responses to false targets
were not rewarded. However, still another anticipatory response was
to occur. When the experimenter stopped splashing water, the sea
lion went after the smking ring. By splashing water for a few trials
without throwing in a target, this undesirable behavior was eliminated.
The possibility of changes in retrieval time from trial to trial as a
function of the food consumed during the trials was considered and
checked. During one training session, using floating rings, the re-
trieval times of the initial trials were of the order of 6 seconds. By the
40th trial, retrieval time had slowed to 20-40 seconds as the animal
appeared “bored or distracted”? However, during the 50th through the
80th trials, retrieval times were again in the 5-8 second range. There
was no noticeable “time” or “food” effect during the test sessions. On
a test day, the animal generally had been fed only a few fish prior to
the tests. The maintenance diet was approximately 7.5 pounds of
mackerel, squid, or white bait per day.
When the underwater target retrieval behavior was well estab-
lished, a series of daylight and night test trials was run. The final
handling technique was as follows. The sea lion was positioned on her
training stand with her back to the water. The trainer fed her small
fish (white bait), talked to her, and put her through simple tricks.
Simultaneously another experimenter splashed the water with a false
target ring. During the splashing, the target rig was thrown into the
water. After the target rmg had sunk to the bottom of the tank, (ap-
proximately 15 sec.), the tramer was signaled. The trainer then sent
the sea lion into the water by the verbal command “go find it?” The
time interval from the animal’s entrance into the water until exit onto
Sea lion echolocation ability 169
the platform with the rmg was considered the “retrieval time?” Upon
retrieving successfully, the sea lion was first rewarded with a fish, the
words “good Penny, and then given the command to mount her
traming stand were she was given another fish before the next trial.
The position of the target ring in the tank was varied from trial to
trial. A grid painted on the bottom of the tank was provided for ease of
visual monitoring of the ring position and the animal’s search pattern.
A successful retrieve was one in which the animal brought the rmg
with her when she emerged from the water onto the platform. If un-
successful, she was sent again. If repeated unsuccessful attempts were
made, the sea lion was guided to the correct spot by throwing another
ring, turning on the lights, etc. Each test consisted of 10 retrievals.
Constant sound and visual monitoring was maintained throughout
all tests. -
The same procedure was followed for both daylight and night trials.
However, during night trials, tests were run with overhead floodlights
in the on and off positions. With one 500-watt overhead floodlght on,
the ambient level directly above the surface of the water ranged from
0.75 to 1.00 foot candle, as measured with a Weston model 756 illu-
mination meter. During the “lights off” phase, measurements made
with the sensing element of the meter placed against the underwater
viewing ports and on the platform directly above the surface of the
water indicated ambient light levels of 0.03 to 0.05 foot candle. Dur-
ing this phase of the test the available light consisted mainly of sky-
light. These levels were measured with approximately 80% cloud
cover. Most night tests were made under 100% cloud cover, and hence
slightly lower illumination.
Under dark conditions it was apparent that the animal was not
forced to rely entirely on echolocation, if it did indeed possess such a
capability. Therefore, attempts were made to completely suppress the
animal’s vision with blindfolds in a fashion similar to that demon-
strated by Norris, et al, (1961), with the Atlantic bottlenose dolphin.
Unfortunately, we could not take full advantage of the blindfolding
technique since latext suction cups would not adhere to the fur of a
sea lion in the same fashion as to the smooth skin of a dolphin. After
several failures with cloth hoods and plastic goggles, a 3-inch wide,
elastic bandage, 36 inches long, proved to be a successful blindfold.
This device was wrapped around the animal’s neck, over her eyes,
and under her muzzle in a double thickness, completely blocking light
from her eyes, yet not impeding her capability for eating on land or in
the water or for barking in air.
170 ~Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
The animal was equipped with a harness and tow line that allowed
her removal from the tank in the case she became completely dis-
oriented or displayed some violent fright response.
The animal was accustomed to the blindfold and to the harness
separately through the method of successive approximations. She first
learned to rub the folded blindfold material with her nose and chin,
then to have the material rubbed over her head. Next, she accepted
the blindfold being laid over her head and then over her eyes. Finally,
she allowed it to be wrapped around her head and tied. She was oc-
casionally given pieces of food during the operation and responded to
the words “good Penny” by opening her mouth for food. The sea lion
readily entered the water on command, wearing the blindfold
wrapped, but not tied, slipped it off and returned. Upon a command.
she would then retrieve the blindfold for her trainer. Acceptance of
the harness was similarly accomplished. The animal first learned to
push the leather with her nose, then to put her head through it. Next
she learned to present the handler with her flipper to allow the harness
to be fitted. She accepted both the blindfold and the harness calmly
and patiently with no display of anxiety. Swimming was not impeded
by the harness. However, when pressure was exerted on the tow line
by the handler, the animal appeared to be very emotional. She then
strained in the harness, dashed about, “porpoised” out of the water,
and refused to return to her work stand. Some emotional holdover
appeared occasionally in the trials immediately followmg. Through-
out the course of these tests the animal did not adjust to being re-
strained by the line. The complete harnessing and blindfolding pro-
cedures are illustrated in Figure 2.
RESULTS
Underwater Sound Production. After several days of monitoring, it
became apparent that this particular California sea lion was consider-
ably less vociferous than a single Atlantic bottlenose dolphin observed
under similar conditions (Evans and Prescott, 1962). During the
second week of monitoring, at 1640 hours, the animal was observed
to produce several bursts of broadband pulses while swimming unim-
peded a few inches off the bottom of the tank, approximately 15 min-
utes after a feeding session. These sounds were similar to those pre-
sumably produced by the California sea lion in its natural environ-
ment. This type of sound production behavior was observed again on
subsequent days and was usually accompanied by the same slow swim-
Sea lion echolocation ability 171
Figure 2. Various steps in the harnessing and blindfolding of a California sea
lion, Zalophus californianus (Lesson).
ming, bottom searching behavior, 15 to 20 minutes after a feeding.
As observed by Poulter (1963) and Schevill, Watkins and Ray (1963)
the signals produced by this animal were similar in some ways to clicks
or pulses produced by delphinids while echolocating. However, in all
of the pulse series we have observed, the sounds were produced in
172 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
bursts, rather than in long trains of pulses as are commonly produced
by the bottlenose dolphin. In addition, the signals produced by this sea
lion (Fig. 3A) had very little energy above 6 Kcps and none above 8
Keps, while in those produced by Atlantic bottlenose dolphins (Fig.
3B) maintained in the same test tank during the early part of 1962,
considerable high frequency energy was present. No double pulse
structure, as observed by Poulter (op. cit.) was noted.
Retrieval Tests. A total of 25 trials was run under the dark condition
(0.03-0.05 foot candle) ; 18 of these were successful retrievals. The ex-
perimental animal produced no sound during any of these trials. The
retrieval time during the “lights on” condition, ranged from 5 to 11
seconds with an average time of 8 seconds. During the dark condition
the times ranged from 5 to 22 seconds, with an average time of 15
seconds. The search pattern used during all test conditions consisted
of a series of continuous loops. The search pattern was more complex
during the completely dark condition. There was a consistent tendency
for the animal to “check” initially the area of the last successful find.
Blindfold Test. When given the command to enter the water for the
first blindfold test the animal showed no hesitation. She leaped from
her training stand into the water, and surfaced in the center of the tank
(Fig. 2E). When tossed food, she oriented toward the sound of the
splash, but made no attempt to retrieve the food if it was further than
2 feet from her mouth. However, food that touched her face or vibris-
sae was quickly consumed. Occasionally she submerged, sinking slowly
to the bottom and rising to the surface to breathe. During this first trial,
when the animal was called back to her traming stand, she swam
quickly and directly toward her handler, colliding with the edge of
the platform. She then submerged, floated slowly to the surface, and
refused to attempt to emerge from the water again. All of her move-
ments were slow and deliberate. In order to remove the animal from
the water, slow and gentle pressure was applied to her leash, pulling
her toward the platform. She was then fed pieces of fish as her han-
dler unfastened the blindfold. With visual orientation restored, the
animal voluntarily came out of the water to her training stand. She
produced no discernible sound during any portion of this test. The ani-
mal’s behavior during the second blindfold test was similar to that of
the initial trial, mcluding the lack of sound production. During both
of the blindfold tests, the animal seemed to prefer staying in the water,
and at the end of the second test was removed under protest.
Sea lion echolocation ability 173
ak i oe
% ig Vet
Pe ee f cob ae
ee Pa i oe
ors hast oak Bok a jd Dibeeds mauaseed cob ae
O 0.| O20 OS104 O05) .O6
TIME (SEC.)
Figure 3. A. Sonagram of clicks produced underwater by a California sea lion
maintained in a test tank at the Lockheed-California Company, Burbank Facility.
B. Sonagram of a train of echolocation clicks produced by an Atlantic bottlenose
dolphin maintained in the same test tank the previous year.
174 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
These results, in contrast to those of Norris, et al. (1961) with
Tursiops, indicated that a total loss of vision seriously impaired the
sea lion’s navigation and food-finding ability. With continued train-
ing it is possible that some adaptation to this undoubtedly stressful sit-
uation might occur. However, it was apparent in these tests that sup-
pression of the visual sense constituted a more serious problem for the
sea lion than it did for the blindfolded dolphin.
Discussion
The results of this series of tests do not support the theory that the
California sea lion has a well-developed echolocation ability (Poulter.
1963). However, much insight ito search behavior, sound produc-
tion and the visual capabilities of the California sea lion has been
gained. Also, the techniques developed, and the state of training of
the animal used, should make it possible to define accurately the vari-
ous parameters of sea lion target detection behavior, whether they are
visual, acoustic, or both. The possibility that an echolocation capability
is a learned behavior, should not be overlooked.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
1. A single, captive California sea hon, Zalophus californianus (Les-
son), was observed to produce series of short duration, broadband
sounds, underwater, while apparently searching for food. These
sounds appear to be similar to the “clicks” used by the Atlantic bot-
tlenose dolphin for echolocation signals.
. The sea lion in captivity does not produce underwater sounds nearly
as frequently as the bottlenose dolphin, under similar conditions.
3. Under conditions of darkness (ambient light level, 0.05 foot candle )
the sea lion can successfully find and retrieve air filled plastic rings,
6.5 inches in diameter from 9.5 feet of water, without producing
sound,
4. A method was devised to blindfold successfully a California sea lion.
When blindfolded, the sea lion’s ability to find food and navigate
was seriously impeded.
bo
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank Messrs. W. W. Sutherland, R. G. Biel, and J. J.
Dreher of the Lockheed-California Company for their assistance in
monitoring during the tests, and Messrs. Arthur Thomas and David
H. Brown. “Mar ineland of the Pacific Oceanarium, for invaluable sug-
Sea lion echolocation ability Ais
gestions on handling and caring for the experimental animal. Also we
wish to thank Dr. K. S. Norris, Department of Zoology, University of
California, Los Angeles, Dr. D. K. Caldwell, Los Angeles County Mu-
seum, Dr. W. E. Schevill, Woods Hole, Oceanographic Institution, and
Melba C. Caldwell, University of Southern California for their con-
structive comments on this manuscript.
LITERATURE CITED
EVANS, W. E., and J. H. PRESCOTT
1962. Observations of the sound production capabilities of the bottlenosed por-
poise: A study of whistles and clicks. Zoologica, 47(2): 121-128.
KELLOGG, W. N.
1958. Echo-ranging in the porpoise. Science, 128: 982-988.
1959. Size discrimination by reflected sound in a bottlenose porpoise. J. Comp.
Physiol. Psych., 52: 509-514.
McBRIDE, A. EF
1956. Evidence for echolocation by cetaceans. Deep-Sea Res., 3: 153-154.
NORRIS, kK. S., J. H. PRESCOTT, PAUL V. ASA-DORIAN, and PAUL
PERKINS
1961. An experimenta! demonstration of echolocation behavior in the porpoise,
Tursiops truncatus (Montagu). Biol. Bull., 120(2): 163-176.
POULTER, T. C.
1963. Sonar signals of the sea lion. Science, 139: 753-755.
SCHEVILL, W. E., and BARBARA LAWRENCE
1956. Food-finding by a captive porpoise ( Tursiops truncatus). Breviora, 53: 1-15.
SCHEVILL, W. E., and W. A. WATKINS
1962. Whale and porpoise voices, a phonograph. Woods Hole Oceanographic
Instit. Cont. No. 1320.
SCHEVILL, W. E., W. A. WATKINS, and CARLETON RAY
1963. Underwater sounds of pinnipeds. Science, 141: 50-52.
THE NUMBER OF CONENOSE BUGS, TRIATOMA, INFECTED
BY ONE ENGORGEMENT ON A MOUSE WITH TRYPANO-
SOMA CRUZI. In order to test the capacity of one small rodent to
infect Triatoma p. protracta (Uhler) with trypanosomes, a & 11.5
em. Mus musculus, Expt. 226, was inoculated intraperitoneally on
Feb. 1, 1960, with 0.05 ml. of sodium citrate solution contaiming the
No. 1 dropping of a recently-fed 5th instar Triatoma nymph from
Griffith Park, Los Angeles (Wood, Exper. Parasitol., 10:356-365,
1960.) This clear fecal droplet revealed numerous metacyclic Try pa-
nosoma cruzi Chagas. ‘Tail blood samples of the mouse were negative
for trypanosomes 14, 16, and 18 days after inoculation. Five trypa-
nosomes were seen on the 22nd day and one on the 23rd day after in-
oculation in single drop samples.
Experimentally infected rodents have been used many times for
transferring trypanosomes to Triatoma (Wood, loc. cit.). No attempt
was made here to restrict these bugs to a specific area of the rodent
for feeding. All bugs were released at the same time in the immediate
vicinity of the mouse which was confined to a wire cylinder in a cir-
cular plastic dish, 15.5 cm. in diameter and 7 cm. deep. On the 23rd
day, two sets of bugs were fed on the experimental mouse. The first set
of 11 Triatoma (3 3,5 2, 3 fifth instar nymphs) were placed with
the white mouse for 2 hours. The adults fed to capacity but the 5th
nymphs were 1; full. These bugs were purposely removed to pre-
vent further decrease of blood volume in the mouse. They were exam-
ined for trypanosomes one month later and all except 1 were posi-
tive, an infection rate of 81.9%.
The second set of 28 Triatoma (9 third and 9 second instar
nymphs) were allowed to feed at random until death of the mouse.
Twenty-four contained blood at the time of removal. These bugs were
also examined for trypanosomes after one month. Twenty-three or
82.1% were infected including 8 third and 15 second instar nymphs.
Since the size and weight of an important California reservoir ro-
dent, Peromyscus truei gilberti (J. A. Allen), is similar to that of Mus
musculus, this experiment indicates the percentage of insect vectors
that could ingest Trypanosoma cruzi during two feedings. This high
rate of replacement of infected bugs and continued susceptibility of
Triatoma to infection would explain the widespread distribution and
continuous recurrence of Chagas’ trypanosome in native reservoir ro-
dents and hematophagous bugs as demonstrated by field sampling
(Wood, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 41:61-69, 1942. Amer. J. Trop.
Med., 23:315-320, 1943; Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 49:98-100, 1950;
176
Infection of conenose bugs 177
Wood and Wood, Amer. J. Trop. Med. and Hyg., 10: 155-165, 1961 )
throughout the southwestern United States.—Sherwin EF Wood, Life
Sciences Department, Los Angeles City College, Los Angeles 29, Calt-
fornia.
BIRDS AND INDIANS IN THE WEST
Love MILLER
University of California, Davis
From time to time during the previous ten years I have been asked to
identify the bird remains taken from Indian middens im western
America during careful explorations by trained anthropologists. In
addition there have come to hand numerous bones retrieved by the
casual digger (including myself) who was inspired only by a simian
or Juvenile curiosity. It seems worth while now to survey and draw
together the results of these studies as an addition to the splendid work
done by Howard (1929) on the great “Shell Mound” at Emeryville
on the east shore of San Francisco Bay—a site now blotted out by the
relentless wheels of civilization called “Progress?”
My own studies have focused carefully upon middens located widely
as follows: The Dalles, Oregon; several shell-heaps on Puget Sound,
Washington; four sites along the Missouri River in North Dakota;
Wilson Butte Cave, Birch Creek Valley, and Weiss Rock Shelter in
Idaho; Iron Gate site in Siskiyou Co., California; San Nicolas Is. and
shore sites along the southern California coast. These sites represent a
great variety of terrain as well as a great variety of Indian tribes—each
with its special language, food habits, totems, intra-tribal organization
and religious beliefs. The avian remains from the middens of Oregon,
Washington, North Dakota and Wilson Butte Cave, Idaho have been
previously recorded (Miller, 1957, 1960, 1961, and Gruhn, 1961,
respectively). Those from the Birch Creek Valley and Weiss Rock
Shelter sites in Idaho are discussed herein.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
More recently much aid and encouragement have come to me from
the staffs of the Museums at Idaho State College at Pocatello, Idaho;
the Peabody Museum of Harvard University at Cambridge, Mass. ; the
University of Oregon at Eugene, Ore.; and the University of Califor-
nia at Berkeley. Dr. C. S. Cressman, Dr. Earl H. Swanson, Dr. Alden
MH. Miller, Dr. W. Wood, Dr. B. Robert Butler, and Dr. Ruth Gruhn
all have rendered especial service and are extended my sincere thanks.
178
Birds and Indians in the West 179
PreviousLy UNPUBLISHED AVI FAUNAS
Weiss Rock Shelter (Idaho County, Idaho)
Buteo jamacensis, Red-tailed Hawk, femur and humerus. These two
bones represent a large Buteo (probably a single individual and a
female). They are not B. regalis, bemg too heavy shafted and short.
Both are much abraded at the ends giving a first impression of having
been gnawed by small rodents. On close examination, however, the
humerus shows on the palmar aspect of the area between the bicipi-
tal and the deltoid attachments some rectilinear scratches, two of
which cross each other and are followed by two parallel lines to for-
tuitously produce the Roman numeral XII. Other lines on both sides
of the deltoid crest strongly suggest that a very fine pointed instru-
ment had been used to remove the crest. Furthermore on the anconal
face opposite the distal end of the deltoid crest a hole 10.2 x 6.5 mm.
in size, has been made. A few faint scratches are discernible at the
antero-distal margin of this hole. The impression in my own mind is
that an attempt had been made to produce a whistle but the plan had
been abandoned before completion. I have examined such whistles
from other middens but they are generally made from the ulna of
longer winged birds. A 3 mm. hole appears in the shaft of the femur
which I can not explain though how it could have been made by ac-
cident without breaking the shaft is a mystery. No tool marks appear
on the femur. Both bones show weathering to greater extent than any
other specimen in the collection.
Falco sparverius, Sparrow Hawk. Humerus and tibia are the only
bones of this species retrieved thus far and fortunately their preserva-
tion is excellent. The left humerus lacks a few chips from the deltoid
crest, the right tibia lacks the proximal 1/4. The bones show no weather-
ing and are but lightly stained. Rich color of the tail feathers of this
little falcon may have appealed to the Indians as ornaments.
Dendragapus obscurus, Dusky Grouse. This grouse is the most promi-
nent bird in the collection and the majority of the bones are beauti-
fully preserved. Specimens vary in color from “old ivory” to a warm
golden brown. Both sexes of adults and two stages of immaturity are
represented. In the John Day Basin of Oregon I found this species
quite abundant in sage country with scattered low junipers among
gently rolling hills. It is surprising that only two of the nine bones
are definitely from young birds.
180 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
Pedioecetes phasianellus, Sharp-tailed Grouse. This grouse is repre-
sented by a single tarsus, presumably of a female bird. Both ends are
broken but it closely corresponds except for size with an old male, the
only recent skeleton available. This grouse is smaller and definitely
more slender legged than Dendragapus. There appears no possibility
of confusing the tarsi of the two birds.
Otus asio, Screech Owl. An incomplete ulna is assigned to the Screech
Owl after repeated check and re-check under the lens. Only the proxi-
mal 24 remains and the olecranal process is missing. The size, curva-
ture, intermuscular lines and facets so far as preserved correspond
with those of a female specimen of O. asio bendirei from central Cali-
fornia. The fascinating thing about this specimen is that a tiny round
hole has been drilled in the shaft on the concave (radial) side. This
hole is less than 1.5 mm. in diameter and appears perfectly round with
smooth edges. The distal end of the specimen does not appear to have
been broken. I am confident that it was purposefully cut as was done
in removing the olecranal process at the proximal end. Was the
skilled artisan endeavoring to produce a tiny whistle? Several of the
whistles examined from other Indian middens had been made from
the ulnae of long winged species (e.g. Grus), the shaft and the ole-
cranal process had been cut in similar fashion and the hole located on
the concave aspect of the shaft. Whatever his purpose the Indian did
a skillful bit of work.
Asio otus, Long-eared Owl, tibia and humerus. ‘Iwo species of the
genus Asio might be expected to occur at times in the area of Weiss
Rock Shelter. Isolated and broken bones of unknown sex of these two
owls are difficult to assign specifically. The tibia is fortunately quite
nearly perfect so it is assigned with confidence to the species A. otus.
The other specimen is a badly broken humerus which is assigned with
less confidence to the same species. The Long-eared Owl seems the
species most likely to be found in country not too far from the rock
shelter, In my own field experience it has been met in fair numbers
in sage-juniper country as well as in localized timber along streams
that cut through semi-desert areas.
Colaptes cafer, Red-shafted Flicker, two humeri and tarsus. The tar-
sus and one humerus are practically perfect and are readily identifi-
able. The second humerus, #42,436, is less perfect but corresponds in
such characters as are preserved although the shaft is slightly heavier,
a difference assigned to age or sex of the individual. The congeneric
Birds and Indians in the West 181
Yellow-shafted Flicker is less likely to occur in this region and com-
parison of humeri of specimens of the same sex from the two species
showed a stouter shaft in the Red-shafted Flicker. It seems proper
therefore to consider C. cafer as the species represented. Although I
have known the Flicker to serve as a food item for a number of Cau-
casians and certainly could appreciate such an interest on the part
of an Indian, I feel that the feathers of this beautiful bird may have
had an even stronger influence in making it one of the species oc-
curring frequently in the bird lists from Indian middens.
Corvus corax, Raven, coracoid. This practically perfect bone is the
only representation of this species which occurs in so many other
middens and cave deposits. It is wide-ranging in open arid country
where it commonly uses rocky outcrops for nesting sites. The single
bone came from a mature individual.
Corvus branchyrhynchos, Common Crow, pelvis, humerus, ulna. The
Crow is less commonly seen in open country than is the Raven but two
and probably three individuals are represented in the collection. I
feel that a sizable assembly of broad leaf trees furnished attraction for
these gregarious birds somewhere within reach of the Indians of Weiss
Rock Shelter. Audubon in his Missouri River Journal, speaks of cer-
tain tribes of Indians along the River as using the crow for food. Such
use may explain the abundance of its bones in this Idaho midden.
Pica pica, Magpie, nine bones. I assume that the Magpie here repre-
sented is the widely occurring Black-billed species since our only other
species, the Yellow-billed Magpie, is so closely restricted to limited
areas and habitats in central California west of the Sierra Nevada. Con-
stant osteological differences between unassociated bones of the two
species have not been recognized.
Only one other species, the Dusky Grouse, is represented in such
great numbers and no immature specimens have been found. Further-
more, I have found the adult Magpie a wary bird and quite able to
take care of himself unless his curiosity be excited. I am impressed by
the Indians’ ability in capturmg numbers of the birds. The species may
have had a varied appeal—as food, as pets, as a source of attractive
feathers or as a tribal totem.
Turdus migratorius, American Robin. A single bone, a complete tibia
represents this species that, durig one or another season of the year
may be found in any type of environment below the limit of trees
from the arctic to Mexico. Furthermore it may occur, at times, in great
182 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
numbers during the non-breeding season. Its plump body would have
been an acceptable food item at the camp fire of any group. Its rarity
and its perfect preservation are the chief interests attached to this
specimen.
Sturnella neglecta, Western Meadowlark. Like the Robin, this full
bodied bird may have added an acceptable item to the Indians’ bill of
fare. Its presence indicates open country though not necessarily a per-
manent meadow. Semi-arid country with annual grass dotted with
low, perennial bushes may be inhabited by Meadowlarks.
Birch Creek Valley CAvE on Rock SHELTER
(ca. 125 NNE of Pocatello, Idaho
Anseriformes, a single coracoid of a medium sized duck represents this
order. Seemingly the water birds played a very small part in the life
of the Indians of this area. There must have been no still water or
marshes of any size within hunting range, else their arts, crafts, cere-
monials or nutrition would have included some species of water bird
in greater numbers.
Falconiformes, a complete and a broken coracoid may have come from
the same individual of Falco columbarius, the Pigeon Hawk, which
alone represents the raptorial order. In none of the Indian middens
previously studied have I failed to find some large species of raptor;
eagles, hawks, falcons and even vultures. The Birch Creek environ-
ment surely provided several species of these birds. Did they have no
attraction for the Indians? With what plumes did they feather their
shafts? Grouse feathers are too strongly curved. Crows are a bit too
small for efficient use and large waterfowl seem not to have been
available.
Galliformes, one’s first impression is that the whole domestic economy
of the Birch Creek Indians centered about the grouse family and that
the only grouse was the Sage Hen. Closer study, however, shows that
two other grouse and a quail (Oreortyx) played a minor part for the
Galliformes.
Dendragapus obscurus, Dusky Grouse, is represented by three hu-
meri, one femur, one tibia, one tarsus and two coracoids. The male
humerus is very closely like that of the female Sage Hen, but the shaft
is stouter and the distal articulation with the forearm operates around
a more oblique axis, 7.e. the ulnar condyle and the entepicondyle are
Birds and Indians in the West 183
extended more distally than the radial condyle. Similarly the femora
are much alike except that Dendragapus shows a greater degree of
pneumaticity in the great trochanter when viewed from the anterior
face. This grouse is found in open timbered country and pine forest
today, contrasting with the Sage Hen of the treeless sage.
Centrocercus urophasianus, Sage Hen. This grouse is the dominant
bird of the entire collection. Forty six (46) humeri, equally divided
between male and female, are identified with confidence whereas
other skeletal elements are strangely in the minority—skull 1, sternum
1, scapula 1, fibula 1, tarsus 1, femur 2, sternum 2, tibia 7, metacarpus
none at all. There are a few ulnae present, but they are so badly muti-
latted that they can be assigned merely to “grouse?” Why are the ulnae
broken away at both ends while many of the humeri are quite per-
fect? Seven (7) coracoids are assignable to “grouse,” but only two are
assigned with confidence to Dendragapus and none to Centrocercus.
The super-abundance of this species emphasizes the openness of
Birch Creek Valley and the presence of zeric vegetation.
Bonasa umbellus, Puffed Grouse. Three grouse metacarpi, per-
fectly preserved, check perfectly with this small grouse. No other bone
in the entire collection, however, is thus assignable, nor are there other
Western grouse known to me with which they could be confused. They
came from adult birds of both sexes.
Presence of Ruffed Grouse remains in these small numbers suggest
a limited amount of stream-side tangle of water loving trees, brush
and vines.
Oreortyx picta, Mountain Quail. A single coracoid is the sole rep-
resentative of this species. It is found today in ecologic association with
Dendragapus rather than with the open country dwelling Centro-
cercus.
Strigiformes
Asio otus, Long-Eared Owl. There are two bones in the collection
which are assigned to the owls. One is the distal end of a humerus, the
other an almost complete tarsus of a bird scarcely out of the nest. Both
are assigned to the species A. otws; the Short-Eared Owl, Asio flam-
meus, is very Closely similar but in general it is shghtly larger. It must
be admitted that the specific assignment may be in error.
Long-Eared Owls today may be found breeding in mesquite desert,
pine clad mountain canyon or willow thickets along river courses.
The bird’s presence here holds little interest except to raise the ques-
184 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
tion “why?” The immaturity of the bone suggests that a young bird
may have been captured and brought in by a child or by a medicine
man. It may even have been held in captivity for a while or used in
ceremonial rites. Some Pacific Coast tribes consider the owls as in-
carnations of nocturnal spirits of mystic powers.
Passeriformes
The remainder of the collection is assigned with a fair degree of con-
fidence to this order though some of the badly broken bones could be
those of the flicker, a species so often found in Indian middens. Many
of the most delicate little bones are as perfectly preserved as though
prepared by a skillful technician. These latter, I feel confident, reached
Birch Creek in the stomachs of owls, to be later cast up unbroken and
beautifully cleaned, as pellets of fur, feathers and bone. The owls,
however, seem to have used the area only as temporary roosts since
they left none of their own bones as record. (Aszo does not inhabit
caves or rock shelters. )
The owls can scarcely be held responsible, however, for the presence
of the wing bones of certain larger passerines which could not be
swallowed whole but would have been partially dismembered.
Corvus brachyrhynchos, Common Crow. The crow is represented
by seven of the characteristic carpometacarpi and by no other bone.
Certainly no owl could swallow the terminal joint of a crow’s wing
(owls do not pluck their prey). This species must have been brought
in by man and, though divers Indian tribes are reported to have used
the crow as food, the presence of wing bones only is suggestive of ritual
or decoration as the purpose served in this case.
For some strange reason these segments of the crow’s wing are all
broken at either or at both ends though the slender metacarpal II
may be well preserved. Also the size of some may reach that of a fe-
male C. cryptoleucus although that species shows positive divergence
in osteological characters. Possibly the crow’s primary feathers were
used by the arrow marker for want of better. This might account for
fracture of the metacarpus in chopping off and bringing home only
the wing-tips.
Pica pica, Black-billed Magpie. Like the crow, the magpie has been
found in many of the Indian middens of the west. I have ascribed its
presence to the Indians having used its striking plumage in ornamenta-
tion or having kept it as a pet. Two humeri, one metacarpus and a ques-
tionable ulna represent it in the Birch Creek collection.
Birds and Indians in the West 185
Smaller passerines. Quite a few of the bones mentioned above as
probable remnants of “owl pellets” are left nameless. Classification
within the order is based so largely upon characters not registered in
the single and unassociated bone that I feel much uncertainty as to
even the family represented. An error once registered upon the printed
page can never be erased. Therefore, silence seems to be indicated.
AGE oF MIDDENS
Materials from many areas that have passed through my own hands
represent the birds presumably assembled by Indians who had not yet
come under the influence of Caucasian man; J.e., he was himself a
“natural species” of wild creature among wild creatures—more or less
omnivorous but, when possible, in the main a carnivore. Unlike the
bear, wolf or cougar, however, he had a primate brain that set him
quite apart from his fellow creatures. His aesthetics, religion, cere-
monials, his social organizations, interest in pets or games, craftsman-
ship in clothing, housing, weapon-making and I know not what else,
all had an influence upon the accumulation of bird bones aside from
his mere desire for food, though the latter may have loomed large.
The time represented in these accumulations extends from the near
present back into that nebulous borderland between the Pleistocene
and the Recent. At least the horse, camel, mammoth and ground sloth
survived long enough to “shatter lances” with the big braied bipedal
nmmigrant from the Old World. Carbon 14 dating accomplished thus
far extends the period back some 10,000 to 12,000 years (Butler,
1962)
In only one case so far have I found an extinct species of bird im
the midden collections. Among 9,000 bird bones there was a single
bone of Coragyps occidentalis from the Dalles, Oregon. Other extinct
species have been reported by my colleagues from caves in New Mex-
ico and Texas, but the actual association with man has not yet been
established.
The association of the extinct Diving Goose (Chendytes) with man
im the coastal zone of Southern California is also uncertain thus far
(see Howard, 1949:24). The California Condor (Gymmnogyps cali-
fornianus), so near extinction but so widely known in late Pleistocene,
is extremely abundant in the midden at the Dalles, Ore. on the east-
ern side of the Cascade Range. The Whooping Crane (Grus ameri-
cana) is but sparsely represented in middens of North Dakota. Notably
absent from the Dakota middens are the Passenger Pigeon (Ectopistes
migratorius) and the Carolina Parakeet (Conuropsis carolinensis) al-
186 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
though Audubon records the latter within a very few miles of the
Dakota site.
Aside from the Condor, no species of bird has been identified in these
studies at a site outside its present day range.
ARTIFACTS
The almost ivory-like texture and the highly pneumatic nature of
certain groups make the bird’s bone attractive to the Indian for several
purposes. The long bones of deer and mountain sheep approach the
fine texture of bird bone and I have seen large awls made of them, but
for more delicate sewing the bird bone serves best. In the North Da-
kota middens there were well polished awls made from Swan: ulna 1.
Eagle: ulna 2, radius 4, tibia 1; Crane: radius 1; and Horned Owl:
humerus 1. The eagle bones were particularly desirable, it would
seem, because of the lesser degree of pneumaticity. These bird awls
were, I imagine, used in the making of finer clothing and headdresses
out of thin skins of small mammals and birds.
This same fine texture and pneumaticity made the long bones of
birds useful in fashioning beads and as counters in certain games. The
radius of larger birds, when cut into segments, made beads already
perforated for stringing. The fine texture would appeal to the sense of
touch.
The best Indian ‘“‘whistle” I have seen was made from the ulna of
a crane (Grus canadensis ). Both ends had been removed and a smooth
hole cut near the proximal end on the concave (radial) side. Within
the cavity of the bone, just below this hole, a partial plug had been
skillfully modeled to direct a blast of air out through the hole and
produce a musical tone of great purity closely approximating that of
the California Pigmy Owl (Galucidium gnoma). Fortunately the
artisan had used a somewhat asphaltic matrix which had not been re-
moved by subsequent ground waters so his skillful handiwork had
been preserved. The length of this whistle was 614 inches. Another
ulna from this same midden (on San Francisco Bay Shore) had been
squarely cut at one end though it was irregular at the other. Unfor-
tunately the plug, if ever present, had not been preserved; but if a
thumb closed the rough end, one could blow across the smoothly-cut
end and produce a good tone much as a small boy would blow across
an empty cartridge case or a pill bottle. This bone was 21% in. long.
This midden yielded several other fragments of long bone that might
Birds and Indians in the West 187
have been designed for making into whistles by a specially music
minded craftsman.
Men (or women) of all times and tongues have yielded to the at-
traction of the feather. Even the bird himself seems in some species
to be appreciative of his own colorful clothing. The Indian was no
less susceptible than his kinsman im Hawaii, Africa, New Guinea (or
New York). So he decorated his headdress, his medicine bag, his
quiver and I know not what else with feathers. ‘To this aesthetic sense
I ascribe the presence of several species of bird remains we find in
Indian middens. Of course the feather itself may have long ago dis-
appeared, though there are exceptions (I have seen the gaudy feathers
of macaws preserved for centuries in the dry air of Peru). Sooner or
later certain of the species might have become totemic either to a tribe
or to a clan within the tribe. This might lead to a tabu on the one hand
or to the ritual consuming of its flesh, blood or heart on the other hand.
Mrs. Joseph Grinnell gives me an interesting account of her hus-
band’s parents’ experience during the 1870’s in the midwest. Father
Grinnell was government physician to the Indians in Indian Territory.
Wild Turkeys abounded in the timber along the water courses whence
they were frequently brought in the doctor’s game bag to the kitchen
door. Mother Grinnell went into the back yard to pluck them. There
she often found eager little brown hands thrust between pickets of the
fence to clutch the colorful feathers but never could the Indian be in-
duced to touch any of the meat. It was tabu to the Indians of that area.
Indians of the cliff-dweller culture kept turkeys in captivity for the
sake of their feathers, it is reported, rather than as a source of food.
Powell, in his account of exploration in the Colorado River Basin,
figures an eagle cage built and used by Hopi-land Indians. I saw a
magpie kept in a cage by a wandering tribe of Indians in Death Valley,
California. What but its plumage could have been the attraction in
this case?
I feel that attractiveness of their plumage may account for the pres-
ence of Sparrow Hawk, Flicker, Magpie and perhaps Crow in many
of the middens that I have examined. It has been reported that the
scalps of the Acorn-eating Woodpecker in California and the Ivory-
billed Woodpecker of the Mississippi Valley were used within historic
time as a medium of exchange between tribes. I am inclined to credit
the report.
The wing feathers of large raptors, waterfowl or even the Raven
probably found use in the fletching of arrows. Skins of pelicans made
warm body covering. The fluffy plumes of the Rhea, held together by
188 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
plant fibre made a ight and comfortable blanket for the native of the
Argentine pampa. Altogether the bird’s feather was an important
item of interest to the Indian. ‘To me it explains the presence of cer-
tain bones in the refuse heaps. Among some ten thousand bird bones
examined, I have seen but two or three that suggested contact with
fire. Possibly these Indians, like some Esquimaux, ate the bird raw.
RITUAL
The owl was sacred to Pallas Athena; the Romans ascribed great sig-
nificance to the movements of birds. No less seriously did the Ameri-
can Indian look upon a wide variety of birds. This aspect of ethnology
warrants a volume in itself. Only surmise is left us in the work with
midden remains. How tantalizing and how exciting to the imagina-
tion! The Indians, more than likely, brought with them from the Old
World a “rootstock” of belief or superstition from which there grew
through the ages, along with the evolution of linguistic or even phys-
ical characters, a whole “botanical garden” of beliefs, rituals, tabus.
totems and heraldry. The picture is so kaleidoscopic today that I ven-
tured only suggetsion in the discussion of certain species.
FRAGMENTATION OF BONES
Three papers have previously appeared regarding my own study of
the bird remains from middens (Miller, 1957, 1960, 1961). In each
of these comment was made on the high degree of breakage. This con-
tmues to puzzle me. Mammal bones were supposedly cracked to re-
trieve the yellow marrow from the cavity. Bird bones are small and
in relatively few species is there even a small amount of fat to be found
—certainly not enough to encourage an Indian to crack the dense and
very hard tarsus of an eagle or a condor. Yet seldom are these bones
found unbroken.
Trampling by bare or moccasined feet would merely press the bone
into the soft matrix of the midden. Bone-chewing habits of the dog
family would tend to concentrate upon the ends of the bone where
articular cartilages and synovial membranes add flavor. Furthermore
the bone would be abraded instead of merely broken. Excavation of
the Dalles midden uncovered almost no canid material whereas the
breakage of bird bone there was most marked.
On San Nicolas Is. off Southern California, dog remains of two
strains were extremely abundant; yet im the extensive middens there
breakage of bird bone was at the minimum. The Birch Creek middens
Birds and Indians in the West 189
in eastern Idaho show less of this breakage than does any other main-
land midden that I have studied. To me it seems to be the result of
human activity, a force sometimes quite powerful, that was purpose-
fully apphed. But what was the purpose? Was it ritual? In the case of
the Sage Hen from Birch Creek midden, which was presumably a food
item in the main, many of the long bones were almost perfect.
SUMMARY AND DEDUCTIONS
1. Birds were of definite interest to the Indians though that interest
may have varied greatly.
2. The interest may have been in its flesh as a food item; in its feathers
for ornament, for flectching the arrow, for warmth in clothing, for
symbolism; in its bone for making awls, beads, counters or whistles;
as a tribal or clan totem; religious or ceremonial sacrifice; as a pet;
Tabu probably loomed large.
3. The bird fauna retrieved from a midden varied with geographic lo-
cation, with local ecology, with climatic changes at the same site.
4. Only one bone out of many thousand represents an extinct species.
Only one species, the condor, was found outside its present day
range.
5. In some cases mineralization had begun.
6. Maximum age was 10,000 to 12,000 years.
7. Bones from most middens were highly fragmented. This phenom-
enon was not explained.
8. Owls or falcons may have added some bones to a midden.
9. Falcons, Ravens and Cliff Swallows may have nested in some of the
caves.
190 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
TABLE I.
Bird remains identified from middens of Western Indians.
xX —= present
sp. = species
Gaviidae
Podicipedidae
Diomedeidae
Pelecanidae
Phalacrocoracidae
Ardeidae
Threskiornithidae
Anatidae
Cathartidae
Accipitridae
Falconidae
Tetraonidae
Phasianidae
Gruidae
Rallidae
Charadriidae
Scolopacidae
Recurvirostridae
Phalaropidae
Laridae
Alcidae
Columbidae
Tytonidae
Strigidae
Picidae
Hirundinidae
Corvidae
Turdidae
Icteridae
Fringillidae
(Howard, 1929)
x many
sp.
x 2 sp.
x +4 sp.
x 3 sp.
Oregon
(Miller, 1957 )
Dalles,
=
i
a)
ron)
=
. ‘Ef
K 3
~: = as
SEg= 329
Syed eb Tr
-~o sow
case SA
x 2 sp. =
2 sp. =
x x
- x
x many x3 sp
sp.
x 2 sp. x3 sp
x x
x x 2sp
>.< —.
as =
> 4 —
x x
x x 2sp
(Miller, 1961 )
Wilson
“mM
~ Kw mK
Butte,
Idaho
(Gruhn, 1961 )
Weiss
Rock,
Idaho
Birds and Indians in the West 191
LITERATURE CITED
ADUBON, J. J.
1843. The Missouri River Journal. Reprint by Dover Publ. Co.
BUTLER, B. R.
1962. Contributions to the prehistory of the Columbia Plateau. Occ. Pap. Idaho
State Coll. Mus., 9: 1-86.
GRUHN, RUTH
1961. The archeology of Wilson Butte Cave, South Central Idaho. Occ. Pap.
Idaho State Coll. Mus., 6: 1-202.
HOWARD, H.
1929. The avifauna of Emeryville Shell mound. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 32:
301-394.
1949. Avian fossils from the Marine Pleistocene of Southern California. Condor,
51: 20-28.
KROEBER, A. L.
1925. Handbook of the Indians of California. Smithson. Inst., Bull. Bur. Amer.
Ethnol. 78: 1-995.
MALKIN, B.
1962. Seri Ethnology. Occ. Pap. Idaho State Coll. Mus. ,7: 1-58, with appendix.
MILLER, L.
1957. Bird remains from an Oregon Indian midden. Condor, 59: 59-68.
1960. Some Indian midden birds from the Puget Sound area. Wilson Bull., 72:
392-397.
1961. Bird remains from Indian middens in the Dakota area. Bull. So. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 60: 122-126.
POWELL, J. W.
1895. Exploration of the Colorado River and its canyons. Reprint by Dover Publ.
Co.
SWANSON, E. H.
1961. A preliminary report on the archaeology in Birch Creek, Eastern Idaho.
J. Idaho State Coll. Mus., 4: 25-28.
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LOS ANGELES MUSEUM—
CHANNEL ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. 371.
BRACHYDONT DESMOSTYLIAN FROM MIOCENE OF
SAN CLEMENTE ISLAND, CALIFORNIA.
Epw. D. MrrcHext, Jn.
Los Angeles County Museum
and
University of California, Los Angeles
The twelfth expedition of the Los Angeles County Museum’s Channel
Islands Biological Survey visited San Clemente Island, Los Angeles
County, California, for one week during February, 1941 (Comstock,
1946: 100). On the last day of the stay, three teeth and a bone frag-
ment of an extinct mammal were collected by the party, possibly in
the vicinity of Wilson Cove on the northeast end of the island. These
teeth represent a comparatively rare brachydont desmostylian.
Desmostylians were large, supposedly amphibious mammals which
inhabited both the east and west margins of the North Pacific Ocean
during the Miocene Epoch. There were probably a number of differ-
ent types, but the best known and one of the most widely distributed
genera, Desmostylus, is still considered by many to be a poorly known
mammal, and its relationship to other desmostylian species can only
be regarded as tentative. Each cheektooth of desmostylians is made up
of a number of columns that are joined at the base. In Desrmostylus, the
height of the columns is great and the base of the crown is not en-
larged, but in two other genera, Cornwallius and Paleoparadoxia, the
columns are relatively shorter and the base of the crown may or may
not form a predominant part of the tooth.
The following abbreviations are used in this report: CIT, Califor-
nia Institute of Technology collections now in the Los Angeles County
Museum; LACM, Los Angeles County Museum; PMBC, Provincial
Museum of British Columbia; and UCMP, Museum of Paleontology,
University of California, Berkeley.
‘All of the previous contributions from the Channel Islands Survey have ap-
peared irregularly in this Bulletin, beginning in 1939.
192
Miocene brachydont desmostylian 193
Order DESMOSTYLIA Reinhart, 1953
Family Paleoparadoxidae Reinhart, 1959°
Paleoparadoxia sp.
Material. Four specimens are represented in the collection: LACM
4371a, a nearly complete cheektooth; LACM 4371b, crown and por-
tion of the root of a premolar embedded in a bone fragment showing
portion of an adjoining alveolus; LACM 4371c, a bone fragment with
the basal end of a tusk in place; and LACM 4371d, an indeterminate
bone fragment (Fig. 1a-1).
Collector. The specimens were collected by Jack C. von Bloeker, on
22 February 1941.
Locality. LACM fossil vertebrate locality 1164: “Wilson Cove, north
of airport, San Clemente Island, Los Angeles County, California?’ This
information is from the original label; no further data are available.
Neither Mr. von Bloeker (the collector) nor Mr. George P. Kanakoff
(who accompanied Mr. von Bloeker on the collection date) can re-
member specifically collecting the specimens. Mr. von Bloeker thinks
that they were collected near the pier at Wilson Cove on the above
date, but Mr. Kanakoff believes that they may have been collected else-
where on the island by U.S. Navy personnel. The rock adhering to the
specimens was a light brown, medium-grained sandstone composed of
angular to subangular clasts of volcanic rock. Rocks of similar lithol-
ogy were not located by Mr. Jere H. Lipps and me during a search at
Wilson Cove on 5 September 1961. The specimens may not have
come from Wilson Cove.
Formation and Age. Olmsted (1958) indicated that the unnamed
Tertiary sedimentary rocks exposed on the island are middle Miocene
in age. However, he stated (p. 65) that the rocks at Wilson Cove con-
tain “phosphatized Foraminifera that are questionably of early Mio-
cene age.’
Descriptions. The four specimens hereinafter described may have
come from a single collecting station, and possibly from a single skele-
ton since they were apparently collected im limited time, are from un-
duplicated parts of a skeleton, all have the same patina, similar weath-
*Designated “Family Paleoparadoxia” by Reinhart (1953), but was a nomen
nudum until 1959 when the typical genus (Paleoparadoxia Reinhart, 1959) was
proposed and characterized.
194 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
ering marks, and had the same type of matrix adhering to them be-
fore preparation.
Cheektooth. The nearly complete cheektooth (LACM 4371a) lacks
the entire root system, and also the pulp cavity wall for about one
quarter of its circumference. The columns are reduced in size com-
pared to the underlying inflated crown. There are four main columns,
with a group of three accessory columns at each end and at least two
(possibly three, one may have occupied a lateral broken area) small
columns between the large pair of main columns (see Fig. 1a). The
columns are set upon a crown which is laterally inflated and bulbous,
and which has thin walls ventrally. The columns converge toward the
center of the crown, and each has a small protuberance of dentine at
the top. No wear is evident on any column. A well defined cingulum
runs nearly the length of the tooth on one side and seemingly gives
rise to an additional incipient lateral cuspule on one end (Fig. 1c). A
ventral view into the pulp cavity (Fig. 1b) discloses seven indenta-
tions that can be directly correlated with columns (or groups of col-
umns) of corresponding relative size directly above (asin Desmostylus;
VanderHoof, 1937: 182). The pulp cavity itself is exceptionally large
—if the tooth were not broken, exposing a cross-section of relatively
thin enamel and thick dentine, it might be thought to be the cavity
TABLE 1
Measurements in millimeters of crowns of cheekteeth of brachydont
desmostylians. Comparative measurements taken from VanderHoof,
1942; Hay, 1924; and Clark and Arnold, 1923.
Specimen Maximum length Maximum width Maximum height
; of crown
Paleoparadozia sp.
LACM 4371a — 28.0 26.5
UCMP 45274 93:2, 18.0 16.0
UCMP 63981 20.0(?) — 13.0
Paleoparadoxia tabatai
UCMP 40862 33.0 25.4 20.0
UCMP 32076 35.4 25.4 16.2
Cornwallius sookensis
PMBC 486 (holotype) 33.0 24.0 16.0
PMBC 491 4.8.5 34.0(?) 23.0
UCMP 32682 — 28.0 14.0
UCMP 36079 — 24.0 26.5
UCMP 36078 36.0 27.5 1725
Miocene brachydont desmosty lian 195
occupied by dentine (see cross-sections in VanderHoof, 1937: fig. 14;
Hay, 1923: fig. 4; Hay, 1924: fig. 1). The ventral border of the pulp
cavity as preserved is laterally constricted midway from the ends of
the tooth, which suggests that the tooth may have been double rooted.
The dentinoenamel junction was probably about 10 mm. below the
bases of the columns. At the base of a major column (on the broken
end of the tooth) the enamel is 2 mm. thick. Fine circumferential
striae (the surface expression of the enamel prism groups of Vander-
Hoof, 1937: 182; and “Schreger’s stripes” of Reimhart, 1959: 98) are
distinguishable on the base of the crown and the columns. Somewhat
larger vertical striae are distributed around the tooth in the region
between the base of the crown and the base of the columns. A water-
worn cheektooth (UCMP 64116) found with another tooth referred
to Paleoparadoxia at UCMP locality V5555 in late Miocene rocks at
Santa Cruz, California (Mitchell and Repenning, 1963) closely re-
sembles LACM 4371a in having a well inflated crown base with col-
umns that converge sharply inward. Dr. Tadao Kamei (in litt. 25
November 1962), basing his conclusion on a drawing, thinks that
LACM 437 1a is a left lower third molar.
Premolar. The premolar (LACM 4371b) is embedded in a badly
eroded fragment of bone. The remnant of the root of another tooth
slopes toward the premolar at an angle of 25°. The root of the pre-
molar is oval in cross-section and is solid. The crown of the tooth is
thickly enameled. The crown has very small pits irregularly distrib-
uted over its surface, but these pits may be due to weathering phe-
nomena. On the tip of the crown is a tear-drop shaped opening in the
enamel which exposes dentine (Fig. 1d). On one side of the crown
(Fig. 1e) is a small, flat wear surface. On the side of the crown near-
est to the second root fragment is a pronounced bulge accentuated by
a small, irregular pit above it. On the edge of the tooth opposite this
bulge is a small indentation which may be a second wear surface.
There is a well marked separation between the enamel of the crown
and the dentine of the root. Dr. Tadeo Kamei (in litt. 25 November
1962), basing his conclusion upon a drawing, thinks that LACM 4371b
is a right first premolar, but that it could be either upper or lower.
Tusk. The fragment of bone containing the basal tusk fragment
(LACM 4371c) is poorly preserved, but some information can be
derived from it. No sutures are evident on the bone. It is dense except
for the area at the base of the pulp cavity of the tusk, where it is per-
forated by numerous large nutrient foramina. Only a portion of one
196 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
Figure 1. Fragmentary teeth and bones of Paleoparadoxia sp. from Miocene of
San Clemente Island, California. All views 24 natural size except 1 which is
144 natural size. a—occlusal, b—bottom, and c—side views of cheektooth LACM
side views of premolar LACM 4371b; f—diagram-
matic cross section, g—anterior, and h—side views of tusk fragment LACM
4371c; and i—cross-section of indeterminate bone fragment LACM 4371d (which
4371a; d—occlusal and e
has been ground flat on two sides).
Miocene brachydont desmostylian 197
side of the tusk is preserved. In anterior view, it is evident that the tusk
was not perfectly round. In Figure 1g, the dark shading to the right
of the tusk fragment denotes an area from which most of the tusk is
broken away, but where a thin veneer of dentine still adheres to the
alveolar wall. The curvature indicates a wider tusk with a sulcus or
groove on one side (Fig. 1f). The walls of the tusk itself are thick
three centimeters anterior to the basal end, but are reduced in thick-
ness posteriorly to a sharp-edged margin at the end. The pulp cavity
is funnel-shaped, tapering rapidly anteriorly (Fig. 1h).
Bone fragment. On the most convex border of the indeterminate bone
fragment (LACM 4371d) there are numerous interconnecting shal-
low sulci which run along the axis of the bone. The broken surfaces
of this bone were cut and polished on a lap wheel to better observe the
microstructure (Fig. 11). The bone is quite dense. The sections show
the characteristic pachyostoseal condition (sensu McLean and Urist,
1961: 226) that VanderHoof found in Desmostylus and which I be-
heve to be characteristic of the order Desmostylia (Mitchell, Jn press).
The Haversian canals are distributed regularly throughout the region
between the cancellous portion and the distinct circumferential lamel-
lae. In the center, the cancellous portion is characterized by lacunae
of small diameter separated by thick-walled trabeculae.
TABLE 2
Measurements in millimeters of teeth of Paleoparadoxia sp. (LACM
4.371) from Miocene of San Clemente Island. See ‘Table 1 for meas-
urements of cheektooth (LACM 437 1a).
LACM 4371b, premolar:
Greatest diameter of root 16.5
Least diameter of root 12.0
Height of crown 21.0
Maximum width of crown 16.0
Estimated least diameter of adjacent root 8.0
LACM 437 1c, tusk fragment:
Greatest diameter as preserved 23.0
Greatest diameter of pulp cavity as preserved 15.0
Greatest thickness of dentine wall 9.0
Remarks. These San Clemente Island specimens are herein referred
to Paleoparadoxia and not to Cornwallius because the cheektooth
(LACM 4371a): 1. although fittmg the original generic diagnosis of
Cornwallius (“low-crowned teeth furnished with a strong tuberculated
198 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
cingulum” of Hay, 1923: 107), has a “strong tuberculated cingulum”
that is not in fact diagnostic, or even present, in teeth of Cornwallius
but is characteristic of Paleoparadoxia (Mitchell and Repenning,
1963); 2. has vertical striae around the base of the crown, similar to
more pronounced striae in a specimen referred to Paleoparadoxia
tabatai by Reinhart (1959, specimen UCMP 40862); and 3. unlike
teeth referred to Cornwallius has a prominent swollen crown base.
The Paleoparadoxia sp. specimens (LACM 4371; the “brachyo-
dont desmostylid” of Mitchell and Lipps, /n press) represent some of
the earliest collected (1941) identifiable vertebrate fossils from the
Tertiary of San Clemente Island other than the ‘““mammalian bones”
of Olmsted (1958: 64) and undetermined fish scales (Smith, 1898:
490). Mr. J. H. Lipps and I recently collected many fossils of marine
vertebrates which are still under study (Mitchell and Lipps, Jn press).
Paleoparadoxia is circum-North Pacific in distribution, and ranges
from early to late Miocene in age (Mitchell and Repenning, 1963).
In the eastern North Pacific, Paleoparadoxia is known from west-
central California (Reinhart, 1959: 95, specimens UCMP 40862 and
32076; and Mitchell and Repenning, 1963: , specimens UCMP
45274 and 63981), possibly from southern California (Reimhart,
1959: 99, specimen LACM 1352), and from San Clemente Island
(this report) which is the southernmost known occurrence in this area.
Teeth referred to Cornwallius, a genus which is restricted to the early
Miocene of the eastern North Pacific, have been found in Alaska
(Byers, 1959: 289; Drewes, et al., 1961: 606), in British Columbia
(Cornwall, 1922; Clark and Arnold, 1923), and the eastern side of
Baja California (VanderHoof, 1942). Fossils of Paleoparadoxia may
ultimately be found over as great a latitudinal range as fossils of Corn-
wallius in the eastern North Pacific.
Hiri and Kamei (1961: 27) stated that “Paleoparadozia, like Des-
mostylus, is aquatic (marine) herbivorous . . ” and may be “omniv-
orous grazing’? Yabe (1959) reported that both “Cornwallius”’
(= Paleoparadoxia, sensu Mitchell and Repenning, 1963) and Des-
mostylus have been found in the same beds in Japan. Paleoparadoxia
and Desmostylus have been found together in the Santa Cruz area of
California also (Mitchell and Repenning, 1963).
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
Three teeth and a bone fragment referred to Paleoparadozia sp. are
described from early or middle Miocene deposits on San Clemente
Miocene brachydont desmostylian 199
Island, Los Angeles County, California—this is one of the few North
American locality records of this genus, and one of the first identifiable
vertebrate fossils reported from the Tertiary of San Clemente Island.
One of the tusks of Paleoparadoxia sp. was not round in cross sec-
tion but had an obvious sulcus on one side.
Pachyostosis occurs in bones referred to Paleoparadoxia sp.
CoMPARATIVE MATERIAL
The following specimens were examined: Cornwallius sookensis-
UCMP 36078, 36079, and 32682, PMBC 491 (cast), PMBC 486
(cast); Paleoparadoxia- UCMP 40862, 32076, 45274, 63981; Cf.
Paleoparadoxid- LACM 1352. This last specimen (LACM 1352) from
LACM locality 1084 was incorrectly referred to as “CIT 857” by
Reinhart (1959: 99-101).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Mr. Mabry Van Reed, Pasadena Range Director, U.S. Naval Ordnance
Test Station, Pasadena, California, granted permission and arranged
for field work on San Clemente Island, and Mr. Albert C. Specht,
NOTS Administrative Officer, San Clemente Island Engineering Divi-
sion, was very helpful in logistics on the island. Dr. Gideon T: James
of the Museum of Paleontology, University of California, Berkeley
kindly loaned comparative specimens. Mr. Jere H. Lipps of the Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, assisted in the field, and Mr. Lipps,
Dr. Theodore Downs of the Los Angeles County Museum, Dr. Joseph
T. Gregory of the University of California, Berkeley, Mr. Charles A.
Repenning of the U.S. Geological Survey, Menlo Park, and Dr. Peter
P. Vaughn of the University of California, Los Angeles, criticized the
manuscript. The illustrations are by Miss Mary Butler, staff artist at
the Los Angeles County Museum, and by the author. Some of the work
on the San Clemente Island specimens was supported in part by an
AAAS Research Grant, administered by the Southern California
Academy of Sciences.
This paper is part of the results of a study by Mr. J. H. Lipps and
myself on the paleontology and geology of San Clemente Island (see
Mitchell and Lipps, Jn press). It is published as a Los Angeles Mu-
seum-Channel Islands Biological Survey contribution because the spe-
cimens were collected in 1941 by that Survey.
200 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
LITERATURE CITED
BYERS, E M., Jr.
1959. Geology of Umnak and Bogoslof Islands, Aleutian Islands, Alaska. U.S.
Geol. Surv. Bull., 1028-L: 267-369.
CLARK, B. L., and R. ARNOLD
1923. Fauna of the Sooke formation, Vancouver Island. Univ. Calif. Publ. Dept.
Geol. Sci. 14: 123-179.
COMSTOCH, J. A.
1946. Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum-Channel Islands Biological
Survey. 33. Brief notes on the expeditions conducted between March 16, 1940
and December 14, 1941. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 45: 94-107.
CORNWALL, I. E.
1922. Some notes on the Sooke formation, Vancouver Island, B.C. Canadian Field-
Nat., 36: 121-123.
DREWES, H., et ai.
1961. Geology of Unalaska Island and Adjacent Insular Shelf, Aleutian Islands,
Alaska. U.S. Geol. Surv. Bull., 1028-S: 583-676.
HAY, O. P
1923. Characteristics of sundry fossil vertebrates. Pan-American Geol., 39: 101-
120.
1924. Notes on the osteology and dentition of the genera Desmostylus and Corn-
wallius, Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus., 65(8): 1-8.
IJIRI, S., and T. KAMEI
1961. On the skulls of Desmostylus mirabilis Nagao from South Sakhalin and of
Paleoparadoxia tabatai (Tokunaga) from Gifu Prefecture, Japan. Earth
Science (Journal of the Association for the Geological Collaboration in
Japan), 53: 1-27.
McLEAN, FE C., and M. R. URIST
1961. Bone, an introduction to the physiology of skeletal tissue. Chicago: Univ.
Chicago Press. 261 pp.
MITCHELL, Ee De jx:
In press. Pachyostosis in desmostylids. Spec. Pap. Geol. Soc. Amer., (Abstract).
MITCHELL, E. D., Jr., and J. H. LIPPS
In press. Miocene marine vertebrates from San Clemente Island, California.
Spec. Pap. Geol. Soc. Amer., (Abstract).
MITCHELL, E. D., Jr., and C. A. REPENNING
1963. The chronologic and geographic range of desmostylans. Los Angeles
County Mus., Contrib. in Sci., 78: 1-20.
OLMSTED, F H.
1958. Geologic Reconnaissance of San Clemente Island, California. U.S. Geol.
Surv. Bull., 1071-B: 55-68.
Miocene brachydont desmostylian 201
REINHART, R. H.
1953. Diagnosis of the new mammalian order, Desmostylia. J. Geol., 61: 187.
1959. A review of the Sirenia and Desmostylia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci.,
36: 1-146.
SMITH, WS. T:
1898. A geological sketch of San Clemente Island. U.S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann.
Rept., 2: 459-496.
VANDERHOOPF, V. L.
1937. A study of the Miocene sirenian Desmostylus. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull.
Dept. Geol. Sci., 24: 169-262.
1942. An occurrence of the Tertiary marine mammal Cornwallius in Lower
California. Amer. J. Sci., 240: 298-301.
YABE, H.
1959. A problem on the geological range and geographical distribution of des-
mostylids. Trans. Proc. Palaeont. Soc. Japan, n. s., 33: 44-51.
NOTES ON THE OVA OF SIX CALIFORNIA MOTHS
Joun ApAms Comstock
Del Mar, California
In the spring and early summer of 1962 there was an unusual number
and variety of moths that came to light in Del Mar, California. Many
of these were noted for the first time in this locality. Ova were obtained
from several species, some of which were reared to maturity and notes
have been published on their life histories. A few could not be reared
farther than the first instar because their food plants were unknown.
The majority of ova were infertile, but drawings were made as a pre-
liminary step to further study.
It seems advisable to record six of these ova since little or no mention
of them occurs in the literature.
Autographa (Pseudoplusia) californica Speyer
Figure 1A.
This common moth, known as the “Alfalfa Looper:’ was present in its
characteristic abundance, at black light. The reason ova were secured
was that no illustration of the egg has been found in easily available
literature.
ovum. (Laid May 4 and 5, 1962). Eggs were deposited singly in the
rearing jar. Color, yellow. Form, hemispherical, the base flattened,
the top well rounded, and the center depressed by a minute micropyle.
There are approximately 32 prominent ridges running from base
to micropyle, but many of these fuse with others or become obsolescent
in the upper third of the egg. The ridges are topped with rows of large
round “pearls: There are no apparent cross striations running hori-
zontally between the ridges. The floor of the micropyle is pitted.
The larva is an “omnivorous feeder on herbs, except grasses?’ The
moth ranges along the west coast from Canada to California, and east-
ward to Colorado.
Owing to the large number of published records of the life history
of this common pest, only a few selected bibliographical references are
given at the end of this paper, namely: Comstock (1930: 25, pl. 9);
Crumb (1956: 258 f.); Dyar (1890: 14); Essig (1913: 161); Hamp-
son (1913: 540 f.; pl. 238, fig. 5); Lembert (1894: 46); and Oko-
mura (1962: fig. 45).
Ova of six California moths 203
x
Fae sath
Figure 1. Ova of six moths., figures greatly enlarged. Reproduced from water
color drawing by the author. Ova: A, Autographa californica; B, Aseptis genetrix;
C, Zale lunata; (top aspect); D, Pherne subpunctata; E, Sericosema simularia; F.
Pterotaea agrestaria.
Aseptis genetrix (Grote)
Figure 1B.
This noctuid moth was described by Grote (1878: 237) as Hadena
genetrix from material obtained by Dr. James S. Bailey in “Nebraska,
Colorado and Nevada?’ Dr. McDunnough, in 1937, made it the geno-
type of “Aseptis” It ranges from western Canada through Washington
to Arizona, and eastward through Utah to Nebraska.
Its larva has been described by Dyar (1898: 320) and Hampson
(1908: 139 f.).
Specimens taken in Del Mar on April 10, 1962, enable me to de-
scribe and illustrate the egg. Captive females deposited their eggs
singly and indiscriminately in the rearing jar.
ovuM. Hemispherical, the base flattened. Diameter at base, 0.7 mm.
Height, 0.5 mm. Color, glistening white. The majority have a circlet of
yellow blotches around the upper one-third, and similar color in the
204 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
micropylar depression, as shown in the illustration (Fig. 1B.).
The surface bears about 30 elevated ridges running vertically from
base toward micropyle, each topped with a line of pearly nodules.
The eggs proved to be infertile. The larval food plant is reported to
be Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A.
Zale lunata (Drury )
Figure 1C.
Synonymy male edusa Drury, putrescens Guer.
This member of the Catocalinae ranges through all states east of the
Rocky Mountains except the Dakotas and Montana. In the west it has
been reported from California through Oregon to Washington. Sey-
eral forms or varieties have been named.
The larva has been described many times by various writers, but I
cannot locate any illustrations oN the egg.
Forbes (1954) reports it as “a general feeder on trees and shrubs:’
specifically listed are cherry, maple, plum, willow, oak, blackberry,
raspberry, salmonberry, wisteria, rose and pyrocantha.
The species is not common in Del Mar, but a single female was taken
May 7, 1962. This specimen laid a few eggs the following day, one of
which served for illustrating. Subsequently (May 11) the eggs
hatched.
ovum. Spherical, with a flattened base and well rounded top. Width,
0.75 mm. Height, 0.5 mm. Color, bright green when first laid, chang-
ing later to cream, with a suggestion of dull green on the upper por-
tion and with brownish spots sprinkled over the surface, as shown in
the illustration. There are approximately 45 ridges running from the
base toward the micropyle. Many of these fuse or become obsolete im
the upper portion of the egg. These ridges are topped with minute
nodules. The micropyle is relatively small; its white floor is deeply
depressed and is covered with small hexagonal cell walls.
Notes were made of the first instar larva, largely for comparison
with French’s (1882) description of the same stage.
FIRST INSTAR LARVA. Length, average about 5 mm. Body cylindrical
and elongate, the head slightly wider than the body segments.
Body, yellow, with a slight greenish tinge; legs and prolegs of the
same color. There are two pairs of functional prolegs in addition to
the anal pair. No distinguishing lines or marks occur on the body sur-
Ova of six California moths 205
face, but small black papillae are distinguishable, scattered over the
body and head. These bear minute black setae.
This is a very active larva, but a sluggish feeder. It eats small patches
from the surface of leaves of both willow and oak.
In view of the thorough coverage of remaining stages by many
authors, no further notes were made.
Nine references in the literature are helpful in the discussion of this
species: Behr (1870: 28); Beutenmuller (1901: 192); Crumb (1956:
293); Forbes (1954: 350 f.); French (1882: 130 f.); Guenee (1852:
13 f., pl. 2); Hampson (1913: 223 ff., fig. 56); Lintner (1888: 58) ;
and Packard (1870: 229).
Pherne subpunctata (Hulst)
Figure 1D.
This species was named by Hulst (1898) as Metanema subpunctata.
His brief description recorded it from “California” with no date, col-
lector, or type locality designated.
I published a brief note on the egg and first larval instar in 1955,
but no illustration was included. We have no information of its range,
but presume it may turn up in Arizona and Baja California, as it is ap-
parently a lower sonoran zone species.
Nothing is known of its food plant. I offered young larvae Rhus,
Eriogonum and Ceanothus in 1955, and again in 1962 tried several
local plants without success.
I include herein an illustration of the egg, and an amplified descrip-
tion made from specimens taken in late June of 1962. The very brief
note on the first instar larva previously published will have to suffice
for the present.
ovum. Oval, the base flattened and the top evenly rounded. Height,
0.95 mm. Horizontal diameter through the center, 0.7 mm. (the meas-
urements given in 1955 were in error). When first laid the color is
deep cream with the white lines of the vertical ribs showing in strong
contrast.
At the base a circlet of raised points marks the origin of the vertical
ridges. There are from 16 to 20 of these and the edges thereof are
topped with a line of minute rounded tubercles. The troughs between
these ridges are crossed by striations corresponding in position and
numbers to tubercles of the vertical ridges.
The flattened base of the egg is irregularly pitted. The micropyle is
206 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
not clearly defined, and is restricted by the terminations of the verti-
cal ridges. This gives a roughened and crowded effect.
The majority of the eggs were regularly oval, but a few tended
toward elongation.
‘Two references are helpful in the study of this species: Hulst (1898:
218); and Comstock (1955: 105).
Sericosema simularia (‘laylor)
Figure 1E.
This is a rare moth in the San Diego-Del Mar area, but is probably
more common in the environs of Pasadena, California, the type lo-
cality.
It was described as Enemera simularia by ‘Taylor (1906: 190 f.)
from specimens collected by Fordyce Grinnell. Nothing has been pub-
lished on its life history, range, or food plant.
We confined a female taken at Del Mar May 4, 1962, which laid
17 eggs, none of which hatched. In late June and early July, addi-
tional specimens were captured and generously added to our “‘clutch?
As with the others, none hatched, though apparently fertile. All were
retired for the winter but, unfortunately, without the moisture and
temperature of their natural environment. This year (1963) they are
apparently dead, but show dark bodies internally. This suggests that,
normally, the embryo overwinters in the egg.
ovum. Elongate-oval, very flat at the base and evenly rounded at the
top. All were laid singly on their sides. Length, from base to rounded
top, 1.0 mm. Width through center, 0.5 mm. Color, bright green.
The surface is covered by 12 or 13 longitudinal ridges, running
from base to micropyle, with no fusion or discontinuance at their ends.
The spaces between the ridges have low striae, placed close together,
running at right angles to the main ridges. Each of the latter is topped
by a row of very minute brownish nodules. The micropyle is small and
irregular, faintly pitted, and not deeply depressed.
Pterotaea agrestaria (Grossbeck )
Figure 1F.
This geometrid moth was first described in 1909, as Cleora agrestaria,
by John A. Grossbeck, from material originating in Monterey and San
Diego Counties. Apparently most of his specimens were collected by
George H. Field, pioneer lepidopterist of San Diego.
Ova of six California moths 207
A group of eggs laid May 8, 1962, showed, typically, the following
characteristics:
ovum. Width, 0.4 mm. Height, 0.8 mm. Form, ovoid, with a flat-
tened base, an evenly rounded top, and no formed micropyle. Color,
at first salmon-red, fading later to a lighter shade. The eggs were laid
singly on their sides, not on their flattened bases.
There are from 12 to 14 longitudinal ridges running from base to
rounded top. Horizontal ridges of equal height, from 7 to 9 in number,
run at right angles to the longitudinal ridges. This gives a pattern of
irregular squares and hexagons with deeply depressed and pitted
floors. All of the ridges appear to have hyaline edges which show
white in cross lighting.
The base appears to possess a ragged membrane suggesting that, in
a state of nature, they may be laid with their flattened bases on a sur-
face to which they may be adherent. These features are brought out
in the illustration (Fig. 1F.).
It should be mentioned that a second batch of eggs obtained May 25,
1962, showed a considerable number that were more elongate and sub-
cylindrical than the typical oval examples of the first lot.
None of the eggs hatched. We were prepared to feed the larvae on
Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A., as this was reported (in litt.) by
Noel McFarland as the food plant.
LITERATURE CITED
(Annotated )
BEHR, HERMAN
1870. Synopsis Noctuidarum Hocusque in California Repertarum. Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., 3: 23-28. (Larva, as H. salicis and H. rosae)
BEUTENMULLER, WILLIAM
1901. The larva of Homoptera edusa. J. New York Ent. Soc., 9: 192. (Larva)
COMSTOCR, JOHN A.
1930. Studies in Pacific coast Lepidoptera. (Continued). Bull. So. Calif. Acad.
Sci., 29(1): 22-31. (Pupa)
1955. The egg and young larva of a geometrid moth from California. Bull. So.
Calif. Acad. Sci.,54(2): 105. (Egg, young larva)
CRUMB, S. E.
1956. The larvae of the Phalaenidae. U.S. Dept. Agriculture, Tech. Bull. no.
1135, 356 pp. (Larva, food plants)
DYAR, HARRISON G.
1890. Preparatory stages of Plusia californica. Entom. Amer., 6: 14-15. (Egg,
larva, pupa)
1898. Descriptions of the larvae of fifty North American Noctuidae. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., 4: 315-332. (Larva)
208 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
ESSIG, E. D.
1913. Injurious and beneficial insects of California. Bull. St. Comm. Hortic.
Calif., 2(1-2): 1-367. (Egg, larva, pupa)
FORBES, WILLIAM T. M.
1954. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Noctuidae. Pt. III.
Cornell Univ. Agricultural Exp. Sta.. Mem. 329. 433 pp. (Larva, food plants)
FRENCH, G. H.
1882. Preparatory stages of Homoptera lunata, Drury. Canadian Ent., 14(7):
130-134. (Life History)
GROTE, A. EB:
1878. New N. American Lepidoptera, with notes on a few little known. Canadian
Ent., 10: 231-238. (Original description)
GUENEE, A.
1852. Species general Noctuelites. (from Abbott mss.). 3: 13-14. Colored figs.,
Pl. 2. (Larva, pupa)
HAMPSON, GEORGE EF
1908. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum. 7: 1-709.
1913. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum. 13: 1-609.
(Ege, larva, pupa)
A455?
HULST, GEORGE D.
1898. Descriptions of new genera and species of the Geometrina of North Amer-
ica. Canadian Ent., 30(8): 214-219. (Original description)
LEMBERT, JOHN B.
1894. Food plants of some California Lepidoptera. Canadian Ent., 26(2): 45-46.
(Food plants)
LINTER; J. A:
1888. Fourth report on the injurious and other insects of the state of New York.
4th Rpt. N.Y. St. Entom., In 41st Rpt. N.Y. St. Mus. Nat. Hist. pp.1-347.
(Larva)
OKOMUBRA, GEORGE T.
1962. Identification of lepidopterous larvae attacking cotton, with illustrated key
(primarily California species). Dept. Agr. Calif.. Spec. Pub. No. 282, 80 pp.
(Larva, setal maps, food plants)
PACKARD, A. S.
1870. A few words about moths. Amer. Nat., 4: 225-229, (Larva, pupa)
TAYLOR, GEORGE W.
1906. On some new species of Geometrid moths from Arizona and California.
Ent, News, 17(6): 188-192. (Original description)
A STUDY OF THE ZYGOPINAE (COLEOPTERA:
CURCULIONIDAE) OF AMERICA NORTH OF MEXICO, I.*
ELBERT L. SLEEPER
Long Beach State College, Long Beach?
While engaged in a study of the genus Cylindrocopturus Heller of the
subfamily Zygopinae, it became increasingly obvious that there was
a need for a study of the whole of the Zygopinae. This is the first of
three papers on this group.
The author is indebted to numerous individuals for aid on the papers,
especially: Drs. Fred Truxal, Charles Hogue, and Mr. Lloyd Martin
of the Los Angeles County Museum for making material and library
facilities available; Miss Rose E. Warner (now Mrs. T: J. Spilman) for
aid in studying material at the United States National Museum
(USNM); Dr. Barry D. Valentine for information on the type ma-
terial at the Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ), Harvard; and
Dr. William D. Stockton for aid with the manuscript. Acknowledg-
ment is made to National Institute of Health, research grant AI-3407
(Richard B. Loomis, Principal Investigator), for aid in studying ma-
terial first hand in northwestern Mexico. In addition to the above ab-
breviations the following have been used: ELS=E.L. Sleeper Col-
lector, (ELS)=E.L. Sleeper Collection, FDPI=Entomological Col-
lection Florida Department of Plant Industry, and OSU=Ohio State
University.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF Z,YGOPINAE IN THE UNITED STATES
ieeeyeacimmexposed; (Nig. 1) S555 082.6. 5 5. 5. Peltophorus Schoenherr
tea cidmm completely concealed) (Pigi7) Wee este ace eel 2
2. Abdomen horizontal throughout (Fig. 4); eyes approximate on the front;
hunrenignotobliquely: truncate). 4... 5.44 salen etc: ae aie aeons 3
2a. Abdomen ascending rapidly distally (Fig. 6); eyes and humeri variable.
2 0.6.06 6 Bb. S SLSR E NMS R oR RAE Troe orci ane Och one Gata din. Alas Gee lela te aaae Pi bee eels Ye Tee 4
3. Femora minutely toothed; antennae stout with well developed club; body
denseliyascaliy;; ely tral striaevcoars?’ 94)... 445.4. -0-." 3. Acoptus LeConte
3a. Femora not toothed; antennae very slender, the club small; body subglabrous
abovermelyitrall: striae fires 301 Wyss ee nee eat oie 4. Psomus Casey
1Contribution #23 to the knowledge of the Curculionoidea.
Biological Science Paper #9, Long Beach State College.
209
210 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
4. Pectoral channel extending over the mesosternum. occasionally ending in the
6a.
N
metasternum, channel clearly limited laterally by a raised ridge or carina
(Bigs 10). sei. ie ose ie elas sae ok ieseeee ele canto atc ok 6)
. Mesosternum not excavated, apex of rostrum free (Fig. 3) .............. 7
Femora minutely or moderately toothed ......... 1. Lechriops Schoenherr
- Femiora unarmed 3 ic 22. fer font ee bie as ods heck sa ee eee ee 6
Mesosternum and anterior margin of metasternum deeply impressed or ex-
cavated by pectoral channel (Fig. 10) .............. 2. Eulechriops Faust
Mesosternum with a pectoral channel indicated only by a feeble concavity
and prominent lateral carinae, metasternum not impressed, the latter in-
clined: imitromty cee sega tera: 7. Cylindricopturinus, new genus
. First two segments of funicle little different in length; second never more
than one and one-half times as long as first .................-5-..:-5--- 8
Second segment of funicle very long, more than twice as long as the first
Co a Pa eh A calor A eLah years ea a 8. Copturus Schoenherr
. Mesosternum flat, slanting, non-carinate laterally 6. Cylindrocopturus Heller
. Mesosternum very feebly concave, carinate laterally between meso-and
metacoxal Cavitlesi-c: vas wine carats ae ae 7. Cylindrocopturinus, new genus
1. Lechriops Schoenherr
Lechriops Schoenherr 1826, p. 306. Type species Rhynchaenus sciurus
Fabricius.
Piazurus LeConte 1876, p. 259. (Not Schoenherr, 1826)
Gelus Casey 1897, p. 667. Type species Cryptorhynchus oculatus
(Say )
This genus occurs in North and Central America and northern
South America as well as on some of the islands of the West Indies.
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF Lechriops oF AMERICA NortTH OF MEXICO
. Prothorax about twice as wide as long; common sutural spot of elytra not
conspicuous; elytra much wider than prothorax; total length 1.7 mm. ....
RA Ua E ES hs tenth Rene Beinn, aPC OR eo Eero BOR ore & subfasciata (LeConte)
. Prothorax normally slightly wider than long (varying from 5:5 to 5:8) never
more than one and one-half times wider than long; common sutural light
spot of elytra very conspicuous .......... 0550.0... 2 eee eee 2)
Elytra but little wider than prothorax; outline more elongate, slender (Fig.
5); elytra noticeably longer than wide (measurements of length down sutu-
ral line); total length 2.0-3.5 mm.; width 1.2-1.6 mm. 7{27Seereeee
Re fain ee eben ee REE His il rls Blas tad &. 0-0 californica (LeConte)
. Elytra much wider than prothorax; outline more robust ((Fig. 7); elytra
but little’ longer than wide .. 2.2.0. 060.0. 0000 os oe ene 3
Smaller, 3.0-3.2 mm.; elytral suture with a prominent light spot near middle:
pronotum with a conspicuous pattern of pale brown scales; east of the con-
tinental divide south into Mexico and Central America ....... oculata (Say)
American Zygopinae Daa
3a. Larger, 3.5-4.5 mm.; elytral suture with a prominent light spot and sutural
line from declivity to apex; pronotum without pattern of lighter scales at
wanGelles (Mey 18 VNGLAOEY Teme acbooogahoogooobeedoo grisea, New species
Lechriops subfasciata (LeConte)
Piazurus subfasciatus LeConte 1876, p. 260. Type locality: “New York,
Mr. Guex;’ type in MCZ.
Gelus subfasciatus (LeConte), Casey 1897, p. 668.
Lechriops subfasciata (LeConte), Blackwelder 1948, p. 47.
This species is still known only from the unique type, which may
represent an introduced species from an undetermined Latin Ameri-
can Country.
Lechriops californica (LeConte )
Figure 5
Piazurus californicus LeConte 1876, p. 260. Type locality: “Calveras,
California,’ type in MCZ.
Gelus californicus (1eConte), Casey 1897, p. 668.
Lechriops californica (LeConte), Blackwelder 1948, p. 47.
Distribution. Rather abundant in western United States and northern
Mexico. Specimens are at hand or have been seen from southern Ore-
gon, Utah, Nevada, California, Arizona, New Mexico, Baja California
Norte, Sonora, and Chihuahua. It is limited to areas of pme growth,
being, however, infrequently encountered on pinyon pine (Pinus cem-
broides var.). It is very abundant on P ponderosa and P. jeffreyi
throughout all of the range of this weevil. The larvae and pupae have
been encountered beneath or in the bark of P jeffreyi in southern Ca-
lifornia and Baja California Norte.
Lechriops oculata (Say )
Cryptorhynchus Say 1824, p. 308. Type locality: “Inhabits Missouri,’
here restricted to St. Louis, Missouri, type lost.
Lechriops oculatus (Say), Heller 1895, p. 14.
Gelus oculatus (Say), Casey 1897, p. 668.
Lechriops oculata (Say ), Blackwelder, 1947, p. 879.
Distribution. Generally distributed throughout North America east of
the Rocky Mountains and the Sierra Madre Oriental. Its range in
Canada is undetermined, but examples are at hand from Quebec, On-
212 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
tario and Manitoba. Numerous examples have been seen from Mexico
and Guatemala.
This species has been taken on Quercus spp., Hicoria sp., Sassafrass
sassafrass L., Fraxinus spp., Fagus grandifolia Ehrh., Viburnum spp..
and Crataegus spp.
Lechriops grisea, new species
Figures 6 and 7
Holotype. USA., Arizona, Cochise Co., Chiricahua Mtns., Rucker Cyn.,
VIII-10-59, 7000’, type no. 74, (ELS).
Male. Length 3.3 mm., width 2.0 mm.; elongate-oval; black with
antennae and tarsi reddish brown; head and basal third of rostrum
sparsely clothed with oval, black and white scales, vertex of head with
scattered seta-like scales in punctures, prothorax with overlapping oval,
yellowish-white scales on sides, a few black and brownish seta-like
scales on disc, elytra moderately clothed with black, brown, white and
yellowish white scales, the latter in patches at base of elytra and on
apical half of sutural intervals.
Rostrum nearly three times as long as wide at base (11.5:4), nearly
six times as long as width at antennal insertion (11.5:2), as long as
the prothorax (11.5:11), sides convergent from base to antennal in-
sertion, parallel sided thence to apex, in lateral outline strongly ar-
cuate; coarsely, rugosely punctured and with a prominent median
carina in basal third, apical two-thirds smooth, sparsely, very finely
punctured; mandibles feebly bidentate. Antennal insertion at basal
third of rostrum, scape shorter than the first two segments combined,
not attaming base of rostrum; funicle with first two segments longer
than remainder combined (ratio 1.3:2.2:.8:.6:.5:.5:.6), sparsely
clothed with fine setae. Club oval-acuminate, basal segment constitut-
ing nearly half club length (1:.5:.2:.4), sparsely clothed with fine
setae. Head continuous with rostrum, depressed but not foveate be-
tween the eyes, dorsum closely punctured with only the vertex with-
out punctures, vertex strongly alutaceous, front narrow, the eyes
separated by only one-third width of rostrum at antennal insertion,
eyes finely granulate.
Prothorax wider than long (11:15.3), widest just before base, sides
convergent from base to apex, apex tubular but not constricted, ocular
lobes absent, base bisinuate, apex emarginate; disc closely, coarsely
punctured, each with a subclavate scale, punctures of sides coarse, but
obscured by vestiture, each with a large oval overlapping scale, disc
American Zygopinae 213
Figure 1. Outline of Peltophorus polymitus seminiveus (LeConte). Figure 2.
Outline of Peltophorus adustus (Fall), male. Figure 3. Outline of pro- and meso-
sternum of Copturus floridanus (Fall). Figure 4. Lateral outline of elytra and
sternites of Acoptus suturalis LeConte. Figure 5. Lechriops californica (LeConte).
Figure 6. Lateral outline of Lechriops grisea, new species. Figure 7. Lechriops
grisea, new species, holotype. Figure 8. Lateral outline of aedeagus of Peltophorus
polymitus suffusus (Casey). Figure 9. Lateral outline of aedeagus of Peltophorus
adustus (Fall). Figure 10. Outline of pro- and mesosternum of Eulechriops
minutus (J. E. LeConte). Figure 11. Dorsal outline of aedeagus of Peltophorus
adustus (Fall). Figure 12. Dorsal outline of aedeagus of Peltophorus polymitus
seminiveus (LeConte) with outline of dorsal part of tegmen. Figure 13. Dorsal
outline of aedeagus of Peltophorus polymitus suffusus (Casey) with outline of
dorsal part of tegmen. Line = 1 mm.
214 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
carinate from base to apical fourth. Scutellum prominent, smail,
rounded, punctured and alutaceous.
Elytra only slightly longer than wide (12.5:11.1) ; humeri rounded
off not prominent, but slightly wider than base of prothorax; sides
strongly arcuate from base to apex, apices feebly emarginate; disc
feebly convex, feebly depressed behind the scutellum; striae narrow,
deep, with rectangular punctures, each separated by a narrow trans-
verse carina, each puncture with a recurved subclavate seta, striae
seven and eight not attaining base; intervals flat with close, deep, con-
fusedly placed punctures each with a broad clavate scale.
Sternal side densely clothed with oval, white, rarely overlapping
scales, which are for the most part appressed, each originating in a
coarse puncture, area between punctures strongly alutaceous on ab-
dominal sternites 3-5, on remainder of venter feebly alutaceous. Pros-
ternum and mesosternum as in other species, metasternum concave
between mesocoxae; intercoxal process very broad and truncate; ab-
dominal sternites 10.5:4:1.5:2:3, first very long and with an oval con-
cavity longitudinally at middle, second abruptly bent upward along
posterior margin, apex of fifth truncate. Legs clothed with white ap-
pressed oval scales. Front coxae with a backward projecting tooth.
Femora linear, compressed, all prommently unguiculate externally,
the posterior pair mucronate internally. ‘Iarsi elongate, as long as the
tibiae, first two segments slender, clothed with prominent white seta-
like scales, third broadly bilobed, naked, glabrous above, densely pilose
beneath, fourth slender with inconspicuous reddish brown setae, ratio
lengths of segments of hind tarsi 4.5: 1.6:1.6:2.5. Claws slender.
Allotype. Female, 4.25 mm., width 2.4 mm., differing from the
male only in the less concave first abdominal sternite and having the
fifth sternite rounded apically.
Other localities. USA, Arizona, Cochise Co., Huachuca Mtns., Park-
er Cyn., 6500’, VITI-12-59, ELS, (ELS).
Type material. Holotype, allotype, 12 paratype all with the same
data, 2° paratypes, from Parker Cyn. The @ paratype from the
type locality deposited in the Entomological Collections, Los Angeles
County Museum, remaining type material in (ELS).
Biology. All of the examples from Parker Cyn. were taken while
beating oak, where they were observed feeding on leaf petioles. One
example from the type locality was also atest ed on oak.
This species may be separ ated readily from the other species known
from the United States by its larger size ‘and the prominent sutural spot
and line, the latter bemg very conspicuous. It does not compare favor-
American Zygopinae 215
ably with any of the material described in the Biologia Centrali-Amer-
icana nor any known species from northern Mexico.
2. Eulechriops Faust
Figure 10
Eulechriops Faust 1896, p. 91. Type species Eulechriops erythroleucus
Faust.
Zygomicrus Casey 1897, p. 667. Type species Eccroptus minutus J. E.
LeConte.
This genus is distributed from northeastern United States to north-
ern South America. Three species were previously listed in the litera-
ture from America north of Mexico. One of these species is here refer-
red to a new genus, leaving E. minutus (J. E. LeConte), from the
United States and FE. sobrinus (Horn) from the Cape Region of Baja
California Sur. The undescribed forms will be the subject of a future
paper now in preparation.
All of the United States forms are associated with various species
of Quercus.
3. Acoptus LeConte
Figure 7
Acoptus LeConte 1876, p. 264. Type species Acoptus suturalis Le-
Conte, the type in MCZ.
Homogaster Provancher 1877, p. 530. Type species Homogaster que-
becensis Provancher, location of type unknown, a synonym of A.
suturalis, according to Blackwelder and Blackwelder, 1948: 47,
A monotypic genus with the single species, described from “New
York;’ distributed in the United States and Canada east of the Rocky
Mountains, and in extreme northeastern Mexico.
In eastern United States this has been taken from Quercus spp.,
Cercis canadensis L.., Hicoria sp., and Platanus occidentalis L.
4. Psomus Casey
Psomus Casey 1892, p. 458. Type species Orchestes armatus Dietz,
type im MCZ; Psomus politus Casey, type in USNM, a synonym of
O. armatus; Fall 1913, p. 64.
A single species occurs in the United States and Canada east of the
216 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
Rocky Mountains, and three species are known from Central America.
P. armatus (Dietz) is frequently associated with green ash (Fraxi-
nus lanceolata Borck. and F. americanus L.) It is uncommon in col-
lections. It is most frequently collected in June.
5. Peltophorus Schoenherr
Peltophorus Schoenherr 1845, p. 451. Type species Peltophorus poly-
mitus Boheman.
This genus is restricted to arid areas of the United States and Mexico.
The type locality for P polymitus polymitus Boheman is “Mexico,
Villa Alto in Oaxaca?’ In the United States three kinds are known from
western Texas, New Mexico and Arizona.
Key TO THE KINDS OF Peltophorus oF AMERICA NortH oF MEXICO
1. Prothorax with sides parallel in basal two-thirds to three-fourths (Fig. 2);
abruptly subrectangular constricted in apical third; pronotum coarsely,
cribrately punctured, their edges forming longitudinal ridges in some exam-
Plesot yeh wint cele canta sales Paes a eee adustus (Fall)
1a. Prothorax with sides convergent from base to apex with a feeble apical con-
striction (Fig. 1); pronotum coarsely punctured, with a few punctures coal-
escent, their edges never forming prominent longitudinal ridges ......... 2
2. Range, southwestern Texas; dorsum of body with black, white and brown
scales; punctures of elytral striae large, encroaching upon intervals; fifth
ventral abdominal sternite without a prominent spot of scales each side of
middle; aedeagus as in Figs. 8 and 13 .......... polymitus suffusus (Casey)
2a. Range, southern Arizona and southwestern New Mexico; dorsum of body
with black and white scales; punctures of elytral striae no wider than striae;
fifth abdominal sternite with a prominent spot of black scales each side of
middle; aedeagus as in Fig. 12 ......... polymitus seminiveus (LeConte)
Peltophorus adustus (Fall)
Figures 2, 9 and 11
Zygops adustus Fall 1906, p. 61. Type locality “Arizona; here re-
stricted to Arizona, Pima Co., Santa Rita Mtns., Lower Madera Cyn..,
type in MCZ.
Distribution. Moderately abundant in the Santa Rita, Huachuca and
Chiricahua Mtns., in southern Arizona, and at Rodeo, New Mexico.
Nearly all examples examined were taken from Agave palmeri Englm.
American Zygopinae 217
Peltophorus polymitus suffusus (Casey )
Figures 8 and 13
Zygops suffusus Casey 1892, p. 459. Type locality “Texas (southwest-
ern)” here restricted to Texas, Jeff Davis Co., Ft. Davis, type in the
USNM.
Peltophorus polymitus suffusus (Casey), Blackwelder 1947, p. 881.
Distribution. Texas: Davis Mtns., VII-2-40, V-9-41, VII-17-46,
V1-29-49, DJ & JN Knull, (OSU); Chisos Mtns., VII-17-46, DJ &
JN Knull, (OSU); Val Verde Co., V-13-46, DJ & JN Knull, (OSU) ;
Sanderson, VI-15-56, D. G. Genung, (ELS, FDPI).
_ Peltophorus polymitus seminiveus (LeConte)
Figures 1 and 12
Zygops seminiveus LeConte 1884, p. 31. Type locality “Arizona,” here
restricted to Arizona, Cochise Co., Ft. Huachuca, type in MCZ.
Peltophorus polymitus seminiveus (LeConte), Blackwelder, 1947, p.
881.
Distribution. Arizona: Many records from the Santa Rita, Hua-
chuca, Chiricahua, Pinal, Santa Catalina, Dragoon and Patagonia
Mtns., May through September. Common in several species of Agave
including A. palmeri.
Cylindrocopturus Heller
Cylindrocopturus Heller 1895, p. 56. Type species Zygops quercus Say
1831, p. 20.
Paratimorus Heller 1895, p. 58. Type species P ganglbaueri Heller.
Copturodes Casey 1897, p. 667. Type species, none designated, Zygops
guercus Say, by present designation.
Gyrotus Casey 1897, p. 668. Type species Gyrotus minutus Casey, by
monotypy, mew synonmy.
The genus occurring throughout the United States and Canada (ex-
cept for northwestern United States and Western Canada), southward
to Argentina. Thirty species occur in Baja California and America
north of Mexico. Forty-three species are known from the New World.
The species of this genus will be treated in subsequent papers.
The designation of Zygops quercus Say as type species of Copturodes
Casey was necessary in order to establish its synonomy with Cylindro-
copturus. Z. quercus seemed the logical choice inasmuch as it is also
218 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
type species of Cy lindrocopturus and it was Z. quercus and forms re-
lated to it that were treated in the 1897 paper, for the most part.
After a study of many examples of G. munitus and comparing this
species with numerous examples of Cylindrocopturus from Mexico I
have come to the conclusion that there is no characteristic that will set
Gyrotus apart from Cy lindrocopturus. The pronounced modification
of the prothorax 1 in the region of the postocular lobes used by Casey
fora major characteristic is repeated 1 in varying degrees 1 im Many spe-
cies of Cylindrocopturus from Mexico. The other characteristics grade
into or are shared in varying degrees with members of that genus
found in the United States. As a result of the synonomy G. munitus
Casey must now be known as Cylindrocopturus munitus (Casey), new
combination.
7. Cylindrocopturinus, new genus
Type species Eulechriops pictus Schaeffer, here designated.
Rostrum as in Lechriops; first two segments of funicle subequal;
eyes large, separated by less than one-fourth the width of the rostrum
at the point of antennal insertion; prothorax moderately bisinuate at
base. without indication of ocular lobes or modification thereof; scutel-
lum conspicuous, round; elytra deeply and conspicuously striate.
completely concealing pygidium from above; mesosternum feebly con-
cave, metasternum feebly convex, not exacavated, mesosternum cari-
nate laterally between pro- and mesocoxae, apex of rostrum resting
free; abdominal sternites ascending rapidly distally in lateral outline.
This genus is differentiated from the other North American forms
by the characteristics pointed out in the key. particularly in having
the non-excavate metasternum and the lateral elevations on the meso-
sternum which form a pectoral channel. Lechriops has the femora
armed with a very small to moderately large tooth and the pectoral
channel extending into the metasternum. Eulechriops has unarmed
femora as in this genus but differs in the deep excavation of the meta-
sternum. Cylindrocopturus has no indication of a pectoral channel on
meso- or metasternum.
Cylindrocopturinus pictus (Schaeffer). new combination
Eulechriops pictus Schaeffer 1908, p. 219. Type locality “Huachuca
Mtns., Arizona;’ type in the USNM;; Sleeper 1954, p. 182.
A rather rare and without doubt the prettiest of our Zy gopinae from
the United States. known only from the mountains of south central
American Zygopinae 219
Arizona. Specimens have been examined from the Santa Rita, Hua-
chuca, and Patagonia Mountains.
A single example was beaten from Quercus arizonica in Madera
Canyon of the Santa Rita Mtns. in July.
8. Copturus Schoenherr
Copturus Schoenherr 1826, p. 302. Type species Rhynchaenus lamella
Fabricius.
Coptorus Schoenherr 1826, p. 302. (Error in spelling. )
This genus is represented in America north of Mexico by a single
species found only in southeastern United States. The genus ranges
generally: southward to Argentina. More than 156 species have been
described.
Copturus floridanus (Fall), new combination
Figure 3
Piazurus floridanus Fall 1906, p. 61. Type locality “Florida (Key
Largo and Elliots Key): here restricted to Key Largo, type in MCZ.
This species is frequently encountered in Florida in Dade and Mon-
roe Counties particularly on the Keys, and in Cuba.
In Florida it was taken by beating miscellaneous vegetation on hey
Largo, and in Matheson Hammock. It has also been taken on Swietenia
mahogont.
LITERATURE CITED
BLACKWELDER, R. E.
1947. Checklist of the Coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central America, the West
Indies and South America. Part 5, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 185: 765-925.
BLACKWELDER, R. E. and R. M. BLACKWELDER
1948. Fifth supplement 1939-1947 (inclusive) to the Leng cataloguz of the Cole-
optera of America north of Mexico. Mount Vernon, N.Y., 87 pp.
CASEY, T. L.
1892. Coleopterological notices II. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 6: 359-712.
1897. Ibidem. VII. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 9: 285-684.
FALL, H. C.
1905. New species of American Coleoptera of the tribe Zygopini. Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., 32: 53-56. (Continued in 1906.)
1906. Ibidem. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 32: 57-61. (Continued from 1905.)
1913. A brief review of our species of Magdalis with notes and descriptions of
other north American Rhynchophora. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 39: 23-72.
220 ~=©>— Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
FAUST, J.
1896. Reise von Simon in Venezuela. Curculionidae. Stettiner Ent. Zeitung, 57:
33-135. (Pars tertia.)
HELLER, kK. M.
1895. Zygopiden-Studien II, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der Gattung Cop-
turus. Abhandlungen und Berichte des koeniglichen zoologischen und an-
thropologisch-ethnographischen Museums zu Dresden, 1894/95, No. 11, pp.
1-70, illus.
LeCONTE, J. L.
1884. Short studies of North American Coleoptera (No. 2). Trans. Amer. Ent.
Soc., 12: 1-32.
LECONTE, J. L. anp G. H. HORN.
1876. The Rhynchophora of America north of Mexico. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc..
15: 1-455.
PROVANCHER, L.
1877. Petite faune entomologique du Canada precedee d’un traite ellementaire
d’entomologie, vol. 1—Les coleopteres, Quebec, 786 pp.
SCHAEFFER, C. FE A.
1908. New Rhynchophora. III. J. New York Ent. Soc., 16: 213-222.
SCHOENHERR, C. J.
1826. Curculionidum dispositio methodica cum generum characteribus, descrip-
tionibus atque observationibus variis, seu prodromus ad synonymiae insec-
torum partem 4, Lipsiae, 339 pp.
1845. Genera et species curculionidum, cum synonymia hujus familiae. Species
novae aut hactenus minus cognitae, descriptions a Dom. Leonardo Gyllenhal,
C. H. Boheman, et entomologis aliis. Illustratae. Vol. 8, pt. 2, pp. 1-504.
SLEEPER, E. LL.
1954. New Rhynchophora II (Coleoptera, Curculionidae). Ohio J. Sci., 54: 180-
186, illus.
THEODORE PAYNE
1872 - 1963
With the passing of Theodore Payne on May 6, 1963, the Southern California
Academy of Sciences lost one of its most active members and the last surviving
Charter Member. ;
Mr. Payne was born in Northamptonshire, England, June 19, 1872. As a small
boy he was always fond of flowers and had a small garden of his own. At the
age of 12, he was sent to Ackworth School in Yorkshire where he joined a natural
history society. His special choice, from the first, was botany, and while at this
school he became secretary of the botanical section, made a collection of pressed
plants for which he was awarded the first prize, and became active in conserva-
tion and horticulture.
After leaving Ackworth, he was apprenticed for three years to the firm of John
Cheal & Sons, Lowfield Nurseries, Crawley Sussex, to learn the nursery and seed
business, a vocation which was to become his life-long career.
In the spring of 1893 he decided to come to California. On June 3rd, as he
neared his 21st birthday, he sailed for New York and arrived in Los Angeles, June
28th. Shortly after arriving here he secured a position as gardener to Madame
Helena Modjeska, the famous Polish actress, at her country estate, “Forest of
Arden?’ Santiago Canyon, Orange County, where he remained for two and one
half years.
He then entered the employ of the Germain Fruit Company (now Germain
Seed Co.) in April, 1896, and was placed in charge of their flower, tree and palm
seed department. While with this firm, he also handled much of the correspond-
ence pertaining to technical information and prepared all their catalogues.
Mr. Payne, having decided to go into business for himself, resigned from the
position with the Germain Fruit Company in 1903 and bought the Hugh Evans
Nursery then located at 440 South Broadway. Two years later he moved his busi-
ness to 345 S. Main Street, and subsequently bought a nursery at 33rd and Hoover
221
222 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
Streets which he used for growing-grounds. He maintained his nursery at the
Main Street address until 1922, when he purchased 10 acres of land fronting on
Los Feliz Blvd.. and moved the nursery to that location. Here, he continued his
nursery, growing mainly native trees, shrubs, and wild flowers, until he retired
in June, 1961, at the age of 90.
As a seed and plantsman, Mr. Payne has contributed a wealth of information
about the nature of plants. the growing of cuttings, and the germination of seeds:
particularly of native plants. Many of the plants that dot our orchards, parks,
highways, and landscaped homes, passed through his hands.
Early in his career. he made a study of the Eucalyptus and when the Euca-
lyptus boom occurred about 1907, he soon became the headquarters for these
seeds in the United States. Between 1911 and 1913 he sent out hundreds of pounds
of these seeds to Central and South American and European countries.
When Mr. Payne first came to California he was impressed with its native
flora. With deep regret, he saw the wild flowers rapidly disappearing from the
landscape. He decided, then early in his career, to awaken interest in the native
flora and began growing wild flowers and native plants. To further the interest
in beautiful native plants for home gardens, he sowed wild flower seeds in a
vacant lot in Hollywood, and in several such lots in Pasadena. He secured from
Walter Raymond, of the Raymond Hotel in Pasadena, a plot of ground on the
hotel site and sowed it with wild flower seeds: the following spring his efforts
resulted in a profusion of wild flowers. His first wild flower catalogue, of many
that were to follow, was a modest little booklet published about 1906.
In 1915, Mr. Payne was commissioned by the City Council of Los Angeles to
plant wild flower beds in Exposition Park. This “wild flower garden” consisted
of 5 acres and was planted with native trees, shrubs, perennial plants, bulbous
plants, and a large area of annual wild flowers. In all, the garden contained
262 species, the whole being a reproduction of a natural landscape; each specimen
was labeled with its botanical and common name.
In 1919, and later, Mr. Payne did landscape work in addition to his nursery
work. He landscaped a number of estates in the Santa Barbara area, Ojai, Los
Angeles, Pasadena, and elsewhere; the largest was the 140-acre estate of Mrs.
Lora J. Knight in Montecito. Among the native plants that he planted there in
quantity were 121 Monterey Pine and 30 pounds of seed of the “Blue-eyed Grass”’
He kept 10 men on this place to maintain and cultivate the plants and made 2
trips each month to supervise their work.
During this period, shortly after the commencement of work on the Knight’s
estate, Mr. Payne formed a landscape architects partnership with Ralph D. Cor-
nell and for 5 years, during their association, they completed some interesting
developments including Torrey Pines Park and Occidental College.
In 1926, he was requested by Mrs. Susanna Bixby Bryant to help her select a
site on her ranch in Santa Ana Canyon for a native botanic garden. The Rancho
Santa Ana Botanic Garden was founded the following year. Mr. Payne served on
its advisory council for over 20 years, until the time the Garden was moved to
Claremont.
During his career in horticulture, Mr. Payne introduced into cultivation in
California between 400 and 500 species of wild flowers and native plants and made
them available for general use. He wrote many articles on native plants, acquaint-
ing readers with the desirability of these plants for home gardens, and gave talks
Theodore Payne 223
in nearly all the towns in southern California on “Preserving the Wild Flowers
and Native Landscape of California?’
Mr. Payne received a number of honors and awards for his outstanding achieve-
ments in horticulture and in recognition of his work in conserving the native
flora of California. He held a number of memberships in botanical societies,
nature conservation groups, and horticultural societies. He was a charter member
of several organizations. He held one honorary fe membership, one honorary
membership, four life memberships, and was Fellow of the Royal Horticultural
Society of England. He served as president of several horticultural, arboricultural,
wild flower and nurseryman’s associations.
The County of Los Angeles and the County Department of Parks and Recrea-
tion honored Mr. Payne by setting aside a plot of ground, consisting of 320 acres,
near Llano in the Mohave Desert as a wild flower sanctuary. This was dedicated
as the Theodore Payne Wildlife Sanctuary on January 28, 1961. In 1958, Mr.
Payne began the development of a 5-acre site in the Descanso Gardens as a wild
flower garden, planting 23 species of conifers, 14 groups of other trees, 92 kinds
of shrubs, 8 perennial plants, and seeds of 39 species of wild flowers. The dedica-
tion of this garden was held in the spring of 1959, at which time Mr. Payne was
presented a scroll from the California State Legislature and another from the Los
Angeles County Board of Supervisors in recognition of his work in conserving
the native flora of California.
In addition to this activity in the many organizations to which he belonged,
he was an active member of the Southern California Academy of Sciences for
the greater part of his life; only in the past several years, as age and declining
ill health came upon him, did he become less active. He first became a member in
1898, and in May 1907, at the time the Academy was incorporated, he became
a charter member. In May, 1918, he was elected secretary of the Botanical Sec-
tion and for many years thereafter served in this capacity. He was elected to the
Board of Directors on June 20, 1920 where he served for about 30 years, later
serving on the Advisory Board. He was President of the Academy from May
1932 to May 1933. Already a Fellow, he was made an Honorary Life Member
of the Academy in May, 1957.
Mr. Payne will always be revered by all who knew him for his many kind-
nesses and for his wise and patient nature, for his love of flowers and the Cali-
fornia native plants. Many who came to him for information about plants or to
chat with him, whether amateur or professional horticulturalist or botanist, left
richer in knowledge and with great respect for a wonderful man. He was never
too busy to share his time, his knowledge of botany, and his experiences in grow-
ing native plants.
As his life was nearing to a close, he saw one of his hopes being realized—that
of a foundation devoted to the purpose of perpetuating the knowledge and con-
servation of California native plants and the growing of these plants for the home
garden and roadside planting. This organization, ““The Theodore Payne Founda-
tion for Wild Flowers and Native Plants?’ was named in his honor.
A final honor given Mr. Payne, posthumously, was the “Man of the Year”
award for 1963 by the California Garden Clubs, Inc. Although Mr. Payne re-
ceived many similar honors, he was a modest man and never allowed pride in
these things to overshadow his devotion to love for wild flowers and his service
to mankind.
224 Bulletin So. Calif. Academy Sciences / Vol. 62, Pt. 4, 1963
A Memorial Fund in the Southern California Academy of Sciences and in the
Theodore Payne Foundation has been established in his honor, Many friends
have contributed and are still contributing to these funds.
| Bonnie C. TEMPLETON
Los Angeles County Museum
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
VOLUME 62, 1963
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
A contribution to the biology of the
mreeny einen Gli S66 encuecesee 83
A fossil bird, Caracara, from Santa
Rosa Island. Erratum. ......... 18
A study of the Zygopinae (Coleop-
tera: Curculionidae) of America
north of Mexico .............. 209
VA\GTMACONTMUTG jos leas. 105
VACTIIGCOMPCILE Nein eisai sei. ee as 104
A\GODOUS oom 85.6 AHO COR SO Ee 215
An experimental study of the echo-
location ability of a California
sea lion, Zalophus californianus
GEessorl) Meee vse cieie De ss aiej oes 165
IATISCRILOGIMES: Gy. shoe est eee een 182
ASG IIS [FIRGIUE Meo Stones ee oon. 202
ANSHO O1BUS. oo 0-8 Seo Sito 180, 183
Attraction of insects to exudates of
Verbesina encelioicles and Iva
ambrosiaefolia ............... 109
VAUOST AP WOANDUIODA . 2... 2. 2. 36
Autographia (Pseudoplusia) cali-
JOTTUNOL. i 61 alo eae ROE Bee 202
BOUGTIUSKCOTIOSUSE inc. fame ess 2 - 106
Bess Reed Peacock—Obituary ... 22
Birds and indians in the West ....178
Boccardia columbiana ..........:132
Boccardia proboscidea ......... Ley,
BOMOSAMUTMOCILUSH sos eyee 183
PSULCOMANLACETISIS 22)... = see 179
calico, Protochlorotettix ......... 78
Centrocercus urophasianus ...... 183
(COUDHIGS CLP Sood sab SRO Oe 180
Comparison of Boccardia colum-
biana Berkeley and Boccardia
proboscidea Hartman (Annelida,
Polychaeta 6... ec, cee ooo 132
Contributions from the Los Angeles
Museum—Channel Islands _bio-
logical survey. 37. Brachydont
desmostylian from Miocene of
San Clemente Island, California . 192
CODERS. Bis min Cc ec ie P sane hes 219
Copturus floridanus ............. 219
CORO MG) (IZIUTR 5 on On ened oon 106
Corvus brachyrhynchus ....181, 184
(CORDYS COREE sob0ccnc00cb0000060 181
Cylindrocopturinus .............. 218
Cylindrocopturinus pictus ........ 218
QAM OCH OTS coscsavcessso0 217
Dendragapus obscurus ...... 179, 182
Deroceras reticulatum .......... 83
Desmosty Way yee. ww) sok iy ee ce 193
dietrichi, Hyperodes ............ 145
Hmertiayanalogaie nr pe 45
ESCRTICRtIUS SRLQUCUS Ta arin ere 99
Ele cRntopsny sa ney ee eee ine oe 215
Euphydryas eurytion ........... 19
Euscelis palmeri ................ 2
Halcoicolumbaritus) ee ree 182
IICNCO) GeiPABUS sooshoe0c00000+ 179
Halconiformiesieeea son re oe 182
floridanus, Copturus ............ 219
Fossil arthropods of California.
No. 25. Silicified leafhoppers
from California mountains nod-
WS Sis eave Ae sen tn Wiara sees carey ase ea 69
Functional morphology of the ex-
ternal appendages of Emerita
GNGIOS AYE eve ME ee 45
Further studies of the benthic fauna
in a recently constructed boat
harbor in Southern California .. 23
Gallitormes (09 e sides eters 182
gibroni, Miochlorotettix ......... 73
gracilis, Orchestoidea ............ 3
grisea, ’cchriopses nena sere ee 212
Haplotrema vancouverense ...... 106
hoodi, Hyperodes ............... 144:
Hyperodes dietrichi ............. 145
Hyperodes hoodi ............... 144
Hyperodes texana .............. 142
Hyperodes wallacei ............. 140
Iva ambrosiaefolia .............. 116
juliae, Miomesamia ............. 81
225
kirkbyi, Miochlorotettix ......... 77
Lacinipolia quadrilineata ........ 33
Lechriops LE ae ee ene tele PN 210
Eechriops CAUjOrmiCG =) <5. cei. 911
LECCRTIONS: GriSeG = :42 2. 2 ache) sea 912
Gechriops OCulaia 20. oss se: 211
Eechriops subjasciata 2... -. a). 211
UE CDOS: | ASCLCLLICT IS. eae ena 130
Lepospondyl remains ........... 151
Miochlorofettix ................. 73
Miochlorotettix gibroni .......... Wi
Miochlorotettix kirkbyi .......... 77
Miomesamia ................... 81
Miomesamia juliae .............. 81
Molluscs from Pacific Northwest
archaeological sites, 2. Washing-
ton: 45-CA-30, a coastal shell-
midden in the Ozette area ..... 101
Mytilus californicus
Neptunea tabulata 2 o.4..4.824)- 104
New information on the structure
of Permian lepospondylous ver-
tebrae—from an unusual source. 150
New species of Hyperodes Jekel and
a key to the Nearctic species of
the genus. (Coleoptera: Curcu-
honidae )
Notes on the barnacle Lepas fasct-
cularis found attached to the jel-
lyfish Velella
Notes on the larva and pupa of Eu-
phydryas eurytion (Lepidoptera,
Nymphalidae)
Notes on the life histories of two
Southwestern phalaenid moths .. 33
Notes on the ova of six California
INVOUTS saree chee ramus rR re
Olvella ibiplicatas enna fast 104
Orchestoidea gracilis ............ 3
Orchestoidea gracilis, a new beach
hopper (Amphipoda: Talitridae)
from Lower California, Mexico,
with remarks on its luminescence 1
ORCOFEY 2, PIClOnas woke rac yeer toa: 183
OLS A510 Cl os fcr NO estan: 180
Paleoparadoria 2) act. arson 193
Paleoparadoxadaees 4-1-0. ciekciccre 193
palmeri, Huscelis ............... 72
Passeriformes 2... secre 184.
Pedioecetes phas: ‘anellus RRS 180
Peltophorus. .- > 2 eee 216
Peltophorus adusiusss--eeeeere 216
Peltophorus polymitus seminiveus .217
Peltophorus polymitus suffusus ...217
Pero macdunnouchi == epee 44
Pherne subpunctata =p ee 205
Phlepsius weissmanae ........... 80
Pica pica... <2. eee 181, 184
pictus, Cylindrocopturinus ........ 218
Proceedings of the Academy ..... 159
Protochlorotettix ............... 78
Protochlorotettix calico .......... 78
Protothaca lacinaia =. Eee 103
Psomus . o53 0h) ote oe 215
Pterotaza agrestaria ............ 206
Schizotherts nuttalliy oe See 104
Sericosema simularia ........... 206
Strigiformes .:. 32/2656 sees 183
Siurnella neglecta. sn ee 182
Surf-riding by the California gray
whale... 0.0.) 2.2) eeeeeer 99
legula ‘funebralis.: 2) see eee: 104
texana, Hyperodes 3.5450 peace 142
Thais lima . i... a= oe eee 104:
The early stages of Pero macdun-
noughi Cassino and Swett (Lepi-
doptera, Geometridae) ........ 41
The late Pleistocene 150 foot fresh
water beach line of the Salton
Sea area ...0. 50 ccc g
The number of conenose bugs, Tria-
toma, infected by one engorge-
ment on a mouse with Trypano-
SOM CTUZI |... soe ee 176
Theodore Payne—Obituary ......221
Triatoma p. protracia sa... 176
Trypanosoma cruzi” 5. - eee 176
Turdus migratorius .2...s-oee as: 181
Velella. . .24.3+. 25 eo eeeeOee 130
Verbesina encelioides ........... 110
wallacei, Hyperodes ............ 140
weissmanae, Phlepsius .......... 80
Zale lunata ... 3.54 eee 204
Zalophus californianus .......... 165
Zygopinae ..... .: «mse eeeeey: 209
226
INDEX OF AUTHORS
ANTRIAG, IR, (O)e., oacsene ete, cele aie ene 83
Boolootian, Richard A............ 45
IXoQGMEG), 1, Ibs coogupenoueoege. 1
Caldwell, David Kk. ............. 99
Caldwell, Melba C.............. 99
(Gaziersa VA eis a elo coe sone es 109
Comstock, John Adams .. .33, 41, 202
Crowe lly Ws cass ak Gees 83
WrakewRoberntie o- 6: ss 52202. 5: 101
Emmel, Thomas C.............. 19
Evans, William E. .............. 165
Flaugenwhuthy Mis 2... eas 165
ilawieemv apes eyeich sii chseicle see te ihe 1
knox Gameromyon ss s4 2.5). sa) a 68 45
to
Knudsen, Jens W................ 130
Teimsleyee he Gag. te orn ates: 109
Malllersmltovesisiy easign ita se cee 178
IMGT AEIDL, ICh, ID, Wie; socb00cece 192
Bierce. Nie Owaglitieeere nn eee: 69
ReishysDonal di|aeaeeeneeeece 23
Sleepers lb exten r ence 209
Stockton, William D. ........... 140
Templeton, Bonnie C......... DODO
Thomas, Robert G. ............. 9
Waushn Peter sei ee aneeer rie 150
Wood, Sherwin E .............. 176
Woodwick, Keith H.............. 132
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$8.00 per year
Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $6.00)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The Academy has published to date the following:
PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agricultural
Experimental Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.
BULLETIN OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers in 1902; nine
numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued two numbers annually
from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—one issue only). Issued four num-
bers (January, May, July and October) in 1920.
The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August; Vol. XX,
No. 3, December.
The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2, September.
The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.
The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2, March-
April; No, 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-October; No. 6,
November-December.
From 1925 to 1961, including volumes XXIV to 60, three numbers were pub-
lished each year. Beginning with volume 61, four numbers will be published each
year.
MEMOIRS
Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1, 1947.
Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949. Vol. 3, Part 3, 1956.
tu
to
CO
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
Contributions to the BULLETIN may be in any of the fields of science, by any
_ member of the Academy. Acceptance of papers will be determined by the amount
_ and character of new information and the form in which it is presented. Articles
_ must not duplicate, in any substantial way, material that is published elsewhere.
_ Manuscripts must conform to BULLETIN style and may be examined for scien-
_ tific content by members of the Publications Committee other than the Editor or
be sent to other competent critics for review.
MANUSCRIPT FORM—(1) The 1960 AIBS Style Manual for Biological Journals
is highly recommended as a guide. (2) Typewrite material, using double spacing
throughout and leaving ample margins, on only one side of 844 x 11 inch stand-
. ard weight paper. (3) Submit the original and one carbon copy. The author should
also keep a copy. (4) Place tables on separate pages. (5) Footnotes should be
avoided if possible. (6) Legends for figures and unavoidable footnotes should be
_ typed on separate sheets. Several of one kind may be placed on a sheet. (7) Method
of literature citation 7must conform to BULLETIN style—see Vol. 61 and later
issues. Spell out in full the titles of non-English serials and places of publication.
_ (8) A factual summary is recommended for longer papers.
ILLUSTRATIONS—AII illustrations, including maps and photographs, should be
' referred to as “figures.” All illustrations should be of sufficient clarity and in the
_ proper proportions for reduction to BULLETIN page size. Permanent ink should
_ be used in making drawings and in lettering (do not type on drawings); photo-
graphs should be glossy prints of good contrast. Cost of engravings and/or tables
in excess of a total of one page will be billed to the author. A schedule of prices
for engravings is given below. Cost for extra tables must depend on the amount
_ of extra work required in setting up each table and each author will be notified
i Ea a
of the amount. It will be no less than the cost of engravings. Original illustrations
and cuts will not be returned unless specifically requested when the manuscript
__ is first submitted.
PROOF—Authors will be sent galley proof which should be corrected and re-
turned promptly. Changes in galley proof will be billed to the author. Page proof
_ will not be sent to the author. Abstracts and orders for reprints should be sent to
_ the Editor at the time corrected galley proof is returned; appropriate forms for
_ these will be included when galley is sent. The Bulletin does not furnish free
reprints to the authors.
RAPID PUBLICATION—Authors desiring more rapid publication for their scien-
_tifically accepted papers than can be given through normal priorities may make
special arrangements with the Editor. Such papers will be printed in addition to
the regular number of pages allowed for any issue of the Bulletin, and all costs
_ (approximately $25.00 per printed page in multiples of eight, plus engravings
_ and tables) must be borne by the author.
APPROXIMATE COSTS FOR ENGRAVINGS
(Price applies either to zine etchings or half-tones)
VY, page $13.00 % page 15.00 1 page 20.00
CLAssEs OF MIEMBERSHIP IN THE
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
_ Membership is open to all scientists of all branches and to any person interested in
_ the advancement of science.
LIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: privileged to vote and attend all meetings
annually $ 3.00
_ UNLIMITED ANNUAL MEMBERS: also receive publications .............. $ 6.00
LIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: privileged to attend all meetings .......... $ 2.00
UNLIMITED STUDENT MEMBERS: also receive publications ...... annually $ 4.00
LIFE MEMBERS: have all the privileges and receive all publications for life. .$100.00
FELLOWS: elected by the Board of Directors for meritorious services.
Aut
i ni
ier
Bound by
DESS & TALAN
New York, N. Y.
- DEC 1964 ~
i
+ ath ades eet notes
rath HR RG OC DO BAT o OSes a i =a Le rails ae Vif egt ‘aint age el
Diistsnedeatbellscshened tbe R at paibme 2K obettot Piette) Waal untni =A adaRA Me hs lrnire Pagat 9 smepng Hoga b nyo Hema AEA ER nye imine same ie Ree hel VOR ETP RLS IE al in aad Selig betel le! ah yao See ts 2 el a TH
i ined Sete aebs cas cbabaes ba CPA G a bes Pak ae Sedans